Mech_comp.pdf

ADNOC Group Services Hub - Construction of New Facility at Al Shawamekh Mechanical Specifications Dec 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS 230500 230510 230512 230513 230519 230520 230523 230529 230548 230553 230610 230713 230716 230719 230800 230810 230840 232123 233113 233400 233700 234100 236300 237413 237433 238100 238126 238219 238233

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS FIRE STOPPING COMMON ELECTRIC MOTOR REQUIREMENTS METERS AND GUAGES FOR HVAC CHILLED WATER PIPING GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC AIR COOLED PACKAGED CHILLERS DUCT INSULATION HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION PIPING INSULATION PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING BMS & CONTROL FIELD DEVICES HYDRONIC PUMPS METAL DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES FANS AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS AIR FILTRATION CLOSE CONTROL UNIT FOR SERVER ROOM AIR HANDLING UNITS FRESH AIR HANDLING UNITS DIRECT EXPANSION AIR CONDITIONING UNITS AIR COOLED SPLIT DX AIR CONDITIONING UNITS FAN COIL UNITS ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 1 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTENTS 1.0 GENERAL 2.0 RELATION TO WORK OF OTHER DIVISIONS 3.0 DEFINITIONS 4.0 SCOPE OF WORK AND SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION 5.0 REGULATIONS 6.0 GOVERNING STANDARDS 7.0 ABBREVIATIONS 8.0 DESIGN CRITERIA 8.1 HVAC DESIGN PARAMETERS 8.2 SHADING AND TRANSMISSION COEFFICIENTS (U VALUES) 8.3 AIR DUCT 8.4 CHILLED WATER PIPING DESIGN 8.5 CONTRACT DRAWINGS 8.6 PERMITS, FEES INSPECTION 8.7 EXAMINATION OF SITE 8.8 EXISTING UNDERGROUND SERVICES 8.9 DRAWINGS, CHANGES AND INSTALLATION 8.10 RECORD DRAWINGS 8.11 SHOP DRAWINGS 8.12 DRAWING SUBMISSIONS 8.13 COORDINATION, INSTALLATION, INTERFERENCE & SETTING DRAIWNGS 8.14 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE 8.15 PROTECTION AND STORAGE 8.16 EXECUTION 8.16.1EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DRAWINGS 8.17 PERMITS FEES AND INSPECTIONS 8.18 COORDINATION 8.19 WORK TO CONTINUE 8.20 WORKMANSHIP 8.21 HOUSE KEEPING 8.22 ACCESSIBILITY 8.23 INSPECTION, TESTING AND ADJUSTING 8.24 TEMPORARY USAGE 8.25 TRAINING 9.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ON SITE 10.0 SPECIAL TOOLS AND INSTRUCTION BOOKS 11.0 GUARANTEE 12.0 O & M MANNUAL

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 2 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

This section forms an integral part of each section of Division 23, HVAC.

1.2

All of the material to provide a complete and operational installation to the satisfaction of the COMPANY. All incidental component and appurtenance necessary for the proper operation of the system shall be provided and installed as required whether or not they were specifically mentioned in the Contract Documents

1.3

Store materials and equipment in a dry, clean air conditioned store and cover with polyethylene covers as necessary.

1.4

Remove regularly from premises all debris, rubbish and waste material resulting from the work of this Division.

1.5

Clean all electrical equipment and materials before final acceptance of the Work.

1.6

Replace damaged, lost or stolen materials and equipment at no cost to the COMPANY.

1.7

New equipment and building surfaces where damaged by the work of this Division.

1.8

Instruct the COMPANY’s operating personnel in the proper operation, care and maintenance of the complete installation, at the times arranged with the COMPANY.

1.9 Where required, arrange and pay for the services of the applicable manufacturer's factory service engineer to supervise the initial start-up of any part of the installation, to check, adjust, balance and calibrate all components, including related wiring and controls, and to instruct the operating personnel. Provide these services for such period and for as many visits as may be necessary to put the applicable portion of the installation in complete working order, and to ensure that the operating personnel are fully conversant with all aspects of the operation, care and maintenance, all to the approval of THE COMPANY. 1.10

All the material proposed for the project shall be Registered in ADNOC as compulsory requirments, any material prevously approved without ADNOC Registration shall not be accepetable. All the Fire Protection Materials shall be UL/FM listed with registration in ADCD and ADNOC. All the Air Conditioning Equipments shall be ARHI / Eurovent certified including AHU, FCU, FAHU, DX Split units & Chillers etc according to Estidama Peral 2 rating of project with required COPs. All the Pump Motor for any service shall with High Efficiency Motor (EEF2) class. All the pumps shall be selected for High Efficiency Classification as per Estidama requirments.

1.11

All materials shall be from local source, the Contractor is not allowed to use any non-local material unless the Contractor to proof that this material is not available from local source.

1.12

All Bearings in motors, pumps, fans, AHU, …. shall be (L10 – 50000 Hours) unless otherwise stated in the sections

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 3 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.0

RELATION TO WORK OF OTHER DIVISIONS Examine the Work of other Divisions upon which the Work of this Division depends for proper completion. Report any defect or variance to THE COMPANY. Do not commence work under this Division until such defects have been corrected. Coordinate the work of the Mechanical Division with the Work of the Other Divisions in such a manner that there is no interference. In areas where the electromechanical works have to be executed ensure an optimum and effective services coordination with all services with Architectural and Structural works. Coordinate the work to ensure the best use of the space. Coordinate the external works with other Divisions for excavation, backfilling, form work, shoring and concrete work for Manholes, Equipment bases, Concrete pads..etc. Verify in the field dimensions, locations and clearances affecting the work of this Division. It is contractor responsibility relocate and demolish the existing mnaholes, rerouting and removing the existing pipe lines which is crossing the plot prior to the installation.

3.0

DEFINITIONS

3.1

Reviewed: Reviewed by the COMPANY normally a design or piece of equipment must be shown to have operated successfully for not less than two years under conditions generally similar to those required by this contract. Facilities shall be given at the tender stage, if required by the COMPANY, to enable it to evaluate the equipment's features and performance. The review of a design or piece of equipment shall be without prejudice to the acceptance tests required after installation.

3.2

Size: When related to pipe work means nominal size which generally approximates to the bore of steel tubes and the outside diameter of copper tubes.

3.3

“Complete installation” shall mean not only the major items of plant and equipment conveyed by this specification, but all the incidental sundry components necessary for the complete execution of the works and for the proper operation of the installation, with their labour charges, whether or not these sundry components are mentioned in detail in the tender documents issued in connection with the contract.

3.4

"As indicated", "where indicated”, and “unless otherwise indicated", refer to items or requirements which are, or may be given elsewhere in the tender documents issued in connection with the contract, (e.g. on a drawing, in a supplementary specification or in a schedule to this specification).

4.0

SCOPE OF WORK AND SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION The Scope of Construction Works shall include, but not be limited to, the supply, installation, construction, tie-in/connection, testing, commissioning, handing over of the following works to the COMPANY including remedying defects during Defects Notification Period. The Scope of Work shall include providing all materials, labour and equipment to complete the Works to the satisfaction of the Engineer and COMPANY. The scope of work also includes identification of existing utilities and avoiding any clashes with the proposed utilities by adjusting the proposed design of the networks.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 4 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

A.

The HVAC Works shall include, but not be limited to, the Detailed Design, supply, installation, testing, commissioning and maintenance of the following systems for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of issuance of the Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC) by the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall obtain COMPANY approval on materials, Shop Drawings and installation in accordance with the approved construction program. CONTRACTOR shall pay all due costs and charges to concerned Authorities associated with services connection to city mains, whether permanent or temporary.

C.

Air Conditioning System shall include but not limited to: air cooled chillers, condensing units, AHUs, FAHUs, FCU’s, fans, Chilled Water pipe works, duct work, insulation, air outlets, controls, condensate pipe work, Insulation works, BMS, control panels, DDC controls, necessary supports & hangers, sleeves etc, associated Civil Works, Electrical Works, Plumbing Works etc required to complete, commission and maintain to the satisfaction of the COMPANY with necessary testing, warranties, factory inspections all as called for in Drawings / Specifications /Bills of Quantities / Conditions of Contract.

5.0

REGULATIONS

5.1

The Work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with all rules, regulations, ByLaws and requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction.

5.2

Drawings and specifications should not conflict with the above regulations but where there are apparent discrepancies the Contractor shall notify the COMPANY in writing and obtain clarification before proceeding with the Work.

6.0

GOVERNING STANDARDS

6.1

The installation shall comply with all relevant statutory requirements and regulations, codes and standards of local authorities and International Standards Organization and in particular with the following: AHRI ASHRAE ASTM SMACNA CIBSE NFPA UL BSI EN IEE IEC ISO ADDC --ABCDA AWWA -LPC

Div. 23 - HVAC

: American Refrigeration Institute : American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers : American Society for Testing/Materials : Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. : Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers. : National Fire Protection Association. : Underwriters Laboratory : British Standards Institution : Euro Norms : Institution of Electrical Engineers. : International Electro - Technical Commission. : International Standardization Organisation : Abu Dhabi Distribution Company : Town Drainage Department : Works Department, Abu Dhabi --: ABU DHABI Civil Defence Authority. : American Water works Association : The Institute of Plumbing, UK : The Loss Prevention Council, UK (Fire Office's Committee)

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 5 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

UPC FM NPC IPC IBC IMC IFC ASPE BOCA --

: Urban Planning Commission : Factory Mutual : National Plumbing Code : Abu Dhabi International Plumbing Code : Abu Dhabi International Building Code : Abu Dhabi International Mechancial Code : Abu Dhabi International Fire Code : American Society of Plumbing Engineers : Building Officials and Code Administrators : UAE Fire and Life Safety Code

6.2

The tender shall be based on regulations and standards current on the date of return of tenders. If these regulations are amended or new regulations are enacted after that date, the COMPANY shall be notified immediately.

6.3

The materials, equipment and installations detailed in this specification are based on the standards and codes of practice indicated in the Contract Documents. In the event of a contradiction between this specification and any applicable Standard or Code of Practice, the most stringent shall apply such conflict shall be notified to COMPANY’s representative in writing for their action.

6.4

Where material and equipment are specified under a particular standard and supplied under an equivalent standard, a certificate of compliance shall be provided to the COMPANY, with clause wise comparative statement.

7.0

ABBREVIATIONS

7.1

Generally, the following abbreviations are used in this Division A.M.C.A. A. N. S. I. A. S. H. R. A. E A.S.M.E. A.S.T.M. A.W.W.A. bhp. BS Btu B.W.G. US.W.G Cfm c.i. Cm DB Db o C  Kg Kpa L L/S M mm

Div. 23 - HVAC

Air Moving and Conditioning Assoc. Inc. American National Standards Institute American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Testing and Materials American Water Works Association Brake horsepower British Standard British thermal units British Wire Gauge US Wire Gauge cubic feet per minute cast iron Centimeter dry bulb Decibel degree Celsius Diameter kilogram Kilopascals Litre Litre per second Meter Millimetre

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 6 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

NBS N.C. N. F. P. A. NPSH No. O.S. & Y Pa Ph PPM Rpm SMACNA SS UL W WB wg RH

National Bureau of Standards Noise criterion as defined by graph in A.S.H.R.A.E. National Fire Protection Association Net Positive Suction Head Number outside screw and yoke Pascal hydrogen ion concentration Parts per million Revolutions per minute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Stainless steel Underwriters' Laboratories Watts Wet bulb Water gauge Relative Humidity

8.0

CONTRACT DRAWINGS

8.1

The drawings for services works are performance drawings, diagrammatic, and intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement and approximate locations of apparatus, fixtures, pipe and duct runs, etc. The drawings do not intend to indicate architectural or structural details, nor do they show any fabrication or installation details.

8.2

Obtain accurate dimensions to structure and architectural items from drawings of those trades. Confirm by site measurement. Verify location and elevation of all services (Water, Electrical, Telephone, Sanitary, Storm Drainage, etc.,) before proceeding with the work.

8.3

Make at no extra cost, any changes or additions to materials, and/ or equipment necessary to accommodate structural conditions (pipes or ducts around beams, columns, etc.)

8.4

Alter, at no additional cost, the location of materials and/ or equipment as directed, provided that the changes are made before installation and do not necessitate additional material.

9.0

PERMITS, FEES INSPECTION

9.1

Obtain all required permits from the Statutory Authorities to complete your work. Make all submissions in a timely fashion with due regard for the requirements of the construction schedule.

9.2

Pay all fees and charges levied by the authorities having jurisdiction. Arrange and pay for any permits, inspections and certificates and work carried out by the Statutory Authorities in connection with your work.

9.3

Perform all tests required by the governing authorities, including those tests specified under this Division, and submit a copy of the final approved inspection certificate for

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 7 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

the approval of the COMPANY before the issuance of taking over certificate. All costs for testing to be borne by the Contractor. 10.0

EXAMINATION OF SITE

10.1

Before submitting tenders, each trade shall examine the site to determine the conditions which may affect the proposed work. No claims for extra payment will be considered because of failure to fulfill this condition.

10.2

Any comments by the Tenderer on the efficiency of the design, the availability of plant, materials and labour and the time required for the completion of the work shall be made prior to the award date.

11.0

EXISTING UNDERGROUND SERVICES

11.1

The contractor is responsible for liason with the statutory authorities to determine the existence of underground services within the plot, the disconnection, rerouting, reconnection and removal of all the underground pipes, ducts, etc.

12.0

DRAWINGS, CHANGES AND INSTALLATION

12.0.1

The contract drawings shall be considered to show the general character and scope of the work and not the exact details of the installation. The installation shall be inclusive of all accessories required for a complete and functional system, the contractor shall be responsible for the comletion of detailed design for all elements within the Scope of Works.

12.0.2

The location, arrangement and connection of equipment and material as shown on the drawings represents a close approximation to the intent and requirements of the contract. The COMPANY reserves the right to make reasonable changes required to accommodate conditions arising during the progress of the work, at no extra cost to the Contract.

12.0.3

All piping and duct work in finished areas shall be concealed in ceiling spaces and shafts or chased into walls. No exposed piping or duct work shall be installed in such areas unless specifically approved by the COMPANY.

12.0.4

Vent pipes, exhaust hoods or other mechanical equipment mounted on roof, or housing for such equipment, shall not be closer to the edge of roof than a distance equal to the height of the pipe, hood or equipment; unless specifically approved by the COMPANY.

12.0.5

The actual location of thermostats, switches, etc., shall be reviewed by the COMPANY before installation.

12.0.6

Changes and modifications necessary to ensure coordination and to avoid interference and conflicts with other trades, or to accommodate existing conditions, shall be made at no extra cost to the Contract.

12.0.7

The Contractor shall ensure that all plant to be supplied by him can be installed in the available space and that there is adequate access to admit all plant to its position and enable maintenance to be carried out on the plant without difficulty.

12.1

Record Drawings

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 8 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

12.1.1

The Contractor shall clearly mark, as the job progresses, all changes and deviations from that shown on the approved shop drawings on two sets of prints. After inspection and approval of service lines in trenches, the Contractor shall take 'as-built' measurements, including all depths, prior to commencement of backfilling operations. It will not be sufficient to check off line locations. Definite measurements shall be taken for each service line. The location of buried piping shall be shown on the drawings and dimensioned from fixed points. Drawings shall be kept up-to-date during construction and in addition to field measurements shall include variation orders, field instructions and all other changes no work shall be concealed or buried prior to inspection and approval of the company. On completion of the building, the Contractor shall forward to the COMPANY three sets of drawings and one reproducible set of drawings indicating all such changes and deviations.

12.2

Shop Drawings

12.2.1

Shop Drawings shall indicate clearly all services and the materials and/or equipment actually being supplied, all details of construction, accurate dimensions, capacity, operating characteristics and performance. Each material submission shall give the identifying number of the specific pump, fan, etc. for which it was prepared (e.g. Fan F7).

12.2.2

Each shop drawing for non-catalogue items shall be prepared specifically for this project. Material submissions and brochures for catalogue items shall be marked clearly to show the items being supplied.

12.2.3

Each shop drawing or catalogue sheet shall be stamped and signed by the Contractor to indicate that he has checked the drawing for conformance with all requirements of the drawings and specifications that he has coordinated this equipment with other equipment to which it is attached and/or connected and that he has verified all dimensions to ensure the proper installation of equipment within the available space and without interference with the work of other trades.

12.2.4

Ensure that full coordination with all services is complete before submitting drawings for approval.

12.2.5

Installation of any equipment shall not be commenced until after the shop drawings has been reviewed and approved by the COMPANY.

12.2.6

When requested, shop drawings shall be supplemented by data explaining the theory of operation which shall be added to the maintenance and operating manual.

12.3

Drawing Submissions Unless otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall provide the following drawings:

12.3.1

Three (3) sets of prints and one set of reproducible vellum of builder's work drawings, (to a scale of 1:50).

12.3.2

Builder's work drawings shall show fully dimensioned, all foundations, bases plinths, sumps, holes and sleeves details required and the overall size and weights of the plant concerned.

12.3.3

With the agreement of the COMPANY, smaller holes, built-in fixings, etc., other than in plant rooms, may be marked out on site instead of on drawings.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 9 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

12.3.4

Three sets of prints and one set of reproducible vellum of detailed services and plant room layout drawings (to a scale of 1:50).

12.3.5

Three sets of prints and one set of reproducible vellum of purpose-made diagrams detailing separately all the composite electrical circuit and wiring layouts.

12.3.6

Three sets of prints and one set of reproducible vellum of drawings or any variations to the design suggested by or agreed with the COMPANY.

12.3.7

Three sets of prints and one set of reproducible vellum of "as built" drawings, upon completion of the work and as a condition precedent to the certification by the COMPANY that the work is complete.

12.3.8

Fully dimensioned plant room drawings shall detail for each plant room the location of each unit, pipe routes and connections with valves and fittings, duct routes and connection with accessories, drain connections, electrical connections and controls. All drawings shall include explanatory notes and shall show the required sizes of pipes and ducts with and without insulation as applicable.

12.3.9

If abbreviations are employed for the designation of components, an integral schedule shall be provided on the drawings to explain the meanings of the abbreviations.

12.3.10

Individual equipment drawings from the various manufacturers will not be accepted in lieu of these composite plant room drawings.

12.3.11

All drawings shall be produced on the latest release of Auto Cad and as agreed with the COMPANY.

12.4

Coordination, Installation, Interference & Setting Draiwngs

12.4.1

Coordination, installation, interference and setting drawings dimensioned and to scale, shall be submitted for the COMPANY’s review to make clear the work intended and to show its relation to adjacent work and to the work of other trades. Three copies of such drawings shall be submitted for review, of which one will be retained by the COMPANY.

12.4.2

The drawings must be comprehensive showing all details, dimensions, equipment, supports for services and sections through critical areas to properly coordinate all services and work of other trades. Unless specified by the COMPANY, all drawings must be to-1:50 scale.

12.4.3

Site services drawing shall be prepared to show all existing services, modification to existing services and all new services within the entire construction area. Drawings must show all connections of new or existing services to external services and must be approved by the relevant authorities. Location of all existing services shall be carefully detailed and dimensioned on the drawings showing all sizes and invert elevations.

12.4.4

Drawings shall be prepared with due regard to the construction schedule and shall be submitted to the COMPANY, allowing reasonable time for examination and review.

12.4.5

Work shall not proceed in areas involved until after final approval of all such drawings has been obtained.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 10 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

13.0

QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE

13.1

Compliance with requirements of quality control and assurance under main contract conditions.

13.2

All materials used on the project shall be brand new and of high quality. Obtain approval of all manufacturers from the COMPANY and the Owner.

13.3

"New" is defined as newly manufactured, "state of the art," tested and proven item of equipment. Items which have been held in stock for any extended period of time by either the Manufacturer or the Supplier will be rejected.

13.4

All materials used on this project shall bear the third party quality assurance stamp like British Standard kitemark, UL, FM, LPC and/or other quality assurance authority as stated herein elsewhere.

13.5

All materials shall conform to the requirements of the specified British Standards or to other equipment North American, DIN or European Standards.

14.0

PROTECTION AND STORAGE

14.1

Protect the buildings and structures from damage due to carrying out of this work.

14.2

Protect all mechanical & electrical works from damage. Keep all equipment dry and clean at all times.

14.3

Cover all openings in equipment and materials. Cover all temporary openings in ducts and pipes with polyethylene sheets or caps until final connection is made. The quality of such cover must be determined with due regard to how long it may be until final connection.

14.4

Be responsible for and make good any damages caused directly or indirectly to any walls, floors, ceilings, woodwork, brickwork, finishes, services, roads, gardens, etc.

15.0

EXECUTION

15.1

Examination Of Site And Drawings

15.1.1

Visit the site of the proposed works and obtain all information as to existing conditions and limitations and all proposed works on adjacent sites and in adjacent areas which might affect the works on this site, whether by Private Individuals or by Government Authorities or others.

15.1.2

Examine the documents including the Specifications and Drawings of all other Divisions before bidding and again before commencing any portion of the works.

15.1.3

Neither the Owner nor the COMPANY will be responsible for any claim for extra work or expense resulting from the failure of the Contractor to be fully aware of Site Conditions, Drawing implications, etc.

15.2

Permits Fees And Inspections.

15.2.1

Arrange for inspection of all work by the Authorities having jurisdiction over the works. This is to occur on an on-going basis throughout construction to avoid delays at the

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 11 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

completion of the project. On completion of the work present to the Owner, final unconditional approval certificates of the Inspecting Authorities. 15.2.2

Pay fees/charges as levied by statutory authorities for inspections, approvals, services connections, rerouting of existing services, etc. at no additional cost to contract.

15.2.3

Before commencing any work on site, submit the required number of copies to the relevant Authorities for checking and approval. Follow the progress of such drawings to permit the timely approval of them by the Authorities. Comply with any changes requested by the Authorities, but notify the COMPANY immediately of any such change for proper processing of these requirements.

15.3

Coordination

15.3.1

Confer with all trades installing equipment which may affect the work of this division, and arrange equipment in proper relation with that equipment installed under all Divisions of the Contract.

15.3.2

Furnish all items to be built in by others, in time, complete with all pertinent information, commensurate with the progress of the work.

15.3.3

Store materials neatly and out of the way and clean up all refuse caused by the work daily.

15.4

Work To Continue

15.4.1

Unless specifically instructed otherwise by the COMPANY the works are to continue to completion in the most expeditious manner.

15.5

Workmanship

15.5.1

Install equipment, ductwork, conduit and piping in a workmanlike manner to present a neat appearance and to function properly to the satisfaction of the COMPANY. Install ducts and pipes parallel and perpendicular to the building planes. Install all piping and ductwork concealed in chases, behind furring, or above ceiling, except in unfinished areas. Install all exposed systems neatly and group to present a neat appearance. Install all gauges, thermometers, etc., to permit easy observance.

15.5.2 15.5.3

Install all equipment and apparatus which requires maintenance, adjustment, or eventual replacement with due allowance for this.

15.5.4

Install control valves to guarantee proper sensing. Shield elements from direct radiation and avoid placing them behind obstructions.

15.5.5

Install all panels and boards, etc., to permit easy operation.

15.5.6

Include in the work all requirements of Manufacturers as shown on their drawings.

15.5.7

Replace all work unsatisfactory to the COMPANY without extra cost and to the standard required by the COMPANY. This applies to any item which is found to be defective in service during the maintenance period, or extended maintenance period as appropriate.

15.5.8

Where height dimensions are given, the installation shall be reasonably expected to be within 3mm of the design dimensions. Where room centre or proportion dimensions are

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 12 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

not shown these shall be reasonably expected to be located on site to within 13mm of actual position. 15.5.9

Items displaying a horizontal dimension or edge must be plumbed with a level, and must be to the COMPANY's satisfaction. Any apparent discrepancy between "level" electrical items and adjacent items MUST be reported immediately to the COMPANY.

15.6

House Keeping

15.6.1

Each day as the work proceeds and on completion, clean up and remove from the premises all rubbish, surplus material, equipment, machinery, tools, scaffolds, and other items used in the performance of the work. Clean out dirt and debris and leave the buildings broom clean with no stains and in a condition acceptable to the COMPANY.

15.6.2

Where items form part of the visible finish in the rooms, protect from over-painting, etc. and give all items a final cleaning before handing over of the project.

15.7

Accessibility

15.7.1

Each item of equipment shall be located so as to be accessible for maintenance or repair without removing adjacent structures, equipment, piping, ducts, or other materials. For the large Air Handling units the Contractor shall ensure that these can be built up on site from components which can be taken into the area. Any openings, framing or special lifting equipment which may be required shall be included and provided by the Contractor.

15.7.2

Cleanouts shall be located to permit rodding of all drain lines. These shall be located wherever possible external to occupied areas, and to minimize spillage problems during rodding.

15.8

Inspection, Testing and Adjusting

15.8.1

All the works provided as part of this Contract shall be inspecte and commissioned in accordance with all relevant British Standard Specifications, and Codes of Practice and to the entire satisfaction of the COMPANY.

15.8.2

The Contractor shall employ the services of a specialist company approved by the COMPANY regularly engaged in providing a testing balancing and commissioning service and who has been in continuous business for not less than 10 years employing fully trained staff having not less than 7 years dedicated experience.

15.8.3

A senior experienced Commissioning Engineer with minimum dedicated experience of 7 years shall be responsible for supervising and directing the activities for the testing and commissioning team.

15.8.4

Carry out all tests specified. Carry out all tests required by Authorities having jurisdiction. Test equipment to the requirements of, and where necessary, in the presence of the Manufacturer.

15.8.5

Provide all equipment, labour, instruments, loading devices, incidentals, and pay for all fuel, power and sundries required to carry out the tests.

15.8.6

All installations shall be inspected and tested in sections as the work proceeds and on completion as composite systems and it shall be noted that the COMPANY or any of the other relevant Authorities may require to inspect or test any equipment during

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 13 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

manufacture at the Manufacturer's works. All necessary arrangements shall be made as part of this Contract. 15.8.7

This will generally not apply to specified items unless specifically noted in these documents, but may be necessary for alternate equipment, should this be considered at all.

15.8.8

All tests shall be arranged in cooperation with the COMPANY and all other concerned parties and shall be subject to at least five (5) days notice in writing of the time, location and nature of the test to be performed. No test shall be considered valid unless the COMPANY is present.

15.9

Temporary Usage

15.9.1

The COMPANY reserves the right to use any piece of electrical and mechanical equipment, device, or material installed under this section for such reasonable lengths of time as may be required to make a complete and thorough test of same before the final completion and acceptance of the work.

15.9.2

Such tests shall not be construed as acceptance of any part of the work, and it is agreed and understood that no claim for damage will be made for any injury or breakage to any part or parts of the above due to these tests, where caused by weakness, inaccuracy of parts, or by defective materials or workmanship.

15.10

Training

15.10.1

The Contractor shall be responsible to train adequate number of operators or maintenance staff deputed by the COMPANY. They shall be trained for correct operation, safety devices, control and maintenance of all air conditioning and MEP services provided under the contract before the works are handed over to the COMPANY. The training shall be carried out by the qualified commissioning staff of the Contractor, for each particular service and shall continue till the operators or maintenance staff are fully conversant with all aspects of operations.

16.0

TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ON SITE

16.1

Upon completion of the installation or part of the installation, the Contractor shall carry out and be responsible for the testing and commissioning all plant, equipment and integral systems, in stages if required, to ensure that it is in proper working order and capable of performing all of its functions in accordance with the specification and to the satisfaction of the Company.

16.2

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all equipment until each item of plant, equipment or system or part thereof has been tested, commissioned and accepted by the Company.

16.3

Any equipment damaged in commissioning shall be replaced by new plant by the Contractor at his own expense and the plant, equipment or system concerned shall be re-tested and commissioned. No instruction or action of the Company shall relieve the Contractor of this responsibility.

16.4

All testing and commissioning shall be carried out according to the requirements of the relevant BS. BSCP, IEE Regulations or other standards and regulations as may be stated or implied in this specification.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 14 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

16.5

The Contractor shall give to the Company in writing at least ten days notice of the date after which he will be ready to make the specified tests on completion of installation. Unless otherwise agreed the tests shall take place within seven days after the said date on such day or days as the Company shall in writing notify the Contractor. The tests shall as far as possible be carried out under normal working conditions to the satisfaction of the Company and shall extend over such periods as he may direct.

16.6

If in the opinion of the Company the tests are being unduly delayed, he may by notice in writing call upon the Contractor to make such tests within ten days from the receipt of the said notice and the Contractor shall make the said tests within the said ten days and notify the Company of the days on which the said tests are to be made. If the Contractor fails to make such tests within the time aforesaid the Company may himself proceed to make the tests. All tests so made by the Company shall be at the risk and expense of the Contractor.

16.7

The Contractor shall provide all skilled labour, supervision, apparatus and instruments required for commissioning and testing and within a reasonable time thereafter furnish to the Company six certificates of all tests performed and accepted, signed by the Company, the Contractor and an authorised person acting on behalf of the Abu Dhabi Water and Electricity Authority, as prescribed in the appropriate Regulations and Specifications.

16.8

If any part of the plant or equipment fails to pass the specified tests, further tests shall, if required by the Company, be repeated. The Contractor shall, without delay, put in hand such modifications as are necessary to meet the requirements as described in the Contract and any expense which the Employer may have incurred by reason of such further tests may be deducted from the Contract Price.

16.9

The Contractor shall include for submission of working drawings for the electrical installation to the ADDC for approval and shall allow for the procurement of the ADDC test certificate upon completion of the building following inspection of the electrical installation by ADDC. Acceptance shall not in any way absolve the Contractor of his responsibility for the performance of the plant or equipment after erection as a complete working system in all respects.

17.0

SPECIAL TOOLS AND INSTRUCTION BOOKS

17.1

Two complete sets of any special tools necessary for the operation, maintenance and dismantling of the various sections of the plant and equipment shall be provided in a strong box or boxes each fitted with a suitable padlock and two keys. Such tools shall not be used by the Contractor during the erection of the plant of equipment. The cost of these tools will be deemed to be included in the Contractor's price.

17.2

The Contractor shall provide three copies of :(a) Operating instructions and schedule of maintenance work. (b) Fully descriptive instructions and maintenance handbooks. (c) Schedule of maintenance work that will have to be carried out by the manufacturer or his agent. (d) Lubrication charts. (e) Working instructions (suitable for mounting). (f) Spare parts shall be submitted from the original manufacturers to cover a period of three years from the date of FAC, at the time of Final Hand Over to COMPANY, but list be submitted with Material Submittal. (g) Any other information required by the COMPANY.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 15 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

17.3

These shall be handed to the Company before final completion certificate is issued. The information shall relate to the equipment exactly as installed and shall include makers' names and addresses and catalogue numbers of all components used in the manufacture of the plant.

17.4

Each of the above instruction books shall be bound in uniform bindings complete with detailed index, the cover of which shall be finished with black water proof and grease proof material and title printed in gold block lettering on the front and on the spine.

18.0

GUARANTEE

18.1

The Contractor shall guarantee all works for a period of twelve months after issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate by COMPANY. In the event of a defect arising within this period which, in the opinion of the COMPANY is due to faulty workmanship or materials, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make good such defects where instructed to do so, to the satisfaction of the COMPANY.

19.0

O & M MANNUALS O&M manuals shall be prepared in accordance to BSRIA application guide 1/87.1 “Operating and maintenance manuals for building services installations” and shall include, but not be limited to, the following categories:

a) Index and page numbers b) c) d) e) f)

Certificate of substantial completion A summary sheet of warranties with the dates noted and a copy of all warranties. List of all subcontractors and suppliers with names, addresses and phone numbers. Certified testing and balancing report. Complete start-up operation, and shut-down procedures for each system including sequence of events, locations of switches, emergency procedures and any other critical items. g) Lubrication schedules and types of lubricants. h) Complete set of current shop drawings and equipment description showing all capacities and other operation conditions. i) Equipment summary showing all capacities and ratings (HP, Tons, kW, Filter size, etc). j) Provide 10 year maintenance plan for all systems and equipment specified. END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 00 General Requirements For HVAC

Page 16 of 16

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 10 BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 1 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 10 BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS Contents 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0

GENERAL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL MATERIALS PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE CUTTING, PATCHING, SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS PIPING INSTALLATION HANGERS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND POWER SUPPLY ELECTRIC MOTORS NAMEPLATES ACCESS PANELS AND ACCESSIBILITY CLEANING AND PROTECTION TAGS AND CHARTS PAINTING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS PIPING AND DUCT WORK IDENTIFICATION COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS EXISTING SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT TRAINING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 2 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC Services of Division 23.

2.

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

2.1

Excavation in soil - Excavation shall be carried down to correct inverts. Excavation carried below the correct inverts shall be backfilled with 20 MPa concrete to the underside of the pipe lines, unless otherwise directed in writing.

2.2

Excavation in rock shall be 150 mm minimum below the pipe invert. Backfill to the invert using 20 MPa concrete.

2.3

Backfill pipe trenches with granular fill to a depth 300 mm above the pipe. The fill shall be thoroughly tamped around and over the pipes in 150 mm layers.

2.4

Compaction shall be to at least 95% Modified Proctor Density.

2.5

Contractor shall excavate the entire trench length before installing any piping or services. The contractor shall then verify any interference with existing services and inform the COMPANY before any new piping or services installation can proceed. The contractor shall be responsible for any modifications required as a result of not complying with this requirements.

2.6

All piping under buildings and roads shall be encased in concrete with 150 mm cover on all sides as required by local authorities. Provide thrust blocks at every change in direction. Thrust blocks shall be of 20 MPa concrete poured against undisturbed soil. Provide polyethylene bond breaker between concrete and pipe.

2.7

Unless indicated otherwise, all piping with less than 1 meter cover shall be encased in concrete with 150mm cover on all sides, as described above.

2.8

Install piping in accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions and recommendations.

2.9

Allow for expansion, contraction and movement of all piping as required. Provide expansion joints in concrete encasement of pipes at all flexible pipe joints. Wrap all piping to be encased in concrete with polyethylene sheets.

3.

MATERIALS

3.1

Makes and materials for construction shall be subject to the COMPANY review.

3.2

Materials and equipment supplied under each Division shall be new and free from defects and shall be equivalent in physical characteristics and performance in all respect to that specified by the manufacturer's name and catalogue reference.

3.3

Where two or more manufacturers are named for a specific item, the choice of manufacturer shall rest with the bidder, unless indicated otherwise.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 3 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.4

The products of the specified manufacturers, even when model numbers are indicated, are acceptable only when the products comply with or are modified as necessary to comply with the requirements of the contract documents.

3.5

A list of materials which this Division proposes to use in conformance with this Specification shall be submitted to the COMPANY at the time of signing the contract. When no manufacturer's name is submitted, material of the base named manufacturer in the Specification shall be supplied.

3.6

All materials to be used shall be suitable for installation in a corrosive environment. All screws, bolts, washers, etc., in non-conditioned areas shall be stainless steel.

4.

PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE

4.1

Ensure that materials and equipment are delivered to the site at the proper time and in such assemblies and sizes so as to enter into the building and to be moved into the spaces where they are to be located without difficulty.

4.2

Be responsible for any cutting and patching involved in getting assemblies into place.

4.3

Protect the buildings and structures from damage due to carrying out of this work.

4.4

Protect all mechanical and electrical works from damage. Keep all equipment dry and clean at all times.

4.5

Cover all openings in equipment and materials. Cover all temporary openings n ducts and pipes with polyethylene sheets or caps until final connection is made.

4.6

Be responsible for and make good any damages caused directly or indirectly to any walls, floors, ceilings, woodwork, brickwork, finishes, services, roads, gardens, etc.

4.7

Store all equipment and supplies as directed by the equipment/material supplier and to the approval of the COMPANY.

5.

CUTTING, PATCHING, SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS

5.1

The Contractor shall leave chases and openings in walls and floors as required for piping and accessories. These chases and openings shall not be cut larger than necessary to accommodate the equipment passing through.

5.2

Cutting and patching shall be performed by trades specializing in the materials to be cut and patched.

5.3

The builders work regarding all openings shall be approved by COMPANY, before the concrete is poured and the walls are built. Holes not located in accordance with the above provisions shall be made at the expense of the Contractor. Cutting of structural members shall not be permitted without specific written approval from the COMPANY.

5.4

All drilling for hangers, rod inserts and work of similar nature shall be done by the Contractor.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 4 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

5.5

Escutcheons shall be provided at all penetrations of piping into finished areas. For insulated pipes the escutcheons shall be large enough to fit around the insulation. Escutcheons shall be chrome plated polished cast brass with set screw and of size sufficient to conceal openings in building construction.

5.6

Pipes, ducts and conduits shall have sleeves where they pass through walls, floors, ceilings and partitions. Clearance shall be 12 mm minimum. Sleeves shall be sized to clear insulated pipes and ducts which have a vapour barrier.

5.7

Where pipes pass through exterior foundation walls, allowance shall be made for differential settlement between the pipe and the wall. A 6 mm thick galvanized steel sleeve of inside diameter not less than 75 mm greater than the outside diameter of the pipe shall be used. The annular space between the sleeve and pipe shall be packed with oakum and sealed with mastic to provide a waterproof seal. A concrete bridge shall be installed between the wall and the adjacent undisturbed soil. Any penetration through a waterproofing membrane shall be coordinated with and approved by the waterproofing manufacturer and the COMPANY to ensure a water tight installation.

5.8

UPVC sleeves not less than class 16 shall be provided for pipes passing through walls and floors. In kitchens, and similar rooms, and in mechanical rooms sleeves shall be of galvanized steel sch. 40 and shall extend 100 mm above the floor. In floors with a damp proof/waterproof membrane, sleeves shall have a 50 mm wide collar welded all around, at membrane level. Sleeves passing through stud partitions shall be No. 22 U.S. ga. steel. Where pipes are to be insulated, sleeves shall be sized to accommodate the outside diameter of the insulation.

5.9

The annular space between the sleeve and the pipe or pipe insulation shall be sealed with mastic for cold pipes and glass wool for hot pipes whenever necessary to isolate an air plenum or prevent sound transmission.

5.10 Where duct work passes through an opening other than where a fire damper is required, pack the opening around the duct with glass fibre and seal with Mastic. 5.11 Where pipes or ducts pass through fire separations, sleeves shall be of galvanized steel sch 40, and space between duct or pipe and sleeve with UL listed, non corrosive, fire barrier penetration sealant. For PVC and plastic piping use proprietary plastic pipe fire stop closure system recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Provide UL listed fire dampers within the ducts passing through fire walls. All pipe and duct penetrations shall have UL listed fire barrier assemblies. 6.

PIPING INSTALLATION

6.1

Before installing piping, check mechanical drawings with architectural, structural and electrical drawings; make an accurate layout of piping. Where interference may appear and departures from indicated arrangements are required due to changed locations and elevations of piping, obtain written permission for proposed changes from the COMPANY. Pipes materials shall be as specified and per approved sample.

6.2

Verify all invert elevations required for sewer and drain connections prior to commencing installation and connections to ensure that these connections can be made with sufficient slope for drainage.

6.3

Arrange and install piping to obtain maximum head room, avoiding structural interference. Where piping is to be furred in, or concealed, the Contractor shall coordinate the work to maintain his lines and levels.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 5 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

6.4

Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated. Install piping parallel to building walls. Cut all pipes accurately to measurements taken at the site and install without springing or forcing. Make all changes in direction with fittings. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spacing them at such a distance so as to permit the application of insulation. Pipes transporting hot fluids shall be installed at least 6" (150 mm) away from pipes transporting cold fluids.

6.5

The inside of all pipe, fittings, traps, valves and other equipment shall be smooth, clean and free from blisters, loose mill scale, sand and dirt when erected. Protect the open ends by using temporary plugs or caps.

6.6

The slope of the line shall be uniform between established elevations without pockets.

6.7

All reductions in pipe size shall be made by using reducing fittings, installed to permit easy drainage of pipe system and to avoid air pockets.

6.8

Where piping of dissimilar metals, including copper piping and ferrous materials, are joined provide dielectric couplings.

6.9

Install piping serving all equipment in such a manner that only small sections need be removed to permit removal, cleaning or inspection (as applicable) of the unit itself, or coils, tube bundles or heat exchangers contained therein.

6.10 Provide flanged or union connections for ready disconnection of piping at equipment. 6.11 Where raised face flanges are to be mated with flat face equipment or valve flanges, the raised face of line flanges shall be removed. Bolt holes shall straddle centre lines. 6.12 Locate all valves for easy access. 6.13 Piping and pipe sizes not indicated on the drawings shall be of size as specified or as recommended by equipment manufacturers and in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. Pipe runs shall be subject to the approval of the COMPANY. 6.14 Use long radius type elbows where space permits. 6.15 Pipe all relief valves, backflow preventers and drain valves to nearest floor drain. 6.16 All pipes shall be concealed inside walls, and/or furred spaces unless specifically indicated otherwise. 6.17 Water pipes shall not run above electrical installations. 6.18 Provide appropriate expansion joints or loops to compensate for thermal effects as well as at building structural joint 6.19 Carry out, without cost, all alternations necessary in the arrangement of work which has been installed without proper study and approval in order to make such work come with finished lines of walls, ceilings and floors or to allow the installation of the work of others.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 6 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

7.

HANGERS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

7.1

Piping and equipment provided under the Mechanical Division shall be complete with all necessary supports and hangers required for a safe and workmanlike installation. Auxiliary structural members shall be provided under the Mechanical Section concerned where piping, ducts or equipment must be suspended between beams or joists of the structure. Hangers for fire protection systems and their supports shall conform to the Civil Defense and NFPA requirements.

7.2

Depending on type of structure, hangers shall be:

7.2.1 Clamped to steel beams or joists. 7.2.2 Attached to approved concrete inserts. 7.2.3 For precast concrete construction hanger rods shall pass between slabs to be supported above by a 100 x 100 x 3 mm steel plate welded to the hanger rod. A lock nut threaded to the hanger rod together with a 50 mm minimum diameter, washer shall be applied tight against the under surface of the deck to prevent rising of the hanger. 7.3

Approved type expansion shields and bolts may be used for pipe up to 100 mm diameter where the presetting of concrete inserts is not practical. Submit material for review by the COMPANY.

7.4

Suspension from metal deck shall not be allowed unless specifically accepted by the COMPANY. Drawings of the proposed method of suspension must be submitted for approval.

7.5

Other means of support shall be as shown or as specified hereunder.

7.6

Suspended piping shall be supported by adjustable galvanized clevis type rod hangers sized and spaced as recommended by the piping supplier but not less than the following: Pipe Size mm

Hanger Rod Diameter mm

12 and under 20 and 32

Maximum Span m

10.0 10.0

1.8 1.8

7.7

Horizontal runs pipe shall have at least one support between each two joints and support spacing shall not exceed 3 m. For PVC and HDPE piping, supports shall be spaced at no more than 1 m apart.

7.8

Provide lock nut at clevis on all size hangers. For copper piping hangers shall be plastic coated if hanger is in contact with the pipe.

7.9

Suspending one hanger from another shall not be permitted.

8.

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND POWER SUPPLY

8.1

All apparatus, materials and wiring shall be suitable for use with a 3-phase, 4-wire, 415 volt 50 Hz earthed neutral power supply, or 1 phase, 240 V, 50 Hz.

8.2

The Contractor shall provide and install all electrical equipment and wiring required for the installation including control circuit wiring, power wiring from the points of supply to the control gear for electric motors, heaters, etc. as specified under the Electrical Installation Section Division

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 7 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

16. Multicore control wiring from remote control panels to items of plant is specified in the Electrical Installation Section. The Contractor shall provide fully detailed wiring diagrams of all connections. 8.3

All electrically operated equipment shall comply in all aspects with the relevant Government Ministry Standards including dimensional standards where these exist, except where the specification or drawings show otherwise. All equipment not visible from its isolator must have a separate and additional lock-off stop button or isolator either on the equipment or immediately adjacent to the equipment.

8.4

All electrically operated equipment shall be so designed that it will continue to function without damage if the voltage and/or frequency vary within the following tolerances: Voltage Frequency

: :

plus or minus TEN per cent. (10%) plus or minus SIX per cent. ( 6%)

8.5

The maximum operating temperature of the standards specified shall be observed. Allowance shall be made by reducing the permitted rises of temperature above ambient.

8.6

All electrical equipment and control panels must be tropicalized, comply with indicated Standards and shall be suitable for use in ambient temperature up to 600C (140 deg.F) and 90% R.H. Sun shades, or other means approved by the COMPANY, shall be provided for electrical and control panels to prevent exposure to direct sunlight.

8.7

All starters provided by this Division must comply with electrical specifications. Starters above 5 HP size shall be of reduced voltage type.

9.

ELECTRIC MOTORS For Electric motors refer to Specifications section 23 05 13

10.

NAMEPLATES

10.1 Each piece of mechanical equipment shall be complete with a lamecoid nameplate securely fastened in a conspicuous place on the equipment. 10.2 The nameplate shall be 2.5 mm thick laminated phenolic plastic 90 mm wide x 40 mm high with black face and white centre, 5.5 mm high lettering shall be engraved through to the white lamination with the following Equipment Type and No., e.g. Fan No. 1, Pump No. 2, Etc. 10.2 Service and Area or Zone of building served, e.g. South Zone, chilled water primary, condenser water, etc. 11.

ACCESS PANELS AND ACCESSIBILITY

11.1 All parts of the installation requiring periodic maintenance shall be accessible. Wherever valves, dampers, etc., are concealed by building construction, access doors or panels shall be furnished by this section and installed under the respective trade sections (i.e.Masonry, Plaster, Gypsum Board Tile, etc.). The Contractor shall be responsible for their proper location. Wall-mounted plumbing fixtures with back water connection shall have an adjacent access panel.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 8 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

11.2 Access panels shall be with galvanized steel panel, with matching colour of the concealed hinges positive locking and self-opening screwdriver operated lock. Frame shall be suitable for wall in which it is being installed and shall have integral keys for plaster walls. Panels in tile wall shall suit tile pattern. Minimum size of panels shall be 300 x 450 mm. Where equipment is larger, the access panel shall be sized to suit. 11.3 Provide access to all fire dampers and control dampers. 11.4 Submit each type of access panel to the COMPANY for their approval prior to installation. Access panel surfaces must be of a compatible finish to the adjacent finished surface, unless specified otherwise. 11.5 Each access panel shall be installed to provide complete access to equipment for maintenance and servicing. 11.6 All access doors shall be shown on record drawings. Notations adjacent to each access door shown on the drawings shall indicate the frequency of maintenance required or item or items above or behind the door. 12.

CLEANING AND PROTECTION

12.1 Clean thoroughly all fixtures and equipment from grease, dirt, plaster or any other foreign material. Chrome-plated fittings, piping and trimmings shall be polished upon completion. 12.2 Any dirt, rubbish or grease on walls, floors or fixtures accumulated from the work shall be removed promptly from the premises. 12.3 Fixtures and equipment shall be properly protected from damage during the construction period and shall be cleaned and polished in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Motors and equipment bearings shall be protected with plastic sheets, tied or taped in place. Aluminum fin heating or cooling elements shall be protected with cardboard covers. 12.4 Any unpainted steel surfaces, shall be prime coated under this Division. 12.5 All equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned before start-up and again before handover. 13.

TAGS AND CHARTS

13.1 Valves shall be provided with brass tags, other than valves on fan coil units and valves on plumbing fixtures. Tags shall be 40 mm diameter numbered with 12 mm high stamped letters and fastened securely with brass 'S' Hooks or chains. Provide a chart or charts, indicating location, service and zone of each valve. Charts shall be set in finished wood or metal picture frames with clear glass or lucite front and fastened securely where directed by the COMPANY. This work shall be coordinated between the various Mechanical Sections to prevent overlapping of numbering systems. 14.

PAINTING

14.1 All finish painting will be done under the Painting Section , except where such pieces of equipment or material are specified to be shop painted or finished by the manufacturer. Clean and leave surfaces ready for Painting.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 9 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

14.2 Where equipment is delivered with the final paint or finish applied by the manufacturer, repaint or refinish surfaces damaged during erection or shipment, so as to match the original surface and be unobtrusive. 14.3 Pre painted equipment by manufacturer shall be to colours selected by the COMPANY from standard finishes. All fire protection piping shall be painted red to the approval of Civil Defence Authorities. 14.4 Painting shall be applied to all pipework and associated pipework components, valves, fittings, etc., equipment, supports of any kind, insulation, plain mild steel, copper, or cast iron surfaces. 14.5 The following items do not require site painting: a)

Insulation having any of the following finishes: i) ii) iii) iv)

b)

Equipment or plant or supports or frames delivered to site with any of the following finishes: i) ii) iii)

14.6

Aluminium foil Aluminium cladding Polyisobutylene sheeting/bitumen coating Vinyl-glass/resin/aluminium foil laminate.

Painted finish, other than primed only, provided that the finish is not damaged in any way. Stainless steel or plastic coated Stoved enamel.

All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared by thoroughly cleaning and removing all rust, grease, oil, dirst and surface corrosion, using wire brush, energy paper and /or degreasing medium as required. The paint shall be applied in accordance with the maker’s instructions and the type of paint to be used shall be in accordance with the following: Ferrous surface, one coat of Calcium Plumbate metal primer plus wash primers as necessary, followed by 2 undercoats and one semi gloss, acrylic enamel finishing coat. Non ferrous, one coat of zinc chromate primer plus wash primers as necessary, followed by 2 under and one semi gloss, acrylic enamel finishing coat. All paint shall be procured from approved manufacturers.

14.7

All galvanized black iron/steel pipework and steel fittings shall be delivered to site undamaged and free from dirt and rust, and protected by factory applied varnish, lacquer or shop/factory applied prime paint.

14.8

Touch up all bolt heads, nuts, threads and previously unpainted connections. Touch up all damaged and abraded areas on pipework and steel after erection, and wire brush all welds and cut ends. Apply one coat of an approved rust inhibiting primer and leave ready to receive finish paint.

14.9

Treat all damaged and unprotected surfaces of galvanized steel with a zinc rich paint to a minimum of 3 mil thickness.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 10 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

14.10

15.

Equipment items, including pumps, air moving units, uninsulated pressure vessels, unit ventilators and convectors, shall have prime and final paint factory applied. Heat resistant paint shall be used where the conditions require this. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

15.1 Three (3) copies of complete operating and maintenance instructions for all mechanical equipment and systems, bound in hard covered manuals, shall be supplied. The format of the O& M manuals shall be as per the schedule attached at the end of this section. 15.2 Operating instructions shall include: A general description of the system, equipment included, and control operation. Instructions on how to start and stop the plant, noting any safety and/or sequencing arrangements. A trouble-shooting table, showing where to look for trouble under various conditions of malfunction. Operating temperatures at critical points in the systems. 15.3 Maintenance schedule shall include: A list of all bearings with type and period of lubrication. Equipment manufacturer's printed data on care and maintenance of bearings. System wiring and control diagrams and detailed descriptions of the operation of control systems. 15.4 The Operating and Maintenance Instructions shall be handed to the COMPANY not later than at the end of the commissioning period. 15.5 A list of spare parts and consumable as recommended by the equipment supplier to cover an operation period of two years shall be submitted listing the following: Catalogue number, characteristics, quantity and price of each item, and validity date. Source and alternative sources of supply. Details of required maintenance with suggested frequency of actions; Details of all lubricating oils and greases required, and filter replacements. Details of each item of plant including the name and address of the manufacturer, type and model, serial number, duty and rating. Indicate on list critical items that should be stocked by the COMPANY due to a long delivery period.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 11 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

16.

PIPING AND DUCT WORK IDENTIFICATION

16.1 Internal After completion of insulation and/or painting, all piping and ductwork shall be marked in English to show the service and direction of flow. Marking shall be placed at each side of any wall, partition or floor, at 10 m intervals on all exposed piping and ductwork and at each access panel or door. Marking shall be located so as to be in full view. Marking shall be stencilled. Use black stencils on light coloured-surfaces, yellow stencils on dark coloured surfaces except where fire lines which shall be stencilled in red. Stencils shall have distinct edges. Blurred stencils are not acceptable. The name of the service shall be stencilled fully or with abbreviations standard to the industry. Non standard abbreviations are not acceptable. Letters shall be a minimum of 50 mm high for ducts and for pipes 75 mm or larger to outside of insulation. Letters for smaller pipes shall be 20 mm high. All markings shall be clearly legible from 1.5 m above the adjacent floor or platform. Access doors for fire dampers shall be clearly identified. 16.2 External Install continuous warning tape above all pipeworks outside of building limits. The tape shall be made of polyethylene film. Tape to be 150 mm wide and colour coded as per relevant BS. Tape to be printed with suitable label to identify the buried services. The warning shall be printed in both Arabic and English. The tape shall run approximately 300 mm below finish grade. Submit tape designation for each buried service for approval. 17.

COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS

17.1 Particular attention must be paid to the proximity of electrical conduit and cable to mechanical piping and equipment. 17.2 Pipes transporting hot fluids shall be installed at least 150 mm away from pipes carrying cold fluids. 17.3 Electrical conduits shall not touch or be supported on pipe or ductwalls. 17.4 Confer with all trades installing equipment which may affect the work of this division, and arrange equipment in proper relation with that equipment installed under all Divisions of the Contract. 17.5 Furnish all items to be built in by others, in time, complete with all pertinent information, commensurate with the progress of the work. 17.6 Store materials neatly and out of the way and clean up all refuse caused by the work daily. 18.

EXISTING SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

18.1 All changes and connections to existing services shall be made only in a manner and at a time approved by the COMPANY, so as to avoid any interruption of such services during norma

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 12 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

working hours. If necessary, changes and connections to existing services shall be made outside of normal working hours, at no extra cost to this contract. 18.2 Whenever existing services or equipment are to be removed, all piping for such services or equipment shall be removed from any area where it is exposed, if no longer required and securely capped or plugged in an approved manner. If necessary to facilitate installation of new work, any existing services and equipment shall be removed and then replaced by the Contractor, at no extra cost to this contract. 18.3 Whenever it becomes necessary to relocate existing piping equipment to make possible installation of the work under this contract, such relocation shall be done by the Contractor at no extra cost to this contract. 18.4 Where connections are made to existing services, existing services within 1 m (3ft.) of the connection shall be made good under this contract. 18.5 The Contractor shall be responsible to protect all the existing services from any possible damage. Before the Contractor undertakes work in any area he must prepare a list of deficiencies in that area which affect his works, or which possibly be construed as being caused by himself if not noted. In the event that such deficiency list is not prepared then he shall be deemed responsible for such deficiencies. Any list shall be brought to the attention of the COMPANY forthwith. 19.

TRAINING

19.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to train adequate number of Operators or Maintenance Staff deputed by the COMPANY. They shall be trained for correct operation, safety devices, control and maintenance of all air conditioning and MEP services provided under the contract before the works are handed over to the COMPANY. 'The training shall be carried out by the qualified commissioning staff of the Contractor, for each particular service and shall continue till the operators or maintenance staffs are fully conversant with all aspects of operations. END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 10 Basic HVAC Materials & Methods

Page 13 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 12 FIRE STOPPING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 12 Fire Stopping

Page 1 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 12 FIRE STOPPING CONTENTS 1.0. GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4 SUBMITTAL 2.0. 2.1 2.2 2.3

PRODUCTS FIRE STOPPING DAMMING FIRE RATED DUCT SYSTEM

3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6

EXECUTION DELIVERY AND STORAGE EXAMINATION PREPARATION INSTALLATION INSULATED CHILLED WATER PIPES FIRE DAMPERS AND FIRE RATED DUCTWORK

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 12 Fire Stopping

Page 2 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

WORK INCLUDED A.

Compliance with sections of Division 23, general requirements and documents referred to therein.

B.

Conform to general requirements of other services as specified in other Division.

C.

Compliance with Project Design Criteria, UAE Fire & Safety Codes, NFPA requirements, Manufacturer recommendations, local authority regulations, system requirements, standards, COMPANYinstructions etc.

D.

All the specified Fire Rated Materials shall be strictly compliance with NFPA and local ADCD regulations with UL / FM listed.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK A.

Firestop Compounds.

B.

Damming Material.

C.

Fire-Rated Duct System

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Firestop system installation shall conform to requirements of qualified designs or manufacturer approved modifications, as supported by engineering reports.

B.

Install firestop materials and systems as required by these Contract Documents and accepted for use by D.G.F.S.

C.

Submit manufacturer's product data, letter of certification, or certified laboratory test report that the material or combination of materials (firestop system) meets the requirements specified in accordance with the applicable referenced standards.

D.

The firestop compound shall not contain any solvents or inorganic fibers. The penetration seal material must be unaffected by moisture and must maintain the integrity of the floor or wall assembly for its rated time period when tested in accordance with D.G.F.S. or ASTM E814 (UL1479). The system shall be Classified for up to and including 3 hours.

E.

Applicator: Use competent installers, experienced in the application of the materials and systems being used, approved and trained by the material or system manufacturer.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 12 Fire Stopping

Page 3 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.4

SUBMITTALS A.

Submit shop drawings, product data, and manufacturer's installation instructions for all materials and prefabricated devices, providing descriptions sufficient for identification at the job site.

B.

Submit shop drawings showing proposed material, reinforcement, anchorage, fastenings, and method of installation. Construction details shall accurately reflect actual job conditions.

C.

Submit Material Safety Data Sheets with product delivered to job site.

D.

Submit complete details of each type of penetration to be used indicating the proper local authority or U.L. approved fire stop system.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

FIRESTOPPING A

Fire stopping and Smoke Seal Materials and Systems: Certified in accordance with BS 476 Part 20 DIN 4102 Part 1 or approved similar agency, asbestos free, and complying with standards specified herein, by one or more of the specified acceptable manufacturers, installed in accordance with tested assemblies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B

Service Penetration Assemblies and Fire Stop Components: To meet BS 476 Part 20, NES 711 and 713 and product to meet the requirements of the above for each field of application.

C

Materials at openings intended for re-entry such as cables: Self Seal single component, low modulus silicon fire stop Elastomeric seal.

D

Materials at openings around penetrations for pipes, ductwork and other mechanical items requiring sound and vibration control: Self Seal single component, low modulus silicon fire stop Elastomeric seal.

E

Materials at movable joints and space: Flexible, Self Seal single component, low modulus silicon fire stop Elastomeric seal. Suitable to withstand the required movement and capable of returning to original configuration without damage to the seal and without adhesive or cohesive failure.

F

Water: Potable clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious substances.

G

Damming and backup materials, supports and anchoring devices. Seal mineral wool: To manufacturer’s recommendations and in accordance with the tested assembly being installed as acceptable to Authorities having jurisdiction.

G

Materials at vertical joints: Non-sagging type.

H

Intumescent Strips: To fire rated doors.

I

Intumescent Sealant: Self Seal single component, neutral cure, non-slumping caulk for sealing combustible service penetration

J

Intumescent Silicon firestop collar: Self-Seal pre fabricated collar to seal combustible pipe penetration.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 12 Fire Stopping

Page 4 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.2

DAMMING A.

Firestopping materials/systems shall be flexible to allow for normal movement of building structure and penetrating item(s) without affecting the adhesion or integrity of the system.

B.

Firestopping materials shall not require hazardous waste disposal of used containers/packages.

C.

Provide firestopping materials free of solvents which will not experience shrinkage while curing.

2.3

FIRE-RATED DUCT SYSTEM A.

Fire rated ductwork shall be constructed using a mechanically bonded non-combustible rigid composite board material, consisting of a cementitious fiber-reinforced core, mechanically bonded composite board material, consisting of a cementitious fiber-reinforced core, mechanically bonded on both surfaces to either galvanized or stainless steel metals determined by the installation requirements or the aggressive nature of the installed environment.

B.

The duct assembly will have a minimum 2-hour stability, 2-hour integrity and 2-hour insulation rating; determined in accordance with ISO 6944 and bear the UL/ULC mark.

C.

The duct assembly will withstand a minimum of a 2 Bar overpressure (blast) without developing through openings.

D.

Duct shall be 9.5mm thick mechanically bonded non-combustible rigid composite board material, consisting of a cementitious fibre-reinforced core, mechanically bonded on both surfaces to either galvanized or stainless steel metals.

E.

Steel angles shall be as framing for the attachment of duct panel. Adjacent sections of duct shall have companion flanges made of steel angles.

F.

Screws to attach duct to angles shall be spaced150mm on centre 1- ½” (38mm) from edge of duct. Galvanized or Stainless steel inner duct liner and Galvanized steel edge coping.

G.

Install fire rated duct systems in accordance with their listings and the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Use hanging methods and systems in accordance with their listings.

H.

Firestop all locations where the fire rated duct passes through a fire rated separation with a Listed Firestop system approved for use with the duct systems being installed.

I.

All material and equipment under this section is to be supplied and installed by one contractor, thus providing the complete fire rated ductwork system. Including any sub-contracting of all or a portion of the work performed by another trade required for use of an alternate system if authorized as an acceptable alternate within this specification.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.

Deliver materials to site in original unopened containers or packages bearing the manufacturer's name, brand designation, product description and U.L. Classification Mark.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 12 Fire Stopping

Page 5 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B.

Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage time at job site.

C.

Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance with manufacturer's requirements.

D.

Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in Material Safety Data Sheets as applicable.

3.2

EXAMINATION A.

Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work.

B.

Verify that openings are properly sized and in suitable condition to receive the work of this section.

3.3

PREPARATION

A

Examine sizes and conditions of joints and spaces to be filled to establish correct thickness and installation of materials. Ensure that substrates and surfaces are dry.

B

Clean bonding surfaces to remove deleterious substances including dust, paint, rust, oil, grease and other foreign matter which may otherwise impair effective bonding.

C

Do not apply fire stopping and smoke seals to substrates and surfaces previously painted or treated with sealer, curing compound, water repellent, or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials. Remove coatings as required.

D

Remove insulation from insulated pipe and duct where such pipes or ducts penetrate a fire separation unless the certified assembly permits such insulation to remain within the assembly. Ensure the continuity and integrity of thermal and vapor barriers where such are removed or altered, to the COMPANY approval

E

Prepare surfaces and prime in accordance with manufacturer's direction.

3.4

INSTALLATION A.

Install firestop materials as indicated in accordance with design requirements and manufacturer's instructions.

B.

Seal all holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an air, smoke and water-tight seal.

C.

Firestopping may be required under related sections of the project specifications. Identify all locations requiring firestopping and coordinate the work of this section with work performed under other sections of the project to provide a uniform system of fire stopping.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 12 Fire Stopping

Page 6 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

D.

Schedule installation of firestopping after completion of penetrating item installation but prior to covering or concealing of openings.

E.

Do not proceed with installation of firestop materials when temperatures exceed the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation.

F.

Firestop systems do not re-establish the structural integrity of load bearing partitions. Contractor shall consult the COMPANY prior to penetrating any load bearing assembly.

G.

Firestop systems are not intended to support live loads or traffic. Contractor shall consult the COMPANY if he has reason to believe these limitations may be violated.

3.5

INSULATED CHILLED WATER PIPES A.

Install a pipe sleeve with an inside diameter large enough to include the specified thickness of insulation.

B.

Eliminate insulation for depth of wall and fill space between with firestop expanding foam leaving sufficient space at each end of sleeve for proper depth of firestop.

C.

Install firestop material at each end of sleeve to form D.G.F.S. or a U.L. approved system.

D.

Insulate pipe on each side of wall and caulk all around insulation at joint of wall and insulation.

3.6

FIRE DAMPERS AND FIRE RATED DUCTWORK A.

Install fire stop material between fire dampers or fire rated ductwork and fire rated walls and floors.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 12 Fire Stopping

Page 7 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION: 23 05 13 COMMON ELECTRIC MOTOR REQUIREMENTS

Div. 23 - HVAC

23 05 13 Common Electric Motor Requirements for HVAC

Page 1 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION: 23 05 13 COMMON ELECTRIC MOTOR REQUIREMENTS CONTENTS

1.0

GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 3

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

REFERENCE ................................................................................................................................ 3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ............................................................................................................. 3 QUALITY CONTROL/ASSURANCE .............................................................................................. 3 CODES AND STANDARDS ........................................................................................................... 3 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................. 3

2.0

PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................................. 4

2.1

ELECTRIC MOTORS .................................................................................................................... 4

3.0

EXECUTION ........................................................................................................................... 5

3.1

INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................... 5

Div. 23 - HVAC

23 05 13 Common Electric Motor Requirements for HVAC

Page 1 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to the general conditions of the contract, the contract particulars, Divisio:23 (General Requirements) and any other relevant sections of specifications.

1.2

Description of Work Supply and installation of electrical motors as per mechanical requirements and as specified here after.

1.3

Quality Control/Assurance Design, manufacture, testing and method of installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under requirement of these specification shall conform to latest publications or standard rules of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f.

1.4

Abu Dhabi Distribution Company (ADDC) regulations for electrical installation works IEE Regulations British Standards ESTIDAMA compliance RSB Regulations NFPA

Codes and Standards The assemblies and the associated equipment shall conform to the requirements of the latest edition of the following standards and codes where applicable : - IEC 34 - ISO 9001

1.5

Submittals

1.5.1

The CONTRACTOR must submit all technical description, data sheets, catalogues, calculations and other supporting material with the offer to enable the engineer to fully evaluate the proposal of its compliance with the specifications.

1.5.2

Material submissions for all electric motors shall be in accordance with the section and article 'Shop drawings' and shall also incorporate the following information a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l)

Div. 23 - HVAC

Horsepower Voltage Frequency Speed Starting Current and Torque Characteristics Full Load Current Class of Insulation Enclosure Type Service Factor Ambient Temperature Reference Type of Bearings Locations of Connection Box

23 05 13 Common Electric Motor Requirements for HVAC

Page 1 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

m) 1.6

Manufacturer

WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide full warranty for a period of two year from the date of provisional acceptance certificate. The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the repair and replacement of defects in material or workmanship.

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

Electric Motors

2.1.1

All the Motors for Mechanical System shall be UL listed , High Efficiency for contious operation type S1.

2.1.2

Motors shall be constructed and type tested in compliance with relevant sections of BS. 4999 and BS. 5000. These shall be of totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) type either with foot-mounting or flange-mounting suitable for its application. Unless otherwise specified, motors shall be designed for continuous running duty type S1 for operation during 3 years without maintenance. They shall be of such size as to drive adequately their associated equipment under the range of operating conditions, without overloading. Windings shall be insulated with Class F insulation material to BS. 2757, and temperature rise of windings shall be class B (ie. maximum of 80 deg.C. as measured by resistance method).

2.1.3

The ingress protection of all Electrical Motor shall be according to application but with minimum of IP 55. Motor IP has to be approved by COMPANY prior to any procurement. All external exposed to ambient conditions motors shall be IP 65 with Class H insulation.

2.1.4

Electric motors up to and including 0.37 kW shall be suitable for operation at 240 volts single phase. Motors rated above 0.37 kW shall be of the 3 phase squirrel cage induction type with drip proof housing. Motors located directly in air streams shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled. All motors and equipment shall be tropicalized. All motors in the Kitchen & Laundry Exhaust system shal be explosion proof and out of Air stream.

2.1.5

Motors above 1 kW shall have three thermistors, one embedded in each stator phase winding. These thermistors shall be suitable for connecting into an overload relay designed to prevent the motor windings from exceeding a safe working temperature thermistors shall be of the normally closed circuit type. The cables from the thermistors shall each be brought to a separate section of the terminal bar and a series of connections shall be made at this point. The connection shall be adequate to accept the external circuit connection.

2.1.6

Div. 23 - HVAC

All motors shall be fitted with a power factor correction capacitors rated at 85% of the motor magnetizing kVA. Providing a power factor of not less than 0.95. This connection shall be in accordance with the B.S. Code of Practice. The capacitors shall be directly connected to the motor terminals. This connection shall be made by the equipment manufacturer. The capacitors shall be complete with discharge resistors.

23 05 13 Common Electric Motor Requirements for HVAC

Page 1 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.7

All the motors shall be provided with a substantial earthing terminal tapped into the frame or clamping device located on the cable end box side of the motor. When air inlets are protected by a screen, such a screen shall be of corrosion resistant material.

2.1.8

Terminal connections shall be constructed in such a way that direct contact between screws, bolts or nuts and the conductor is avoided. The terminals shall be alphabetically or numerically marked in such a way that the cyclic phase sequence in time of the supply corresponds to the sequence of terminal markings, the direction of rotation is clockwise when facing the driving end.

2.1.9

2.1.10

The terminal box shall be of sturdy construction with ample space for connecting cables. An earthing bolt of adequate size shall be provided inside the terminal box for connecting to the cable earthing. This will be in addition to the earthing bolt provided in the motor enclosure The terminal box shall be adequately weather proofed with a suitable non sticking reusable non-hygroscopic gasket material. These terminal boxes also shall be provided with suitable cable sealing end boxes or cable glands.

2.1.11

The rating plate or plates shall be made of a corrosion resistant metallic material, fixed to a non-removable part of the frame, and shall be marked with the appropriate items in accordance with IEC 34-1, whereby the values given shall be those actually measured.

2.1.12

In addition to these items the following information shall be indicated: a)

Type of enclosure in accordance with IEC 34-5 (IP classification).

b)

Locked rotor torque on % of rated torque Locked rotor current in % of rated current

c) d)

Allowable running-up time in seconds (ART) bearing type, size, fit, re-greasing period and type of grease. Bearing shall be L10-50000 Hours unless otherwise stated in the sections. Net weight.

e)

Purchase order number.

2.1.13

All motor shafts shall be provided with a key way unless the motor is of the flange mounted type in which case they shall be complete with adjustable rails.

2.1.14

The frame shall be painted in accordance with manufacturer's standards. However, the painting shall at least consist of one coat of primer and two coats of oil-resistant finishing paint.

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

Installation

3.1.1

Each electric motor shall be complete with a lamacoid name plate securely fastened in a conspicuous place on the motor. The name plate shall be 2.5 mm thick laminated phenolic plastic 90 mm long x 40 mm wide with black face and white centre, 5.5 mm high letters shall be engraved through to the white lamination with the following a) b) c)

Div. 23 - HVAC

Motor No. Mechanical Equipment Driven Circuit No.

23 05 13 Common Electric Motor Requirements for HVAC

Page 1 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

d) e) 3.1.2

3.1.3

Panel No. Panel Location

Drive between any motor and driven equipment shall be provided with a guard, except where casing acts as a guard. Guards for belt-driven equipment shall have a hole for tachometer reading on each shaft. Design of belt guards shall comply with local municipal safety standards and codes. Maximum starting current shall be: a) b) c)

3-7.5 HP: Five times full load current. 7.5 to 50 HP: Two times full load current. 50 HP and above: 1.5 times full load current.

3.1.4

Where an external control voltage is wired into a starter, provide a warning nameplate and mylar barriers or a door switch to interrupt the control circuit.

3.1.5

Starters and control devices shall be of one manufacturer (for equipment where starters are part of the package).

3.1.6

Select overload relays according to the codes and the recommendations of the manufacturer, based on motor full load current.

3.1.7

Select overload relays with characteristics to permit accelerating the load to full speed without unnecessary tripping. END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

23 05 13 Common Electric Motor Requirements for HVAC

Page 1 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 19 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 1 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 19 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC Contents 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3

GENERAL REFERENCE QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS

2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14

AIR VENTS EXPANSION COMPENSATORS FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS STRAINERS. UNIONS PRESSURE GAUGES: THERMOMETERS: THERMOMETER SOCKETS TEST WELLS INSULATING COUPLINGS (DIELECTRIC COUPLINGS) TEST PLUGS DUPLEX FILTERS FLOW SENSING DEVICES BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 3.2 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/PERFORMANCE/ERECTION 3.3 THERMOMETERS 3.4 TEST WELLS 3.5 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS 3.6 PRESSURE GAUGES 3.7 PRESSURE SNUBBERS 3.8 COIL SYPHONS 3.9 GAUGE VALVES 3.10 EXPANSION LOOPS 3.11 EXPANSION COMPENSATORS 3.12 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS 3.13 STRAINERS 3.14 BACKFLOW PREVENTER – (APPLICABLE FOR COMMERCIAL KITCHEN / LAUNDRY / CHILLED WATER MAKE-UP LINE, SOLAR MAKE-UP LINE AND GARBAGE CHUTE MAIN CONNECTION) 3.15 AIR VENTS 3.16 SUCTION DIFFUSERS 3.17 FLOW SENSING DEVICES 3.18 DRAIN POINTS 3.19 TESTING OF PIPEWORK AND PIPEWORK SPECIALTIES 3.20 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING 3.30 WARRANTY

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 2 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC Services of Division 23.

1.2

Quality Control 1.2.1 Design working pressure to be 16 bar for all pipe work, specialties and equipment unless stated otherwise. Contractor to ensure that all components of pipe work installation are suitable for the working pressure and test pressure to be supplied. 1.2.2 All relevant British and American Standards.

1.3

Submittals 1.3.1 All materials submittals shall include a detailed, clause-wise, compliance statement. 1.3.2 All materials submittals shall include detailed catalogues, product literature and descriptions of all equipment and fittings with selection charts, capacities etc. All material submittals shall include copies of relevant standards. 1.3.3 Provide detailed shop drawings of the items of equipment being provided, indicating the dimensions, materials and characteristics. 1.3.4

Materials selection data to be submitted.

1.3.5 Submittals for sample/mock up of pipework identification required for approval by Engineer. 2.0

PRODUCTS 2.1

Air Vents 2.1.1 Air vents shall be installed on all coils and all other high points required for efficient operation and venting of system. 2.1.2 Air vents shall be provided at all high points in the pipework, whether indicated on the drawings or not. 2.1.3 Large diameter automatic air vents shall be provided at all primary venting positions, such as plant rooms and at the head of vertical risers. 2.1.4 Each automatic air vent shall be preceded by a lockshield pattern stop valve, and the discharge from the air vent shall be 12 mm copper pipe terminating with an open discharge in a position to be agreed over a conveniently located drain, gulley or sump.

Div. 23 - HVAC

2.1.5

The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and positioning of all air vents.

2.1.6

Automatic Vents.

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 3 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

a. Air Vents shall be float actuated designed to purge free air from the system and provide positive shut-off at the working pressures kPa at a maximum working temperature. Vents shall be tightly sealed against loss of system water and prevent entrance of air in negative pressure situations. Vents shall be constructed of cast iron and fitted with components of stainless steel, brass, EPDM, and silicone rubber. 2.1.7

Manual Vents.

The vents on coils and other mechanical equipment shall be as per approved equipment manufacturers standards. Only these may be manual type and all other vents shall be automatic. 2.1.8

Automatic Air Valves

Automatic air valves shall have a bronze body with bolted cover and a 9mm top outlet. They shall each incorporate a suitable float mounted on a stainless steel spindle terminating in a needle valve for closure against a stainless steel seating at the outlet. For low pressure systems the valve shall be provided with a test cock and a brazed float, but for medium and high pressure systems the float shall be of stainless steel. Automatic air valves for low pressure systems shall, incorporate an internal ball check valve at inlet to prevent air entry to the system. Automatic air valves for cold water services shall be to the approval of the local water authority. 2.2

Expansion Compensators 2.2.1 Expansion compensators for 75 mm diameter pipe and larger shall be packless bellow type with equalizing rings, stainless steel bellows, limit stops, internal telescoping sleeves and carbon steel flanged ends or bevelled welding ends. 2.2.2 Expansion compensators for 65mm diameter and smaller shall be packless bellows type with stainless steel bellows, anti-torque device, limit stops, guides and threaded pipe ends.

2.3

Flexible Pipe Connectors The flexible connector shall be made of multi layer in nylon tire cord or Kevlar tire cord reinforcement with EPDM cover and liner. Straight connectors shall have minimum two spheres. Connectors 50mm and smaller may have threaded ends. Larger sizes shall have baked enamel ductile iron floating flanges. There shall be a molded in ductile iron floating flanges. There shall be a molded in ductile iron reinforcing ring. Standard duty flexible connector shall be rated for 1723 kPa at 76.6oC, and 1130 kPa at 121 oC. Manufacturer shall certify that each unit is individually pressure tested. Connectors for pipe size 65mm and above shall be of spherical single bellow design with captive steel floating flanges or split ductile iron floating flanges to facilitate alignment. Flanges shall be epoxy powder coated. Bellows shall have steel wire reinforcement at the lips.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 4 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Connectors for pipe size up to 50mm shall be of double bellow design with threaded ends. End connections shall be triangular flanges made from forged steel and epoxy powder coated. MI unions will not be accepted. Connectors for FCUs shall be as above, but with a bronze coupler at one end, suitable for direct threaded or brazed connection (as required) to the FCU header. Usage of flexible hose / SS braided hose for FCU connections will not be accepted. For copper piping up to 54mm, provide double bellow flexible connectors with bronze sweat-end connections at both sides, suitable for brazing to copper pipe. For copper piping above 54mm, provide standard spherical bellow connectors with steel floating flanges, bolted at both ends to bimetallic flanges brazed to copper pipe. Where flexible connectors are connected to unanchored piping or isolated equipment, provide control cables and rods when pressure exceeds the maximum recommended for this application by the manufacturer. Flexible hoses shall be stainless steel braid and carbon steel fittings. 2.4

Strainers. 2.4.1 Furnish "Y" type strainers throughout the job unless specifically noted otherwise. Furnish one manufacturer throughout Project. 2.4.2

Strainers 50 mm and smaller.

Furnish screwed ends, screwed bronze cap and gasket in sizes 40 mm and smaller and with a bolted cap on 50 mm size. Screens on water service shall be made of Type 304 stainless steel with screen perforation of 0.8mm. Furnish bronze strainers to BS 1400 LG2 in all piping upto 50mm diameter. 2.4.3

Strainers 65 mm through 300 mm.

Furnish flanged ends, bolted iron cap and gasket cast iron body to BS 1452 GR 220. Screens on water service shall be Type 304 stainless steel with screen perforation of 0.6mm. Strainer shall be rated for PN16 (minimum). 2.5

Unions 2.5.1 All unions in steel pipes shall be minimum 1200 kPa malleable iron, screwed, with brass to iron ground joints. 2.5.2 All unions in copper pipe shall be cast bronze, wrought copper or wrought bronze, with threaded or solder-joint tube ends.

2.6

Pressure Gauges: 2.6.1

General.

Provide pressure gauges with white dial and black scale, size 3.5 inch dia. Locate gauges for easy reading. Install gauges as shown and on all pumps. Equip each gauge with an

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 5 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

integral or separate siphon and connect by means of a brass rubber pipe and fittings containing a shut-off cock. 2.7

Thermometers: 2.7.1

General.

For remote thermometers, see Section, BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 2.7.2

Thermometers in water systems.

Furnish thermometers of the bimetal dial type with brass insert. The case diameter shall be 160mm. Casing and bezel ring made of stainless steel. Window shall be of instrument glass. Thermometers shall be mounted for convenient reading. Install stems longer than pipe diameters in pipe tee. Ranges shall be as follows: a) Chilled Water - 0 to 60 degrees C. b) Hot Water - 1 to 116 degrees C. 2.8

Thermometer Sockets Sockets shall be made of Brass with threaded connections suitable for thermometer stems and temperature control sensing elements in pipeline. Furnish with extension necks for insulated piping systems.

2.9

Test Wells Test wells shall be similar to thermometer sockets except with a brass cap that thread into the inside of the test well to prevent dirt from accumulating. Secure cap to body with a short chain. Furnish with extension necks, where appropriate, to accommodate the pipeline insulation.

2.10 Insulating Couplings (Dielectric Couplings) Provide at all interconnections between piping systems of dissimilar material and at all connections of piping systems to equipment where piping and equipment are of dissimilar materials the appropriate sizes of insulating couplings. Couplings shall be specifically designed for the purpose of electrically isolating pipelines from other piping systems or equipment. 2.11 Test Plugs 2.11.1 Provide test plugs of solid brass or stainless steel at locations shown on Drawings and as required for the efficient and proper testing and commissioning of the system. Plugs shall be capable of receiving either a temperature probe or pressure probe. Fittings shall have a valve core of neoprene suitable for temperatures to 100 deg C., and shall be rated for zero leakage for highest working pressures of M&P systems. 2.11.2 Provide two (2) test kits each consisting of a minimum 65 mm dial face pressure gauge, with pressure ranges expected within the system; 25 mm dial thermometer, -4 to 52 degrees C.; and a standard gauge adapter all contained within a carrying case. The pressure gauge and thermometers shall be capable of easy recalibration.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 6 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.12 Duplex Filters Where indicated on drawings install duplex filters complete with cast iron body, quick release cover for ease of basket removal without the need for tools or lifting gear, resilient cover O-seals, multiple light weight baskets for easy manhandling, sliding gate valves with positive compression seating, stepped angle basket seat for positive basket seating, robust basket support cages complete with replaceable mesh insets, external valve position indicators showing which chamber is on stream, replaceable valve seats, synchronized chain drive and external pressure equalizing valve. 2.13 Flow Sensing Devices 2.13.1 Contractor shall provide all flow sensing devices as per indicated on the drawings. Proper schedule indicating the flow rate that is to be sensed, the type of flow sensing device, and the permanent pressure loss at the design flow rate shall be submitted for approval of the COMPANY. 2.13.2 The flow sensors shall be one of following types: a)

PITOT TUBE FLOW SENSORS: Multi-port averaging type flow sensor designed to sense the velocity of a fluid flowing in a pipe and produce a pressure output that is proportional to the fluid velocity

b)

VORTEX SHEDDING FLOW SENSORS: Wafer type, unit with an analog output.

2.14 Backflow preventers 2.14.1 Unless otherwise required by BS Standards and Codes, backflow preventers shall be of the double check valve type incorporating resilient elastic and positively tight seals designed to permit water to flow in one direction only. 2.14.2 Backflow preventers shall be suitable for installation in horizontal or vertical position. They shall be pressure rated for 16 bar and BS kitemarked. Construction shall be: Body Check valve Drain valve Seals/Membrance Springs/bolts/Nuts

3.0

-

Bronze Brass Brass Nitrile : NBR Rubber Stainless steel

EXECUTION 3.1

Preparation Piping and Fittings. Ream all pipes to full inside diameter after cutting and thoroughly clean before erection.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 7 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.2

Installation/Application/Performance/Erection 3.2.1

General:

a)

3.3

Provide valves at each piece of equipment to isolate equipment from its connected system. Locate strainers and valves as necessary to provide easy isolation and cleaning of strainers. b) Strainers shall be installed ahead of all automatic valves and elsewhere as indicated on Drawings. Provide a ball valve and 1.5 m of rubber hose in the blow off opening of each strainer. c) Unions shall be provided adjacent to each screwed type valve and shall be on the outlet side of the valve. d) Install thermometers and gauges for easy reading. e) Furnish piping accessories where shown and as necessary for complete installation of mechanical Work . Thermometers 3.3.1

Stem Type:

Install in piping systems as indicated on the drawings and/or details using a separable socket in each location. 3.3.2

Thermometer Sockets

Install at each point where a thermometer or temperature control sensing element is located in a pipeline. 3.4

Test Wells Install in piping systems as indicated on the drawings and/or details wherever provisions are needed for inserting a thermometer at a later date.

3.5

Pressure/Temperature Test Plugs Install in piping systems as indicated on the drawings and/or details. Do not insulate over test plugs.

3.6

Pressure Gauges Install in locations where indicated on the drawings and/or details, including any gauge piping, with scale range appropriate to the system operating pressures.

3.7

Pressure Snubbers: Install in gauge piping for all gauges used on water services.

3.8

Coil Syphons: Install in gauge piping for all gauges beside vibrating equipment.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 8 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.9

Gauge Valves Install at each gauge location as close to the main as possible and at each location where a gauge tapping is indicated.

3.10 Expansion Loops Install where indicated on the drawings or details, locating anchors and guides as detailed. 3.11 Expansion Compensators 3.11.1 Provide expansion compensators for the expansion and contraction of all pipes. Install expansion compensators to have sufficient flexibility to prevent end thrust and movements caused by thermal expansion or contraction causing detrimental distortion or damage of connected equipment. Provide offsets between mains and equipment of sufficient length to safely absorb the expansion of the main. Provide guides as necessary. 3.11.2 During operation, the chilled water supply temperature will be 60C. If expansion compensators in chilled water lines are installed at a time when the ambient air temperature is above 300C, they shall be pre-compressed in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Expansion compensator shall have sufficient number of corrugations to absorb the expansion between anchors in the pipe plus not less than 25% safety factor for the temperature range between 40 C to 500 C. 3.11.3 Provide one expansion compensator between every two rigid supports for all chilled water risers. Provide guides at distances of 4 pipe diameters, 14 pipe diameters and at 3 meter intervals after that, from the expansion compensator. 3.12 Flexible Pipe Connectors a) b) c) d) e)

Provide flexible connectors at all air handling units, pumps, and chillers. Provide flexible hoses for all fan coil units Install units as per manufactures printed installation instructions. Support pipes and equipment such that connector carries no weight Provide flexible connectors for all pipes and ducts crossing building expansion joints.

3.13 Strainers Install all strainers where required or indicated on the project details, allowing sufficient space for the screens to be removed. Rotate screen retainer where required by the installation so blowdown can remove accumulated dirt from the strainer body. 3.14 Backflow preventer – (Applicable for Commercial Kitchen / Laundry / Chilled Water Make-up line, Solar Make-up line and Garbage Chute Main connection) Provide back flow preventer at connections to all laundry and kitchen equipment, water coolers, wherever there is danger of backflow and as per requirements of BS 6700.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 9 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.15 Air Vents 3.15.1 Manual key type vents: Install at all high points where air may collect and not be carried by the system fluid. Use a soft Type L copper "pigtail" so the vent can be positioned for venting and collecting any water that might escape. 3.15.2 Manual ball valve vents: Install on air handling coils and where indicated elsewhere as shown on drawings and details. 3.15.3 Automatic Vents: Install on the top of air separators on systems using bladder type expansion tanks. Install at other locations as indicated on the drawings or details. All locations to have a ball valve installed upstream of the vent for maintenance purposes. 3.16

Suction Diffusers 3.16.1 Install at each pump suction connection for end suction pumps where shown. Provide sufficient space for removal of the strainer. Install a capped drain valve in the blowdown connection. Install support below the suction diffuser so the weight of the suction piping does not rest on the pump suction connection. 3.16.2 Install a pressure gauge across the suction diffuser, valved so that a single gauge can be used to read the inlet pressure and the outlet pressure across the strainer. Use gauge valves as specified with the gauges. This gauge can be the same one used to read pressures across the pump. Select gauge range appropriate to the system pressures. 3.16.3 Open the drain valve and blowdown the strainer after system cleaning and again after 30 days of operation. If the unit is furnished with a fine mesh startup strainer, remove this strainer after the system has been flushed and cleaned.

3.17 Flow Sensing Devices 3.17.1 Pitot Tube Flow Sensors: Install where indicated on the drawings and details for flow sensing in hydronic and/or steam piping systems. Butterfly valves installed at the location of a flow sensing device are to have a memory stop. 3.17.2 Vortex Shedding Flow Sensors: Install where indicated on the drawings and details for flow sensing in hydronic and/or steam piping systems. Do not install close to elbows, valves, or other piping specialties which might affect the reading of the sensor; follow manufacturer's installation instructions. Butterfly valves installed at the location of a flow sensing device are to have a memory stop.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 10 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.18 Drain Points 3.18.1 Adequate provisions shall be made for emptying sections of all services as required for maintenance purposes whether indicated on the drawing or not. 3.18.3 All cylinders, coils and pumps together with all low points of pipework within plant rooms shall be provided with drain cocks. 3.18.4 All other low points shall be provided with drain taps. 3.18.5 Drain taps shall also be provided on the flow and return of all sub-circuits provided with isolating facilities and shall be located on the isolated side of the valves 3.18.6 Drain cocks shall be in accordance with BS 2879 : 1980 3.18.7 Schemes involving external distribution mains below ground level are to be provided with ample sized dirt pockets to which the drain cock shall be provided. Underground mains shall be provided with a 54 mm gland cock with hose union outlet at the lowest position for the purpose of flushing out. 3.18.8 The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and positioning of all drain points. 3.19 Testing of Pipework and Pipework Specialties 3.19.1 Refer to Section 15950 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 3.19.2 Unless specifically indicated otherwise, Contractor shall apply following general procedures. 3.19.3 All pipework shall be tested hydraulically after assembly on site and before any insulation is applied or pipework made inaccessible by building cladding, to a pressure equal to twice the working pressure. If the working pressure is greater than 600 kPa the test pressure may be one and a half times the working pressure. The minimum test pressure for water pipes shall be 700 kPa. 3.19.4 Hydraulic pressure tests shall be carried out by means of a purpose made test pump, which shall be locked after the desired pressure is obtained. 3.19.5 The test pressure shall be registered at the lowest part of the system being tested and maintained for a period of two hours during which time all parts must remain completely watertight and no pressure loss is indicated on the test gauge. In the case of Fire Mains wet risers and Hose reel supplies, the pressure test shall be maintained for 24 hours. Any leakage must at once be made good and the pressure test repeated until the desired test conditions are maintained. During this period all welds on steel pipe shall be well hammered. Any defects shall be made good and the relevant section shall be retested all at the Contractor's expense. 3.19.6 Chillers, Heat exchangers, Water Heaters, Boilers, Cylinders, Pumps and any other ancillary items of equipment which may be liable to damage by the test pressure, shall be isolated or suitably protected during the test, and all necessary precautions shall be taken. Any damaged equipment shall be replaced.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 11 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.19.7. In order not to delay the building operations sections of the pipework may be pressure tested independently as the work progresses. All necessary plugs, caps or blank flanges shall be provided for testing and these shall be removed after the pressure tests have been approved. 3.19.8 A test certificate shall be issued for each section of the pipework tested satisfactorily. 3.20 Adjustment and Cleaning 3.20.1 Valves and Specialities. a) b)

3.30

All valves and specialities shall be adjusted to operate smoothly and without binding or leaking. All vents shall be tested and proven to open freely for passage of air. Locate strainers as necessary to allow easy cleaning.

WARRANTY All materials and components furnished, and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one year from the date of system acceptance, except for that equipment having a specific warranty period.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 19 Meters and Gauges For HVAC

Page 12 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 20 CHILLED WATER PIPING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 1 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 20 CHILLED WATER PIPING CONTENTS

1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.0 2.1 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3

GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 3 REFERENCE ................................................................................................................................ 3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ............................................................................................................ 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................... 3 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................. 3 MAINTENANCE DATA ................................................................................................................ 3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING....................................................................................... 4 PRODUCT ................................................................................................................................... 4 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................ 4 EXECUTION ............................................................................................................................... 8 EXECUTION ................................................................................................................................ 8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ......................................................................................................... 9 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING ................................................................................................. 10

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 2 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference

1.1.1

Conform to General Requirements for Mechanical Services of Division fifteen.

1.2

Description Of Work Type of pipes and fittings specified in this section include pipes and fittings for chilled water and heat recovery systems. Pipes and pipe fittings furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, are specified as part of equipment assembly in other sections of Division 15.

1.3

Quality Assurance

1.3.1

Manufacturers qualification Firms regularly engaged in a manufacturer of pipes and pipe fittings of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

1.3.2

Codes and Standards Welding: Quality welding procedures, welders and operators in accordance with BS 2640 and BS 2971 for shop and project site welding of piping work. Certify welding of piping work using Standard Procedure Specifications by welders tested under supervision of an approved certifying agency. Brazing : Certify brazing procedure, brazers, and operators in accordance with BS 1724 for shop and job site brazing of piping work.

1.4

Submittals

1.4.1

Product Data : Submit manufacturers technical product data, installation instructions and dimensioned drawings for each type of pipe and pipe fittings. Submit piping schedule showing manufacturer, pipe or tube weight, fitting type, and joint type for each piping system.

1.4.2

Welding certification: Submit reports as required for piping work

1.4.3

Brazing Certifications: Submit reports as required for piping work.

1.4.4

For preinsulated pipes submit full study with manufacturer recommendations for expansion/contraction compensation and anchors specifically designed for the intended application.

1.5

Maintenance Data Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of mechanical fitting. Include this data, product data, and certifications in maintenance manual.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 3 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.6

Delivery, Storage and Handling

1.6.1

Provide factory applied plastic end caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent pipe-end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube.

1.6.2

Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate above grade and enclose with durable, or by packaging with durable, water proof wrapping.

1.6.3

Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, water proof wrapping.

1.6.4

Warranty: Contractor / Manufacturer shall be provide Warranty for complete piping system for listed services for Quality of material and Workmanship complete in all respects including pipes, fitting, valves etc and accessories for “Five years for installation / workmanship and Ten Years for Quality of material” after PAC complete in all respects. The Warranty shall include material cost and labor cost for the replacement of defected part or workmanship.

2.0

PRODUCT

2.1

Materials

2.1.1

General

Pipes and fittings shall be in conformance with the following unless specified otherwise: Design working pressure to be 16 bar for all pipe work, fittings, valves and equipment unless stated otherwise. Contractor to ensure that all components of pipe work installation are suitable for the working pressure and test pressure to be supplied.

2.1.2

Chilled water pipes (above ground)

a)

Pipes for chilled water above grade shall be Eectric Resistance welded black steel with dimensions as per BS 1387 Class-C (heavy) and ASTM Schedule 40 for all pipes.

b)

Pipe run outs to all fan coil units: Soft temper copper BS 2871, Type X, plain ends.

c)

Fittings for chilled water: 65 mm and larger i) Black steel to BS 1965 heavy weight, butt-welding ends or ground victaulic couplings. 50 mm and smaller ii) Wrought iron to BS 1740 with threads to BS 21.

d)

Where a branch of at least two pipe sizes smaller connects into a main, welding fittings of full flow may be used.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 4 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

e)

Flare connections may be used on soft copper tubing where one end of the flare connection is an integral part of the equipment or valve.

f)

Welding flanges for pipe 65 mm and larger: i)

g)

Unions for pipe 50 mm and smaller: i) ii)

h)

Forged steel to BS 4504, PN 16

Malleable iron ASTM A1 97, Class 150, with bronze to iron ground joint, ANSI B 1 6.3. Dielectric unions shall be used in case of joining dissimilar material.

Flange Accessories: i) ii)

Gasket, canvas reinforced neoprene to BS 1737. Bolts, square head machine with hexagonal nut, galvanized steel to BS 916.

i)

Use “Y” pattern strainers, PN 16, with screens of type 304 stainless steel or Monel with approximately 0.79 mm perforations. Provide a valve blow-off connection in all caps 65 mm and larger. Maximum pressure drop with clean screen shall not exceed 6.89 Kpa, with water velocity through inlet pipe of 1.5 m/s.

j)

Strainers: 65 mm and larger i) Cast iron, Body to BS 1452 GR 220 flanged, PN 16. 50 mm and smaller ii) Bronze, Body to BS 1400 LG2, threaded, PN 16.

k)

Strainers for copper water lines: 50 mm and smaller, i) Bronze, body to BS 1400 LG2.

l)

Provide drain valves for blow-off of sediment from strainers and tanks; non-shock 20 mm size gate valves with bronze body, male threaded garden hose end, cap and chain.

m) Other drain valves may be angle valves for non-shock with bronze body, 20 mm threaded garden hose end, cap and chain. n)

Chilled Water Pipes within the Chiller Yard and Plant Room; The chilled water piping within the chiller plant shall be pre-insulated pipes with the following characteristics: Carrier pipe conforming to ASTM A53 Grade B Seamless black steel with welded or flanged type joints. Seamless pipe shall be used. Pipes with diameter of 12” and smaller shall be schedule 40, and pipes with diameters of 12” larger shall be schedule 30.The pipe insulation material shall be spray applied fire rated Polyisocyanurate PIR foam. The outer jacket shall be also HDPE based on raw material BoraSafe 3490 LS-H Piping header along with isolating valves for future tap off shall be provided.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 5 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The typical operating temperature shall be between -17 °C to +120° C. Provide thermal analysis calculation along on the complete length of pipe to ensure that temperature drop should not be more than 0.5°C to 0.8°C and accordingly the density of the insulation shall be applied. 2.1.3

I.

Preinsulated Chilled Water Pipes & Fitting for bellow grade installation ( REFFER TO SECTION 33 50 00 CHILLED WATER PIPING SYSTEM BELOW GRADE); the following is brief specification All below grade chilled water lines shall be Factory – Pre-insulated. The system shall be noncorrosive, non-metallic, structurally strong, completely water proof, and entirely resistant to attacks by salts, water and all ground chemicals normally encountered in an underground environment. The system manufacturer shall have fabricated systems of the composition defined hereinafter for at least five years. All straight section, fittings, anchors, end seals and other accessories shall be factory prefabricated to job dimensions, and designed to minimize the number of field welds. The system design shall be in strict conformance with ANSI B 31.1, Latest Edition. Pipe movement due to thermal expansion or contraction shall be accommodated with expansion loops or elbows. The complete system shall be computer analyzed by the Professional Engineer (PE) with Professional indemnity warranty to cover their work for min 5 years operation after FAC, to determine stress and anticipated thermal movement of the service pipe. Stress analysis should determine thermal expansion and contraction of pipes, numbers and location of thermal expansion joints along with location and loading of pipe anchors and pipe guides. All the pipe fitting, valves and other accessories shall be Factory – Insulated, similar to pipe insulation.

II. Service Pipe Carrier piping shall be High Density Polyethylene Pipes (HDPE) and shall comply with the requirements of ISO 4427 type PE 100 SDR 11 (standard dimension ratio) or BS 6730. All the pipe & fitting dimension in the drawings are Nominal Internal Diameter ID(mm). All pipes and fittings shall be welded by butt fusion process as per manufacturer recommendations. The pipes shall be manufactured from polyethylene containing only those antioxidants, UV stabilisers and pigments necessary for the manufacturing of the pipes. The Services pipe shall be submitted seperatly submiited for COMPANY approval, before proceeding with Pre-Insulation process in the factory. Where possible, straight sections, shall be supplied in 12M random length. III. Insulation The pipe insulation shall be Rigid Polyurethane Foam (CFC Free) as per EN 253 factory-injected between the annular space of inner pipe and outer jacket, conforming to ASTM C 591, with a nominal density of 60 Kg/M3. Thermal conductivity coefficient shall be 0.030 W/m.°K max at a mean temperature of 24°C. The typical operating temperature shall be between -17 °C to +120° C. Provide support guides or heavy duty spidder clamp for the service pipe before injection to avoid pipe sagging and to ensure equal thickness of insulation around the pipe. Provide thermal

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 6 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

analysis calculation along on the complete length of pipe to ensure that temperature drop should not be more than 0.5°C to 0.8°C. Insulation thickness shall be as follows: Pipe Size MM Dia Insulation thickness

Upto 25

32-40

50-80

100-200

Above 200

25

40

50

65

80

The proposed Pre-Insulated Pipe shall be randomly seleceted from each lot for Independent Third Party Laboratory test, as part of CONTRCATOR scope of works, for COMPANY approval. IV. Protective Jacket Pipe; The outer casing protective jacket shall be high density polyethylene (HDPE) industrial grade material and shall conform to ASTM D 1248, Type 3, Class C specifications. PVC, or tape materials shall not be allowed as material for the jacket construction. The jacket shall be seamless throughout. All fittings shall be welded, by butt fusion or extrusion welding process. Hot air welding or taping shall not be allowed in the factory or in the field. All system accessories shall be factory manufactured water tight and designed to prevent moisture from entering the insulated system. The entire HDPE jacket shall be UV resistant with detectable identification tape.

2.1.4

Refrigerant Piping: 1. Refrigerant pipe-work shall be hard copper pipes to ASTM B88 Type L, for all diameter sizes, both liquid & suction lines. 2. Hard drawn copper shall not be bending by any means. Care to be taken during brazing that excess heat is not used. 3. Surfaces to be brazed shall be clean. The joints shall be given a thin coating of approved soldering flux & the tubing end inserted into the fitting as far as possible. All copper pipes may only be cut by pipe cutting wheels. 4. The refrigerant pipe works shall be provided with filter direr, sight glass, and shut off valve in the liquid line of all the units. 5. The system shall be charged with the manufacturer recommended weight of refrigerant. 6. Liquid & suction lines shall be insulated as specified in other section. 7. The copper fittings shall be from the same factory under the same brand name. 8. 9. Copper pipes shall be capped at both end sides at factory so as to avoid any dirt, moisture or foreign particles. 10. 11. Contractor shall indicate the OD, wall thickness, temperature & related internal working pressure, as follow: OD PIPE SIZE 3/8"

Div. 23 - HVAC

WALL THICKNESS 0.76 mm

temperature 65°C

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Pressure 775-836 PSI

Page 7 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

½" 5/8" ¾" 7/8" 11/8"

0.89 mm 1.02 mm 1.07 mm 1.14 mm 1.27 mm

65°C 65°C 65°C 65°C 65°C

618-662 PSI 528-613 PSI 435-537 PSI 490-495 PSI 2-420 PSI

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

Execution

3.1.1

Provide automatic air eliminators at all high points on piping mains for chilled water systems. Where venting a horizontal pipe, grade pipe up in direction of flow with vent at high point. Use float type eliminators, designed for a minimum of 1 Mpa water pressure with steel or cast iron body having removable flanged top, stainless steel or copper float and stainless steel valve and lever mechanism. Provide gate valve at the float inlet. Pipe outlets to drain using polyethylene pipe. Drain pipe shall be run such that its route is accessible.

3.1.2

Arrange all runs of piping to prevent interference and to achieve a satisfactory and workman like installation of neat appearance. Run all piping parallel to walls. All valves controls, equipment, expansion compensators, flexible connections and, as far possible, all piping shall be easily accessible for inspection, maintenance and operation.

3.1.3

Provide adequate allowance for expansion and contraction of piping by providing expansion joints.

3.1.4

Pitch all lines 0.2% unless shown otherwise.

3.1.5

Install drain valves at all low points for draining and locate where easily accessible.

3.1.6

Threaded joints shall be carefully reamed and jointed with compound on the male thread only. Re-tighten flanged connections after the installation has been brought up to its service temperature, after which operation, the insulation may be applied. Take care not to over stress the material during construction.

3.1.7

Pipe welding operations shall be performed by welders holding a certificate from the Labour Department for the class of piping to be welded. No superfluous material shall restrict the internal opening of pipes and fittings.

3.1.8

When welding or cutting with a torch, take precautions to prevent fire. Welding or torch cutting operations shall have a fully charged 5 kg carbon dioxide extinguisher with them. Protect wooden structure with fire proof blankets.

3.1.9

Arrange piping to permit ease of equipment removal. Flanges or unions shall be provided on all pipe connections to each piece of equipment.

3.1.10 Connect all multi-row water coils in counter flow. 3.1.11 Connect all pumps with packed glands to drain with 12 mm O.D. copper tubing. 3.1.12 Provide strainers upstream of each pump suction and where shown. 3.1.13 Install all valves in equipment rooms in accessible locations from the floor.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 8 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.1.14 Provide gate, globe, and check valves in all piping systems as shown and as required for satisfactory operation and control of equipment. Provide shut-off valves wherever piping is connected to any equipment. All water coils including fan coil unit coils shall have one balancing valve and at least one shut-off valve. 3.1.15 Condensate drains shall be provided to all equipment requiring same and shall be routed, via a trap, to the nearest waste stack or floor drain as appropriate. Discharge condensate drain indirectly to waste. 3.1.16 Where ASTM are specified as equivalent in brackets ( ), pipes shall have same specification as standards indicated (BS) and contractor shall ensure that alternative standard submitted is equivalent to the specified standard. All BS products shall carry kitemark seal. 3.1.17. Complete installation shall be carried out under the supervision of factory trained personnel. 3.1.18. Underground Pipe work a)

Install underground piping in conformance with the Earth Works Section.

b)

Services laid in the ground shall be installed with care and in such a manner that pipe work and fittings shall not be damaged due to ground movement. Consideration shall be given to the depth at which the pipe shall be laid, depending upon the size of the pipe, the location, width of trench and the class of bedding upon which the pipe will lie.

c)

Buried chilled water pipes shall be not less than 1000 mm below finished ground surface level.

d)

Where pipes pass under roadways carrying vehicles, they shall be located within sleeves or ducts.

e)

Prior to the pressure test, concrete anchor and thrust blocks are to be poured and the size and position of all blocks shall be adequate and suitable to prevent pipe movement.

3.2

Field Quality Control

3.2.1

For requirements of radiographic testing of joints, refer to section 15010.

3.2.2

Pressure Testing Hydraulic pressure testing of the system should be carried out in accordance with guide to good practice for site pressure testing of pipe work by British Heating and Ventilating Contractor’s Association. As work proceeds each section shall be tested in turn at least 1.5 times the working pressure. Pressure shall be maintained for at least 2 hours.

3.2.3

Field service shall be provided by the certified manufacturer’s representative. A minimum of 3 visits by the representative shall be allowed to check the installation and testing. All costs towards this shall be borne by the contractor.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 9 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.3

Adjustment and Cleaning

3.3.1

Cleaning of Piping and Equipment

a. After piping is erected, all piping systems shall be cleaned of all mill and welding scale, oil, corrosion, and construction debris by a pipe cleaning specialist. Systems shall be flushed clean and filled ready for service, immediately after cleaning. Do not operate pumps or equipment, until mill scale and debris has been removed from the respective system, and the system has been flushed. b. Flush supply pipe system forward (normal direction of low) to pump suctions and to chillers. Provide large (temporary) blow-offs or drains in system low points, at pumps, at chillers, and open ends high to admit air. Fill system to open high ends and then open low drains for flushing action on return and on supplies. Prevent mill scale and debris from entering coils, tanks, equipment, and control valves. Provide temporary strainers in all systems located at pump suctions, control valves and other places as indicated ruing cleaning operations. Temporary strainers shall have 2.5 mesh perforations and shall be removed after system is flushed, after which the permanent strainers shall be installed. Isolate or adequately protect all equipment and parts which would be susceptible to damage due to foreign materials during the cleaning process. c. Entire non-potable piping system and related equipment shall be cleaned by forced high velocity circulation of a solution of non-corrosive chemical cleaner and non-foaming detergent, followed by a continuous flush with clear, clean domestic water until residual alkalinity of the water leaving the system is 300 ppm or less. Pumps shall not be operated until system is clean. d. Automatic device which can become clogged during the cleaning process shall be disconnected and shall not be connected permanently until the cleaning process is complete. e. All strainers, automatic valves, pump seals, vents, etc., and other parts shall be cleaned. 3.3.2

Chilled Water Chemical Treatment Provide on chilled water system one bypass feeder with isolating and drain valves installed around balancing valve as shown on drawings

3.3.2.1 Introduce closed system treatment through bypass feeder after flushing by fresh water. 3.3.2.2 Performance: Water treatment sized and equipped to treat raw water available at Project site to sustain the following water characteristics: a) b) c) d) e)

Nitrate: 900 ppm approx. Iron: 1 ppm max. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): 1500 to 1750 ppm (as CaCO3). Silica: 60 ppm or less. PH: 10.5 or above. Provide sufficient quantity of treatment chemicals for the initial fill plus 200 liters additional. END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 20 Chilled Water Piping

Page 10 of 10

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION: 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 1 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION: 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING CONTENTS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

REFERENCE SUBMISSIONS QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE TRAINING DESIGN CRITERIA, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.

PRODUCTS

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12

MATERIALS GATE VALVES GLOBE VALVES DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES CHECK VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES. BALL VALVES. SOLENOID VALVES PRESSURE INDEPENDENT BALANCING AND CONTROL VALVE PICV STRAINERS COMMISSIONING SET

3.

EXECUTION

3.1 3.2 3.3

PREPARATION INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/PERFORMANCE/ERECTION ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 2 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL 1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC Services of Division 23.

1.2

Submissions Contractor shall produce and submit for approval detailed schedule of all valves covered by this Section indicating type of devices, dimensions, materials of construction, pressure/temperature ratings and attachment methods, for each pipe size and type of service. Temperature ratings specified are for continuous operation. Contractor shall submit to the COMPANY a Statement from manufacturer on his letterhead that the product furnished meets the BS specification contained in this Section.

1.3

Quality Control And Assurance In accordance with the Conditions of Contract, and as specified herein. All gate, globe and angle valves shall be designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened and shall be equipped with packing suitable for intended service. When valve is fully opened, back seat shall protect the packing and stem threads from fluid. Bronze gate, globe, angle and check valves shall conform to BS 5154. Pressure containing parts of valves shall be of material conforming to BS 5150 PN16 Gate valves shall conform to BS 5150. Valve stems shall be copper silicon alloy ( or approved equivalent as per appliacble standards) conforming to BS 2874. Wheel handles shall be non-heating style cast from malleable iron or commercial aluminum. Check valves shall operate equally well in horizontal or vertical positions. Double regulating valves shall conform to the requirements of BS 7350. All valves shall be full line size.

1.4

Training Upon completion and acceptance of Installation, properly acquaint Representative of the COMPANY with details and sufficient training to enable them to obtain maximum efficiency in the system operation.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 3 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.5

Design Criteria, Regulations and Standards All valves are to be rated for the highest pressures and temperatures in the respective system in accordance with BS, but not less than 800 kPa (8.0 bar) unless specifically indicated otherwise. Where valves are specified for individual mechanical services (i.e. hot water heating, steam, etc.) all valves shall be of the same manufacturer unless prior written approval is obtained from COMPANY.

1.6

Reference Standards BS 759 - Part1: BS 1010 BS 1010 - Part2: BS 1212: BS 1212 - Part1: BS 1212 - Part2: BS 1212 - Part3: BS 1503: BS 1968: BS 2456: BS 2767: BS 2879: BS 5150: BS 5151: BS 5152: BS 5153: BS 5154: BS 5156: BS 5157: BS 5158: BS 5159: BS 5160: BS 5163: BS 5235: BS 5353: BS 5433: BS 6683: BS 6755: BS 6759: BS 7350: BS 7478: BS EN 593: BS EN 837: BS EN 837-1: BS EN 1982:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Valves, mountings and fittings Draw off tap sand stop valves for water services (screw down pattern) Draw off taps and aboveground stop valves. Float operated valves (excluding floats). Piston type Diaphragm type (brass body) Diaphragm type (plastics body) Steel forgings for pressure purposes. Floats for ball valves (copper). Floats (plastic) for ball valves for hot and coldwater. Manually operated copper alloy valves for radiators. Draining taps (screwdown pattern). Cast iron wedge and double disc gate valve for general purpose. Cast iron gate (parallel slide) valves for general purposes. Cast iron globe and globe stop and check valves for general purposes. Cast iron check valves for general purposes. Copper alloy globe, globe stop and check, check and gate valves. Diaphragm valves. Steel gate (parallel slide) valves for general purposes. Cast iron plug valves. Cast iron and carbon steel ball valves for general purposes. Steel globe valves, globe stop and check valves and lift type check valves. Predominantly key-operated cast iron gate valves for water works purposes. Dial-type expansion thermometers. Steel plug valves. Underground stop valves for water services. Guide to installation and use of valves. Testing of valves. Safety valves. Double regulating globe valves and flow measurement devices for heating and chilled water systems. Guide to selection and use of thermostatic radiator valves. Industrial valves-metallic butterfly valves. Pressure gauges. Bourdon tube pressure gauges - dimensions, metrology, requirements and testing. Copper and copper alloy-ingots and castings.

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 4 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

BS EN 10213: 2.

Technical delivery conditions for steel castings for pressure purposes.

PRODUCTS 2.1

Materials Generally, all valves of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer. All gate, globe, angle, and swing check valves as a group shall be of the same manufacturer. All valves 50 mm and smaller shall be threaded and have bronze bodies. All valves 65 mm and larger shall be Iron Body Bronze Mounted (IBBM) type, i.e. with bronze trim, and shall be flanged (or grooved for grooved coupling joints). All valves 100 mm and larger mounted in excess of 2.15 m above the floor in mechanical rooms shall be equipped with chain operators. Extend chains to within 2 m of floor. Each valve shall be marked (engraved, stamped, or cast on each valve or metal tag, permanently attached to the valve) at the factory with the following minimum information: a) b) c)

Manufacturer's Name. Catalogue or Figure No. Size and Pressure Class.

Arrows to indicate direction of flow on check, globe, angle, non-return, and eccentric plug valves. 2.2

Gate Valves 2.2.1

General:

Furnish valves 300 mm and smaller designed for minimum PN16 (or PN20 as specified) non shock water, oil and gas working pressure. Valves 350 mm through 610 mm, shall be designed for minimum PN16. 2.2.2

Size 50 mm and Smaller.

Furnish bronze valves with screwed-in bonnet, non-rising stem, solid wedge disc, and threaded ends. Pressure rating PN20. 2.2.3

Size 65 mm and Larger.

Furnish Iron Body Bronze Mounted (IBBM) valves, i.e. cast iron body bronze trim valves, with bolted bonnet, non-rising stem, solid wedge disc, flanged ends, and renewable seat rings. 2.3

Globe Valves 2.3.1

Div. 23 - HVAC

Size 50mm and Smaller.

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 5 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Furnish valves designed for minimum PN20 nonshock water, oil, and gas working pressures. Valves shall have union bonnets, integral seats, and renewable teflon discs. Valves shall permit disc and bonnet replacement without removing valves from piping. 2.3.2

Size 65 mm and Larger.

Furnish valves designed for minimum PN16 water, oil, and gas working pressure. Valves shall have bolted bonnets, guided bronze or bronze faced disc, outside screw and yoke, (0 S and Y) and flanged ends. Discs and seats shall be renewable without removing valves from line. 2.4

Double Regulating Valves 2.4.1

Size 50mm and smaller.

Furnish bronze double regulating valve designed for minimum PN20. Parabolic and slotted disk double regulating device. Screwed bonnet, rising stem, hand wheel operated with micrometer style indicator. 2.4.2

Size 65mm and Larger.

Furnish cast iron double regulating valve for minimum PN16. Fitted with EPDM coated regulating disk, double regulating device and indicator, flanged to BS 4504 PN16. Inside screw, non-rising copper alloy stem, back seating feature. 2.4.3 Balancing valves shall comprise a metering station and a close coupled double regulating valve. The metering station, containing an orifice shall be fitted with test points so that the pressure drop across the orifice can be measured. The commissioning set shall provide 5% accuracy and should be installed with a minimum of 5 times pipe diameter uninterruped upstream length of straight pipe. 2.5

Check Valves 2.5.1

Water, Oil, and Steam, size 50 mm and smaller.

Furnish swing valves designed for minimum PN20 nonshock water, oil, and gas working pressures. Valves shall have renewable discs and side plugs and regrindable, integral seats. Discs shall be renewable and seats regrindable without removing valves from the line. 2.5.2

Size 65 mm and Larger Water Check Valves.

Valves shall be silent type spring loaded of the double door or wafer style. Valves shall be designed for minimum PN16 non shock water working pressure. Double door valves shall have cast iron body, aluminum bronze or stainless steel disc, stainless steel spring and hinge pin, and Butyl rubber sheet. Wafer style valves shall have cast iron or semi-steel body, bronze or stainless steel disc, stainless steel spring, and Butyl rubber sheet.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 6 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.6

Butterfly Valves 2.6.1 Furnish valves designed for minimum PN16 and 120 degrees C. water service. Valves shall have extended necks. Operator shall be 10-position lever lock for sizes 50 100 mm and totally enclosed and sealed worm gear actuators with 4-arm or wheel handle for sizes 150 mm and larger. Infinite adjustment and memory stop options shall be included. Valves shall be bi-directional suitable for drop-tight shut-off at full rated pressure with flow in either direction. 2.6.2

Materials.

Body: Cast or ductile iron. Disc: Bronze, aluminum bronze or stainless steel. Stem - Type 416 stainless steel. Seat - Ethylene Propylene Diene Terpolymer (EPDM). 2.7

Pressure Reducing Valves. 2.7.1

Domestic Water Lines.

Pressure reducing valves shall be pilot controlled, hydraulically operated, diaphragm type with a low by-pass capability. The low-flow by-pass capability shall be achieved by using a balanced direct acting PRV as an integral part of the main valve. At very low flows when the main valve is almost completely closed, to percent the possibility of cavitation the direct acting valve shall by-pass the main valve and maintain flow. PRVs shall be bronze construction upto 40mm size, however for bigger size 50mm and above shall be DI, including the trim. The pressure reducing valves shall be suitable for maximum working pressure that exist within the system and downstream pressure should be site adjustable between 2 and 4 bar. 2.8

Ball Valves. 2.8.1

General:

Valves shall be non-blowout stem design. Quarter turn of handle shall fully open or close valve. Handle position shall indicate whether valve is open or closed. Handle stops shall be a permanent, integral part of the body. 2.8.2

Size 50 mm and Smaller.

Valves shall be standard port, 2-piece construction with screwed ends. Valves shall be designed for minimum PN25. Valves shall have bronze or brass body, chromium plated or stainless steel ball, steel handle with vinyl grip, and replaceable teflon seats. 2.8.3

Size 65 mm and Larger.

Valves shall be standard port, BS 5159 with flanged ends. Valves shall be designed for minimum PN16 working pressure. Valves shall have steel body, chrome or nickel plated steel or stainless steel ball, replaceable teflon seats, and steel stem and handle.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 7 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.9

Solenoid Valves 2.9.1 Electrically operated solenoid valves shall be single phase 220V and shall be rated for the system pressure.

2.10 Pressure Independent Balancing and Control Valve PICV or (PIBCV)

Refer to AC piping connection details. PIBCV shall be provided for the specified below: 1. The design shall consist of installation of Pressure Independent Balancing & Control Valves in the return pipeline of AHU/FCU for modulation of the chilled water flow in the circuit in accordance with the comfort requirement. The Pressure Independent balancing and control valve shall consist of but not limited to: i. Control valve with an integrated membrane based pressure controller. ii. Modulating Actuator. 2. The Pressure Independent Balancing & Control valve shall be an automatic flow limiter, resulting in optimum maintenance of delta T across the Chillers/ Heat Exchangers. 3. The Pressure Independent Balancing & Control Valve and the Modulating Actuator shall be from the same manufacturer in the range from DN 10- 250. 4. Minimum possible flow in combination with a modulating actuator should be 30 l/h. At this setting, modulation to 0 % of the flow should be possible. 5. The smaller valves for FCUs up to sizes 32mm shall be of brass body and more than 32mm should be a robust design Grey Iron body. 6. The control valves shall incorporate build-in test for pump optimization and flow verification should be available for DN 10-250. 7. The minimum differential pressure required across the valve, shall not exceed 16kPa for sizes lesser than 32mm and 30kPa for sizes 40mm and higher. 8. The valve shall have a linear characteristic, which shall be converted to equal percentage by the actuator and linear improved controls between Input Signal vs. Heat Output. The control valves used for Terminal Units (FCUs, AHUs and FAHUs) should have a Logarithmic control characteristic. The control valves used for Heat Exchangers should have a linear control characteristic. 9. The leakage rate of the valves shall be less than 0.05% of the maximum flow. 10. The differential pressure controller shall be of EPDM diaphragm mechanism and not cartridge type constriction, to minimize blockage.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 8 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

11. For ease of installation and compactness no straight pipe length shall be required before and after the valve. 12. With the valve it should be possible to set the maximum flow for balancing from 100% to 0% (infinite control). The setting, which can be locked, should be visible from the top for valves DN 32 and from the side for DN 40-250. 13. The valves shall be robust, rated for 16bar and 6bar operating differential pressure across the valve. The control valve stuffing box should be serviceable under pressure for valves up to DN 32. 14. In case the vertical height of water column is more than 100m then ideally Heat Exchangers shall be used to break the pressure. However in case the vertical height of more than 100m cannot be avoided then contractor shall supply PN 16 Valves up to 100m water column and PN25 beyond that. 15. Shut off service function should be possible with setting mechanism. The maximum flow balanced setting which can be locked, should be visible from top of the valve. The valves should have a shut-off function (positive), separated from the setting mechanism, for valves DN 40-250. 16. Supplier of the valve should provide lab test results reflecting verification by independent lab to compare control and flow limitation function of different PIBCVs at the same basis. Modulating Actuator for PIBCV 17. All control valve actuators shall be modulating type and must autocalibrate on power supply of 24VAC. 18. All actuators shall be motor driven type and shall operate in 1000 steps, with respect to available valve stroke length for applicable modulation. Electro-thermal actuators shall not be acceptable. 19. The actuator should work with 24 VAC supply voltage and control range shall be (0-10 Vdc)/ (4-20 mA). 20. The actuator shall be switched from linear to logarithmic by changing a dipswitch setting on the actuator. 21. To ensure energy savings the contractor shall put controls ensuring that when AHU/FCU is off, the control signal to the Valve Actuator is discontinued and the Power supply of 24 VAC is maintained. 22. The actuator shall be sized to meet the shut-off requirements and close-off against a maximum differential pressure of 600 kPa. 23. The actuator shall operate the valve from the fully closed to the fully open position and vice versa in less than two minutes. 24. Actuator and valve shall be mounted and installed tool less only in the location/orientation approved by the manufacturer. Installation

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 9 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

drawings shall clearly indicate the valve location. 25. Actuators for fan-coil units shall have LED indicator on the top, which indicate actuator functioning, auto-calibration and error status. 26. Actuators for PIBCVs 40mm and larger must have 0-10 Vdc feedback signal facility. 27. All actuators shall incorporate a manual override facility for services purposes. 2.11 Strainers Up to and including DN50 strainers shall be manufactured from bronze and shall be of the ‘Y’ type with bolted cap, PN25 temprature/pressure rating. Strainers above DN50 shall be manufactured from cast iron and shall be of the ‘Y’ type with bolted cap, PN16 temperature/pressure rating and shall be complete with drilled and tapped caps complete with drain cocks. Strainers shall be provided with a medium grade screen sized such that in their clean condition the maximum pressure drop at the design flow rate shall not exceed 6kPa. For chilled water and potable water the mesh shall be stainless steel. 2.12 Commissioning sets Commissioning sets shall be provided on all main and sub branches and to each item of plant. The set shall comprise a water flow metering station and a close coupled double regulating valve. The metering station, containing an orifice shall be fitted with test points so that the pressure drop across the orifice can be measured and therefore flow can be measured. The commissioning set shall provide ±5% accuracy and should be installed with a minimum of 5 times pipe diameter uninterrupted upstream length of straight pip 3.

EXECUTION 3.1

Preparation Provide valves at each piece of equipment to isolate equipment from its connected system. Locate strainers and valves as necessary to provide easy isolation and cleaning of strainers. Strainers shall be installed ahead of all automatic valves and elsewhere as indicated on Drawings. Provide a ball valve and 1.5 m of rubber hose in the blow off opening of each strainer. Unions shall be provided adjacent to each screwed type valve and shall be on the outlet side of the valve.

3.2

Installation/Application/Performance/Erection 3.2.1 Properly align piping before installation of valves in an upright position; operators installed below the valves will not be accepted. 3.2.2 Install valves in strict accordance with valve manufacturer's installation recommendations. Do not support weight of piping system on valve ends.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 10 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.2.3 Install all valves with the stem in the upright position. Valves may be installed with the stem in the horizontal position only where space limitations do not allow installation in an upright position or where large valves are provided with chain wheel operators. Where valves 50-65mm and larger are located more than 4m above mechanical room floors, install valve with stem in the horizontal position and provide a chain wheel operator. Valves installed with the stems down, will not be accepted. 3.2.4

Prior to flushing of piping systems, place all valves in the full-open position.

3.2.5

Flanged valves shall be installed between flanges.

3.2.6

Shut-Off Valves

Install shut-off valves at all equipment, at each branch take-off from mains, and at each automatic valve for isolation or repair. 3.2.7

Balancing Valves

Provide balancing valves for all major equipment and at each major branch takeoff and at the discharge of each pump as indicated on drawings and details. 3.2.8

Calibrated Balance Valves:

Install where indicated on the drawings and details for balancing of hydronic systems. 3.2.9

Drain Valves

Provide drain valves for complete drainage of all systems. Locations of drain valves include low points of piping systems, equipment locations specified or other locations required for drainage of systems. 3.2.10 Safety Relief Valves Use air pressure to clean piping prior to installation of safety relief valves. Install relief valves in locations indicated on drawings, downstream of all pressure reducing valves. Install valves in the vertical position, with drain holes, including those from dip pan elbows, piped to the nearest drain. Inlet and outlet piping connecting to valves must be the same size as valve. Install drip pan elbow as detailed at first vertical rise of the vent pipe. Keep pipe between safety valve and drip pan elbow as short and straight as possible. Support piping and drip pan elbow independently to prevent stress at connections to safety valves. Install vent pipe so that its weight does not rest on the drip pan elbow. Extend drain line from drip pan elbow and relief valve to nearest drain. Pipe discharge from water system relief valves to nearest drain. 3.2.11 Spring Loaded Check Valves Install a spring loaded check valve in each pump discharge line where two pumps operate in parallel and no combination shutoff, check and balancing valve is being used.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 11 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.2.12 Swing Check Valves Provide swing check valves where specified, detailed. In such cases, provide isolation valves to allow repair or replacement of check valve. 3.2.13 Combination Shut-Off, Check, and Balancing Valves Contractor may use combination shut-off, check and balancing valves where separate shut-off valve, check valve, and balancing valve are specified or detailed in pump discharge piping. 3.2.14 Pressure Reducing Valves Provide gate valve and strainer at inlet. Provide gate valve at outlet. Install pressure gauges to indicate inlet and outlet pressure at each pressure reducing valve. Use concentric reducers at inlet and outlet of reducing valves where connections are not the same size as adjacent piping. Add schedule of valves with respect to the service and location. 3.3

Adjustment and Cleaning Valves and stops shall be adjusted, packed, and repacked as may be required to eliminate leaks and produce proper flow.

3.4

WARRANTY All Valves indicated Materials and components furnished, and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than two years from the date of system acceptance, except for that equipment having a specific warranty period. END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 23 General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

Page 12 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 1 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS CONTENTS

1.

GENERAL

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUALITY CONTROL SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS

2.

PRODUCTS

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORTS WALL SUPPORTS RUBBER SUPPORT INSERTS, SHIELDS AND SADDLES SEISMIC BRACING MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7

GENERAL SPACING OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS METAL FABRICATION ADJUSTING PAINTING WARRANTY

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 2 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to sections 23 05 00 (General Requirements), and 23 05 48 (Mechanical Sound…) and other related sections of HVAC Services Division 23.

1.2

Description of Work This Section includes hangers, supports and seismic restraint requirements for Air Conditioning System, Plumbing and fire protection piping systems and equipment, as per Manufacturer Requirements, International & Local Authority Standard / Regulations and specially as per ADM / UPC seismic requirements

1.3

Quality Control a) All Mechanical Works shall be executed as per ASHRAE, SMACNA, Abu Dhabi International Building Codes, International Mechanical codes, International Plumbing Codes, International Fire Codes, NFPA, UAE Fire & Life Safety Codes, Local Authority Standards / Regulations and COMPANY Instructions. b) All manufactured hangers and supports shall be fully electro galvanized post manufacture, according to ASTM B633 SC3. c) Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze and pipe anchor shall be done by a qualified engineer. d) Detailed seismic force calculations shall be provided to support the recommended design of the seismic bracing system. e) Test certificate for heat aging at 1200C, as per ASTM D2240, shall be furnished for EPDM gasketing used as separation between pipe and hangers. f) Each hanger and support shall have the manufacturer’s name and part number stamped on it. g) All hangers and supports shall be manufactured at an ISO 9001 certified facility. Manufacturer’s ISO certificate, clearly stating Pipe Supports within the scope of registration, shall be furnished. h) Country of Origin certificate shall accompany supplies, indicating the actual place of manufacture of goods. i)

1.4

Pipe hangers and supports for all piping services shall be from the same manufacturer.

Seismic Restraint Requirements a. Provide a seismic bracing system to restrain piping from excessive motion when subjected to horizontal seismic forces, to prevent damage to adjacent equipment and building structure. Bracing shall permit thermal expansion of pipe and ensure that vibration isolators, if present, are not short-circuited. b. Design of the seismic bracing system shall be provided by the manufacturer and approved by the Qualified / Certified Engineer. Installation shall be certified by the manufacturer.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 3 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c. Seismic design force calculations shall be based on Seismic Zone 2A as per UBC 1997 and AD-IBC, AD-IMC requirements by Professional Engineer. 1.5

Submittals a) All materials submittals shall include a detailed, clause-wise, compliance statement. b) All materials submittals shall include detailed catalogues, product literature and descriptions of all equipment and fittings with selection charts, capacities etc. c) All material submittals shall include copies of relevant standards. d) Provide detailed shop drawings of the items of equipment being provided, indicating the dimensions, materials and characteristics. e) Materials selection data to be submitted. f) Shop drawings to include typical details for both vertical and horizontal pipe work including locations. g) Contractor to submit details and calculations of how proposed loads can be safely accommodated by the structure. h) Shop drawings including fixing details of equipment, duct work, piping etc, to building structures, whether or not shown in Tender drawings.

2.

PRODUCTS

2.1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a) Hangers for all services shall provide means of vertical pipe level adjustment after installation. b) Where axial pipe expansion or contraction is indicated on account of thermal changes in the fluid medium, roller based hangers and supports or Teflon based slide assemblies shall be provided for the entire pipe length. Chilled water or hot water pipe runs of over 20m without changes in direction shall always be supported on roller based or sliding supports. c) Heavy-duty steel trapezes to support multiple pipes shall be designed for the combined weight of pipe, water and adjacent fittings, and field fabricated from ASTM A36 structural steel channel. d) Hangers and supports shall be fully electro galvanized post manufacture as standard, according to ASTM B633 SC3. For severely corrosive conditions, as determined by the Engineer, provide epoxy powder coated finish over electro galvanizing, with a 1000 hour salt spray test rating as per ASTM B117. Alternatively, hot dip galvanized finish according to ASTM A123 may be provided. e) Hangers and supports shall be made from mild steel as standard. For severely corrosive conditions, as determined by the Engineer, provide stainless steel (304 / 316 as required). f) Dielectric Protection – Steel pipe hangers and supports shall be furnished with fitted EPDM gasketing when installed with any type of non-ferrous pipe.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 4 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

g) For insulated piping, rubber support inserts shall be provided at all pipe support locations to prevent crushing of insulation. h) Hangers shall closely fit the outer diameter of plain or insulated pipe. Oversized hangers shall not be accepted. i)

Anchors shall be provided as required, in order to localize pipe expansion, resist internal pressure thrust and prevent undue strain on piping connections. Anchor design shall not create a thermal or acoustic continuity from the pipe to the building structure.

j)

Hangers and supports shall be selected and installed to ensure thermal pipe movement is axially guided into expansion devices and build up of pipe stress is minimized.

k) Riser piping support system design shall ensure pipe is adequately anchored to resist imposed loads and thrust. Risers shall be guided to prevent buckling, while permitting axial pipe movement. Support system shall isolate the pipe thermally and acoustically from building structure. Anchors and guides specially designed for riser piping shall be installed. l)

Piping shall be braced to resist seismic forces as per the ‘Seismic Restraint Requirements’ section.

m) Vibration isolators shall be provided at first five pipe hanger and support locations adjacent to isolated rotating mechanical equipment, to minimize transmission of noise and vibration to the building structure. n) The selected manufacturer shall submit specific technical recommendations with regard to the following key aspects of the overall pipe support system : a. Riser piping support system. b. Seismic restraint system. c. Type and positioning of pipe anchors and guides. 2.2

HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS a) Provide adjustable clevis hangers for all individually suspended piping where provision for thermal expansion and contraction is not required. b) Clevis hangers shall have a solid steel bolt with threaded end as the cross rod. Cross rod made from threaded rod or fully threaded bolt will not be accepted. c) For insulated pipe where effective outer diameter does not correspond to a standard pipe size, intermediate sizes of clevis hangers shall be provided to ensure a close fit. Oversized hangers will not be accepted. d) Clevis hangers used with any type of non-ferrous piping shall be additionally fitted with EPDM gasket lining to prevent direct contact between dissimilar materials. e) Provide U-Strap clamps or U-Bolts , as directed by the Engineer, for fixing pipe to channel where multiple pipes are supported on a trapeze and provision for thermal expansion and contraction is not required. f) U-Strap clamps shall have slotted mounting holes to facilitate alignment with holes drilled in channel.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 5 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

g) U-Bolts shall be of heavy construction and shall be supplied with four nuts and two washers. U-Bolts made from threaded rod shall not be accepted. h) For installation with non-ferrous pipe, U-Strap clamps shall be fitted with EPDM gasket lining and U-Bolts shall be fitted with a full rubber sleeve. Additionally, a rubber strip shall be provided between the pipe and channel. i)

j)

Provide roller supports or Teflon based slide assemblies - for all chilled or hot water piping straight runs over 20m without changes in direction and for any other situation where pipe requires to be allowed to move axially to prevent build up of stress. The type of support provided shall be one of the following, as directed by the COMPANY : 1. Pipe roller set 2. Roller stand / roller chair 3. Adjustable roller hanger 4. Adjustable roller stand 5. Clamp shoe slide assembly

k) Complete roller supports, including the rolls, shall have a full steel construction. l)

Roller bolts shall be solid steel with threaded end. Use of threaded rod or fully threaded bolt through the roll will not be accepted.

m) Where pipe mounted on roller supports requires to be laterally restrained, as determined by the COMPANY, provide roller supports fitted with restraining straps to prevent transverse pipe movement. n) For trapeze mounted parallel pipes, the roller supports or slide assemblies shall be mounted on the channel. o) For non-ferrous pipe where provision is required for thermal expansion and contraction, clamp shoe slide assemblies with fitted EPDM gasket lining shall be provided. p) Adjustable swivel ring type UL listed band hangers may be used for sprinkler system piping. These shall be complete with knurled swivel nuts. q) For individually supported pipe above 80mm running close to the floor, where provision for thermal expansion and contraction is not required, provide adjustable pipe stanchion saddles with vertical leveling arrangement and U-Bolt for securing the pipe. The saddle shall be mounted on a floor stanchion comprising steel base flange and welded pipe upright column. r) For pipe 80mm or smaller, running close to the floor, provide a structural steel base and fix pipe to channel using U-Strap clamps or U-Bolts, as directed by the COMPANY. 2.3 VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORTS a) The overall support system for all risers piping shall be implemented based on manufacturer recommendations, which shall ensure riser piping is appropriately anchored, guided and stabilized and expansion devices are permitted to function properly. b) Chilled water, hot water and condenser water riser piping above 100mm size shall be installed with engineered all-directional acoustic pipe riser anchors and acoustic pipe riser guides.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 6 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c) Acoustic anchors shall be capable of resisting all imposed loads and thrust acting at the anchor location. They shall have a telescoping design incorporating a substantial fabric reinforced neoprene element, to reduce structural transmission of noise from piping and prevent formation of a thermal bridge at anchor location. The anchors shall have a minimum seismic rating of 1g in all three axes. These shall be attached to the pipe (one pair at each anchorage location) by means of an extended double-bolt riser clamp, specifically designed for installation of acoustic anchors. d) Acoustic guides shall direct pipe movement axially into installed expansion devices (to ensure they function properly) and prevent lateral buckling or radial motion of riser pipe. They shall have a telescoping design incorporating a substantial fabric reinforced neoprene element, to reduce structural transmission of noise from piping and prevent formation of a thermal bridge at guide location. The guides shall have a minimum seismic rating of 1g in the horizontal plane. These shall be attached to the pipe (one pair at each guide location) by means of an extended double-bolt riser clamp, specifically designed for installation of acoustic guides. e) Riser clamps shall be provided at each floor to support steel riser pipe which has not been installed with engineered acoustic riser anchors and guides. For steel riser piping installed with acoustic anchors and guides, riser clamps shall be provided for stabilization of pipe at all floors where riser guides are not present. f) For insulated pipe where effective outer diameter does not correspond to a standard pipe size, intermediate sizes of riser clamps shall be provided to ensure a close fit. Oversized clamps will not be accepted. g) For un-insulated non-ferrous plumbing pipe risers, provide offset pipe clamps fitted with EPDM gasket lining. Riser clamps fitted with EPDM lining may also be used. h) Insulated plumbing piping (except hot water), shall be supported using offset pipe clamps or riser clamps. i) Offset pipe clamps may be installed to support un-insulated steel piping up to 200mm. 2.4

WALL SUPPORTS a) Provide welded channel wall brackets for support of pipe close to the wall. Pipes may be supported on wall brackets using U-Strap clamps, U-Bolts or Roller supports as appropriate. Alternatively, pipes may be suspended from the brackets using threaded rods and clevis hangers / roller hangers. Use one of the following for indicated loads. Light: 340kg Medium : 675kg Heavy : 1350kg b) For supporting pipe up to 100mm running very close to the wall, J-Hooks or offset J-Hooks shall be provided as appropriate.

2.5

RUBBER SUPPORT INSERTS, SHIELDS AND SADDLES a) Provide rubber support inserts made from molded hard rubber at all hanger and support locations of insulated pipe work, to transmit pipe load without crushing the insulation. The rubber density shall not be less than 1000 kg/m3 and shall not exceed 1200 kg/m3. The thickness of the inserts shall be same as the insulation, and vapor barrier shall be

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 7 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

continuous across the outside of the inserts. Rubber support inserts shall be manufactured with sufficient width, material control and molding quality to bear imposed pipe loads. Usage of steel inserts within the rubber will not be permitted under any circumstance. Standard width of the inserts shall be as per the following schedule : Pipe Size up to 50mm 62mm to 125mm 150mm to 350mm 400mm to 450mm 500mm and above

Width 25mm 38mm 50mm 75mm 100mm

b) At locations where insulated pipe is installed on rollers, provide insulation protection shields outside the vapor barrier between the rubber support inserts and roller. The shields shall have flared ends to prevent cutting into the insulation and shall cover the lower 1800 of the pipe.The length of the shields shall be as per manufacturer’s standard lengths, unless directed otherwise by the COMPANY. c) Pipe covering protection saddles may be installed at support locations of ferrous hot water piping, instead of rubber support inserts. d) If pipe covering protection saddles are installed with insulated non-ferrous or chilled water pipe, the surfaces in contact with the pipe shall be fitted with high compressive strength fabric reinforced neoprene sleeves - to avoid forming a thermal bridge (in case of steel chilled water pipe) and contact between dissimilar metals (in case of non-ferrous pipe). 2.6

SEISMIC BRACING a) The selection, positioning and installation of seismic bracing shall be based on the recommendations of the manufacturer, as approved by the COMPANY. b) Seismic restraint shall be provided by cable sway bracing kits, each comprising a pair of complete assemblies with multi-strand galvanized steel wire cable, fixing brackets, stainless steel thimbles and wire clips. c) Cables shall have a minimum load safety factor of 5.

2.7

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS a) Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments with pullout and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. b) Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. c) Structural Steel: steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized. d) Grout: factory-mixed and -packaged, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. 1.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and exterior applications.

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 8 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2. 3.

Properties: Non-staining, non-corrosive, and nongaseous. Design Mix: 34.5-MPa, 28-day compressive strength.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

GENERAL a) Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. b) Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. c) Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. d) Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, “Building Services Piping”, is not exceeded. e) Field fabricate heavy-duty steel trapezes from ASTM A36 steel shapes, welded according to AWS D-1.1. f) Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. g) Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. h) Do not hang piping from other piping. i)

Field fabricated anchors shall be entirely separate from pipe hangers and shall be of heavy welded steel construction. The design shall ensure a thermal and acoustic break is provided between the pipe and building structure. Anchor loads, locations, method of fixing and design details shall be certified by a structural engineer and submitted for review prior to commencement of works.

j)

Do not use branch connections as anchorage points.

k) Install seismic cable bracing at an angle of 450 +/- 150 to the ceiling slab. The installation shall permit thermal expansion and contraction of the pipe and not impede the functioning of vibration isolators if present. l) 3.2

Provide washers and lock nuts to threaded hanger rods.

SPACING OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS a) Maximum spacing of piping hangers and supports shall be as per the schedules that follow, subject to the following :

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 9 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

b)

1.

Actual spans used shall be such that a minimum safety factor of 25% is retained towards the manufacturer’s declared hanger load carrying capacity.

2.

Where multiple pipes of different sizes are supported on trapeze hangers or channel supports, the spacing shall be as per the smallest pipe size.

3.

Provide a hanger or support within 300mm of horizontal elbows and tees.

4.

Install additional hangers at concentrated loads including valves, flanges, strainers, expansion joints and other pipeline ancillaries.

5.

Install hangers in header piping at the location of all suction and discharge drop risers to pumps, chillers, heat exchangers, cooling towers etc.

Steel Piping : Pipe Size up to 32mm 40mm 50mm 65mm 80mm 100mm 125mm 150mm 200mm 250mm 300mm 350mm 400mm 450mm 500mm 600mm 750mm

Maximum Horizontal Support Spacing 2.0m 2.4m 2.7m 3.0m 3.3m 4.0m 4.0m 4.0m 4.5m 5.0m 5.0m 5.5m 5.5m 6.0m 6.0m 6.0m 6.0m

Support vertical steel pipe at least at every floor. See also section 2.3.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 10 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c)

Copper Piping : Pipe Size

Maximum Horizontal Support Spacing 1.5m 1.8m 2.4m 3.0m 3.6m

up to 22mm 28 to 35mm 42 to 67mm 76 to 108mm over 108mm d)

Maximum Vertical Support Spacing 2.0m 2.4m 3.0m each floor each floor

Plastic Piping : The below schedule is applicable to UPVC pipe as per BS3505 and ABS pipe as per BS5391. Consult pipe manufacturer for recommended spacing for other types of plastic piping. Pipe Size

Maximum Horizontal Support Spacing 0.6m 0.7m 0.75m 0.8m 0.9m 1.0m 1.2m 1.2m 1.3m 1.5m 1.6m 2.0m

15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 65mm 80mm 100mm 125mm 150mm 200mm

Support vertical plastic pipe at spacing not exceeding 1.5 times the horizontal spacing. 3.3

EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

a)

Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above floor.

b)

Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.

3.4

METAL FABRICATION

a)

Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment supports.

b)

Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 11 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c)

Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.5 a)

3.6 a)

Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

ADJUSTING Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. PAINTING Touching Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1.

Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 0.05 mm.

b)

Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."

c)

Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

3.7

WARRANTY

All hangers, Supports and components furnished, and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than two years from the date of system acceptance, except for that equipment having a specific warranty period.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports

Page 12 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 48 MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 1 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 48 MECHANICAL SOUND, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL CONTENTS 1.0

GENERAL

1.1

REFERENCE

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.4

CODES AND STANDARDS

1.5

SUBMITTALS

1.6

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

VIBRATION ISOLATORS

2.2

FOUNDATIONS BASES

2.3

VIBRATION ISOLATION ROOF CURBS

2.4

INSTALLATION

2.5

FLOOR MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS - MOUNTING TYPE I

2.6

FLOOR MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS - MOUNTING TYPE II

2.7

FLOOR MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS - MOUNTING TYPE III

2.8

MOUNTING OF FACTORY ASSEMBLED FANS, TUBULAR FANS AND BELTED VENT SETS - MOUNTING TYPE IV

2.9

MOUNTING OF FACTORY FANS AND AXIAL FLOW FANS – MOUNTING TYPE V

2.10

MOUNTING OF CEILING SUPPORTED FACTORY ASSEMBLED FANS, AXIAL FLOW FANS, TUBULAR FANS AND BELTED VENT SETS MOUNTING TYPE VI

2.11

MOUNTING OF CEILING SUPPORTED FACTORY ASSEMBLED FANS, AXIAL FLOW FANS, TUBULAR FANS AND BELTED VENT SETS-MOUNTING TYPE VII

2.12

MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS (GREATER THAN 3 HP) – MOUNTING TYPE VIII

2.13

MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS (3 HP OR LESS) – MOUNTING TYPE IX

2.14

MOUNTING OF PACKAGED DX UNITS

2.15

PIPING ANCHORS, GUIDES AND SUPPORTS - MOUNTING TYPE XII

2.16

PIPING GUIDES

2.17

ANCHORS

2.18

SUPPORTS

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

EXECUTION

3.2

PIPING/ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

3.3

HVAC SYSTEM DUCTING AND CONNECTIONS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 2 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

REFERENCE Conform to General Requirements for Mechanical Services.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

1.2.1

Seismic Controls 1.

Thrust Restraints: Combination spring and elastomeric restraints with coil spring and elastomeric insert in compression. Factory set for thrust.

a.

Frame: Formed steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for 30 degrees of angular hanger rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency.

b.

Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load.

c.

Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.

d.

Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.

e.

Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components. Color-code to indicate capacity range.

2.

Manufactured Seismic Snubbers: All-directional, double-acting snubbers.

a.

Construction: Interlocking steel members restrained by a 19- mm-thick, replaceable, shock-absorbing neoprene insert. Maintain 3-mm clearance in all directions between rigid and resilient surfaces.

3.

Fabricated Seismic Snubbers: Welded structural-steel shapes designed and fabricated to restrain equipment or vibration isolation bases from excessive movement during a seismic event. Design to resist gravity forces identified by authorities having jurisdiction.

a.

Construction: Welded steel shapes conforming to ASTM A 36M.

b.

Resilient Components: neoprene insert.

4.

Project Seismic zone is IIA with a zone factor of 0-15 in accordance with the current UBC 97.

1.2.2

Noise Control

1.2.3

General

19-mm-thick,

replaceable,

shock-absorbing

All equipment (plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical and elevators) including piping and ductwork shall be installed to produce sound pressure levels within occupied spaces not to exceed the lowest limit in any of the followings: Estidama LBi – 9, ASHRAE , CIBSE and general requirements section..

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 3 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

All such equipment, including piping, ductwork, linen and rubbish chutes, shall be so installed that its operation causes no objectionable structure- borne noise or vibration transmission to occupied spaces. Isolation hangers, pads, insulation layers, airspace will all be required in different cases. Each potential source of vibration must be reviewed and means of isolation specified. The air conditioning system has to achieve less than the noise level specified in the drawings and in the specifications. Particular provisions shall be incorporated into the installations in order not to exceed their level including but not limited to: Lead impregnated flexible connections between all fans and ductwork‫؛‬ Acoustically sealed duct penetrations Sound attenuators to ductwork‫؛‬ Rotating equipment shall be statically and dynamically balanced and installed on bases designed to accommodate vibration isolators. Inertia bases shall be used where specified, or shown on drawings. The inertia base shall be adequately reinforced 180 mm thick concrete in which foundation bolts with pipe sleeve type holders are positioned before the concrete pour. A minimum of 40 mm clearance shall be maintained between bottom of inertia base and top of floor slab Fresh air intake, spill or exhaust louver faces or gratings shall be so and installed that they result in no objectionable noise transmission to adjoining proprieties or neighbors, and conform to local codes and regulations. 1.2.4

Acoustic Assessment The Contractor shall perform an overall acoustic assessment of the plant, system and equipment, and shall verify that the acoustic measures to maintain noise control within the specified noise level. The contractor shall employ t he services of a specialist vibration, acoustic and noise calculations and control consultant/company, the consultant shall be subject to the COMPANY approval. The company shall provide all the necessary noise and vibration calculations for all the mechanical equipments and systems, and to submit the steps, and procedures as it requires achieving lower than the specified noise level in all the spaces and on site along with eliminating the vibration. The submittals shall include the required silencers details, vibration isolators, sound insulation materials etc. that the contractor shall provide as part of the contractor commitments. All calculations, studies, and the procedures shall be submitted to the COMPANY for approvals.

1.2.5

Vibration Isolation Mountings The vibration consultant as indicated in the previous clause shall study the following and confirm with the developed requirements. For static deflections up to 12 mm vibration isolation mountings shall be single or double deflection neoprene mountings incorporating steel top and base plates and

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 4 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

a tapped hole to facilitate bolting to equipment. For static deflections exceeding 12mm vibration isolation mountings shall be housed steel spring mountings incorporating leveling bolts and lock nuts and a 6mm neoprene pad bonded to the base. Steel springs shall have a ratio of mean coil diameter to compressed length at the specified static deflection of not less than 0.8 to 1.0 and shall have an additional travel to solid of at least 50% of the specified static deflection. Vibration isolation mountings shall be in accordance with the Schedule following. Minimum Static Deflections For Anti Vibration Mountings Minimum Static Deflection Motor Power

Fan Speed

Slab On

Up to 10m

Over 10m

(kW)

(Revs/sec.)

Grade

Span

Span

24

6

12

12

Up to

16

12

12

25

3.5kW

12

12

25

25

9

25

40

45

6

25

67

75

24

12

25

25

3.5kW

16

12

25

25

To

12

12

25

40

30 kW

9

25

45

50

6

25

75

90

Over

24

25

25

2

30 kW

16

25

25

40

12

25

25

45

9

25

65

75

6

25

90

110

Grilles, Registers, Diffusers and Door Grilles The maximum permissible sound power levels in octave bands of grilles, registers, diffusers and fan coil units shall be as follows:Maximum PWL re 10-12 Watts Octave Bands

Div. 23 - HVAC

NC-35

NC-40

NC-45

NC-50

1

62

66

68

70

2

56

60

63

66

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 5 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3

49

54

58

62

4

46

51

56

61

5

43

48

53

58

6

42

47

52

57

7

41

46

51

56

8

42

47

52

57

Manufacturers shall require to submit guaranteed sound power level data in octave bands of grilles, register diffusers and fan coil units operated at low, medium and high speeds. Fan coil units noise shall be controlled by installing internal acoustic duct liners along the whole supply duct and not less than a distance of 5 times the narrower cross sectional dimension of supply duct. In the absence of sufficient length or as a straightforward cleaner alternative to the duct lining, a silencer shall be used low-pressure drop silencer less than 1 m long will do the job. On the return side of the fan coil system, the return grill into the ceiling shall be located as far from the unit’s return opening as possible. Laying a 50 mm layer of batt insulation loosely on top of the ceiling in the area between the return opening in the ceiling and the return opening of the fan coil shall attenuate the return noise without having to add further silencing or lining any ducts. Grilles, registers, diffusers and fan coil units shall be tested in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 3 6B-63. 1.2.6

Acoustical Treatment of Duct Systems In case no sound attenuators shown on drawings and also not required in the specification the following shall be considered: Acoustically lined with (1") 25mm thick lining as specified in the Mechanical insulation section, taking in to consideration that duct dimensions (width & height) shall be increase by one inch for the whole lining length, lining shall be covered by special fabric material and perforated galvanized sheet to prevent carryover or migration of the material into the air conditioning distribution system prevent All conditioned air ductwork within mechanical equipment spaces, but not less than 7.5 meters, (25 ft.) from fan outlet. A minimum distance of 6 meters (20 ft) upstream of all main risers’ toilets and pantries exhaust fans. A minimum distance of 6 meters (20 ft) down stream of all supply air fans. Upstream of all exhaust fans, or return air fans, except kitchen systems, a minimum distance of 6 meters (20 ft.( Supply and return ductwork in function rooms equipped with folding or operable

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 6 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

partitions as required controlling sound transmission during simultaneous usage of the divided spaces. In certain conditions, packaged factory-built sound traps may provide more effective sound control than acoustical lining, or may be economically advantageous. The acoustical engineer shall make such determination. 1.2.7

Fresh Air Intakes Exhaust Air Plenums The intake for the fresh air and exhaust air in all mechanical rooms shall have 15 dB of silencing overall. This shall be incorporated into the opening. The silencer shall have 8 dB attenuation at 125 Hz, 15 dB at 250 Hz and 20 dB at 500 Hz.

1.2.8

Pumps Systems’ Piping Noise Since piping system will resonate with the pump and pulsations will be carried much further through the piping system that would normally be the case. Each pump shall include double convolution, rubber, flexible connectors in the suction and discharge of all the pumps at the outset.

1.2.9

Vibration Isolators and Foundations Bases

1.2.9.1

General All equipment, piping, etc., shall be mounted on or suspended from approved foundations and supports, all as specified herein. All concrete foundations and supports (and required reinforcing therefore) shall be provided by the contractor. Furnish shop drawings and templates for all concrete foundations and supports, and furnish for setting all required bolts and other appurtenances necessary for the proper installation of his equipment. All such work shall be shown in detail on the shop drawings, which drawings shall be showing the complete details of all foundations, including the necessary concrete and steel work, vibration isolation devices etc. All floor-mounted equipment shall be erected on 4•inch high concrete pads over the complete area of the equipment, unless specified to the contrary herein. Wherever hereinafter vibration eliminating devices and/or concrete inertia blocks are specified, these items shall, in all cases, be in turn mounted upon raised concrete pads unless specified tot he contrary herein. Mounting systems and components of the isolation mounting shall not be resonant with any of the forcing frequencies of the supported equipment or piping. The mounting manufacturer shall determine mounting sizes and mounting shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All mounting systems exposed to weather and other corrosive environments shall be protected with factory corrosion resistance. All metal parts of mountings (except springs and hardware) to be hot dip galvanized. Springs shall be cadmium plated and neoprene coated. Nuts and bolts shall be cadmium plated. Where supplementary steel is required to support piping and/or ductwork, this steel shall be designed to provide a maximum deflection of 0.08 inch at the mid span under the supported load. The piping shall be rigidly supported form the supplementary steel and the supplementary steel isolated from the Building structure by means of isolators described in paragraphs entitled "support of piping

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 7 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

and boiler breaching -mounting type XT." Where steel spring isolation systems are described in the following specifications, the mounting assemblies shall utilize bare springs with the spring diameter not less than 0.8 of the loaded operating height of the spring. Each spring isolator shall be designed and installed so that the ends of the spring remain parallel during and after installation. The spring specified minimum deflection from loaded operating height to spring solid height should be 50% of the rated deflection. The maximum motion of any resiliently supported equipment at start-up or shutdown shall be 1/4 inch. Approved resilient lateral restraints shall be provided as required to limit motions in excess of 1/4 inch. 1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of sound attenuators and vibration isolation products with characteristics, sizes, and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

1.4

CODES AND STANDARDS Work and materials shall conform to the British Standards and Codes of Practice, and with all local rules and regulations. Specification shall be to the most stringent of the applicable codes. ASHRAE: American Society of Heating Refrigeration and Air conditioning (U.S.A.) Engineers IHVE:

The Institute of Heating and Ventilation Engineers (U.K.)

ASME:

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

ARI:

Air Conditioning Refrigeration Institute (U.S.A.)

ASTM:

American Society for Testing and Materials

UL:

Underwriter Laboratories (U.S.A)

SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Association, Vienna

Air

conditioning

Contractors

BSI:

British Standard Institute – CP: Code of Practice

NFPA:

National Fire Protection Association

CIBSE:

The Chartered Institute of Building Services Engineers-UK

HVCA:

Heating and Ventilation Contractor’s Association, U.K.

National

Other International Standards may be considered provided, they meet with the above standards as a minimum. The Codes and Standards mentioned above are hereby made part of the Contract Specification for the project, and the Contactor

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 8 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

accepts full liability for ensuring compliance with the same. 1.5

SUBMITTALS

1.5.1

Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical product sheet including performance data for each size and type of sound attenuator and vibration isolator furnished; schedule showing drawing designation, room location, number furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished; and installation instructions.

1.5.2

Shop Drawings: Submit assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components.

1.5.3

Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of sound attenuator and vibration isolator including “trouble shooting” maintenance guide. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings, in maintenance manuals.

1.6

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

1.6.1

Deliver sound attenuators and vibration isolator with identification on outside of casings indicating location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending, and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in sound attenuators and vibration isolators.

1.6.2

Store material so as to protect from weather and construction work traffic. Where possible, store indoors; when necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping.

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

VIBRATION ISOLATORS

A.

Isolator Pads: Oil and water resistant and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of the equipment supported. 1. Rubber Isolator Pads: Elastomer (neoprene or silicone) arranged in single or multiple layers and molded with a nonslip pattern and steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness to provide uniform loading over the pad area. 2. Fiberglass Isolator Pads: Glass fiber not less than 25 mm thick and precompressed through 10 compression cycles at 3 times the rated load. Cork isolator pads are prohibited. 3. Load Range: From 69 to 345 kPa and a deflection not less than 2 mm per 25 mm of thickness. Do not exceed a loading of 345 kPa.

B.

Rubber Isolator Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil- resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements, with encapsulated top and baseplates. Factory-drilled and tapped top plate for bolted equipment mounting. Factorydrilled baseplate for bolted connection to structure. Color-code to indicate capacity range.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 9 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

C.

Spring Isolators: Freestanding, single coil, laterally stable, open-spring-type isolators. 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 1.2 times the rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to a 6-mmthick, rubber isolator pad attached to the baseplate underside. Size baseplates to limit floor loading to 690 kPa. The use of rubber cups is prohibited. 6. Top Plates: Provide threaded studs for fastening and leveling equipment. 7. Finishes: Manufacturer's standard corrosive-resistant finish.

D.

Restrained Spring Isolators: Vertically restrained, freestanding, single coil, laterally stable, steel open-spring-type isolators. 1. Housing: Welded steel with resilient vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or when weight is removed. Factory-drilled baseplate for bolting to structure and bonded to a 6-mm-thick, rubber isolator pad attached to the baseplate underside. Provide adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 0.8 times the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use. Hot-dip galvanized for metal components on isolators for exterior use.

E.

Rubber Hangers: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements bonded to formed-steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color-code to indicate capacity range. Spring Hangers: Combination spring and elastomeric hanger with coil spring and elastomeric insert in compression. 1. Frame: Formed steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for 30 degrees of angular hanger rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 5. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components. Color-code to indicate capacity range.

F.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 10 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.2 A.

FOUNDATIONS BASES Fabricated Steel Bases: Structural-steel bases and rails designed and fabricated by the isolation equipment manufacturer. Include equipment static loadings, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loadings. 1. Fabricate bases to shapes required, with welded structural- steel shapes, plates, and bars conforming to ASTM A 36M. Include support brackets to anchor base to isolation units. Include prelocated equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. 2. Design and fabricate bases to result in the lowest possible mounting height with not less than 50•mm clearance above floor. 3. Concrete-Filled Inertia Bases: Weld reinforcing bars to the structural frame. Pour concrete into base with relocated equipment anchor bolts. 4. Weld steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation mountings, and provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. 5. Configure inertia bases to accommodate equipment supported. Inertia base thickness minimum of 150 mm or 1/12 of longest base dimension unless otherwise specified on the Design Drawings. 6. Pump Bases: Size to support pump and piping elbows. 7. Factory Finish: Manufacturer's standard corrosive-resistant finish.

2.3

VIBRATION ISOLATION ROOF CURBS

A.

Description: Factory-assembled, fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb designed to resiliently support roof-mounted equipment and to withstand 56m/s wind impinging laterally against the side of the equipment. Design restraints to meet seismic requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Components: Upper support frame; lower support assembly; freestanding, unhoused, laterally stable steel springs; vertical and horizontal restraints. 1. Lower Support Assembly: Provide a means of attachment to the building structure and include a wood nailer stripe for attachment of roof material and 50 mm of rigid insulation on the inside of the assembly. 2. Spring Isolators: As indicated or scheduled. Include adjustment bolt to permit leveling of equipment after installation. Attach to lower assembly with a rubber isolation pad. Locate spring isolators so they are accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with the integrity of the roof. 3. Water Seal: Elastomeric seal conforming to UL Class A roofing materials, attached to the upper support frame, extending down past the wood nailer of the lower support assembly, and counter flashed over the roof materials.

2.4

INSTALLATION

A.

Install and anchor vibration, and seismic-control products according to manufacturer's written instructions and authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Anchor interior mounts, isolators, hangers, and snubbers to vibration isolation

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 11 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

bases. Bolt isolator baseplates to structural floors as required by authorities having jurisdiction. C.

Anchor exterior mounts, isolators, hangers, and snubbers to vibration isolation bases. Bolt isolator baseplates to structural supports as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

D.

Fill concrete inertia bases, after installing base frame, with 20.7 MPa concrete, and trowel to a smooth, hard finish. Cast-in-place concrete is specified in Section 03300, "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

E.

Install pipe connectors at connections for equipment supported on vibration isolators.

2.5

FLOOR MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS - MOUNTING TYPE I Each fan and driving motor shall be mounted on an integral one-piece structural mounting frame, reinforced as necessary to prevent flexure of the frame at start up and during operation of the fan. The utilized structural mounting frame for the fan and motor shall include motor slide rails. The structural steel mounting forms shall be drilled and tapped to receive the fan and motor so that the frame shall act as a template. The structural steel integral mounting frame shall be supported on steel spring mountings. These mountings shall be positioned in accordance with the weight distribution to insure adequate deflection and vibration isolation. Housing or snubbing devices shall not be used to contain the isolation springs.

2.6

FLOOR MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS - MOUNTING TYPE II Each such fan and motor shall be mounted on a reinforced spring supported concrete inertia block. The block shall be poured within structural perimeter frame set on roofing paper. The structural perimeter frame, complete with motor slide trails, height saving spring mounting brackets, springs and equipment anchor bolt templates shall be provided by the vibration control vendor. Spring supports shall be located under the brackets and shall incorporate a neoprene acoustical pad and leveling adjustment to raise the entire isolation base 2 inches above the foundation pad. Reinforced concrete inertia base thickness shall be in accordance with the following schedules:Motor Size Thickness Required Up to 50 hp 60 to 75 hp 100 hp and greater

2.7

Inertia Block 8 inches 10 inches 12 inches

FLOOR MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS - MOUNTING TYPE III

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 12 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

This equipment shall be mounted exactly as that described for mounting Type I, except that mountings should be neoprene-in-shear. 2.8

MOUNTING OF FACTORY ASSEMBLED FANS, TUBULAR FANS AND BELTED VENT SETS - MOUNTING TYPE IV Each such equipment shall be mounted on neoprene-in-shear isolators.

2.9

MOUNTING OF FACTORY FANS AND AXIAL FLOW FANS – MOUNTING TYPE V This equipment shall be mounted directly on stable bare steel spring isolators, except that where the units to be mounted are furnished with internal structural frames and external lugs (both of suitable strength and rigidity) or without any severe overhangs, no additional structural frame need be provided beneath the unit. In any event, motor shall be integrally mounted to the unit and shall be mounted on slide rails.

2.10

MOUNTING OF CEILING SUPPORTED FACTORY ASSEMBLED FANS, AXIAL FLOW FANS, TUBULAR FANS AND BELTED VENT SETS MOUNTING TYPE VI All such units shall be hung by means of vibration isolator hangers consisting of a steel housing or retainer incorporating a steel spring. If the equipment to be mounted is not furnished with integral structural mounting frames and external mounting lugs (both of suitable strength and rigidity), approved structural sub-base shall be installed in the field, which shall support the equipment, to be hung and to which shall be attached the hangers. Diagonal hanger rod isolators shall be provided as required to limit horizontal motion to 1/4 inch maximum under fan operating conditions.

2.11

MOUNTING OF CEILING SUPPORTED FACTORY ASSEMBLED FANS, AXIAL FLOW FANS, TUBULAR FANS AND BELTED VENT SETSMOUNTING TYPE VII This equipment shall be mounted as described under mounting type VI. Diagonal hanger rod isolators shall be provided as required to limit horizontal motion to 1/4 inch maximum under fan operating conditions.

2.12

MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS (GREATER THAN 3 HP) – MOUNTING TYPE VIII Each pump with its driving motor shall be bolted and grouted to a spring supported concrete inertia base reinforced as required. Each concrete base (rectangular or "T" shape) for horizontally split pumps shall

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 13 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

include supports and base elbows for the suction and discharge connections. Base elbow shall be bolted and grouted to the concrete foundation. Reinforced concrete inertia base thickness shall be in accordance with the following schedule: Motor Size 5 hp to 15 hp 20 to 50 hp 60 hp to 100 hp Greater than 100 hp

Inertia Block Thickness Required 6 inches 8 inches 10 inches 12 inches

The spring supported reinforced concrete inertia foundation shall be poured within structural perimeter frame of the required thickness indicated in the above schedule. The structural perimeter frame shall be equipped with height saving brackets and stable bare spring isolators having spring diameters no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. The mountings shall provide minimum static deflection of 1 inch unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Structural perimeter frame, mounting templates, saving brackets and spring system shall be provided as an assembly by the vibration control vendor. There shall be a minimum of 2 inch operating clearance between the pump inertia base and the foundation pad. 2.13

MOUNTING OF CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS (3 HP OR LESS) – MOUNTING TYPE IX Pumps 3 hp or less shall be bolted and grouted to rubber-in-shear supported reinforced concrete inertia blocks that are a minimum of 6 inches thick. Rubberin-shear isolators shall provide a minimum static deflection of 8/3inch and shall be protected against corrosion. Provide base below supports and structural perimeter frames and reinforcement as described for mounting type VIII.

2.14

MOUNTING OF PACKAGED DX UNITS Resiliently floor support units on mountings providing a minimum static deflection of 3/8 inch. Resiliently suspend units with mountings types providing a minimum static deflection of 1 inch.

2.15

PIPING ANCHORS, GUIDES AND SUPPORTS - MOUNTING TYPE XII Pipe guides, anchors and supports in all risers, and piping anchors in air conditioning and ventilation equipment rooms or occupied spaces shall be isolated from the Building structure so that there shall be no direct metal-to-metal or metal-to-structure contact of the piping with the Building structure.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 14 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.16

PIPING GUIDES Steel guides shall be welded to the pipe at a maximum spacing of 60 degrees. The outside diameter of the opposing guide bars shall be smaller than the inside diameter of the pipe riser clamps in accordance with standard filed construction practice. Each end of pipe anchor shall be rigidly attached to an all-directional pipe anchor isolation mounting, which, in turn, shall be rigidly fastened to the supplementary steel framing within the shaft in an approved manner. The all-directional pipe anchor isolation mountings shall consist of a telescoping arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum of 1/2 inch thick heavy-duty neoprene and canvas duck isolation pad. Vertical restraints shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. The allowable load on the isolation material shall not exceed 500 p.s.i. Low temperature piping guides shall be constructed with a 360 degree 10 gauge metal sleeve around the piping. The thermal insulation requirements for the piping shall be provided between the piping and the sleeve. Heavy duty neoprene and canvas duck isolation pad of thickness equal to thermal insulation requirements shall space the metal sleeve away from the piping with suitable thermal insulation provided in the voids between the pipe sleeve and isolation pad material. The metal sleeve outside diameter shall be smaller than the pipe riser clamp inside diameter in accordance with standard field construction practice. The pipe riser clamp shall be rigidly attached to the steel guide framing within the shaft.

2.17

ANCHORS The pipe clamp at anchor points shall be welded to the pipe and to acoustical pipe anchor mountings, which, in turn, shall be rigidly fastened to the steel guide framing The acoustical pipe anchor mountings shall be capable of safely accepting loads developed by the installed piping and shall consist of a bolted assembly of steel plates with lamination of 1/2 inch thick heavy duty neoprene and canvas duck isolation material. A heat shield of 1/4 inch asbestos transit shall be provided as required. The isolation material loading shall not exceed 500 psi.

2.18

SUPPORTS Piping supports within shafts shall be provided with suitable bearing plates and two layers of 1/4 inch thick ribbed or waffled neoprene and loaded for 50psi maximum. The isolation pads shall be separated with 1/4 inch steel plate. Piping isolation supports at the base of risers shall be two layers or 1/2 inch thick heavy-duty neoprene and canvas duck isolation pad separated by 1/4 inch thick steel plate. Suitable bearing plates sized to provide a pad loading of 500 psi maximum shall be provided. The stanchion between the pipe and isolation

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 15 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

support shall be welded to the pipe and welded or bolted to the isolation support. The isolation support shall be bolted to the floor slab with resilient sleeves. Piping Penetration of shafts, Floor slabs and/or Partitions There shall be no direct contact of piping with shaft walls, floor slabs and/or partitions. 3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

EXECUTION

3.1.1

Ceiling Suspended Fans:

a)

All fan hangers shall have static deflections equal to or larger than 20mm.

b)

Each fan shall be suspended by means of spring hangers consisting of a steel housing or retainer incorporating a steel spring and neoprene-in- shear.

c)

If the fan to be suspended is not furnished with integral structural frame and e xte rna l m ou n ti n g lu gs of s ui t ab le st re n gt h a nd ri gi d it y , in st a ll approved structural base with lugs in the field.

d)

Vertical fans shall have similar arrangement except fans shall be supported off walls.

3.1.2

Support of Piping:-

a)

Suspend all piping in mechanical rooms and all piping larger than 75mm Φ on resilient hangers. Where piping is supported from the floor, weld brackets to the piping and support on floor mountings. Resilient supports shall be steel sprung and neoprene-in-shear isolators with static deflections equal to or larger than 25mm.

b)

For piping connected to vibration isolated equipment, pipe supports within 10 pipe diameters of the equipment shall have a static deflection of twice the deflection of the vibration isolated equipment. All other piping supports shall have a static deflection of 25mm minimum.

c)

Penetrations of walls or floors should allow for a 25mm clearance around the pipe. The gap should be stuffed with glass fibre insulation and sealed with nonhardening caulking. The pipe should not be allowed to rest on the side of the hole.

3.1.3

Floor-Mounted Centrifugal Pumps

a)

Mount each pump with motor on a spring supported steel and concrete inertia base reinforced if necessary, of thickness as follows:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 16 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Pumps up to 5 hp Pumps 7 ½ to 25 hp

- 150mm - 250mm

b)

Each base for horizontally split pumps shall include supports for base elbows for the discharge and suction connections and in case of vertically split pumps shall include only support for base elbow for suction connection. Bolt and grout base elbows to the steel and concrete pump base. Mount the steel and concrete base on spring mountings. Where the concrete base is ‘T’ shaped or other than rectangular, locate the spring mountings under the projections as well as the main body of the base. Spring mountings shall be self-contained concrete inserts with flush openings on the side of the base for spring adjustment or removal. Pour bases on roofing felt and elevate 50mm with mounting adjustment bolts after the pumps are grouted to the base. No damping or snubbing materials shall be used. Spring deflection shall be at least 25mm and all mountings shall have 6mm thick neoprene vibration isolation pads at the bottom.

c)

Pump and motor shall be in one-piece base. Base of two or more sections welded or bolted together is not acceptable.

3.1.4

Slab-on-grade or Basement Floor-Mounted Centrifugal Pumps: Bolt and grout each pump to a steel and concrete base supported on 25mm thick neoprene-steel-neoprene pads. The neoprene-steel-neoprene pads shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions for the size and weight distribution of the pump supported. The minimum concrete base thickness shall be: Pumps less than 5 hp Pumps 7 ½ to 25 hp

- 150mm - 200mm

3.1.5

Air Handling Units The unit should be isolated from the structural slab by spring mounts with a static deflection of a least 50mm.

3.1.6

Fan Coil Units and fans: The units should be isolated from the building structure with steel spring mounts with a static deflection of at least 25mm.

3.1.7

Chiller Units The chiller units should be mounted on steel spring mounts with a static deflection of at least 75mm. The spring isolators are to rest on floating slab as indicated on drawings.

3.2

PIPING/ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

Div. 23 - HVAC

CONNECTIONS

TO

MECHANICAL

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 17 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.3

a)

All electrical connections should be made via flexible cable with enough length to create a slack, looped connection.

b)

All piping connections to equipment should incorporate flexible rubber expansion joints close to the equipment.

c)

The first three pipe supports outside the expansion joints should incorporate steel spring isolators with a static deflection of at least equal to the equipment isolator static deflection.

d)

The first three isolators should be of the pre-compressed type to avoid excessive loading on the piping.

e)

Within the mechanical equipment room, or to a radius of 15m from the equipment (whichever is greater), the piping should be supported on steel spring isolators with a static deflection of at least 19mm.

f)

Any piping over 75mm in diameter located outside the mechanical equipment room should be supported with steel spring isolators with a static deflection of at least 19mm.

g)

In general, piping hangers should be attached to structurally stiff portions of the buildings.

h)

Vibration isolation hangers should be installed with the spring as close to the ceiling as possible.

HVAC SYSTEM DUCTING AND CONNECTIONS a)

The main supply and return trunk ducts should be internally lined with acoustic glass fibre insulation. The main supply trunk duct includes ductwork up to the branches leading to the VAV boxes. The insulation should be between 24-48 kg per cubic meter, and be at least 25 mm thick.

b)

The VAV boxes and diffusers should be selected to achieve maximum NC rating of 25.

c)

The ducting from the VAV box to the diffuser should be lined with acoustic insulation, at least 25mm thick.

d)

The ducting to supply air diffusers or VAV boxes should be straight and unobstructed for at least 4 duct diameters upstream of the diffuser.

e)

The supply ducting should not include a damper within at least 4 duct diameters upstream of a supply diffuser.

f)

All ducting in mechanical rooms shall be-externally covered with 50mm of glass fibre insulation and lagged with limp coating having a surface

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 18 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

density of at least 20 kg/ml. g)

Flexible duct connections should be provided between all fans and ductwork.

h)

Resilient thrust restraints should be incorporated into the flexible connections to eliminate loading of the flexible connection. The restraints should be steel spring isolators having a static deflection of at least 19mm.

i)

Wall or floor duct penetrations should allow for a 13mm clearance around the duct. The gap should be stuffed with glass fibre insulation and sealed with non-hardening caulking. The duct should be supported on both sides of the wall.

j)

Variable-air-volume (VAV) units should be mounted as high in the ceiling space as possible, at least 2m away from any return air opening. Any equipment not mentioned in this list of recommendations should be installed using good engineering practice to minimize noise impacts.

3.4

WARRANTY All material and components furnished, and installed, shall be guaranteed against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than two years from the date of system acceptance, except for that equipment having a specific warranty period. - End of Section -

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 48- Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control

Page 19 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 1 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC CONTENTS

1.

GENERAL

1.1 1.2

REFERENCE SUBMITTALS

2.

PRODUCTS

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8

PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION: DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION: PIPEWORK AND DUCTWORK MARKINGS PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION GENERAL PLANT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION, ENGRAVED PLATES: VALVE AND COCK IDENTIFICATION: AIR VOLUME REGULATING CONTROL DAMPER AND FIRE DUMPER IDENTIFICATION: INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION:

2.9

NAMEPLATES

3.0 3.1

DANGER AND WARNING NOTICES: SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION CHARTS, PERSPEX GLAZED FRAME:

4.

EXECUTION

4.1

MISCELLANEOUS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 2 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.

GENERAL All the equipments, valves, etc shall be complete with tagging & identification as per ADNOC STANDARD 1.1

1.2

2.

Reference 1.1.1

Conform to General Requirements for HVAC Services of Division 23.

1.1.2

Reference Standards

BS 381C

Specification for colours for identification, coding and special purposes.

BS 729

Specification for Hot dip galvanized coatings on iron and steel articles.

BS 1710:1980

Identification of pipelines and services.

BS 4652

Specification for metallic zinc-rich priming paint.

BS 4800

Paint colours for building purposes.

BS 5378 Part 1,

Safety Signs and Colours - Specification for Colour and Design

HVCA DW 144

Specification for sheet metal ductwork.

Submittals a)

All materials submittals shall include a detailed, clause-wise, compliance statement.

b)

All materials submittals shall include detailed catalogues, product literature and descriptions of all equipment and fittings with selection charts, capacities etc.

c)

All material submittals shall include copies of relevant standards.

d)

Contractor shall submit samples of each type of identification for COMPANY approval.

PRODUCTS 2.1

Pipework Identification: Standards - Colour code and label to BS 1710. 2.1.1

Primary Identification

Apply colour bands, 300mm wide, in accordance with BS 1710: 1980, to each pipe at least once in every room or enclosed area; at intervals not exceeding fifteen metres; at

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 3 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

every junction; at every valve; and at every inspection and access position into service shafts, false ceilings, bulkheads etc. Colour bands shall not be provided on pipes which are to be painted to match internal decorations. Where two or more pipes run in parallel, then the colour banding for each pipe shall be at the same locations. At intervals as for colour banding, coloured arrows and wording shall be stenciled to the insulation or pipework to indicate direction of flow, and to indicate the circuit or system. 2.1.2

Secondary Identification

Apply colour bands, 50mm wide, in accordance with BS 1710: 1980, and superimpose a legend identifying circuit, direction of fluid or gas flow, nominal pipe bore and, where appropriate, fluid or gas pressure. Colour bands shall not be provided on pipes which are to be painted to match internal decorations. 2.2

Ductwork identification: 2.2.1

Standards

Generally colour code and label to HVCA Specification DW 144 (Appendix B). 2.2.2

Primary Identification

Apply colour bands, 300mm wide, to each duct at least once in every room or enclosed area; at intervals not exceeding fifteen metres; at every junction; at every damper; and at every inspection and access position into service shafts, false ceilings, bulkheads etc. 2.2.3

Secondary Identification

For ducts with longest side or diameter up to and including 225mm. Paint colour bands 50mm wide and superimpose legends. For ducts with longest side or diameter over225mm. Paint or apply transfers to identification triangles, or triangular plates. Superimpose or incorporate legends. 2.2.4

Triangular Plates

Attach to buckle bands or stool pieces and fix to ducting, with apex indicating direction of airflow. Submit details of plates and fixings for approval before painting and marking. Use equilateral triangle of side 150mm minimum. 2.2.5

Legends

Apply transfers of an approved type to colour bands or triangles or triangular plates. Identify floor and space served, associated equipment reference and direction of airflow. 2.3

Pipework and Ductwork Markings

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 4 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

In addition to the identification band coding all services shall be legibly and neatly marked with black letters where a light background is used and white letters where a dark background is used and appropriately coloured triangles to indicate the direction of flow as follows: Fresh Air Return Air Exhaust Air Supply Air REF Piping – Suction REF Piping – Lequid Kitchen Exhaust Lab Fume Exhaust 2.4

FA RA EA SA

Plant and Equipment Identification General Each of the MEP plant units and equipment shall be factory painted in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to a colour designated and approved by the Design Consultant. Any damage to finishes which may have occurred during transit, storage, installation or otherwise shall be made good in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and to the satisfaction of the COMPANY. 2.4.1

Specification Plates

Each unit shall have a specification metal plate (the manufacturer's name plate) which shall show full details as manufacturer's name, unit and unit motors serial numbers, model numbers, date of manufacture and BS or other number for the internationally approvable standard to which the item of plant conforms: 2.4.2

Chillers/Condensing Units/Refrigeration Ciruits

Full details of chillers/condensing and evaporating temperatures and pressures, refrigerants and lubricants, compressor type and duty, electrical connections, and any other pertinent information as may be required by the COMPANY. This plate shall also be securely fixed to each of units local control panel and protected from the environment influences. 2.4.3

Pumps:

Pump size, rpm, amperes, impeller diameter, lubricants, pump characteristics, flows for the duty specified, the K factor of the orifice plate if applicable, and any other pertinent information as may be required by the COMPANY. This plate shall also be securely fixed to the pump. 2.4.5

AHU-s, Fan Coils and Fans:

Air flows for the duty specified, fan size, rpm, amperes, impeller diameter, lubricants, fan characteristics, coil type and characteristics air and water inlet/outlet temperatures and any other pertinent information as may be required by the COMPANY. This plate shall also be securely fixed to the fan. An engraved label shall be fixed to each filter stating the maximum permissible pressure drop. The same as above is applicable to any other single piece of equipment or units within the MEP systems.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 5 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.4.6

Identification plates

In addition to the specification plates, each unit shall be provided with an identification plate showing the code number for each unit as indicated on the system schematics. This plate shall be securely fixed to the unit in a prominent position. 2.5

Plant and Equipment Identification, Engraved Plates: 2.5.1

Standards

Identify each item of equipment by name and, where appropriate, by agreed reference characters. Provide colour identification as called for in work sections and, in all cases, colour fire fighting equipment red. 2.5.2

Identification Colours

Use primary and secondary identification colours of associated system. 2.5.3

Plates

Use rectangular metal plates securely fixed to each item of equipment. Size shall be as per COMPANY approval. 2.5.4

Lettering

Engraved plates filled with paint. 2.5.5

Legends

Engrave plates with an approved text. Incorporate operating duty of equipment where this is not incorporated in other labelling. 2.6

Valve and Cock Identification: 2.6.1

Standards

Identify each valve, cock, stop valve, air vent, drain cock etc. with disk engraved with numerical reference. Except where exposed in occupied areas. 2.6.2

Identification Colours

Use primary and secondary identification colours of associated system for painted or self colour discs. 2.6.3

Discs and Labels

Securely attach metal discs, minimum diameter 35mm, to each item. The labels for valves as alternatives shall be brass 80 mm by 40 mm with a hole 10 mm from one end. A short length of brass chain with a ring at each end shall be used to permanently attach the labels to each valve.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 6 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.6.4

Legends

Engrave discs with permanent characters, minimum height 10mm. Each label shall indicate the type of service and the valve reference number which shall agree with a schedule of valves which shall be prepared for each service. The schedule shall comprise the valve reference number, the function of the valve and its location. Incorporate in operating instructions relating to regulating valves and flow measuring equipment, details of flow rate, pressure differential and setting, as appropriate. 2.7

Air Volume Regulating Control Damper and Fire Dumper Identification: 2.7.1

Standards

Identify each regulating and control damper. Except where exposed in occupied areas. On ductwork dampers, clearly indicate commissioning set point. 2.7.2

Identification colours

Use primary and secondary identification colours of associated system for painted or self colour discs. 2.7.3

Discs

Securely attach metal discs, minimum diameter 35mm, to each item. 2.7.4

Legends

Engrave discs with permanent characters, minimum height 10 mm. 2.8

Instrument Identification: 2.8.1

Standards

Identify each instrument by name and, where appropriate, by agreed reference characters. 2.8.2

Plates

Use rectangular metal securely fixed to each instrument. 2.8.3

Legends

Engrave plates with an approved text. 2.9

Nameplates

2.9.1

Each piece of mechanical equipment shall be complete with a lamecoid nameplate securely fastened in a conspicuous place on the equipment.

2.9.2

The nameplate shall be 2.5 mm thick laminated phenolic plastic 90 mm wide x 40 mm high with black face and white centre, 5.5 mm high lettering shall be engraved through to the white lamination with the following Equipment Type and No., e.g. Fan No. 1, Pump No. 2, Etc.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 7 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.9.3

Service and Area or Zone of building served, e.g. South Zone, chilled water primary, condenser water, etc. 3.0

Danger and Warning Notices: 3.0.1

Hazardous Systems

Colour code and label hazardous systems and equipment to requirements of Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes. The warning flash as specified in BS 5378 Part 1, "Safety Signs and Colours Specification for Colour and Design" shall be attached to all internal and external removable covers of electrical equipment and panels, which provide shielding from live conductors. Labels to be in both Arabic and English. 3.1

System Identification Installation Charts, Perspex Glazed Frame: 3.1.1

System Schematics

Supply and fix a referenced plastic laminated schematic diagram (or diagrams) of all systems as installed, including equipment and ancillary schedules. Show scheduled information on diagram. Identify all items by appropriate reference characters. 3.1.2

Control Schematics

Supply and fix plastic laminated referenced schematic diagram (or diagrams) of all control systems as installed, including equipment and ancillary schedules. Show scheduled information on diagram. Identify all items by appropriate reference characters. 3.1.3 Valve Charts : Supply and fix comlete valve charts for water, hot water, fire water and aircondidtioning services separetlly, showing valve No. and location. 3.1.4

Location

Fix in each plant room or equipment room. 3.1.5

Finish

Perspex sheet glazing with surrounding hand plastic frame and mounting attachments. Identify all items by appropriate reference characters. 3.1.6

Equipment Schedule

Supply and fix all equipment schedule for HVAC, plumbing and fire protection systems separatlly.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 8 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

4.

EXECUTION 4.1

Miscellaneous 4.1.1 Color not covered by this Specification must be agreed with the COMPANY before work commences on site. 4.1.2 Labels shall be permanently fixed using rivets or self tapping screws, sharp edges or tips of the screws, shall be removed. 4.1.3 Control devices, shall be labelled by reference and function in accordance with circuit and layout diagrams. 4.1.4 Similar labels shall be affixed below each instrument on the instrument panel and shall indicate the purpose of the instrument and the respective boiler, tank or other appliance to which its recordings are applicable, and all relevant performance data as appropriate to the item of plant to enable easy identification at a later date. 4.1.5 Cables shall be permanently designated using sleeves or ferrules at every termination in accordance with schematic wiring diagrams. 4.1.6 All terminals shall be designated in accordance with circuit and layout diagrams. The designation of terminals may be achieved by the use of proprietary labels supplied as part of the product supplied by the terminal manufacturer. 4.1.7 All valves controlling mains and sub-circuits for all services shall be labelled before the works are commissioned in accordance with a schedule of valves, which shall correspond with valves indicated upon the final as-installed drawings and any circuit control diagrams considered necessary. 4.1.8 The Contractor shall supply details of the tagging system he intends to use together with a schedule of all valves and equipment with a dedicated tag number related to location to the COMPANY before installation of these items will be allowed to commence. 4.1.9 The schedules and schematic diagrams shall be framed and glazed and hung in the relevant plant rooms; an alternative method may be submitted to the COMPANY for approval. Duplicate copies of the schedules and schematic diagrams shall be submitted to the COMPANY for approval.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC

Page 9 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 06 10 AIR COOLED PACKAGED CHILLERS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 1 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 0610 AIR COOLED PACKAGED CHILLERS CONTENTS 1.0

GENERAL

1.1

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

1.2

SUBMITTALS

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.4

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

1.5

WARRANY / GUARANTEE

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

AIR COOLED PACKAGED CHILLERS

2.2

PROGRAMMABLE CHILLER SUPERVISORY CONTROLLER (PSC)

3.

AIR / DIRT SEPARATOR

4.

CHEMICAL DOSING

5.0

EXECUTION

1.0

GENERAL

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 2 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.1

DESCRIPTION OF WORK AND CONDITIONS This section specifies the technical requirements for the packaged air cooled water chillers. Conform to General Requirements for Mechanical Services section and to other related divisions and sections. Vibration shall not be transmitted or transferred from the chillers to the other areas, spaces and floors, special precaution such as chiller foundation, vibration isolator, flexible connection, shall be carried out to fulfill this requirements. Chillers plants yard drawings and other related details drawings shall be reviewed by the manufacturer and to be confirmed that the chillers will performed the submitted capacity as per the design and the chillers ventilation is accepted. The refrigerant shall be –R134A. The chiller sound power level recommended to be 90 dBA.

1.2

SUBMITTALS

1.2.1

Product Data: Submit product data including rated capacities, weights (shipping, installed, and operating), furnished specialties and accessories, and installation and startup instructions.

1.2.2

Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer’s assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances and methods of assembly of components and location and size of each field connection.

1.2.3

Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer’s electrical requirements for power supply wiring to pumps. Submit manufacturer’s ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory – installed and portions to be field- installed.

1.2.4

Maintenance and Spare Parts Data: Submit maintenance d a t a , spare parts list for three years and operating data. Include this data, product data, shop drawings and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual.

1.2.5

Quality Control Submittals a) Submit certification of compliance with AHRI 590 and ASHRAE fabrication requirements specified in quality assurance below or equivalent European standard. b) Submit AHRI certification indicating the coefficient of performance COP, EER, and the integrated part-load value IPLV as per AHRI 550/590 Test Procedure.

c) Submit detailed, clause-wise, compliance statement. d) Submit factory performance test certificate at site design conditions and parameters with maximum deviation of 3% from the submitted capacity. e) Submit factory quality control reports.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 3 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.2.6

Submit design calculations for selecting vibration isolators and for designing vibration isolation bases complete with details of fabrication, anchorage, attachments to structure, etc.

1.2.7

All the required guarantees indicated in the specifications shall be written submitted

1.2.8

The chiller supplier/manufacturer shall review and approve the chiller location layout, the approved layout shall be included in the chiller submittal.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.3.1

Submitted data shall include chiller performance based on ARI 590. In addition to submittal of compressor BHP, the units BHP/TON shall be submitted including motor, starter, control panel, oil pump, purge and oil heater. Equipment and installation shall be in compliance with safety code for Mechanical refrigeration, ANSI/ASHRAE 15 or equivalent European standard. Cooler and /or condenser shall be tested according to ASME code or equivalent PED rated coolers The chiller shall be designed, manufactured and tested in a facility with a quality assurance system certified ISO 9001 and an environment management system certified ISO 14001.

1.3.2

Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of packaged air cooled chiller with characteristics, sizes and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years.

1.3.3

Machine Experience: At the time of submission of bid or proposal, chiller model proposed must have acquired minimum of 2 years’ experience in the country.

1.4

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

1.4.1

Deliver chillers as a complete factory assembled unit with protective crating and covering.

1.4.2

Coordinate with the delivery of the chiller(s) in sufficient time to allow movement into the building.

1.4.3

Unit shall be stored and handled in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

1.4.4

Unit shall be shipped with all refrigerant piping and control wiring factory installed.

1.4.5

Unit shall be shipped pre charged with refrigerant as specified on the equipment schedule.

1.4.6

Unit shall be shipped with firmly attached nameplates that indicate name of manufacturer, chiller unit model number compressor type and refrigerant used.

1.5

WARRANY / GUARANTEE The Contractor shall provide Full Operational Warranty for complete Chillers, its Programmable Chiller Supervisory Controller (PSC), Air & Dirt Separator and Chemical dozing system for a period of TWO years from the date of Provisional Acceptance (PAC) by COMPANY.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 4 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The Contractor shall provide full warranty against corrosion for all chiller external parts and material for five years from date of Provisional Acceptance by COMPANY, including FIVE years Operational Warranty for Chiller Compressors & Chillers Condenser Coils from the date of PAC. The guarantee/warranty shall include parts, materials, labor costs for the replacement / repair and of defects in material or workmanship. The guarantee/warranty shall be submitted with full detail as indicated 2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

AIR COOLED PACKAGED CHILLERS

2.1.1

General Supply and install air cooled chillers having capacity not less than that scheduled on the drawings. The contractor shall determine the final loads and propose selections The unit shall operate on 415 volts, 50 Hertz, 3 phase electrical service. consumption shall not exceed that scheduled.

The total power

Chiller Load power at [115ºF (46.111 ºC) air entering condenser, 44-45ºF- leaving chilled water temperature, 10ºF (5.555 ºC) water temperature rise] shall be minimum of 1.25 kW/Ton at AHRI condition. The unit shall be completely factory assembled on a rugged channel steel base and be individually performance tested at full and part load conditions. The unit shall be leak tested and shipped with a full operating charge of ozone friendly refrigerant or shipped with nitrogen and refrigerant will be shipped & supplied separately. Construction and ratings shall be in accordance with the latest ARI Standard 590 and shall comply with ANSI B 9.1 Safety code, National Electrical Code and ASME Code, of the U.S.A and/or Equivalent European standards. The minimum efficiency - coefficient of performance COP, EER, and the integrated part-load value IPLV for the chiller as per ARI 550/590 Test Procedure shall be according to Estidama requirement: a) The chiller shall be designed, manufactured and tested in a facility with a quality assurance system certified ISO 9001 and an environment management system certified ISO 14001. Manufacturer shall have at least 15 years’ experience in chiller manufacturing. b) Thermodynamic performances shall be measured according to EN14511 and sound according to ISO 9614 standards and according to Eurovent Standard. c)

All units shall undergo a complete run test in the factory before shipment.

d) The Chillers shall be ARHI Certified and comply with all its requirements or Euro Vent Certified. The chillers shall be CE marked and shall comply with the requirements of the following European directives or equivalent AHRI requirements / conditions:  

Div. 23 - HVAC

Machinery directive 98/37/EC modified, Low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC modified,

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 5 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

     

Electromagnetic compatibility directive 89/336/EEC modified and with the applicable recommendations of European standards European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Machine safety, electrical equipment in machines, general regulations: EN 60204-1, Radiated electromagnetic emissions: EN50081-1 Conducted electromagnetic emissions: EN 50081-2, Electromagnetic immunity: EN 50082

e) Refrigerant in chiller circuits shall be friendly environment of zero ODP. f) Multi refrigerant circuits shall be completely independent of each other. Chiller refrigeration circuits shall be of minimum 2 Nos, but recommended 3 Nos of refrigerant circuit for better system reliability. g) Provision is to be made for connection of all alarms and monitoring functions and control functions to an external control system.(DDC & BMS) h) The chiller unit total capacity shall be selected for 48°C air entering condenser, and the unit shall include capacity reduction thermostats for operation up to 52°C marine air entering condenser. i)

Unit casing and all structural members shall be fabricated of continuous galvanized steel and galvanized steel channel. Exterior casing shall be factory treated & coated against corrosion type. Bolts, nuts and screws stainless steel, PVC coated heavy duty steel wire security grilles shall enclose condenser/compressor areas. Cabinet shall be capable of withstanding a 500 hour salt spray test in accordance with the ASTM (USA) B-117 standard., warranty start from chiller operation and commissioning test on site).

J) Chillers must be rated to Eurovent class ‘A” or equivalent AHRI at nominal conditions which means best energy efficiency in its class even for high ambient series chillers. k) Frame shall be made of U steel beam with hot dip galvanization or electrophoresis treatment completed with paint l) Chiller shall be complete with the required fittings for chilled water pipe connection m) Panels and electrical box shall be made of galvanized sheet steel with oven-baked polyester powder paint finish and be capable of withstanding a 500-hour salt spray test in accordance with the ISO 9227. n) In case that the chiller required more than one electrical power connection including cables, isolators, etc, the contractor shall supply and executes the extra power connections and the control connections without any extra cost or fess. 2.1.2

Compressors/Motors: Units shall have screw compressors. The chiller screw compressors shall be designed and manufactured by the chiller manufacturer. The screw compressors are direct driven, with internal muffler and check valve. Each compressor shall be equipped with a discharge shut off valve. Capacity control shall be provided by pilot

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 6 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

operated solenoid valve, capable of reducing unit capacity to 15% of full load. Compressor shall start in unloaded condition. Motor cooling shall be provided by direct liquid injection and protected by internal overload thermistor. Lube oil system shall include prefilter and internal filter capable of filtration to 3 microns. Compressor and oil separator shall have an acoustic enclosure with large access doors easily removable. Motors shall have a minimum power factor of 0.9, otherwise correction capacitor banks shall be provided. Compressors shall be mounted on rubber in shear anti-vibration blocks or spring isolators with isolation efficiency not less than 95% to minimize noise and vibration transmission. Hours – Run meters shall be provided with all compressors. 2.1.3

Cooler The cooler shall be constructed, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME / PED code requirements, with a refrigerant side rating of 1620 KPa minimum, and a water side rating of 1035 1000 KPa minimum. Cooler shall be insulated with 19mm thick closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam of maximum K factor 0.28 mechanically protected by an aluminum cladding . The evaporator shall be mounted on support feet with thermal bridge rupture.

2.1.4

Condenser Coil The condenser coil shall be constructed of seamless copper tubes mechanically expanded into plate type aluminium fins factory tested to 3103 KPa, the fins shall have full drawn collars and maximum spacing density of 15 fins per inch, a sub cooling coil shall be an integral part of the main condenser coil. Aluminum fins shall have a minimum thickness of 0.13MM. Condenser coil shall be provided with factory applied special marine coating by dipping factory applied. Coil and Coating shall be guaranteed for a period of 7 years from the date of provision acceptance certificate. The corrosion protection coating shall not affect the chiller capacity and efficiency required. The manufacturer/supplier shall submit in detail the procedure and materials to be used for the marine coating / protection. The coating shall be factory applied before any factory test, and performance test.

2.1.5

Condenser Fans Condenser fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced, low speed, air foil propeller type arranged for vertical discharge. The fans shall be direct drive by separate fan motors. Fans shall be selected to minimize noise generation. Each fan shall be protected by a heavy duty steel fan guard protected by polyethylene-coat. Condenser fan motors shall be Class F insulation TEFC weather proof IP 54 protection with a minimum efficiency of 80%. The motor shall have permanently lubricated ball bearings and inherent motor overload protection. Condenser fan shall include additional pressure of at least 100 Pa. to overcome the acoustic louver air pressure loss.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 7 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.6

Refrigerant Components Refrigerant circuit components shall include suction and discharge pressure display or gauges, hot gas muffler, high side pressure relief device, liquid line shut off valve, replaceable core filter drier, moisture indicating sight glass, expansion valve, complete operating charge of refrigerant and compressor oil.

2.1.7

Controls 1. Units shall be provided with automatic head pressure control to permit satisfactory operation at low ambient air temperatures by cycling condenser fans in response to head pressure variations. Field power connection, control interlock terminals and unit control system shall be centrally located in a weather proof enclosure. Panel access doors shall be key locked and include steel rod door retainers to prevent flapping while open. Dead front panels shall protect service personnel against accidental contact with live voltage components. Power cabinet shall be IP54 ratings and shall include: compressor short circuit and overload protection, fan and control circuit breakers Unit controls shall include the following minimum components: a.

Microprocessor

b.

Power and control circuit terminal blocks

c.

ON/OFF control switch

d.

Replaceable solid state relay panel

e.

Display & key pad 320 x 24 pixels touch screen display for easy access to all operating parameters. Icon driven menu for self-intuitive navigation and display of full test message in English

f.

Thermistors and/or pressure transducers.

g.

Controls shall be capable of performing following functions:

h.

Automatic compressor lead/lag.

i.

Pumpdown at beginning and end of every circuit cycle.

j.

Capacity control based on leaving chilled water temperature and compensated by rate of change of return water temperature.

k.

Leaving chilled water temperature reset.

l.

Electrical demand limiting control through compressor lockout.

m.

Anti-recycling timing out to prevent rapid compressor cycling.

2. Main Control Features:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 8 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.8

a.

Entering or leaving water temperature control by PID loop with equalization of the compressor operating times and number of compressor start-ups, run hours of each compressor and machine as well.

b.

Protection against excessive compressor cycling by auto adaptive control algorithm acting on the leaving water set point dead band.

c.

Optimization of the condensing pressure with a floating set point based on the outside temperature and the thermal load in order to limit power consumption.

d.

The Dynamic control provided by the processor through EXV, should control the suction super heat, discharge superheat, MOP (maximum operating pressure), cooler approach ( leaving water temperature - saturated suction temperature), also in off cycle protecting the compressors against migration of liquid refrigerant in to cooler.

e.

Control of one or two water pumps (standby pump) with run time equalization and automatic changeover to the standby pump in case a fault occurs.

f.

Periodic water pumps start-up when the unit is shut down in order to prolong the operating life of the mechanical pump seal.

g.

Automatic compressor unloading when an abnormally high condensing pressure is detected to prevent the shutdown of the refrigerant circuit due to a high pressure fault.

h.

Master/slave control of two chillers operating in series or in parallel with run time equalization.

Display & key pad 1. Clear language touch screen display for easy access to all operating parameters. Icon driven menu for self-intuitive navigation and display of full test message in English or other language 2. Display data: Water entering/leaving temperatures, outside air temperature, compressor suction/discharge pressures and temperatures, chilled water set point, compressor operating times and the number of start-ups. Fan operating time, percent loading, compressor current, 3. Quick test function to verify correct operation of compressor, fan, electronic expansion valve, probes and sensors for easy & fast commissioning 4. Chiller diagnostics with last 50 alarm history for quick trouble shooting and 5 alarms current will be displayed. 5. Chiller should have built in Black box and can store 6 alarms with selective readings 75 scan before trip and 5 after trip and processor stored 80 scanned data in the black box.

2.1.9

Automatic operation 1. The chiller shall be equipped with a programming clock, permitting: a. b. c. d. e. f.

2.1.10

On/off control Changeover to the second set point (unoccupied mode) Capacity or current drawn limitation The control shall ensure the following operating modes: On/off mode based on the outside temperature Set point reset based on the outside air temperature or the return water temperature

Remote control 1. The chiller shall include dry contacts permitting:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 9 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

a. b. c. d.

On/off control Capacity or current drawn limitation (one stage) Changeover to the second set point (unoccupied mode) Integration of customer safety device

2. The chiller shall include output contacts permitting: a. b. c. d. e. 2.1.11

Signaling that the unit is ready to start Signaling the occurrence of a minor incident (alert relay) Signaling the occurrence of a major incident (alarm relay) Water pump on/off control (single or dual pump with automatic changeover) The chiller shall be equipped with an RS485 serial port for remote control via a communication bus.

Unit safeties Unit shall be equipped with thermistors and/or pressure transducers and all necessary components in conjunction with the control system to provide the unit with the following protections (as applicable): a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

Loss of refrigerant charge protection Low water flow detection Low chilled water temperature protection Low and high superheat protection Low oil protection for each compressor Low control voltage to unit protection Phase loss/unbalance Reverse rotation Control device failure Ground current protection for each compressor which shuts down compressor when no more than 2.5 amps are measured to prevent formation of acids.

Compressors shall be provided with following manual reset type protections. a. b.

2.1.12

Pressure overload Electrical overload through the use of definite purpose contactors and calibrated, ambient compensated magnetic trip circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall open all three phases in the event of an overload in any one phase or single phasing condition.

Diagnostics Diagnostic display module shall be capable of indicating the safety lockout condition by displaying a code for which an explanation may be scrolled at the display. Protections included for display shall be: a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Compressor lockout Loss of charge Low water flow Low oil pressure Cooler freeze protection High or low suction superheat Thermistor or potentiometer malfunction

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 10 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

h. i. j. k.

Entering and leaving water temperature Evaporator and condenser pressure All set points Operating or alarm status.

The module in conjunction with the microprocessor shall also be capable of displaying the output of a run test to verify operation of every switch, thermistor, potentiometer, fan and compressor before the chiller is started. 2.1.13

Electric motor a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

2.1.14

Two pole motor cooled by suction gas with full stream 120 micron efficiency suction gas filter. The motor shall be protected by an electronic board capable to prevent the following defaults: Motor overheat by means of internal temperature sensors Motor overload according to the current drawn Loss of phase Phase reversal Voltage dips

Compressor starter Motor starter shall be Wye –Delta type for minimum inrush current, Wye-Delta transition shall be managed electronically without electromechanical relays.

2.1.15

Vibration Control Refer to section 240300 for details.

2.1.16

Test, Factory Run Test and Performance Test Test and Factory Run Test Each chiller, as complete assembly, shall be subjected to a factory running test, this test shall be in addition to the unit individual component tests, the test certificates shall be submitted for COMPANY approval before shipment of the chillers.

A.

B.

Performance Test One chillers manufactured for the project shall be selected to third party laboratory performance test simulating the actual job site peak running conditions, full load and part load condition and to 550/590 AHRI standard condition. The third party laboratory shall be West European or USA, and shall have a valid ARI certification for 550/590 HARI standard test, other reputed West Europe certificate can be accepted subject to the COMPANY approval. The performance run test shall be carried out in accordance with actual job site peak running conditions, full load and part load condition and in accordance with AHRI standard 550/590, the test is intended to verify unit performance (capacity kW, water temperature in &out, electrical power kW full and partial, as listed below, etc.) The test certificates shall be submitted for t h e COMPANY approval before shipment of the chillers.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 11 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.17

Commissioning Guidelines Commissioning procedures shall conform to the current edition and amendments thereto of the following standards and codes: a.

C.I.B.S.E Commissioning Codes for Refrigeration Systems – Series R

b.

I.E.E. Regulations.

c.

Local Authority Regulations and Bye-laws.

The information recorded shall include-in general- but not necessarily be limited to the following along with all plant data including name of manufacturer, type of equipment, model number, system reference, etc. a) b) c) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l) m) n) o) p)

Chilled water temps. at full load and through unloading range. Chilled water flow on chiller Chilled water pressure drop Compressor/Motor power (name plate FLA) Compressor/Absorbed elect. Power At full load Amps Ambient Temp. Oil pressure/differential(s) Evaporating pressure(s) Condensing Pressure(s) High pressure cut-out setting Low pressure cut-out setting Low water temperature setting Oil pressure setting Loading and unloading system at partial and Full load Duty load

°C L/S m/water FT Amp

°F GPM d) Amp

KW °C bar bar bar bar bar °C bar

KW °F PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI °F PSI

O.K / Not O.K KW

KW

All recorded information shall be both in metric and imperial system of measurements. 2.1.18

Start-Up Service and COMPANY Personnel Training

2.1.19

The manufacturer shall furnish a factory trained service engineer to supervise installation, field testing, and initial start-up of each chiller.

2.1.20

The manufacturer shall allow for a one-week training program of COMPANY personnel to provide thorough understanding of supplied equipment, and full awareness of the daily checks and preventive maintenance procedures.

2.2

PROGRAMMABLE SUPERVISORY CONTROLLER (PSC)

A.

A factory furnished, programmed, microprocessor-based controller with DDC controllers sensors, and all the required accessories shall be provided to supervise and optimize the operation of the individual Product Integrated Controllers (PIC) for each chillerto fulfill the project requirements and the sequence of operations, control and monitoring as shown on

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 12 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

drawings. All application software actually performing the required control functions shall be factory supplied with the controller and shall be pre-tested and pre-configured. B.

The networked chiller Product Integrated Controllers (PICs) shall interface with the Chiller Plant Manager (CPM) installed on the network. The CPM shall include software that allows dynamic interaction between the CPM and the chiller PICs to create a complete chilled water plant system as described and as shown on drawings.

C.

The CPM shall include inherent input and output capability. The input/output capability shall include as a minimum a combination of standard HVAC sensor inputs (5k, 10k, 4-20mA and discrete) an output to drive an alarm annuciator and/or alarm light, and two analog outputs for differential pressure control. Each analog input channel shall include anaoperator-adjustable sensor trim (adjustable to 1/10 deg F) and programmable low and programmable low and high alarm/alerts, as applicable.

D.

The CPM shall not interfere with the PICs standalone operating or safety algorithms but shall enhance their operation by providing the following inherent capabilities as a minimum: 1. Control of all installed chillers including stand-by chillers (staged or rotary) of equal or unequal sizes. 2. Enable/disable the chiller plant based on its internal time schedules, remote contact closure, analog temperature override, network command, or time schedule override 3. Chiller fault logic and automatic starting of lag chiller(s) 4. Automatic alarming and switching to backup sensors if any primary sensor fails 5. Diverse operator selectable chiller sequences including a sequence with a designated chiller to perform “feathering” functions 6. Algorithms that properly match the chillers with the load 7. Chiller inhibit timers 8. Bypass valve control 9. kW balancing and ramp loading 10. Demand limiting 11. Chilled water reset 12. Power fails restart.

E.

The CPM shall contain factory programmed software for the following types of mechanical systems: 1. All installed (including stand-by) chillers with dedicated primary (production loop) pumps and secondary (distribution loop) pumps piped in a parallel arrangement. The PSC shall provide the following inherent capabilities as a minimum. a. Control all the chillers based on the system load. b. Control of associated primary pumps and motorized valves. c. Ability to enable/disable the chiller plant based on the PSC's internal time schedule and time schedule override, remote contact closure or network command. d. Chiller and primary pump fault logic and the automatic starting of lag chillers or pumps. e. Operator selected chiller sequencing or automatic weekly/daily selection based on fixed rotation or runtime equalization. f. Chiller capacity control based on system load. g. Demand limiting h. Chilled water reset i. Power fail restart

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 13 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The PSC shall contain factory programmed software for the system comprising of parallel chillers, and primary pumps. The operator shall be able to modify, add, or delete time schedules, set points, chiller sequences, KW set points, etc. using a local interface device with the Building Management System. The PSC shall include a 365 day internal electronic clock. The clock shall provide up to eight occupied/unoccupied periods and shall support hour, minute, day of week, day, month, year leap year, and holiday scheduling. The PSC shall maintain its programs in battery backed up RAM. The battery shall be rated at a minimum for one year continuous use. Controllers that are supplied with batteries that require changing before one year shall be backed up by an uninterrupted power supply. The PSC shall interface with the BMCS (Building Management Control System) to duplicate all functions and monitoring and additional control. F.

CPM Attributes The operator shall be able to modify, add, or delete time schedules, set points, chiller sequences, KW set points, etc. using a local interface device with the Chiller Management System. Operating System and required software: Web server operator interface shall be a self-contained web server without the need for any type of maintenance. Any required operating system or software shall be factory loaded and maintenance free. The controller shall include a 365-day real time clock and watchdog timer diagnostic indicator provided by an LED. The watchdog timer shall reset upon power on and be resettable by software thereafter. Should the watchdog timer not be resettable during the timing period, it shall time out and set all outputs to their non-powered state. The LED shall illuminate solidly to indicate this failure. All configuration data will be stored in nonvolatile memory. The controller shall provide a minimum of two days data retention for the time clock. The chiller plant manager shall consist of web server operator interface. A web server shall gather data from chiller plant system and generate web pages accessible through a conventional web browser on each PC connected to the network. Operators shall be able to perform all normal operator functions through the web browser interface. Operators with sufficient access level shall have an ability to make changes to all system and equipment graphics in the web server in addition to having full chiller plant system access to make configuration changes to the control system. Any tools required for making graphic changes shall be provided with web server. The chiller plant data shall interface with the BMS (Building Management Control System) through open standard protocol to duplicate all functions. The controller shall be powered from standard, off-the-shelf, Class II, 24-volt transformers. The controller shall be listed under UL916 PAZX (Energy Management), UL 864 UDTZ (General System that is registered to either ISO 9002 or ISO 9001 Quality Assurance Standard. The controller shall be designed to be easily mounted in a standard NEMA 1 type enclosure without special rails or mounting hardware and as local and national code dictates. The controller shall include a 365-day real time clock and watchdog timer diagnostic indicator provided by an LED. The watchdog timer shall reset upon power on and be resettable by

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 14 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

software thereafter. Should the watchdog timer not be resettable during the timing period, it shall time out and set all outputs to their non-powered state. The LED shall illuminate solidly to indicate this failure. All configuration data will be stored in nonvolatile memory. The controller shall provide a minimum of two days data retention for the time clock. The controller shall include the capability to provide a local interface for all operating values, alarms, etc., via a panel mounted, Local Interface Device. The controller shall also be capable of interfacing to a portable PC for configuring or altering the configuration, setting the address, performing uploads/downloads, etc., through a separate, additional RJ14 plug. The CPM shall utilize common chilled water supply and return water temperature sensors wired to the CPM as its primary control sensors. An optional load return sensor shall be supplied if the I/O summary requires such or the sequence of operation requires the starting and stopping of equally sized chillers as a function of how much water is being bypassed. The CPM shall monitor the status of each chiller’s present local/auto selector position, through network communications. Whenever the position is indexed to local, the PIC shall perform its stand-alone control functions. When the PIC is indexed to the local mode the CPM shall determine that the chiller is not available for chiller plant control and shall be bypassed by the CPM. When the mode is indexed to the remote position the chiller PIC shall have the following programs superseded by the CPM: • • • • G.

Lead/lag Chilled water reset Remote contact start Demand limiting.

CPM Control Requirements Program Enable/Disable: The CPM shall have the ability to manually enable or disable its program by the operator through a point available on the points list screen. This point shall also automatically disable itself if an erroneous entry was made in the configuration. An alarm shall be generated whenever the program disables itself. Lead/Lag Determination: The chiller start sequence shall be operator-selectable from the first chiller through the last chiller. The CPM shall allow the operator to select any of the following Lead/Lag sequences: • • • •

H.

Fixed Sequence — the starting and stopping sequence is predetermined and fixed. Diverse Sequence — Smaller chiller(s) are assigned to the beginning of the chiller starting order but as load increases the smaller chillers shall be stopped (after starting next stage of cooling capacity) and are automatically moved to the end of the starting order. Diverse Sequence with Feathering — Chillers are assigned to a fixed sequence. One smaller chiller shall be designated to be used as a feathering chiller in the start/stop sequence. The operator shall have the ability to have the CPM automatically select any of the above sequences based on outside air temperature, calendar date or both.

CPM System Requirements The CPM shall include the ability to rotate the chiller sequence while chillers are running. If the chiller sequence changes while the chiller(s) are running, the CPM shall start all required chillers

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 15 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

before the unneeded chillers are stopped to prevent any interruption in the supply of chilled water to the facility. The CPM shall include the capability to automatically change the rotation based on runtimes and a rotation day and time entered by the operator. Occupancy: The occupancy or high occupancy status shall determine when to operate the chilled water plant. When occupied or high occupancy, the chiller plant shall be enabled for all chillers operation based on occupancy level and when unoccupied, disabled. Occupancy status shall be automatically indexed by any of the following factors: •

System Force — A networked force (option module, custom programming in a field installed controller, etc.) shall override the occupancy until it is autoed or forced to a different value by the operator.

•

Operator Override 1 — The operator shall have the ability to override the unoccupied mode by entering an override value (0-1-2-3-4 hours) through any of the interface devices. If the timed override option is initiated during an occupied period, the time schedule shall remain occupied for the duration of the time entered. If the operator initiates an override during the unoccupied period, the time schedule shall be indexed to occupied for the duration of the value entered.

•

Operator Override 2— The operator shall have the ability to override any mode of chillers operation by the BMS system through a program suitable for all the sequence of operation cases through the year as shown on drawings and as indicated in the specification.

•

Occupancy Override — The CPM shall include the ability of monitoring a remote on/off discrete input wired to it. Whenever the switch is indexed to on, the CPM shall index itself to the occupied mode. Refer to the Input/output Summary and/or the Sequence of Operation to determine if this input is required.

•

Water System Manager (WSM) — A WSM shall send an enable signal through the network to index the system to the occupied mode to satisfy the needs of the loads (i.e. Air Handler adaptive optimal start, terminal occupancy timed override, and as required previously).

•

Temperature Override — The CPM shall be capable of monitoring an analog input override sensor (thermistor, or 4-20mA) and shall disable the chilled water plant whenever the system has been indexed to the occupied mode and the override sensor is below its configured set point value.

Time Schedule Occupied: When the CPM time of day reaches the operator adjustable occupancy time the CPM shall be occupied. When the time of day reaches the unoccupied time the CPM shall be unoccupied unless one of the above overrides are initiated or a network command has initiated an override. Pull-down Timer: This delay time shall allow the lead chiller a chance to cool down the building chilled water loop before starting the lag chillers during system start-up. Chiller Faulting: A chiller shall be considered faulted if a fault status is reported to the CPM by the chiller PIC.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 16 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Chillers having a communication failure (after the operator adjustable start time value has expired) shall be left in their last commanded state. Chillers faulted for any other reason shall be commanded off. All faulted chillers shall be automatically replaced, if applicable, to maintain on-line capacity.\ Power Fail Restart: If the CPM loses power, it shall be capable of selecting one of two different recovery control schemes based on how long the power was off and whether the operator adjustable threshold time has been exceeded. If the power was lost for less than the threshold time, it shall start the chillers at one-minute intervals until the on-line capacity before the power failure is restored. If power was lost for more than the threshold time, the configured pull-down timer shall be skipped and the chillers shall be started at the lag start delay time interval until the load has been satisfied. Chiller Inhibit Timers: Additional chillers shall not be started if the length of time remaining before the next unoccupied period is less than the input value entered by the operator to avoid starting additional chillers that will be turned off shortly. Start/Stop Delay Timers: The CPM shall include operator adjustable time delay values to prevent chillers from cycling due to short duration conditions. Additional Cooling Required Algorithm (ACR): The starting of additional chillers beyond the lead shall be enabled if the following criteria are met: • • • • •

• •

When supply water temperature is used as the control criteria and the ACR temperature sensor is above the current chilled water supply set point, plus an adjustable delta temperature value. When return water temperature is used as the control criteria and the ACR temperature sensor is greater than the current chilled water return set point plus an adjustable delta temperature value. The pull-down rate is less than 0.5°F/minute for the running chillers. Load Indicator Timer has timed out. (This operator-adjustable value is used by the CPM to determine how long the ACR load indicators must be true before an additional chiller is started). New chiller inhibit timer is not active. (This operator-adjustable value is used by the CPM to determine how many hours before the start of the unoccupied cycle to stop performing the ACR load indicator tests). This shall help prevent the starting of a chiller that will have to be stopped shortly thereafter when the CPM becomes unoccupied). The chiller(s) are not faulted, ramping, or in a power fail restart condition. Re-sequencing is not occurring.

The percent demand limit being sent to all running chillers is above a calculated value. If the sequence of operation or the I/O summary requires a chilled water load return algorithm, the CPM shall determine the percentage of bypassed water based on an algorithm that calculates the mixing ratio of the supply, return, and mixed temperatures. The CPM shall compare this calculated value to a factory pre-configured % bypass value and turn on a chiller if the bypassed value is less than this pre-configured value and the effective capacity is the same for all chillers.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 17 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

An alarm shall be generated if the algorithm determines that an additional chiller is required to maintain set point and no chillers are available. Reduced Cooling Required Algorithm (RCR): The CPM shall include a load target equation to determine when a lag chiller shall be stopped. The load target program shall calculate a RCR kW set point based on present chiller plant tonnage, capacity of the lag chiller to be stopped, operator-adjustable dead band to prevent short cycling and an operator-entered correction factor to compensate for non-linearities in the relationship between %kW and cooling capacity under low load conditions. If the average %kW for all running chillers is below the corrected RCR kW set point, plus the control temperature sensor’s value is below the set point including an adjustable delta temperature value, and the stop requirements for the delay timers are clear, the next lag chiller shall be stopped. Chilled Water Reset: The operator shall have the ability to enable or disable chilled water reset. The operator shall have the ability to adjust the following as a minimum: • Reset sensor location and name • Reset start and stop temperatures • Reset ratio • Maximum reset amount. The algorithm shall be capable of using the following sensors as the reset sensor: • Outside air temperature • Optional reset sensor • External reset input. • Upon loss of communications with the reset sensor, the CPM shall generate an alarm and shall utilize its configured control set point value. If the water system manager WSM is active, this algorithm shall be automatically disabled and the WSM shall compute the amount of reset, if any, based on system cooling load it is also presently monitoring. The chiller plant manager shall consist of web server operator interface. A web server shall gather data from chiller plant system and generate web pages accessible through a conventional web browser on each PC connected to the network. Operators shall be able to perform all normal operator functions through the web browser interface. Operators with sufficient access level shall have an ability to make changes to all system and equipment graphics in the web server in addition to having full chiller plant system access to make configuration changes to the control system. Any tools required for making graphic changes shall be provided with web server. The Webserver shall have the ability to view and configure the trends, reports and alarms of chiller plant manager. The Chiller plant manager shall be supplied by the chiller manufacturer. The chiller plant manager has to control and monitor the chillers and associated chilled water pumps and cooling towers (Applicable in water cooled chiller application) The chiller plant data shall interface with the BMS (Building Management Control System) via open standard BACnet/IP protocol for monitoring and control for additional control programs. 3.

AIR / DIRT SEPARATOR

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 18 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Air and dirt removal device shall be of the size equal to the total return chilled water plant flow. Air and dirt removal device shall be constructed of steel epoxy painted. It shall be designed, fabricated and stamped per ASME Section VIII Division I with a maximum working pressure not less than twice the pressure of the return chilled water flow to the plant. Units shall be provided with flanged system connections. Each air and dirt removal device shall be equipped with a brass conical shaped air venting chamber designed to minimize system fluid from fouling the venting assembly. A brass flushing cock shall be located on the side of each separator to facilitate system fast-fill and removal of the floating impurities from the air system interface within the separator. A blow down valve shall be provided by the unit manufacturer on the bottom of each unit to allow blow down and cleaning. The valve and all of its fittings and openings shall be ø 50mm. The air and dirt removal device shall remove air down to 18 microns and shall remove dirt/debris down to 35 microns. The unit shall be 100% efficient at removing dirt down to 90 microns in 100 passes or less. The unit manufacturer shall provide the COMPANY third party independent test data certifying that their unit performs to the above standards. Suppliers not providing these independent performance test results will not be acceptable. The air and dirt separator shall employ the use of high surface area pall rings to achieve optimal separation of air and dirt with minimal pressure drop. The pall rings shall be made of stainless steel for suppressing turbulence and increasing surface area for high efficiency air and dirt removal. Inferior materials of construction such as copper for the straining medium will not be acceptable. The unit shall be manufactured with a removable upper head to facilitate removal, inspection, and cleaning of the pall ring basket. And shall be complete with the automatic air venting device, accessories, blow down value and Base Ring for the separator unit. The unit shall be complete with Base Ring floor installation base. 4.0

CHEMICAL DOSING / TREATMENT PROGRAMMES & PERFORMANCE Automatic chemical feeding/treatment unit shall be supplied, installed, tested, operated, commissioned and full programmed

4.1

Chilled Water: The objectives of the water treatment programmed for the chilled water system are control of corrosion, scale and microbiological activity along with plant integrity and operational efficiency. Environmental considerations are also paramount and preference will be given to companies pursuing operational excellence. a)

As this is a closed system protection will primarily be required against corrosion. Secondary consideration will be given to deposit control and microbiological activity.

b)

Corrosion inhibitor shall be nitrite based treatment, which has a better environmental profile than the molybdate programs.

c)

Corrosion in the chilled water system shall be controlled at 1 mpy for mild steel.

d)

Allowance should be made in the program for an occasional (half-yearly) dose of biocide.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 19 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

e) 4.2

Chemicals should supplied for a one year period based on initial system fill plus Sufficient 2% losses per month.

Procedure for Chemical Treatment of Chilled Systems This procedure consists of the following phases. a) b) c) d)

Flushing Chemical pre-clean Passivation Maintenance treatment

These phases should be consecutive. Any interruption in the procedure must be avoided to prevent re-work. 4.3

Flushing Systems must be flushed to remove debris which may have entered during construction. 

The systems shall be flushed using fresh potable quality water. a)

During flushing process, velocity of the water shall be monitored using flow meters. Minimum water velocity shall be 1.5 m/s (in headers) or 110% of the design value or as per project specifications (the most stringent shall be applicable).

b)

On emptying the systems, all drain points and dead legs shall be opened to remove debris.

c)

System Pre- Clean Systems must be pre-cleaned to remove surface rust, debris and millscale, which may have entered during construction. This phase also prepares the metal surfaces to receive passivation. Systems shall be pre-cleaned using non-aggressive non-acidic chemicals. Pre-cleaning shall be carried out over a period of 24 - 48 hours depending on the manufacturer’s recommendations. All strainers shall be removed and cleaned during this process. During this phase the cooling tower basin shall be periodically inspected and any debris removed to prevent it re-entering the system. The system shall be drained and filled for passivation.

4.4

MAINTENANCE Correct control of the deposit / corrosion inhibitor and biocides will help ensure plant integrity and efficiency of operation. a) After 72 hours of chilled water operation the waters shall be analyzed and if found satisfactory handed over to the client. b) If not satisfactory, corrective action must be taken before handing over. c) All details of the phases of this procedure should be recorded on a commissioning report and

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 20 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

handed to the client. 4.5

CONTROL EQUIPMENT Control equipment is a necessary support for the chemical water treatment programme. Where control equipment is supplied, appropriate manuals must also be supplied. The following shall be monitored in the PSC / BMS computer as a minimum, in a consolidated single page for ease of operation: Conductivity of the Chilled Water System  Dosing status of all Chemicals in Chilled Water systems  Low-level Switch of all Chemical Storage Tanks  Make-up Water Meter totalized reading of Chilled Water CHILLED WATER In order to dose chemicals, an automatic dosing system shall be used. a) The automatic system shall consist of Conductivity Sensor, Impulse Water Meter (to be fitted in the make-up line), Chemical Dosing Pump and storage tank with low-level switch. b) The Conductivity Sensor shall be connected to the Water Treatment Controller. This value shall be monitored in the PLC/BMS computer. c) The Impulse Water Meter shall be connected to the Water Treatment Controller. Inhibitor Dosing Pump shall be controlled based on the Make-up water rate, by the Controller. Totalized water reading shall be monitored from the BMS computer. d) The biocide dosing pump shall be operated manually, since they need to be dosed only once in 6 months period. e) A corrosion coupon rack shall be supplied which has space for 2 corrosion coupons.

4.6

SERVICE REQUIREMENTS As part of the total package, the supplier will provide an onsite professional service. The following will be supplied as a minimum. a) To supervise and report on the entire process of flushing, pre-cleaning and passivation as well as commissioning of all control equipment. b) To provide regular site visits (a minimum of 12 per year). A service plan must be submitted. c) During site visit the following analyses shall be carried out and reported in writing. Chilled water  pH  Conductivity  Inhibitor level  Iron d) Provide test kits in company specific products. Client’s personnel are to be trained in their use. e) 2 times yearly tests for Legionella by a certified Third party laboratory.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 21 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

f) Corrosion coupons for determining corrosion rate shall be checked at the following frequency. Chilled water g)

Carbon steel Copper

1 per 3 months 1 per 3 months

Deposit analysis as required.

PROCEDURE FOR CHEMICAL TREATMENT This procedure consists of the following phases. 

Flushing



Chemical pre-clean



Maintenance treatment

These phases should be consecutive. Any interruption in the procedure must be avoided to prevent re-work. a) Flushing  Systems must be flushed to remove debris which may have entered during construction.

b)



The systems shall be flushed using fresh potable quality water.



During flushing process, velocity of the water shall be monitored using flow meters. Minimum water velocity shall be 1.5 m/s (in headers) or 110% of the design value or as per project specifications (the most stringent shall be applicable).



On emptying the systems, all drain points and dead legs shall be opened to remove debris.

System Pre- Clean Systems must be pre-cleaned to remove surface rust, debris and millscale, which may have entered during construction. This phase also prepares the metal surfaces to receive passivation. Systems shall be pre-cleaned using non-aggressive non-acidic chemicals. Pre-cleaning shall be carried out over a period of 24 - 48 hours depending on the manufacturer’s recommendations. All strainers shall be removed and cleaned during this process. During this phase the cooling tower basin shall be periodically inspected and any debris removed to prevent it re-entering the system. The system shall be drained and filled for passivation.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 22 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c)

MAINTENANCE Correct control of the deposit / corrosion inhibitor and biocides will help ensure plant integrity and efficiency of operation. After 72 hours of chilled water operation the waters shall be analysed and if found satisfactory handed over to the client. If not satisfactory, corrective action must be taken before handing over. All details of the phases of this procedure should be recorded on a commissioning report and handed to the client. SERVICE REQUIREMENTS As part of the total package, the contractor/supplier will provide an onsite professional service. The following will be supplied as a minimum. a) To supervise and report on the entire process of flushing and pre-cleaning. b) To provide regular site visits (a minimum of 12 per year) A service plan must be submitted including:.     

First visit – second day after the first dosing Second visit – one week after the 1st visit. Third visit – two weeks after the 2nd visit Forth visit – one month after the 3rd visit One visit per month for the remaining period

c) During site visit the following analyses shall be carried out and reported in writing. d) The materials/chemicals required for dosing and analysis of the chilled water system shall be supplied by the contractor. CHILLED WATER  pH 

Conductivity



Inhibitor level



Iron

Provide test kits in company specific products. Client’s personnel are to be trained in their use. Corrosion coupons for determining corrosion rate shall be checked at the following frequency. Chilled water

Carbon steel Copper

1 per 3 months 1 per 3 months

Deposit analysis as required.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 23 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

5.0

EXECUTION

5.1

Provide all water piping to chiller units. dismantle excessive lengths of pipe.

5.2

Provide valves in piping upstream and downstream of the evaporator water boxes for isolating shells for maintenance and to balance and trim system.

5.3

Provide vapour proof flow switches in the chilled water piping properly interlocked to ensure that units can operate only when the flow is established.

5.4

Provide wells and taps for thermometers sensors and pressure gauges in chilled piping adjacent to inlet and outlet connections of evaporators.

5.5

Provide drain valves to each water box.

5.6

Provide vent cocks to each water box.

5.7

Provide valves, pressure gauges, temperature gauges and all accessories as shown in the details on the drawings.

5.8

Provide certified wiring schematics to the electrical division for chiller, associated equipment and controls.

5.9

Provide necessary wiring for control items, such as flow switches, temperature sensors etc., as recommended by the manufacturer.

5.10

Provide necessary power wiring from starter to chiller control panel, control power transformer as required, purge motor, oil pump motor, oil heater, motor protection system, etc. as recommended by the chiller supplier.

5.11

Commissioning Guidelines as indicated previously

5.12

Start-Up Service and COMPANY Personnel Training as indicated previously

Ensure all circuits are serviceable, without having to

- End of Section -

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 0610 Air Cooled Packaged Chillers

Page 24 of 24

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 07 13 DUCT INSULATION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 13 Duct Insulation

Page 1 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 07 13 DUCT INSULATION CONTENTS 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 3.0 4.

REFERENCE ................................................................................................................................ 3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ............................................................................................................ 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................... 3 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................. 3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING....................................................................................... 3 MAINTENANCE DATA ................................................................................................................ 3 PRODUCTS ................................................................................................................................ 3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................ 3 ADHESIVE ................................................................................................................................ 4 FUNGICIDAL PROTECTIVE COATINGS (AS PER APPLICATION) .................................. 4 APPLICATION ............................................................................................................................. 4 EXECUTION .............................................................................................................................. 6 WARRANTY

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 13 Duct Insulation

Page 2 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC Services of Division 23.

1.2

Description Of Work Extent of mechanical insulation is specified in this section.

1.3

Quality Assurance Insulation material shall comply with the following Standard: UL 723, NFPA 255, NFPA 90A/B BS 476 (Part 4, 6, 7) BS 874 BS2972 BS3958 (Part 4,5) BS 5422 BS6676 (Part 1)

1.4

Submittals Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation, submit schedule showing manufacturer’s product number, k-value, thickness and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Submit samples for each types of mechanical insulation. Provide mock up installation before progressing with work.

1.5

Delivery, Storage and Handling Protect insulation from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure and polythene wrapping in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.6

Maintenance Data Submit maintenance data for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data, product data, and certifications in the maintenance manual.

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

Materials

2.1.1

Insulating materials shall have thermal conductivity values not more than those listed hereafter:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 13 Duct Insulation

Page 3 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------MATERIAL TYPE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY. W/M/DEG.C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Mineral wool Sectional 0.04 Mineral wool Slabs 0.04 Fibre Glass All 0.034 Closed Cell All 0.034 Polyurethane Sectional 0.025 Styrofoam Rigid 0.026 Polyolefin form Sectional 0.027 at 250C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------All conductivity figures are rated at an average temperature of 23 deg C. 2.2

ADHESIVE       

2.3

Adhesive shall be fire resistive compound suitable for vapour sealing insulated ducts and pipes. Adhesive shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor use and in high humidity environments Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.05 perms at 0.030 inch dry film thickness when tested in compliance with ASTMF 1249. When tested for surface burning characteristics in compliance with ASTM E84, flame spread shall be 10 and smoke developed 15. Adhesive shall be UL classified and shall meet or exceed the requirements of NFPA 90A and 90B 25/50. Adhesive shall comply with the requirements of Estidama for Chemical Toxicity. All the duct sealant shall be water base, anticorrosive, anti toxicity as per Estidama, LEAD free, anti-fungus suitable for high ambient indoor and outdoor applications with UL classified.

FUNGICIDAL PROTECTIVE COATINGS (AS PER APPLICATION)  



Fungicidal protective coatings shall be applied over surfaces of interior and exterior surfaces of ductwork. Coating shall be a polyacrylate copolymer ermulsion specially formulated for long term fungicidal activity with no loss of activity on aging. It shall prevent the spread of molds and odour causing bacteria on the applied surface. Coating shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A and 90B.

2.4

Application

2.4.1

Ductwork Insulation Concealed supply, return and extract air ducts (except kitchen extract works). i.

Div. 23 - HVAC

All the duct insulation shall be in the form of rigid boards insulation with Factory applied ALUGLASS (aluminum foil/glass fabric laminate) facing with glass fiber self seal.

Section 23 07 13 Duct Insulation

Page 4 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ii.

All internal ductwork shall be insulated with 25 mm thick, 32 Kg/M3 density aluminum foil faced fiber glass fabric laminate) facing as vapor barrier with self seal.

iii.

Where ductwork is installed in ceiling void which are not used as return air plenums, masonry shafts and exposed to ambient conditions shall be insulate with 50mm thick, 48 Kg/M3 density ALUGLASS faced rigid fiberglass duct insulation with self seal.

iv.

ALUGLASS facing shall be have minimum thickness of 180 microns.

v.

Water Vapor transmission for the facing as per ASTM E96 to be zero.

vi.

Fasten all the insulation with 200 to 250 mm centers. But all joints tightly and seal all breaks and joints by adhering a 75mm Aluminum foil vapor barrier tape or sheet with a fire retardant adhesive.

vii.

All the duct work corners shall be protected with corner angles.

viii.

All the duct insulation shall be additionally protected by self-adhesive Stick Up pins as per manufacturer recommendation and ENGINEER INCHARGE instruction.

ix.

x.

Finish all duct insulation with an Aluglass Cloth backing (18u / FR Glue / 8x8 Mesh self-adhesive Aluglass Cloth), protected by an easy-release silicone release paper. Kitchen extract duct shall be insulated with rock wool blanket insulation with 50 mm thickness, 105 Kg / m3 density and wire mesh and wrapped with Alu-glass barrier.

xi.

All ductwork exposed within the building, installed on roof or within plant rooms is to be clad with plain aluminum, 0.9mm or thicker sheet.

xii.

Where ducts penetrate the building shell, the duct shall be flashed and waterproofed before any insulation is applied.

2.4.2

Acoustic Insulation i. ii.

iii.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Duct acoustic lining shall be 25mm thick, fiberglass, 32kg / m3 density. Liner will be attached by a fire resistant adhesive. In addition a galvanized steel perforated sheet gauge 26 held in place with self-adhesive fasteners shall be used to prevent erosion of the liner. All abutting edges must be caulked and at the extremities of lining shall have a sheet metal nosing of at least 40mm length.

Section 23 07 13 Duct Insulation

Page 5 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

The whole of the insulation work shall be carried out by an approved specialist insulation Contractor. All allowances shall be included for arranging a specialist subcontract accordingly and for informing the specialist Sub-contractor of all conditions relating to the Contract and for coordinating his works with the remainder of the works.

3.2

All adhesives, mastics, coatings, sealers and primers shall be classified as Class 1 surface spread when tested in accordance with B.S. 476, part 7. They shall not in any way attack the insulation or the surface to which the insulation is being applied and shall be suitable for the working temperatures.

3.3

The Contractor is to allow in his price for the removal and replacement of two sections of each type of insulation. If, however, defects are revealed, further sections shall be cut out for inspection, and all cutout sections shall be replaced at no cost to the Contract. If further defects are revealed then the COMPANY shall have the right, when in its opinion it is necessary, to issue instructions for any part or the whole of the insulation to be removed and replaced. The replacement with new insulation shall be to the satisfaction of the COMPANY and the cutting out and replacing shall be at no cost to the Contract.

3.4

Particular attention shall be paid to the finished appearance of all thermal insulation which must present a neat and symmetrical appearance running true in line with pipe layouts, etc.

3.5

Any rough, irregular and badly finished surfaces shall be stripped down and re-insulated to the COMPANY’s satisfaction.

3.6

All systems are to have been tested and approved by the COMPANY prior to installation of insulation. The insulation, in sizes indicated shall be applied over clean, dry surfaces. Adjoining sections of insulation should be butted firmly together with the longitudinal seam of the jacket located on the bottom half of the pipe.

3.7

3.8

Insulate and finish valves and fittings in the same manner and same thickness as piping in which such items are installed. Moulded, factory shaped sectional pipe covering, factory- or job-fabricated may be used subject to satisfactory visual checking by the COMPANY

3.9

Direct contact between pipe and hanger shall be avoided. Hangers shall pass outside of the sheet metal protection saddle, which shall cover a section of high density insulation, of sufficient length to support the pipe without crushing the insulation. The vapour barrier shall be lapped over the saddle and securely cemented to it. Minimum thickness of metal saddle is 1.5 mm. The insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instruction

3.10 4.

WARRANTY All materials and components furnished, and installed, shall be guaranteed against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than two years from the date of system acceptance, except for that equipment having a specific warranty period.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 13 Duct Insulation

Page 6 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 13 Duct Insulation

Page 7 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 07 16 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 16 HVAC Equipment Insulations

Page 1 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 07 16 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION Contents

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.0

PRODUCTS ................................................................................................................................ 3

2.1 2.2 3.0 4.

REFERENCE .............................................................................................................. 3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK .......................................................................................... 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE............................................................................................... 3 SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................. 3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ...................................................................... 3 MAINTENANCE DATA ............................................................................................... 3 MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. 3 LAGGING ADHESIVE (FOR FIBER GLASS INSULATION ONLY) .................................... 4 EXECUTION .............................................................................................................................. 5

WARRANTY

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 16 HVAC Equipment Insulations

Page 2 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC Services of Division 23.

1.2

Description Of Work Extent of mechanical insulation is specified in this section.

1.3

Quality Assurance Insulation material shall comply with the following Standard: ASTM C1427 Flexible clossed cell, cross linked polyolefin form UL 723, NFPA 255, NFPA 90A/B BS 476 (Part 4, 6, 7) BS 874 BS2972 BS3958 (Part 4,5) BS 5422 BS6676 (Part 1)

1.4

Submittals Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation, submit schedule showing manufacturer’s product number, k-value, thickness and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Submit samples for each types of mechanical insulation. Provide mock up installation before progressing with work.

1.5

Delivery, Storage and Handling Protect insulation from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure and polythene wrapping in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.6

Maintenance Data Submit maintenance data for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data, product data, and certifications in the maintenance manual.

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

Materials

2.1.1

Insulating materials shall have thermal conductivity values not more than those listed hereafter:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 16 HVAC Equipment Insulations

Page 3 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------MATERIAL TYPE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY. W/M/DEG.C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Mineral wool Sectional 0.04 Mineral wool Slabs 0.04 Fibre Glass All 0.034 Closed Cell All 0.034 Polyurethane Sectional 0.025 Styrofoam Rigid 0.026 Polyolefin form Sectional 0.027 at 250C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------All conductivity figures are rated at an average temperature of 23 deg C. 2.2

Lagging Adhesive (For fiber glass insulation only) Adhesive shall be a flexible, fire resistive compound suitable for vapour sealing insulated ducts and pipes. Adhesive shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor use and in high humidity environments. Water vapour permeance shall not exceed 0.05 perms at 0.030 inch dry film thickness when tested in compliance with ASTMF 1249. When tested for surface burning characteristics in compliance with ASTM E84, flame spread shall be 10 and smoke developed 15. Adhesive shall be UL classified and shall meet or exceed the requirements of NFPA 90A and 90 B 25/50.

2.3

Application

2.3.1

Equipment Insulation Unless otherwise indicated insulate all chilled water pumps and valves with cross linked closed cell self adhesive aluminium foil faced polyolefin form duct insulation. Fasten the insulation with factory applied adhesive on the duct. Butt all joints tightly and seal all breaks and joints by adhering a 75 mm Aluminium foil vapour barrier tape or sheet with a fire retardant adhesive. Density shall be 25 kg/m3. Thickness shall be 25mm. Fire and smoke rating shall be as per NFPA requirements. Product shall be UL listed. Fire propagation shall be Class- o and surface spread of flame shall be class 1 . Insulate flexible connections and connections to main with same flexible insulations. Overlap onto adjacent insulation and seal with adhesive duct tape to give good closure. Then cover with plain sheet Aluminium, 0.9 mm or thicker removable boxes.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 16 HVAC Equipment Insulations

Page 4 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

The whole of the insulation work shall be carried out by an approved specialist insulation Contractor. All allowances shall be included for arranging a specialist subcontract accordingly and for informing the specialist Sub-contractor of all conditions relating to the Contract and for coordinating his works with the remainder of the works.

3.2

All adhesives, mastics, coatings, sealers and primers shall be classified as Class 1 surface spread when tested in accordance with B.S. 476, part 7. They shall not in any way attack the insulation or the surface to which the insulation is being applied and shall be suitable for the working temperatures.

3.3

The Contractor is to allow in his price for the removal and replacement of two sections of each type of insulation. If, however, defects are revealed, further sections shall be cut out for inspection, and all cutout sections shall be replaced at no cost to the Contract. If further defects are revealed then the COMPANY shall have the right, when in its opinion it is necessary, to issue instructions for any part or the whole of the insulation to be removed and replaced. The replacement with new insulation shall be to the satisfaction of the COMPANY and the cutting out and replacing shall be at no cost to the Contract.

3.4

Particular attention shall be paid to the finished appearance of all thermal insulation which must present a neat and symmetrical appearance running true in line with pipe layouts, etc.

3.5

Any rough, irregular and badly finished surfaces shall be stripped down and re-insulated to the COMPANY’s satisfaction.

3.6

All systems are to have been tested and approved by the COMPANY prior to installation of insulation. The insulation, in sizes indicated shall be applied over clean, dry surfaces. Adjoining sections of insulation should be butted firmly together with the longitudinal seam of the jacket located on the bottom half of the pipe.

3.7

3.8

Insulate and finish valves and fittings in the same manner and same thickness as piping in which such items are installed. Moulded, factory shaped sectional pipe covering, factory- or job-fabricated may be used subject to satisfactory visual checking by the COMPANY

3.9

Direct contact between pipe and hanger shall be avoided. Hangers shall pass outside of the sheet metal protection saddle, which shall cover a section of high density insulation, of sufficient length to support the pipe without crushing the insulation. The vapour barrier shall be lapped over the saddle and securely cemented to it. Minimum thickness of metal saddle is 1.5 mm. The insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instruction

3.10

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 16 HVAC Equipment Insulations

Page 5 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

4.

WARRANTY All materials and components furnished, and installed, shall be guaranteed against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than two years from the date of system acceptance, except for that equipment having a specific warranty period.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 16 HVAC Equipment Insulations

Page 6 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 07 19 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 19 – HVAC Piping Insulation

Page 1 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 07 19 HVAC PIPING INSULATION CONTENTS 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

REFERENCE ................................................................................................................................ 3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ............................................................................................................ 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................... 3 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................. 3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING....................................................................................... 3 MAINTENANCE DATA ................................................................................................................ 3 PRODUCTS ................................................................................................................................ 3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................ 3 ADHESIVE ................................................................................................................................ 4 FUNGICIDAL PROTECTIVE COATINGS (AS PER APPLICATION) .................................. 4 APPLICATION ............................................................................................................................. 4

3.0

EXECUTION .............................................................................................................................. 5

4.

WARRANTY

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 19 – HVAC Piping Insulation

Page 2 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC Services of Division 23.

1.2

Description Of Work Extent of mechanical insulation is specified in this section.

1.3

Quality Assurance Insulation material shall comply with the following Standard: ASTM C1427 Flexible clossed cell, cross linked polyolefin form UL 723, NFPA 255, NFPA 90A/B BS 476 (Part 4, 6, 7) BS 874 BS2972 BS3958 (Part 4,5) BS 5422 BS6676 (Part 1)

1.4

Submittals Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation, submit schedule showing manufacturer’s product number, k-value, thickness and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Submit samples for each types of mechanical insulation. Provide mock up installation before progressing with work.

1.5

Delivery, Storage and Handling Protect insulation from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure and polythene wrapping in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.6

Maintenance Data Submit maintenance data for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data, product data, and certifications in the maintenance manual.

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

Materials

2.1.1

Insulating materials shall have thermal conductivity values not more than those listed hereafter:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 19 – HVAC Piping Insulation

Page 3 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------MATERIAL TYPE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY. W/M/DEG.C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Mineral wool Sectional 0.04 Mineral wool Slabs 0.04 Fibre Glass All 0.034 Closed Cell All 0.034 Polyurethane Sectional 0.025 Styrofoam Rigid 0.026 Polyolefin foam Sectional 0.027 at 250C ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------All conductivity figures are rated at an average temperature of 23 deg C. 2.2

ADHESIVE       

2.3

Adhesive shall be fire resistive compound suitable for vapour sealing insulated ducts and pipes. Adhesive shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor use and in high humidity environments Water vapor permeance shall not exceed 0.05 perms at 0.030 inch dry film thickness when tested in compliance with ASTMF 1249. When tested for surface burning characteristics in compliance with ASTM E84, flame spread shall be 10 and smoke developed 15. Adhesive shall be UL classified and shall meet or exceed the requirements of NFPA 90A and 90B 25/50. Adhesive shall comply with the requirements of Estidama for Chemical Toxicity. All the duct sealant shall be water base, anticorrosive, anti toxicity as per Estidama, LEAD free, anti-fungus suitable for high ambient indoor and outdoor applications with UL classified.

FUNGICIDAL PROTECTIVE COATINGS (AS PER APPLICATION)  



Fungicidal protective coatings shall be applied over surfaces of chilled water pipes. Coating shall be a polyacrylate copolymer ermulsion specially formulated for long term fungicidal activity with no loss of activity on aging. It shall prevent the spread of molds and odour causing bacteria on the applied surface. Coating shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A and 90B.

2.4

Application

2.4.1

Chilled Water Pipework Insulation i. All above ground Chilled water pipes shall be insulated with rigid sections of Glass Fiber insulation with density of 64 Kg/m3 having a thermal conductivity factor of 0.034 w/m.k at 10 deg. C, with Factory applied ALUGLASS (Aluminum foil / glass fabric laminate) facing . ii. Internal chilled water pipes (inside buildings) shall be insulated by 40mm thick rigid insulation for pipes up to 40mm dia and 50mm for pipe sizes 50mm dia and above.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 19 – HVAC Piping Insulation

Page 4 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

iii. External chilled water pipes (shaft risers, roof, exposed, plant room, chilled water pipes installed in ceiling void which are not used as return air plenums or in chiller yard) shall be insulated by 50mm thick rigid insulation for pipe sizes up to 40mm dia and 75mm for 50mm dia and above. iv. ALUGLASS facing shall be have minimum thickness of 180 microns. v. Water Vapor transmission for the facing as per ASTM E96 to be zero. vi. Both internal and external pipes the insulation shall be finished with an Aluglass Cloth backing (18u / FR Glue / 8x8 Mesh self-adhesive Aluglass Cloth), protected by an easy-release silicone release paper. vii. Where exposed, insulated pipe work runs through occupied, public areas, AHU room, Pump room, chillers yard, roof, etc, it shall be clad using an outer covering of plain aluminum sheet of 0.7 mm or thicker. 2.4.2

Refrigerant pipework insulation Refrigerant pipe work shall be insulated with closed cell synthetic foam insulation, 25mm thick, protected with self-adhesive factory applied ALUGLASS (Aluminum foil / glass fabric laminate) facing as vapor barrier, as described for chilled water pipes.

2.4.3

Condensate Drain pipework Condensate drain pipeworks shall be insulated with 15mm thick polyolefine foam insulation density 40 kg/m3.

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

The whole of the insulation work shall be carried out by an approved specialist insulation Contractor. All allowances shall be included for arranging a specialist subcontract accordingly and for informing the specialist Sub-contractor of all conditions relating to the Contract and for coordinating his works with the remainder of the works.

3.2

All adhesives, mastics, coatings, sealers and primers shall be classified as Class 1 surface spread when tested in accordance with B.S. 476, part 7. They shall not in any way attack the insulation or the surface to which the insulation is being applied and shall be suitable for the working temperatures.

3.3

The Contractor is to allow in his price for the removal and replacement of two sections of each type of insulation. If, however, defects are revealed, further sections shall be cut out for inspection, and all cutout sections shall be replaced at no cost to the Contract. If further defects are revealed then the COMPANY shall have the right, when in its opinion it is necessary, to issue instructions for any part or the whole of the insulation to be removed and replaced. The replacement with new insulation shall be to the satisfaction of the COMPANY and the cutting out and replacing shall be at no cost to the Contract.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 19 – HVAC Piping Insulation

Page 5 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.4

Particular attention shall be paid to the finished appearance of all thermal insulation which must present a neat and symmetrical appearance running true in line with pipe layouts, etc.

3.5

Any rough, irregular and badly finished surfaces shall be stripped down and re-insulated to the COMPANY’s satisfaction.

3.6

All systems are to have been tested and approved by the COMPANY prior to installation of insulation. The insulation, in sizes indicated shall be applied over clean, dry surfaces. Adjoining sections of insulation should be butted firmly together with the longitudinal seam of the jacket located on the bottom half of the pipe.

3.7

3.8

Insulate and finish valves and fittings in the same manner and same thickness as piping in which such items are installed. Moulded, factory shaped sectional pipe covering, factory- or job-fabricated may be used subject to satisfactory visual checking by the COMPANY

3.9

Direct contact between pipe and hanger shall be avoided. Hangers shall pass outside of the sheet metal protection saddle, which shall cover a section of high density insulation, of sufficient length to support the pipe without crushing the insulation. The vapour barrier shall be lapped over the saddle and securely cemented to it. Minimum thickness of metal saddle is 1.5 mm. The insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instruction

3.10 4.

WARRANTY All materials and components furnished, and installed, shall be guaranteed against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than two years from the date of system acceptance, except for that equipment having a specific warranty period.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 07 19 – HVAC Piping Insulation

Page 6 of 6

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 08 00 PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 1 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 08 00 PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING Contents 1.0.

GENERAL 1.1 WORK RELATED 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1.3 HVAC COMPLETION 1.4 PRE-COMMISSIONING 1.5 COMMISSIONING 1.6 READY FOR START-UP 1.7 START-UP 1.8 TEST RUNS 1.9 PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE 1.10 FINAL ACCEPTANCE 1.11 ATTACHMENT - A 1.12 ATTACHMENT - B 1.13 COMMISSIONING CHECK LIST (RESPONSIBILITIES) 1.14 ATTACHMENT – C 1.15 ATTACHMENT - D

2.0.

PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED

3.0

EXECUTION 3.1 NOT USED

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 2 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

WORK INCLUDED A.

Compliance with sections of Division 1, General Requirements and documents referred to therein.

B.

Conform to general requirements for Division 23

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK A.

This Specification defines the acceptances of installations as shown on the attached chart. CONTRACTOR shall also comply with all testing requirements as noted in individual specification sections.

B.

CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning activities including, but not limited to, Ready for Start UP (RFSU), TEST RUN(S) and achievement of PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE.

C.

CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all other materials required for TEST RUN.

D.

COMPANY shall provide assistance to CONTRACTOR as it may deem necessary and at its sole discretion however, no manpower will be made available by COMPANY to work under the direct supervision of CONTRACTOR.

E.

COMPANY’s own manpower will be used by COMPANY to assist in achieving smooth changeover from commissioning to normal operations phase

1.3

HVAC COMPLETION A.

Definition : The HVAC COMPLETION refers to completion of all mechanical works.

B.

As soon as CONTRACTOR has completed all works associated with HVAC COMPLETION, CONTRACTOR shall so notify COMPANY in writing and request release of the HVAC COMPLETION CERTIFICATE. 1.

2.

Div. 23 - HVAC

As a minimum, the CONTRACTOR shall have achieved the following activities in order to proceed with notification of Mechanical Completion a.

All equipment set on foundations grouted and aligned.

b.

Piping erected, pressure tested and fully supported.

c.

Electrical and instrument systems fully installed and initially checked.

d.

Punch list created and exceptions noted by COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.

Within 10 days after receipt of such notification COMPANY shall either issue the HVAC COMPLETION CERTIFICATE to CONTRACTOR or notify CONTRACTOR of any deficiencies.

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 3 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

C.

In the event of such deficiency CONTRACTOR shall promptly rectify the deficiency and again request release of the MECHANICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE as aforesaid. Within 10 days of such request COMPANY, on being satisfied that the deficiency has been made good shall issue all HVAC COMPLETION CERTIFICATE or if deficiencies still exist, the above procedure shall be repeated until COMPANY is satisfied that all deficiencies have been made good.

D.

The issuance by COMPANY of the HVAC COMPLETION CERTIFICATE shall not necessarily signify that the INSTALLATIONS has been mechanically completed in every respect and CONTRACTOR shall complete all outstanding work as quickly as practicable, but in any case before applying for the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE

E.

Attachment A provides a typical table of contents for the Mechanical Completion Checklist, which is to be prepared by the CONTRACTOR. and reviewed with the COMPANY prior to HVAC COMPLETION. Also in this attachment is included an index to the HVAC COMPLETION Inspection Forms that are to be developed and used by the CNTRACTOR to verify completion. Finally, Attachment A also includes a sample of a Mechanical Completion Checklist showing the responsibilities.

1.4

PRE-COMMISSIONING A.

Upon the issuance of the HVAC COMPLETION CERIFICATE, PRE-COMMISSIONING shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR. As a minimum, the CONTRACTOR shall consider the following activities as PRECOMMISSIONING; 1.

Safety Audit

2.

Line and equipment flushing

3.

Blowing or drying systems with air or nitrogen

4.

Loop checking and calibration of instrument systems

5.

Checking and functionally testing electrical systems

6.

Lube oil flushing and cleaning

7.

Piping systems chemical protection

8.

Mechanical completion punch list items complete

9.

Finalization of COMPANY and CONTRACTOR acceptance documents.

The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a Ready for Commissioning Checklist to validate that all activities are completed. A sample with responsibilities is shown in Attachment B. As soon as CONTRACTOR has completed all works associated with PRE-COMMISSIONING and INSTALLATIONS are ready and sage for operation, CONTRACTOR shall so notify COMPANY in writing that the INSTALLATION are READY FOR COMMISSIONING. Within 10 days after receipt of such notification COMPANY shall either accept such notification or notify CONTRACTOR of any deficiencies. B.

In the event of such deficiencies, CONTRACTOR shall promptly rectify the deficiency and notify COMPANY, again as aforesaid. Within a further 10 days of notification, COMPANY, on being satisfied that the deficiencies have been corrected, shall notify CONTRACTOR of

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 4 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

acceptance. If deficiencies still exist, the above procedure shall be repeated until COMPANY is satisfied that all deficiencies have been made good. 1.5

COMMISSIONING CONTRACTOR will be responsible for COMMISSIONING activities. The detailed boundaries of responsibilities between COMPANY and CONTRACTOR during the COMMISSIONING period are defied I Ready for Commissioning Checklist, Attachment B. Run-in and operational testing are the major activities during the COMMISSIONING phase. A.

CONTRACTOR shall perform COMMISSIONING of INSTALLATIONS as soon as practical and provide training of COMPANY’s operating personnel during the activities. CONTRACTOR and COMPANY will conduct operability tests to ensure that each system, section and component of the complete INSTALLATIONS operates in accordance with the agreement.

B.

During the period of COMMISSIONING, CONTRACTOR shall provide at its own expense all necessary personnel, including operator, supervision and operational assistance if necessary by VENDOR’s representatives, material, construction plant and temporary works for completion of outstanding work.

C.

COMMISSIONING shall be carried out in accordance with COMMISSIONING Plans and procedure prepared by CONTRACTOR and approved by COMPANY.

1.6

READY FOR START-UP A.

An INSTALLATION (a unit of individual systems in the unit) is READY FOR START UP (RFSU), or ready for use in case of buildings, when the following conditions are met as specified in the AGREEMENT. 1.

All work identified in the Commissioning Check List where applicable is completed (refer to The Ready for Commissioning Checklist).

2.

A certificate of RFSU is signed and accepted.

B.

RFSU of an INSTALLATION or sections thereof shall be evidence upon signed agreement by COMPANY of the “Ready for Start UP Certificate”, with the exception of agreed WORK still to be finished. Such exceptions may include final completion of painting and insulation, including scaffolding removal at the COMPANY’s discretion.

C.

Work permits will be required for outstanding works of CONTRACTOR. An example of “Ready for Start UP” Checklist is shown in Attachment C.

1.7

START UP A.

START UP occurs when the CONTRACTOR has completed all pre-commissioning and ready for start up checks and verification and the operability tests or test run can be carried out.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 5 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.8

TEST RUNS COMMISSIONING shall be completed by conducting a Performance TEST RUN of the INSTALLATION, hereinafter referred to as TEST RUN for demonstrating the Performance Guarantees as per the relevant Article of the AGREEMENT. A.

Performance tests shall be carried out in compliance with a Test Run Procedure prepared by CONTRACTOR and approved by COMPANY. The minimum content of the Procedure shall be as set out in Attachment D hereto. The conditions under which the TEST RUNS are to be performed shall be agreed with and approved by COMPANY. These will typically make reference to the following: 1.

CONTRACTOR shall advise COMPANY of the data when each TEST RUN can be initiated, giving COMPANY at least 10 days advance notice. Within five days from the date of receipt of CONTRACTOR’S notice, COMPANY shall notify CONTRACTOR of its agreement or shall state and demonstrate its reason for disagreement or optionally, nominate an alternative date.

2.

For a minimum of at least three days prior to the commencement of a test and during the test itself, operating condition shall be recommended by the CONTRACTOR and agreed by COMPANY.

3.

In determining the ability of INSTALLATIONS to meet the Performance Guarantees, all feed and product rates shall be averaged over the entire period of a TEST RUN. Deviations from the average shall be within reasonable limits consistent with normal practices.

4.

The details of sampling, measurement of quantities, analytical control, calculations of the warranty figures, etc., during the test(s) will be setforth in the Test Run Procedure. Within 14 days after successful completion of a TEST RUN, CONTRACTOR, by written notification, shall certify to COMPANY, with all relevant support data, that the INSTALLATION’s design complies with all requirements of the AGREEMENT and COMPANY shall give CONTRACTOR written notification, within seven calendar days after receipt of CONTRACTOR’s notification of its acceptance, or if, in COMPANY’s opinion, the Performance Guarantees have not been satisfied, stating its reasons thereof. In the even that the INSTALLATIONS of any part thereof fails to operate in accordance with the AGREEMENT, CONTRACTOR shall carry out appropriate remedial design and construction work and provide necessary replacement material and equipment in accordance with the AGREEMENT. On completion of such remedial work the TEST RUNS will be repeated. Within 14 days after INSTALLATIONS have been completed in accordance with the AGREEMENT and all performance Guarantees have been fulfilled, deemed fulfilled or waived and all technical documents to be submitted prior to PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE have been submitted to COMPANY, CONTRACTOR shall by written notification to COMPANY request release of the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE. In the event of any deficiency CONTRACTOR shall promptly rectify the deficiency and again request release of the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE as aforesaid. Within seven days of such request COMPANY, on being satisfied that all deficiencies have been made good, shall issue the PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 6 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CERTIFICATE, or if deficiencies still exist the above procedure shall be repeated until COMPANY is satisfied that the deficiencies have been made good. If the TEST RUNS are not completed within 90 days of RFSU, due to no fault of the CONTRACTOR, PARTIES will meet to discuss the subject and mutually agree on the course of action(s) to be implemented. 1.9

PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE A.

As soon as CONTRACTOR considers that it has completed all WORKS (or a part of WORKS as mutually agreed between COMPANY AND CONTRACTOR), CONTRACTOR shall so notify COMPANY in writing and request issuance of a PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE.

B.

In the event of any deficiency CONTRACTOR shall promptly rectify the deficiency and again request issuance of PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE as aforesaid. Within 10 days of such request COMPANY, on being satisfied that the deficiency has been made good shall issue PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE or if deficiencies still exist, the above procedure shall be repeated until COMPANY is satisfied that all deficiencies have been made good.

C.

PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATES may, at COMPANY’s option be issued with exclusions (i.e. additional WORKS still to be provided). In such event, the WARRANTY PERIOD for the excluded items shall commence upon satisfactory completion of these WORKS. WORKS excluded within the original PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE shall require a separate PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE.

D.

In the event that more than one PAC is issued then it will be the Final PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE(S), last issued, which shall trigger the commencement of the WARRANTY PERIOD in accordance with the relevant Article of the AGREEMENT.

E.

Notwithstanding the above, CONTRACTOR has an extended warranty in respect of the inspection and maintenance of the painting of the WORKS for a period, as specified in the relevant Article of the AGREEMENT, from the issuance of the Final PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE. Irrespective of whether it is specifically identified in a PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE or not, the provisions of the extended painting warranty as detailed in clause 1.10 below will automatically apply to any and all PACs issued. The issuance of the Final PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE last issued shall trigger the commencement of the extended WARRANTY PERIOD.

1.10 A.

FINAL ACCEPTANCE Application for FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE may be made by CONTRACTOR in writing at the end of the WARRANTY PERIOD with the last expiry date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the AGREEMENT. Within 10 days after receipt of such notification COMPANY shall either issue the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE or notify CONTRACTOR of any deficiencies.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 7 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B.

In the event of such deficiency CONTRACTOR shall promptly rectify the deficiency and again request release of FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE as aforesaid. Within 10 days of such request COMPANY, on being satisfied that the deficiency has been made good shall issue FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE or if deficiencies still exist the above procedure shall be repeated until COMPANY is satisfied that all deficiencies have been made good.

C.

The CONTRACTOR shall, with its application for final acceptance, forward a relevant Release Letter. Failure to do so shall render the application null and void and WARRANTY requirements shall continue in full force and effect.

D.

The effect of the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE shall be to end the CONTRACTORS WARRANTY obligations and to call an effective end to the CONTRACT (other than those obligations which otherwise continue such as the extended warranty for painting and coating and decennial liability, etc.)

E.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 8.1 above, the CONTRACTOR has an extended WARRANTY PERIOD in respect of the inspection and maintenance of the painting of the WORKS, as detailed in AGREEMENT ARTICLES, from the issuance of the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE.

F.

Accordingly the following provisions will apply with respect to the issuance of the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE. 1.

COMPANY will issue an Acceptance Certificate(s) in lieu of last FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE. This will be described as FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE (excluding Painting Works). It shall have the same purpose and effect as the last FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE except it shall not apply to those elements of the WORKS which have warranties outstanding via Paining Works.

2.

The issuance of the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE (excluding Painting Works) shall be subject to the automatic provisions by the CONTRACTOR of:

3.

a.

A Performance Bank Guarantee (as described in AGREEMENT to relevant Article) which shall be in replacement of the Performance Bank Guarantee (as also described in AGREEMENT relevant Article).

b.

A Retention Bond (as described in AGREEMENT relevant to Article) in respect of the extended painting warranty period.

In such event the FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE shall be issued following the successful termination of all CONTRACTOR’s WARRANTY obligations other than decennial liability hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee that performance of the painting systems which shall be defined as all external metal work painting applications and above ground external surfaces of concrete structures exposed to weather conditions shall remain satisfactory for a duration as specified in relevant Article of the AGREEMENT after completion of the coating within the WARRANTY PERIOD, the CONTRACTOR shall undertake necessary remedial actions (such as repair, replace or re-coat) as specified in AGREEMENT relevant Article). The CONTRACTOR shall be liable for repair, replacement or re-coating of areas of paint failure/defects. Examples of some of the circumstances which will require remedial actions are given below:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 8 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

a.

The degree of rusting as evaluated from RE 0 for a period of three years and rusting to degree RE 1 for the following two years for whole painted area. Each unit surface, not the entire painted surface shall be considered.

b.

The loss in the dry paint film thickness due to erosion or chalking, if it is more than 15 percent over the period of five years of the original total dry film thickness.

c.

Appearance of defects in the paint film such as undercutting, checking, alligatoring, cracking, mud cracking, wrinkling and bio-degradation blistering of any size, peeling, flaking, inter-coat delaminations.

The COMPANY and CONTRACTOR shall jointly inspect the painting works annually within WARRANTY PERIOD and shall mutually agree on the requirements of remedial actions. Schedule for the remedial action would be decided by the COMPANY. A detailed inspection shall then be carried out at end of extended WARRANTY PERIOD and FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE shall be issued following successful termination of all CONTRACTOR’s warranty obligations other than decennial liability hereunder. 1.11

ATTACHMENT – A Contents of Mechanical Completion Checklist CONTRACTOR shall develop Mechanical Completion Checklists for the following INSTALLATIONS, as a minimum. The checklists shall be suitable for the particular INSTALLATION and subject to acceptance by COMPANY. 1.

General Procedure (All Equipment)

2.

Concrete Pouring Release

3.

Structures

4.

Buildings (2 Sheets)

5.

Civil

6.

Tanks and Vessels

7.

Internals of Tanks and Vessels

8.

Insulation release

9.

Pumps

10.

Compressors, Expanders, Turbines

11.

Air Fin Coolers

12.

Exchangers

13.

Lifting Equipment

14.

Miscellaneous Equipment

15.

Underground Piping

16.

Above ground Piping

17.

Instruments

18.

Relief Valves

19.

Safety Equipment

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 9 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

A.

20.

Fire and Gas Detection Equipment

21.

Underground High Voltage Cable

22.

Switchgear and Transformers

23.

Grounding, Lightning Arrestors, Battery Chargers and Bus Ducts

24.

Low Voltage Wiring

25.

Motors

26.

Conduit and cable trays

27.

Cement Fireproofing

Mechanical Completion Inspection Forms CONTRACTOR shall develop Mechanical Completion Inspection Forms for the following equipment and installations. The forms shall be suitable for particular installation and subject to acceptance by COMPANY. FORM MC-1 MC-2 MC-3 MC-4 MC-5 MC-6 MC-7 MC-8 MC-9 MC-10 MC-11 MC-12 MC-13 MC-14 MC-15 MC-16 MC-17 MC-18 MC-19 MC-20 MC-21 MC-22 MC-23 MC-24 MC-25 MC-26 MC-27 MC-28 MC-29 MC-30 MC-31 MC-32 MC-33 MC-34 MC-35

Div. 23 - HVAC

ITEM All Equipment Concrete Pouring Release Structures Tanks and Vessels (2 Sheets) Internals of Tanks and Vessels Vessel Closure Release Pressure Test Insulation Release Cold Alignment Pumps Compressors, Expanders, Turbines Fire Heaters Air Fin Coolers Exchangers (2 Sheets) Filter Strainers Lifting Equipment Safety Equipment Fired Gas Detection Systems Miscellaneous Equipment Underground Piping (2 Sheets) Above ground Piping (3 Sheets) Instruments Instrument Calibration Relief Valve Calibration Underground Cable Joints in Underground Extra High Voltage Cable (33KV) Hi-Potting Test For High Voltage Cable Switchgear (3 Sheets) Meggering Out Cable Transformer Megger and Oil Tests Grounding and Lightning Arrestors Enclosures Motors (2 Sheets) Buildings (2 Sheets) Civil

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 10 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

MC-36 MC-37 MC-38 MC-39 B.

Equipment Lubrication Battery Chargers and Instrument and Power Supplies Bus Ducts Conduit and Cable Trays

Mechanical completion checklist (responsibilities) – Sample ITEM NO. 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10

RESPONSIBILITIES CONTRACTOR COMPANY

ACTIVITY GENERAL PROCEDURES (ALL EQUIPMENT) Install equipment in accordance with P&IDs, approved drawings and project specs Check that equipment name plate data are in accordance with technical data sheet Remove temporary supports, bracing, etc. that were installed to prevent damage during transit, storage and erection Mark equipment with owner’s equipment number which is legible from 15 meters, for instruments, from 5 meters Remove rust preventatives Install lubricants per manufacturer’s recommendation. Provide lubrication list Install thermal insulation per project specs Paint per project specs Clean area of scaffolding, tools and debris Obtain vendor representatives for technical assistance as required

X

I

X

I

X

I

X

I

X

I

X

I

X

W

X X X

I I I

X

R

LEGEND: I R W X 1.12

= = = =

Inspect Review Witness Perform Work

ATTACHMENT B Contents of Ready for Commissioning Checklist CONTRACTOR shall prepare Ready for Commissioning Checklists for all INSTALLATIONS. The checklists shall be suitable for the particular INSTALLATION and subject to acceptance by COMPANY

A.

General (Checklist)

B.

Electrical (Checklist) 1.

Div. 23 - HVAC

General

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 11 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

2.

Switchgear

3.

Transformer

4.

Earthing

5.

Motors

6.

Batteries and Battery Charger

7.

Cable and Cable Trays

8.

Distribution Board and Lighting

9.

Motor Control Center

10.

Generators

11.

Motor Operated Valves

12.

Uninterrupted Power Supply System (U.P.S)

Instruments and Control (Checklist) 1.

Instruments

2.

Relief Valves

3.

System Control Panel

Piping (Checklist) 1.

Under Ground Piping

2.

Above Ground Piping

Mechanical Process Equipment (Checklist) 1.

Tanks

2.

Pressure Vessels and Drums

3.

Internals of Tanks, Drums and Vessels

4.

Exchangers

5.

Air Cooled Exchangers

Rotating Equipment (Checklist) 1.

Centrifugal Compressor

2.

Centrifugal Pump

Safety System (Checklist) 1.

Fire and Gas Detection and Protection Equipment

2.

Safety System Equipment

Miscellaneous (Checklist) 1.

Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

2.

Cathodic Protection

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 12 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.13

COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST (RESPONSIBILITIES) Responsibilities of The Contractor and COMPANY after Mechanical Completion Legend:

EXEC = Provides manpower/services for execution of task X

= Responsibilities for task

Work Permits are required for activities authorized by COMPANY. This checklist assumes that all CONTRACTOR construction activities have been completed (Refer to Mechanical Completion Checklist) To be arranged and/or provided by Contractor A

General Procedures

1.

Planning/Scheduling - Commissioning planning - Maintenance planning - Start-up planning Tightness Tests - Conduct all operational tightness - Repair any leaks Inspection - Arrange for any special pre-start-up inspections such as required by insurance or governmental agencies. - Provide and remove scaffolding upon completion of commissioning. Operating Supplies and Chemicals -Install in equipment as required all chemicals and inert packing materials (CONTRACTOR to provide labour + temporary equipment). Lubricants -Maintain lubrication after initial charge Rotation and Alignment -Operate equipment for test -Make vibration checks (uncoupled and coupled), trip checks, governor checks, safety device tests and adjustments as required. -Perform hot alignment and any doweling required. Packing and Seals -Make adjustments and replacements to mechanical seal, packing and accessories. Flushing, Blowing and Chemical Cleaning (insofar as not executed prior to Mechanical Completion -Turn system over to the COMPANY free of construction debris (including mechanical cleaning) -Operate equipment where required for testing Temporary Screens, Strainers and Blinds

2. 3.

4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9.

Div. 23 - HVAC

X X X X X X X

X X X X X X

X X

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 13 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

To be arranged and/or provided by Contractor

10. 11.

B. 1.

2.

3. 4.

5.

Div. 23 - HVAC

-Provide, install and clean strainers as required during flushing operations/run-in and remove if warranted -Install and remove all blinds required for flushing/run-ins and other operations -Maintain a record of blinds installed Purging -Install temporary start-up purge connections if required. Maintenance -Provide routing maintenance for equipment, including cleaning of strainers (normal wear and tear). -Provide breakdown maintenance CONTRACTOR to arrange VENDOR support and spare parts. Specific Procedures Instrument Systems / Telecom / Information Techno-logy -Install orifice plates after completion -Isolate or remove in-line components for flushing -Operations and reinstall them on the completion of such operations. -Confirm adequacy of system/VDU display configuration and make necessary adjustments. Piping -Check pipe hangers, supports, guides and pipe specialties for hot/cold settings and make the necessary adjustments. -Check and record position of all locked valves Vessels , Tanks -Final inspection and boxing-up (CONTRACTOR to provide labor and temporary equipment) Pumps, Compressors and Turbine Drivers -Clean seal oil and lube oil systems as specified (if not executed prior to Mechanical Completion). -Charging of the seal oil and lube oil systems including bearing housings. -Circulate for cleaning purpose seal oil, lube oil and cooling systems. -Provide assistance from the VENDOR’s service engineer for start-up -Make vibration tests when driver is coupled -Operation of compressors, pumps and turbines to carry out tests if process and mechanically practical in the commissioning mode Water Systems (Cooling Water, Firewater, Freshwater Systems etc.) -Flush, drain and clear (if not executed prior to

X X X X

X X

X X X X

X X X X X X X X X

X

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 14 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

To be arranged and/or provided by Contractor

6. 7. 8.

9. 1.14

Commissioning. -Clean permanent screens/filters -Operate fire pumps for simulation run. -Fill reservoirs, tanks, etc. -Install all moveable fire protection equipment such as hoses, fire extinguishers and related equipment. -Establish water treating program -Operating test (functional test of spray systems; checking flow rate; distribution functional test of fire water main flow and pressure drop). Waste Treatment -Operating test. CONTRACTOR to arrange VENDOR support Building Accessories -Test heating, ventilating and air-conditioning units and make all adjustment Electrical Power and Lighting Systems -Provide COMPANY with all completed inspection/test forms -Provide COMPANY with local Authority approvals -System acceptance of PRE-COMMISSIONING inspection/test forms -Energize the Electrical system check phasing, interlocks and auto-changeover. Security Systems

X X X X X X

X X X X X X

ATTACHMENT C Contents of Ready for Start Up Checklist CONTRACTOR shall prepare Ready for Start Up Checklists for all INSTALLATIONS. The checklists shall be suitable for the particular INSTALLATION and subject to acceptance by COMPANY.

A.

General (Checklist)

B.

1.13.2 Electrical (Checklist) 1.

General

2.

Switchgear

3.

Transformer

4.

Earthing

5.

Motors

6.

Batteries and Battery Charger

7.

Cable and Cable Trays

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 15 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

1.15

8.

Distribution Board and Lighting

9.

Motor Control Center

10.

Generators

11.

Motor Operated Valves

12.

Uninterrupted Power Supply System (U.P.S)

Instruments and Control (Checklist) 1.

Instruments

2.

Relief Valves

3.

System Control Panel

Piping (Checklist) 1.

Under Ground Piping

2.

Above Ground Piping

Mechanical Process Equipment (Checklist) 1.

Tanks

2.

Pressure Vessels and Drums

3.

Internals of Tanks, Drums and Vessels

4.

Exchangers

5.

Air Cooled Exchangers

Rotating Equipment (Checklist) 1.

Centrifugal Compressor

2.

Centrifugal Pump

Safety System (Checklist) 1.

Fire and Gas Detection and Protection Equipment

2.

Safety System Equipment

Miscellaneous (Checklist) 1.

Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

2.

Cathodic Protection

ATTACHMENT D Contents of Test Run Procedure CONTRACTOR shall prepare for the entire INSTALLATION a TEST RUN procedure which shall be agreed upon CONTRACTOR and COMPANY. The procedure shall, as a minimum, cover the following:

A.

Agreement with COMPANY regarding location and frequency of measurements and samples to be taken during TEST RUN to verify all process warranties and systems.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 16 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B.

C.

D.

Agreement with COMPANY regarding procedures for: 1.

Data collection

2.

Calculating results

3.

Average results from charts, analysis and samples

4.

Instrument calibration

5.

Independent tests on equipment which cannot be operated at capacity during TEST RUN

6.

Interpretation of TEST RUN results if feed varies from specification

7.

Completion of TEST RUN if it is interrupted

8.

Remedies if the TEST RUN is unsuccessful

Availability of: 1.

Product (sewage and water)

2.

Product storage

3.

Manpower

4.

Representatives of CONTRACTOR and SUBCONTRACTOR(S) including Licensors and SUPPLIERS/VENDORS

5.

Spare parts

6.

Calibrated measuring equipment

7.

Laboratory staff and equipment

8.

Operating log sheets for data collection

Verification that: 1.

Punch list items are cleared

2.

Blinds removed

3.

Car seals installed

4.

Final alignments performed

5.

Rotating Equipment dowelled

6.

Vibration check completed

7.

Noise survey completed

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 17 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

NOT USED END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 00 Pre Commissioning & Commissioning

Page 18 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 08 10 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 1 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 08 10 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING CONTENTS

1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 2.0 2.1 2.2 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12

GENERAL REFERENCE SUMMARY DEFINITIONS SUBMITTAL QUALITY ASSURANCE PRODUCTS INSTRUMENTS OTHER PRODUCTS EXECUTION TESTING PRE-COMMISSIONING START UP COMMISSIONING SPECIALIST COMMISSIONING REGULATION AND PERFORMANCE TESTING AIR HANDLING SYSTEM WATER CIRCUIT REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS CONTROL SYSTEMS NOISE AND SOUND CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION TESTS TRAINING OF END USER PERSONNEL

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 2 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC Services of Division 23.

1.2

Summary

1.2.1

This section specifies the requirements and procedures for mechanical systems testing, adjusting, and balancing. Requirements include measurement and establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications and recording and reporting the results.

1.2.2

Test adjust and balance the following mechanical systems: a.

Chilled Water System

b.

Supply air systems, all pressure ranges, including variable volume system

c.

Return air system

d.

Exhaust air system

e.

Refrigeration system

f.

Noise and sound control

g.

Perfromance test of all the HVAC equipements : Third Party Agency shall

confirm “All the systems and equipments as per the Contract Documents are tested, commissioned and balanced in in order to ensure delivering the required parameter meeting design Intent of Project and COMPANY requirments” h.

Any other system as mentioned in the Contract Drawings as per COMPANY instructions.

1.3

Definitions Systems testing, adjusting, and balancing is the process of checking and adjusting all the building environmental systems to produce the design objective. It includes: The balance of air and water distribution, adjustment of total system to provide design quantities, electrical measurement; verification of performance of all equipment and automatic control; sound and vibration measurement. Test :

To determine quantitative performance of equipment.

Adjust : To regulate the specified fluid flow rate and air pattern at the terminal equipment (e.g. reduce fan speed, throttling) Balance : To proportion flows within the distribution system (submains, branches, and terminals) according to specified design quantities. Procedure : Standardized approach and execution or sequence of work operations to yield reproducible results.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 3 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Report forms: Test sheets arranged for collecting test data in logical order for submission and review. These data should also form the permanent record to be used as the basis for required future testing, adjusting, and balancing. Terminal : The point where the controlled fluid enters or leave the distribution system. These are supply inlets on water terminals, return outlets on water terminals, and exhaust or return inlets on air terminals such as registers, grilles, diffusers, louvers and hoods. Main : Duct or pipe containing part of the systems capacity and serving two or more branch mains. Branch main : Duct or pipe serving two or more terminals. Branch : Duct or pipe serving a single terminal. 1.4

Submittal

1.4.1

Agency Data Submit proof that the proposed testing, adjusting, and balancing agency meets the qualifications specified below.

1.4.2

Engineer and Technicians Data Submit proof that the test and balance engineer assigned to supervise the procedures, and the technicians proposed to perform the procedures meet the qualifications specified below.

1.4.3

Procedures and agenda : Submit a synopsis of the testing, adjusting and balancing procedures and agenda proposed to be used for this project.

1.4.4

Maintenance data: Submit maintenance and operating data that include how to test, adjust, and balance the building system.

1.4.5

Sample Form : submit sample forms for all tests.

1.4.6

Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be: a) Certified proof that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards. b) Accurate representation of how the systems have been installed. c) True representation of how the systems are operating at the completion of the testing, adjusting and balancing procedures. d) An accurate record of all final quantities measured, to establish normal operating values of the systems. Follow the procedures and format specified below: a) Acceptance criteria for each system and equipment. b) Draft reports : Upon completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures, prepare draft reports on the approved forms. Draft reports may be hand written,

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 4 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

but shall be complete, factural, accurate, and legible. Organize and format draft reports in the same manner specified for the final reports. Submit 2 complete sets of draft reports. Only one complete set of draft reports will be returned. c) Final Report : Bind report forms complete with schematic systems diagrams and other data in reinforced, vinyl, three ring binders. Provide binding edge labels with the project identification and a title descriptive of the contents. Divide the contents of the binder into the below listed divisions, separated by divider tabs: i. General Information and Summary ii. Air System iii. Hydronic System iv. Temperature Control System v. Special Systems vi. Sound and Vibration Systems vii. Or any other system as mentioned in the drawings as per COMPANY instructions. 1.4.7

Report Contents: Provide the following minimum information, forms and data: General information and summary : Inside cover sheet to identify testing, adjusting, and balancing agency, contractor, owner, architect, engineer, and project. Include addresses, and contact names and telephone numbers. Also include a certification sheet containing the seal and name address, telephone number, and signature of the certified test and balance engineer. Include in this division a listing of the instrumentation used for the procedures along with the proof of calibration. The remainder of the report shall contain the appropriate forms for each respective item and system. Prepare a schematic diagram for each item of equipment and system to acCOMPANY each respective report form.

1.4.8

Calibration Reports : Submit proof that all required instrumentation has been calibrated to tolerances specified in the referenced standards within a period of 3 months prior to starting the project.

1.4.9

Test certificates for works tests, site tests and tests required shall be submitted in duplicate to the COMPANY. The following test certificates shall be submitted: a) For fans, type test certificates showing fan characteristic curves and type test certificates for sound levels. b) For pumps, type test certificates for head, discharge, speed and power input. c) For electric motors, type test certificates. For motors of 40 kW output and above, routine (individual) test certificates. d) For refrigeration plant, test certificates for hydraulic and air pressure testing at works.

1.5

Quality Assurance

1.5.1

Agency Qualifications: Employ the services of an independent testing, adjusting, and balancing agency meeting the qualifications specified below, to be the single source of responsibility to test , adjust, and balance the building mechanical system identified above, to produce the design objectives. Services shall include checking installations for conformity to design measurement and establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 5 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

systems as required to meet design specifications, and recording and reporting the results. An independent testing, adjusting, and balancing agency who have been continuous in business for at least 10 years in those testing and balancing disciplines required for this project, and having at least one professional engineer with a minimum of 12 years dedicated experience as a Test and Balance Engineer. The Third Party Agency shall provide “Indemnity Certificate”, stating that “All the systems and equipments as per the Contract Documents are tested, commissioned and balanced in accordance with relevant applicable standards, regulations and guidelines, meeting Design Intent of Project and COMPANY requirments” 2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

Instruments

2.1.1

The Contractor together with Testing Agency shall be responsible for providing all necessary instruments and related documents to enable the installations to be tested in accordance with the Specification.

2.1.2

Provide all instruments and associated equipment, attendance of the specialists and test points required for the testing and commissioning.

2.1.3

The Contractor shall provide the COMPANY with a recent calibration certificate for each test instrument.

2.1.4

A schedule of the instruments to be used shall be submitted to the COMPANY for approval prior to the commencement of testing and commissioning. These instruments are to have valid calibration certificates obtained within the 3 month preceding the commencement of commissioning and be re-calibrated as required by the COMPANY to confirm accuracy during the commissioning period.

2.2

Other products The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary fuel, power, water and other necessary assistance to the Testing Agency. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing labour, test points, pockets, orifices, etc. in the installations to facilitate the satisfactory testing of the installations whether or not they are shown on the drawings.

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

Testing

3.1.1

Where an individual inspection or test takes place at a sub-contractor's works a representative of the Contractor will normally be required to be present.

3.1.2

The Contractor shall include for the cost of all tests, necessary instruments, plant, supervision and labour both at works and on site. The accuracy of the test instruments shall be demonstrated where so directed by the COMPANY.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 6 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.1.3

The site test shall be of at least six hours duration. On large installation the site test may last several days and shall be long enough to allow the taking of all the measurements required in subsequent clauses of this Section and to demonstrate the performance of the installation. Any defects in workmanship, materials and performance, maladjustments or other irregularities which become apparent during the tests shall be rectified by the Contractor at his expense and the tests shall be repeated at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the COMPANY.

3.1.4

The Contractor's representative present at the site tests shall be fully conversant with the operation of the thermostatic controls, the control panel and the refrigeration system; in addition, representatives of the manufacturers of the equipment shall be present.

3.1.5

Test pressure for water systems shall be 1 1/2 times working pressure. Repair any leaks or defects and repeat the tests to the satisfaction of the COMPANY.

3.1.6

Test for leakage in all ductwork between air handling units and outlets. Seal ducts at all equipment connections and pressurize with a small blower. Leakage shall not exceed 5% of total designed air volume of the system at the maximum design working pressure. In addition seal any leaks causing noise. Test system as a whole or in parts provided all ductwork is accessible for inspection at the time of test. Provide blower, and all test equipment.

3.2

Pre-Commissioning Upon the issuance of the HVAC COMPLETION COMMISSIONING shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR.

CERIFICATE,

PRE-

As a minimum, the CONTRACTOR shall consider the following activities as PRECOMMISSIONING; 1.1

Safety Audit

1.2

Line and equipment flushing

1.3

Blowing or drying systems with air or nitrogen

1.4

Loop checking and calibration of instrument systems

1.5

Checking and functionally testing electrical systems

1.6

Lube oil flushing and cleaning

1.7

Piping systems chemical protection

1.8

Mechanical completion punch list items complete

1.9

Finalization of COMPANY and CONTRACTOR acceptance documents.

The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a Ready for Commissioning Checklist to validate that all activities are completed. A sample with responsibilities is shown in Attachment B. As soon as CONTRACTOR has completed all works associated with PRECOMMISSIONING and INSTALLATIONS are ready and sage for operation, CONTRACTOR shall so notify COMPANY in writing that the INSTALLATION are READY FOR COMMISSIONING.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 7 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Within 10 days after receipt of such notification COMPANY shall either accept such notification or notify CONTRACTOR of any deficiencies. In the event of such deficiencies, CONTRACTOR shall promptly rectify the deficiency and notify COMPANY, again as aforesaid. Within a further 10 days of notification, COMPANY, on being satisfied that the deficiencies have been corrected, shall notify CONTRACTOR of acceptance. If deficiencies still exist, the above procedure shall be repeated until COMPANY is satisfied that all deficiencies have been made good. 3.3

Start Up START UP occurs when the CONTRACTOR has completed all pre-commissioning and ready for start up checks and verification and the operability tests or test run can be carried out. START UP procedure shall carried out by the Manufacturer represenrtative.

3.4

Commissioning

3.4.1

Each installation shall be fully commissioned. Commissioning shall include the balancing and regulation of air and water distribution systems and the final adjustment of control systems.

3.4.2

Particular attention shall be paid to: a) The maintenance of cleanliness of all plant and distribution systems during construction and ensuring that distribution systems are cleaned through as part of the commissioning. b) The protection of plant, particularly sensitive or fragile items, from the activities of other trades during construction and from dirt and mal-operation during commissioning. c) The protection of electrical equipment from moisture during construction and commissioning.

3.4.3

The Contractor shall be responsible for fully commissioning each installation. All aspects of the commissioning procedure shall follow the recommendations in the relevant CIBSE Commissioning Codes and ASHRAE.

3.4.4

Commissioning shall include: a) Preliminary checks to ensure that all systems and system components are in a satisfactory and safe condition before start up. b) Preliminary adjustment and setting of all plant and equipment consistent with eventual design performance. c) Energizing and setting to work all plant. d) Final regulation and demonstration that the installation delivers the correct rate of flow of fluids at the conditions specified in the contract documents. e) Tolerance:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 8 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

i)

Supply, return and exhaust fans: (+5) to (+10) percent of design flow.

ii)

Air outlets and inlets: (0) to (-10) percent of design flow.

iii)

Cooling water flow rate: (0) to (-5) percent of design flow.

iv)

Noise : +2 dBA at any point of one meter from grilles, registers and terminals.

3.4.5

The commissioning procedure shall be undertaken by a competent independent Commissioning Specialist acting for the Contractor and approved by the COMPANY. Before any commissioning is started, the Contractor shall ensure that each installation has been cleaned, inspected and pressure tested.

3.4.6

The entire commissioning procedures shall be performed to the satisfaction of the COMPANY. The results of the commissioning shall be recorded by the Contractor (or his Specialist) on the Commissioning Certificate forming part of the contract documents and shall be endorsed by the COMPANY. The items on the Certificate shall be read in conjunction with the appropriate clauses of this and any supplementary specification and the design requirements of the drawings and the certified results and statement pertaining to the commissioning procedure shall be interpreted accordingly. Where the Commissioning Specialist is required to insert in the certificate temperatures and other data indicated the thermal performance of central and subplants, the information shall be recorded at the time of the declared external weather conditions.

3.5

Specialist Commissioning Regulation and Performance Testing

3.5.1

Automatic controls and BMS installations shall be tested in accordance with CIBSE Commissioning Code Series C, BSRIA Documents AG2/94, AH2/92 by the BMS subcontractor with witnessing by the Commissioning Management Sub-Contractor. The BMS Sub-contractor shall carry out any additional tests necessary to demostrate that all the control elements function correctly in the manner described in the specification and that all control devices are correctly calibrated and adjusted to the conrrect set points. The Commissioning Management Sub-Contractor shall setup acceptance tests of the systems to verify that the monitoring, alarm and repoorting functions are operating correctly.

3.5.2

Refrigeration plant shall be tested and commissioned by the equipment manufacturer in accordance with CIBSE Commissioning Code series R with witnessing by the Commissioning Management Sub-contractor. The BMS sub-contractor shall cooperate with this activity and provide assistance as necessary.

3.5.3

All air handling units are required to be setup and commissioned by the manufacturer/supplier. It is the responsibility of the commissioning management subcontractor to arrange acceptance tests and verify the plants have been fully and correctly set to work and commissioned. The BMS sub-contractor shall co-operate with this activity and provide assistance as necessary.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 9 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.6

Air Handling System

3.6.1

On completion of satisfactory ductwork pressure testing (witnessing by Commissioning Specialist Sub-contractor) and cleaning, balance, regulate and demonstrate all air systems in accordance with the latest edition of the CIBSE Commissioning Code A “Air Disctribution”. Demonstrate that the systems are delivering the design air volumes in all main ducts, branch ducts and at terminal devices.

3.6.2

Carry out running tests of all fans demonstrating volume and pressure generation, speeds and running current.

3.6.3

Demonstrate air circulation and distribution of all systems within each area served. Pitot tube readings will be required in all ductwork systems. Supply and extract air grille readings shall be measured in accordance with the appropriate codes using velometer or anemometers. Smoke tests will be required to demonstrate the air disctribution in all areas.

3.6.4

All balancing dampers to be marked to indicate the final balance point so that if sections are isolated they can easily be returned to the balanced condition.

3.6.5

Ensure that filter manometer are set up to indicate clean and dirty pressure drops. Use manufacturer’s advice for settings dependent upon the type of filters installed.

3.6.6

VAV systems, where designed shall be commissioned in accordance with BSRIA Document AG1/91 commissioning of VAV systems in Buildings.

3.6.7

Comply with the requirements of the “Commissioning Documents”.

3.6.8

Fan air handling quantities and other major air flow quantities where required shall be measured by pitot tube and inclined manometer using multi-point traversing techniques.

3.6.9

The following items shall be specifically checked and/or tested and recorded on the Site Test Certificate: a) External air dry bulb temperature and relative humidity. b) Air dry bulb temperature and relative humidity in each space. c) Air dry bulb temperature and relative humidity before and after each cooling coil. d) Fresh air quantity (m3/s). e) Air flow (m3/s) and pressure (N/m2 or mm of water) across a main fan. f) Air flow (m3/s) and resistance (N/m2 or mm of water) across each cooling coil. g) Air flow (M3/S) at each supply grille and diffuser. h) Fan and motor speeds, air quantity and dry bulb temperature and relative humidity, both on and off the cooling coil, for fan coil units.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 10 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.7

Water Circuit

3.7.1

Balance and regulate all water systems in accordance with the latest edition of the CIBSE Commissioning Code W “Water Distribution”.

3.7.2

The outflow from all cold and hot draw off points shall be demonstrated with full bore delivery from taps allowing for diversity in use as listed in the tables published in the CIBSE Guide.

3.7.3

Carry out the testing and demonstration of all pumped systems in accordance with the CIBSE Commissioning Codes.

3.7.4

All balancing valves to be marked in such a manner that they can be easily reset to the as balanced condition. Agree method of marking with the CONTRACTOR.

3.8

Refrigeration Systems

3.8.1

During erection, commissioning and at the end of commissioning particular attention shall be paid to competent workmanship, adequate sealing of valves and fittings and comprehensive leak testing, to minimize future leakage of refrigerant.

3.8.2

The following items shall be checked and/or tested and entered on the Site Test Certificate by the manufacturers representative: a) Refrigerant suction and discharge pressures and temperatures. b) Compressor and motor speeds. c) Compressor oil pressure. d) The satisfactory operation and set operating pressures of high pressure, low pressure and oil pressure failure cut-out. e) Current taken by each compressor at full load and at each step of capacity reduction. f) Dry bulb temperature and relative humidity of the air entering and leaving the air cooled condenser.

3.9

Control Systems

3.9.1

Particular attention shall be paid to the following features: a) Satisfactory operation of any automatic or manually operated sequences to be used in the event of fire. b) Safety in the event of failure and of sudden resumption of electricity supply. c) Satisfactory operation of safety interlocks designed for the protection of personnel, such as those associated with remote electrically operated plant.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 11 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.9.2

The following items shall be checked and/or tested and recorded on the Site Test Certificate: a) Set desired value of all balancing and controls devices. b) Satisfactory operation of equipment protection devices. c) Satisfactory operation of all sequencing operations and alternate working selections and automatic or manual change-over of duplicate plant.

3.10

Noise and Sound Control

3.10.1

The spaces in which readings shall be taken shall be as agreed with the COMPANY but will in general be the following: a) Plant rooms. All plant rooms for air conditioning system shall be isolated from structure of building with no less than 90% isolation efficiency. b) Occupied rooms adjacent to plant rooms. c) Outside plant rooms facing air intakes and exhausts, to assess possible nuisance to adjacent accommodation. d) In the space served by the first grille or diffuser after a fan outlet. e) In any space where, by the addition of special silencing material or techniques or by classification of use (e.g. a meeting hall), a low level of noise is clearly required.

310.2

Sound level readings shall be taken using a sound analyzer to give an octave band analysis of the sound spectrum and to pinpoint the frequency values of peak sound levels.

3.10.3

External noise level of any air conditioning equipment and at chiller yard site boundary shall not be more than 60 dB.

3.11

System Operation Tests

3.11.1

All equipment, installations and their associated services shall be subjected to the following tests: a)

Initial Trial Test

After completion of works the Contractor shall test, adjust, balance until the required condition is obtained. The test shall include insulation test for all electrical works, interlocks, safety cut-outs and other protection devices to ensure correct functioning. All such tests shall be carried out in the presence of the COMPANY and full records of the values obtained shall be prepared along with final settings. b)

Performance Test

After the completion of initial trial test, the performance test will be carried out to ensure correct functioning of the plant as a whole where all components of the plant will work all together for a period of (3) days of (8) hours each during which necessary adjustments are made.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 12 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c)

Reliability Tests

After finishing the performance test, the summer reliability tests shall be made under the full responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall provide full time skilled operators for running the plant during the whole test period. The summer reliability tests, shall last for a period of 31 consecutive days during which the whole system under test shall operate continuously without adjustment or repair. In the event of any repair or adjustment having to be made other than normal running adjustment, the test shall be voided and the installation shall be tested again. The summer reliability test shall be completed within the period from 30 June to 30 September. For the HVAC system perform additional inspections, testing and adjusting during near-peak of summer to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained and systems are operating within contract specified parameters. The summer peak load test shall be done when all the end user equipment is in operation and building is fully occupied if the end user fails to achieve the required condition during testing and commissioning stage and warranty period. The contractor shall perform the peak load test on the available load and submit full detailed comparison between the available load at peak load test and the required actual total load when the building is fully occupied for COMPANY review and approval. 3.12

Training of End User Personnel Contractor’s specialist engineers shall train the COMPANY’s maintenance personnel to adjust, operate and maintain different mechanical equipment and systems as follows: a) Train the COMPANY’s maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting upto and shutting down, trouble shooting, servicing, and maintaining different mechanical equipment. b) Review data in maintenance manuals. c) Schedule training with the COMPANY with at least seven days advance notice.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 10 Testing Adjusting And Balancing

Page 13 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

\

SECTION 23 08 40 BMS & CONTROL FIELD DEVICES SPECIFICATIONS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 1 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 08 40 BMS AND CONTROL FIELD DEVICES SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SCOPE OF WORK AND WORK INCLUDED

1.2

SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE / DESCRIPTION

1.3

RELATED SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AND DRAWINGS

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE.

1.5 1.6 1.7

REFERENCE STANDARDS SYSTEM PERFORMANCE SUBMITTALS

1.8

SYSTEM START UP AND COMMISSIONING

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

OPERATOR’S WORKSTATION

2.2

WEB INTERFACE

2.3

BUILDING CONTROLLER

2.4

EXPANDABLE CENTRAL PLANT APPLICATION CONTROLLERS

2.5

TERMINAL UNIT APPLICATION CONTROLLERS ( FAN COILS)

2.6

ALL TYPES OF VAV, CAV, DUCT ELECTRIC HEATER UNITS CONTROLLERS

2.7

SENSORS AND MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES

2.8 2.9 2.10

ELECTRONIC ACTUATORS AND VALVES BTU METER ENCLOSURES

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION

3.2

INSTALLATION (GENERAL)

3.3

LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS

3.4

INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING

3.5

DDC OBJECT TYPE SUMMARY

3.6

ENERGY MANAGEMENT

3.7

FIELD SERVICES

3.8

AS BUILT DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED

3.9

TRAINING

3.10

DEMONSTRATION

PART 4 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS (AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS) 4.1

GENERAL

PART 5 – DATA POINT PART 6 - WARRANTY

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 2 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK AND WORK INCLUDED

A. The controll / Building Management System (BMS) contractor/manufacturer shall review and study all BMS/Control drawings, sequence of operation drawings, other HVAC and mechanical drawings, related electrical drawings and the entire specification to familiarize with the equipment and system operation/control and to verify the quantities and types of all controllers, sensors, measurement devices, valves, actuators, cables, wires, workstations, and software’s, panels/boards, etc. to provide a complete and functional control systems and BMS system and to provide installation/works including cables/control-cables, conduits, cable tray, boards/panels, accessories, according to the indicated codes/standards and as described and required in the electrical and mechanical specifications. B. Additional to the requirement for the submittal, the Building Management System (BMS) contractor shall submit in the preliminary submittal a full explanation for the understanding of the sequence of operations and the way to be implemented to fulfill all the details of the sequence of operations for HVAC, chilled water plant, AHUs, FAHUs, pumps, fans, boards, meters, etc., this understanding of what is required, as well as how it will be achieved, will be one of the major items for the COMPANY to determine the ability of the BMS contractor to do the work or not. C. Except as otherwise noted, the Building Management System shall consist of all Supervisory Controllers (i.e. BAC net™ Building Controllers), Peripheral DDC Controllers (i.e. DDC controllers equal to BAC net™ Advanced Application Controller, Application Specific Controllers etc. as required), boards, workstations, software, sensors, transducers, relays, valves, dampers and their associated actuators. The contractor shall include for the design of all motor control and interface panels to the specification as detailed. BMS contractor shall also include electrical installation consisting of control and power wiring from all panels to items of plant, including all necessary containment, and local field network cabling. This packaged work shall meet the intent of the specification and provide for a complete and operable system D. The contractor shall provide all control wiring from the motor control and interface panels to each control item, along with its associated containment. This work shall also include the terminating of cabling to all sensors, damper and actuators. BMS contractor shall also be responsible for the design and installation of all system communication networks. When the BMS system is fully installed and operational, the BMS Contractor and representatives of the Client shall review and check out the system. At that time, the BMS contractor shall demonstrate the operation of the system and prove that it complies with the intent of the drawings and specifications. E. Provide services and manpower necessary for commissioning of system in co-ordination with the Mechanical Contractor, Balancing Contractor and Consulting Engineer. F. All work performed under this section of the specifications shall comply with all standard codes of working practices as defined elsewhere. G. Control cables/Cables, wires, panels, cable trays, cables below grade in PVC pipes, wiring accessories, boards specification and execution shall be as specified and required in the electrical specifications.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 3 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

H. Furnish a BACnet-based system, BMS, including an operator’s workstation using latest Microsoft operating systems and shall be based on a distributed control system in accordance with this specification. The operator’s workstation, all building controllers, application controllers, and all input/output devices shall communicate primarily using the protocols and network standards as defined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135–2001, BACnet. Gateways may be used for communication to existing systems or to systems installed under other sections. Gateways may also be used by non-native BacNet vendors to translate their proprietary protocols into the BacNet Standard protocol. I.

Provide all necessary BACnet-compliant hardware and software to meet the system’s functional specifications and to provide full functional and complete control and monitoring system for all the MEP equipment and systems, in addition to full measurements and records of the parameters and meters (mechanical and electrical. Provide Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for Windows-based control software and every controller in system, including unitary controllers. If a device does not meet the PICS requirement, it must be stated it does not meet the standard. Partially compliant devices and software are expected. To insure the non-native BACnet system provides the full functionality required in this specification it is the responsibility of the non native BACnet vendor to provide additional information outlined in Section 1.3

J. Prepare individual hardware layouts, interconnection drawings, and software configuration from project design data. K. Implement the detailed design for all analog and binary objects, system databases, graphic displays, logs, and management reports based on control descriptions, logic drawings, configuration data, and bid documents. L. Design, provide, and install all equipment cabinets, panels, data communication network cables needed, and all associated hardware. M. Provide and install all interconnecting cables between supplied cabinets, application controllers, and input/output devices. N. Provide and install all interconnecting cables between all operator’s terminals and peripheral devices (such as printers, etc.) supplied under this section. O. Provide complete manufacturer’s specifications for all items that are supplied. Include vendor name of every item supplied. P.Provide supervisory specialists and technicians at the job site to assist in all phases of system installation, startup, and commissioning. Q. Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein. R. Provide as-built documentation, operator’s terminal software, diagrams, and all other associated project operational documentation (such as technical manuals) on approved media, the sum total of which accurately represents the final system. S.Provide new sensors, dampers, valves, and install only new electronic actuators. No used components shall be used as any part or piece of installed system. T. For the purposes of the viewing and assessment of the company and its own factory, which will manufacture the control system, BMS system, accessories (valves, motors, controllers, sensors, etc. the manufacturer/supplier shall provide to the COMPANY full presentation of the system including:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 4 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

U.



Control and monitoring for each equipment, unit and system shown on drawings.



Control and monitoring for the Air-Conditioning and ventilation system as indicated in the drawings – sequence of operations.



Control and monitoring for the operation of the thermal storage tank (Charging, discharging, etc.)



Control and monitoring for each mechanical and electrical system.



Sample of each units and accessories which will be supplied to the project and its specification.

The Supplier/manufacturer of the control/BMS shall comply with the following: All BMS and control components including motorized valve, 2-way valves, 3-way valves, PIBCV, motorized damper, actuator etc, shall be manufactured in USA and/or west Europe, except the indicated below, the components brand and manufacturing county shall be indicated in the submittal, all the required documents to prove the manufacturing country (shipping certificate, manufacturing certificate, etc shall be submitted to the COMPANY. 

PC workstation and color printer- shall be of USA country of origin.



DDC controller, accessories and DDC panel – brand according to vender list, Country of origin international

V. Control Requirements a) The contractor, supplier / manufacturer shall review and study all control drawings, sequence of operation drawings, other HVAC and mechanical drawings, related electrical drawings and the entire specification to familiarize with the equipment and system operation/control and to verify the quantities and types of all controllers, sensors, measurement devices, valves, actuators, cables, wires, panels/boards, etc. to provide a complete and functional control systems and to provide installation/works including cables/control-cables, conduits, cable tray, boards/panels, accessories, according to the indicated codes/standards and as described and required in the electrical and mechanical specifications. b) Provide services of specialist control subcontractor and manpower necessary for installation and shall be approved by the COMPANY c) Provide services and manpower necessary for commissioning of system in co-ordination with the Mechanical Contractor, Balancing Contractor and COMPANY. d) Control cables/Cables, wires, panels, cable trays, cables below grade in PVC pipes, wiring accessories, board’s specification and execution shall be as specified and required in the electrical specifications. e) All the components required to provide functional, efficient & complete control systems shall be considered and provided (sensors, thermostats, DDC controller, proportional controller, any type of controllers, motorized valve, power supply, transformer, 230/24V, boards, cables, control cables, switches, contactors, thermistors, actuators, relays, …etc). f)

Detailed controlled drawings stamped by the VRF system supplier/manufacturer shall be submitted for approval.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 5 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

g) High quality /finishing wall mounted temperature sensor / and fan speed controller shall use solid-state digital type and provide with warmer/cooler lever for set point adjustment. Override time shall be stored in controller and be adjustable on a zone-by-zone basis. Wall sensors size, shape, finishing material, color, display color, type of touch operation, etc shall be as required by the “COMPANY”. h) Actuators which shall be sized to operate their appropriate loads with sufficient reserve power (minimum 1.8 x HP) to provide smooth modulating action or (if indicated twoposition action) and tight close off as specified. i)

Control boards shall be complete with vent/cool fan mesh inlet

W. The BMS system for the project shall be suitable to be connected / plugged-in to the main COMPANY BMS system according to the COMPANY instruction. X. Each Fan Coil Unit (FCU) shall be complete with control/monitoring suitable for the following options and as indicated on drawings and other contract documents: a) Rooms temperature sensor installed in the room, connected to the BMS. The control of the FCU including the PICV shall be through the BMS (control + monitoring). Control shall include Fan ON/OFF, Fan speed selection (low, medium & high), Room temperature setting, timer to select operation mode for occupied and non-occupied. For non-occupied - FCU off or/and higher room temperature setting. Monitoring shall include Fan status/speed status, room temperature. b) Individual A/C FCU thermostat digital control wall mounted or ceiling mounted thermostat for PICV control complete with fan speed (three speed & ON/OFF) control and as specified. c) Any FCU not connected to the BMS (SANDALONE) shall be complete with the required mechanical / electrical components (PICV, transformer 220/24V with proper/safe protection vented box, connections, thermostats as indicated in clause (X.b) above and all other required accessories and connections for complete, safe, and functional FCU operation and control. d) The Wall mounted digital thermostat/ control unit of the Fan coil unit installed in public space shall be complete with locking thermostat guard to prevent tampering with inner installation/fixing accessories (thermostat guard cannot be removed only if the lock opened and cover removed), locking guard shall be of UV, corrosion and scratches resistant with front cover that offers a clear view of the thermostat temperature, fan ON/OFF & speed.

1.2

SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE / DESCRIPTION

A. The Building Management System (BMS) shall, consist of Supervisory Controllers, a family of Peripheral DDC Controllers (PC) with Input / Output Unit Modules (IOU Modules), Operator Workstations (OWS) etc. The BMS shall provide control, alarm detection, scheduling, and Reporting and information management for the entire facility and Wide Area Network (WAN), from a single ODBC-compliant database. B. Management Level Network on a LAN/WAN shall consist of the Supervisory

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 6 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Controllers, Operator Workstations, and LAN electronics. DDC Controllers Level Network shall consist of Network Controllers where the field bus through RS 485 standard token passing bus that supports a number of Peripheral DDC Controllers

C. The BMS shall be capable of being segmented, through software, into multiple local area networks (LANs) distributed over a wide area network (WAN). All low voltage system (except security) data shall be freely available for monitoring control and configuration / re-configuration by any of the front end workstations. D. All Supervisory Controllers, Workstation(s) and Servers shall be capable of residing directly on Ethernet TCP/IP LAN/WAN with no required gateways. Furthermore, the Supervisory Controllers & Workstation(s) and Servers shall be capable of using standard, commercially available, off-the-shelf Ethernet infrastructure components such as routers and hubs. This allows the option of the maintenance of the LAN/WAN to be performed by the Client’s Information Technology (IT) Department as all devices utilize standard TCP/IP components. E. In addition to the above LAN/WAN architecture support, the same workstation software (front end) must be capable of managing remote systems via standard dial-up phone lines as a standard component of the software. Front-end “add-on” software modules to perform remote site communication shall not be allowed. F. The BMS system shall be scalable and expandable at all levels of the system using then same software interface, and the same Management Level Network and Automation Level Network field processors. Systems that require replacement of either the workstation software or field processors in order to expand the system shall not be acceptable. G. The overall system architecture shall include separate dedicated workstations for BMS, Lighting Control Systems. Each system can work standalone in case of failure in integration with other systems. However, each or any of these workstations can control, monitor, configure or re-configure any of the systems such that failure of all workstations except for one (either BMS, Lighting Control) all other systems can still be monitored, controlled, configured and re-configured from the only remaining workstation. Security systems shall be provided with dedicated workstation. H. The BMS design must include solutions for BAC net™ open architecture for integration to third party microprocessors based systems such as chiller controllers, fire panels and variable speed drives (VSDs), CCTV systems etc. I. Data Communication 1. The design of BMS communication network shall be open protocol based and may consist of many layers of LAN networking. The primary layer shall work as the backbone and consist of dual redundant Ethernet LAN network working with TCP/IP protocol. The LAN technology used shall be Ethernet (ISO 8802-3) with transmission speeds of 10MBS/ 100 MBS on 10Base-T twisted pair cable or fiber optics 10 Base-F as required by Industry Standards. 2. The secondary peer to peer networks (Sub LAN’s) shall be used to connect peripheral controllers (i.e. DDC controllers) on a communication bus using one of the following LAN Technologies: a. Peer to peer token passing bus using EIA-485 signaling

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 7 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

b. PTP using EIA-232 shall be used as a means to attach to a BAC net™ LAN via dial up connection with optional password protection 3. Any other proprietary protocols may be utilized on Sub LAN for any of the LV Control systems provided gateways (bi-directional protocol translator) for full integration with respect to data sharing, alarm management, scheduling, trending and device/ network management are arranged by the proprietary system supplier. 4. All LV control systems shall be integrated to BMS at device level or network control module level. Systems utilizing gateways for integration at the backbone level shall not be acceptable.

J. Redundancy This facility shall enable the system to operate in a fully redundant configuration . To achieve this facility must provide specific features. a. Front End Workstation Redundancy The integrated system must have similarly configured front end dedicated workstations for each LV system ( BMS, CCTVand Lighting control) However, any workstation can be used to control, monitor, configure and reconfigure any of the LV systems, thus providing full redundancy. b. Communications Redundancy The system must provide fully duplicated communications links to field devices as shown on tender drawing (a) Capabilities must exist to interface to devices via: (1) Direct Serial Connection (or modem) (2) Direct Ethernet connection (3) Serial Connection via Ethernet connected terminal servers. Using back-to-back terminal servers shall be deemed unacceptable. The system must be able to directly communicate with the Terminal servers via Ethernet. (b) The system and its associated operator stations must connect to two fully independent Ethernet cables run in parallel. No repeater or bridge connection between the Ethernet cables is acceptable to achieve this function. (c) Operator stations and network control modules must automatically switch between two Ethernet cables automatically in the event of an Ethernet failure. K. A distributed logic control system completes with all software and hardware functions shall be provided and installed. System shall be primarily based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001, BACnet. Alternative BACnet based systems which are not native BACnet compliant are acceptable as long as ALL requirements of section 1.3 are met. This system shall provide full and complete control and monitoring of all mechanical equipment, including all unitary equipment such as VAV, CAV, Hearers, Powered VAV and CAV boxes, all types of Air Handling Units, motorized dampers, fan-coils, AC units, etc. and all air handlers, chillers, cooling towers, all types of fans, room pressure control, special ventilation equipment, Air terminals, and any other equipment shown on drawings and /or indicated in the specification using native BACnet-compliant components. Add irrigation, STP, swage pumping, lighting control, UPS, Generator, LV Panels, Water Softeners to the BMS Monitoring Facility.. L. Operator’s workstation software shall be Microsoft XP Professional as the computer operating system. The Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) application program shall be written to communicate specifically utilizing BACnet protocols. Software functions delivered on this project shall include password protection, scheduling (including optimum start), alarming, logging of historical data, full graphics including

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 8 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

animation, after-hours billing program, demand limiting, full suite of field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications. Systems using operating systems other than that described above are strictly prohibited. All software required to program application specific controllers and all field level devices and controllers shall be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to the system shall also become the property of the owner. All software required to make any program changes anywhere in the system along with scheduling, and trending applications shall be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to schedules, trends and related program changes shall also become the property of the owner. All software required for all field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications shall be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to field engineering tools including graphical programming and applications shall be left with the owner.

M. Building controllers shall include complete energy management software, including scheduling building control strategies with optimum start and logging routines. All energy management software and firmware shall be resident in field hardware and shall not be dependent on the operator’s terminal. Operator’s terminal software is to be used for access to field-based energy management functions only. Provide zone-by-zone direct digital logic control of space temperature, scheduling, runtime accumulation, equipment alarm reporting, and override timers for after-hours usage. N. The Building Management System shall consist of PC-based Operator Workstations (OWS) and microprocessor based controllers of modular design providing distributed processing capability, and allowing future expansion of both input/output points and processing/control functions. The Building Management System specified herein shall provide integrated monitoring and control of HVAC, Fire Alarm, CCTV and Lighting Control Systems for the project including all graphic interfaces. The BMS shall utilize open protocol (BAC net™ or equal) to achieve the full integration as specified herein. O. The system shall consist of the following components: 1. Operator Workstation (OWS) The BMS Contractor shall furnish Intel xenon Processor, and LED monitors. Processor – Intel xenon, Memory 8GB ECC RAM, 3x300GB SAS 15K Hard Disk, Graphics card 2GB, SAS RAID controller Card, CD/DVD/Rewritable CD, 22inch LED Monitor, wireless keyboard and mouse, 40mbps internet connection, Harmon Kardon speaker, Dual port 10/100/1000mbps Ethernet card, Microsoft Windows 8 64bits operating system, ports as per system / integration requirement, HP A3 Laser printer, HP A4 Laser printer . These workstations must be running the standard workstation software developed and tested by the manufacturer of the network controllers and the standalone controllers. No third party front-end workstation software shall be acceptable. 2. Ethernet-based Supervisory Controllers The BMS Contractor shall furnish Ethernet-based Supervisory Controllers. These controllers shall connect directly to the Operator Workstation over Ethernet TCP/IP Backbone as per specification and drawings provide communication to the Peripheral DDC Controllers and other Input /Output Modules and also serve as a gateway to 3rd party system interface controllers. Gateways for connection to third party system shall be BAC net™ bidirectional protocol translator (PORTAL, X-drivers, Integration Controller) or equal and all monitoring and control functionality as described in the specification shall be available to the work stations over Ethernet backbone for full integration of the various low voltage building automation and control systems. 3. Peripheral Controllers (DDC Controllers)

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 9 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Provide the necessary quantity and types of Peripheral Controllers (PC) to meet the requirements of the project for mechanical equipment control of primary plant, and terminal unit control. Each Peripheral Controller (PC) shall operate completely standalone, containing all of the I/O and programs to control its associated equipment. Peripheral Controllers shall be devices similar to BAC net™ Advanced Application Controller (B-ASC), Application Specific Controller (B-ASC), Smart Actuator (BSA) etc. suitable for the purpose with regard to the data sharing, alarm and event management, scheduling, trending and device and network management. 4. Portable Operator’s Terminal (POT) Provide a Portable Operator’s Terminal for monitoring and commissioning of the network control module and other DDC controllers (i.e. Peripheral controllers). 5. Modem. A modem shall be furnished for remote interrogation of the system. The modem shall operate at a minimum of 1.0 Mbps and allow for access to the entire network of controllers. A telephone line with external access shall be provided for the modem 6. The Contractor shall provide: a. All power wiring from electrical distribution power boards to each motor control panel. b. A hardwired link from the relevant fire detection panel(s) to the appropriate motor control panel. The BMS Contractor shall allow a hardwired link to the Fireman’s Override panel or/and directly to the fan for emergency shutdown. c. Contractor shall provide necessary hardware and software as required and recommended by the manufacturer for remote monitoring at the BMS terminal for kilowatt-hour meter readings and failure alarm. 1.3

RELATED SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AND DRAWINGS All Mechanical and Electrical Sections and Drawings.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. The BAS system shall be designed and installed, commissioned and serviced by manufacturer employed, factory trained personnel. Manufacturer shall have an in-place support facility within 1 hours response time of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and necessary test and diagnostic equipment. Distributors or licensed installing contractors are not acceptable. The manufacturer shall provide full time, on site, experienced project manager for this work, responsible for direct supervision of the design, installation, start up and commissioning of the BAS system. The Bidder shall be regularly engaged in the manufacturing, installation and maintenance of BAS systems and shall have demonstrated technical expertise and experience in the manufacture, installation and maintenance of BAS systems similar in size and complexity to this project. Bidders shall provide a list of at least 10 projects, similar in size and scope to this project completed within the past 3 years. B. The BAS system manufacturer must have a Dealer or Customer Support call-in Center located at the corporate headquarters or corporate manufacturing facilities. The Customer Support call-in Center will be staffed by fully trained and certified technicians. C. Materials and equipment shall be the catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production and installation of automatic temperature control systems and shall

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 10 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. D. All BAS peer-to-peer network controllers, central system controllers and local user displays shall be UL Listed under Standard UL 916, category PAZX. E. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Electrical Spec., Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference and be so labeled.. F. Control system shall be engineered, programmed and supported completely by representative’s local office that must be within 100 miles of project site. G. A. Provide BMS components and ancillary equipment, which are CE approved to Class 2 for industrial use. 1.5

REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The latest edition of the following standards and codes in effect and amended as of supplier's proposal date, and any applicable subsections thereof, shall govern design and selection of equipment and material supplied: 1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). 2. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001, BACnet. 3. Uniform Building Code (UBC), including local amendments. 4. UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment. Canada and the US. 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class A 7. EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (European CE approved to Class 2 for industrial use) 8. UL-864 UUKL listing for Smoke Controls for any equipment used in smoke control sequences B. City, county, state, and federal regulations and codes in effect as of contract date. C. Except as otherwise indicated the system supplier shall secure and pay for all permits, inspections, and certifications required for his work and arrange for necessary approvals by the governing authorities.

1.6

SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Performance Standards. The system shall conform to the following: 1. Graphic Display. The system shall display a graphic with a minimum of [20] dynamic points. All current data shall be displayed within [20] seconds of the request. 2. Graphic Refresh. The system shall update all dynamic points with current data within [30] seconds.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 11 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3. Object Command. The maximum time between the command of a binary object by the operator and the reaction by the device shall be [10] seconds. Analog objects shall start to adjust within [10] seconds. 4. Object Scan. All changes of state and change of analog values shall be transmitted over the high-speed network such that any data used or displayed at a controller or workstation will be current, within the prior [60] seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time. The maximum time from when an object goes into alarm to when it is annunciated at the workstation shall not exceed [45] seconds. 6. Program Execution Frequency. Custom and standard applications shall be capable of running as often as once every [5] seconds. The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting execution times consistent with the mechanical process under control. 7. Performance. Programmable Controllers shall be able to execute DDC PID control loops at a selectable frequency from at least once every [5] seconds. The controller shall scan and update the process value and output generated by this calculation at this same frequency. 8. Multiple Alarm Annunciation. All workstations on the network shall receive alarms within [5] seconds of each other. 9. Reporting Accuracy. Table below lists minimum acceptable reporting accuracies for all values reported by the specified system. Table Reporting Accuracy Measured Variable Space temperature Ducted air Outside air Water temperature Delta-T Relative humidity Water flow Air flow (terminal) Air flow (measuring stations) Air pressure (ducts) Air pressure (space) Water pressure Electrical Power Carbon Monoxide (CO) Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

Reported Accuracy ±0.5°C [±1°F] ±1.0°C [±2°F] ±1.0°C [±2°F] ±0.5°C [±1°F] ±0.15°C[±0.25°F] ±5% RH ±5% of full scale ±10% of reading *Note 1 ±5% of reading ±25 Pa [±0.1 "W.G.] ±3 Pa [±0.01 "W.G.] ±2% of full scale *Note 2 5% of reading *Note 3 ± 50 PPM ± 50 PPM

Note 1: (10%-100% of scale) (cannot read accurately below 10%) Note 2: for both absolute and differential pressure Note 3: * not including utility supplied meters 1.7

SUBMITTALS A. Drawings

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 12 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. The system supplier shall submit engineered drawings, control sequence, and bill of materials for approval. 2. Eight complete sets (copies) of submittal drawings shall be provided. 3. Drawings shall be available on CD-ROM. 4. The compliance statement shall also include the compliance to the sequence of operation and the BMS shown on the BMS and sequence of operation drawings. B. System Documentation Include the following in submittal package: 1. System configuration diagrams in simplified block format. 2. All input/output object listings and an alarm point summary listing. 3. Electrical drawings that show all system internal and external connection points, terminal block layouts, and terminal identification. 4. Complete bill of materials, valve schedule and damper schedule. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and drawings for installation, maintenance, and operation of all purchased items. 6. Overall system operation and maintenance instructions including preventive maintenance and troubleshooting instructions. 7. Provide complete description and documentation of any proprietary (non-BACnet) services and/or objects used in the system. 8. A list of all functions available and a sample of function block programming that shall be part of delivered system. C. Project Management 1. The vendor shall provide a detailed project design and installation schedule with time markings and details for hardware items and software development phases. Schedule shall show all the target dates for transmission of project information and documents and shall indicate timing and dates for system installation, debugging, and commissioning. 1.8 SYSTEM START UP AND COMMISSIONING A. Each point in the system shall be tested for both hardware and software functionality. In addition, each mechanical and electrical system under control of the BMS shall be tested against the appropriate sequence of operation as specified in the specification and as indicated on drawing. Successful completion of the system test shall constitute the beginning of the warranty period. A written report shall be submitted to the Client indicating that the installed system functions in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. The BMS contractor shall provide man power and engineering services required to assist the mechanical contractor to commission and set in operating condition all major equipment and systems, such as chiller, chilled water pump, thermal storage tank, water pump and all air handling systems, etc. in the presence of the equipment manufacturer’s

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 13 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

representatives, as applicable, and the Building User and Consulting Engineer. C. The BMS Contractor shall provide all manpower and engineering services required to assist the Mechanical Contractor and Balancing Contractor and participate in testing, adjusting, commissioning, and balancing all systems in the building. The BMS Contractor shall have a trained technician available on request during the balancing of the systems. The BMS Contractor shall co-ordinate all requirements to provide a complete air balance with the Balancing Contractor and shall include all labour and materials in his contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

OPERATOR’S WORKSTATION A. General structure of workstation interaction shall be a standard client/server relationship. Server shall be used to archive data and store system database. Clients shall access server for all archived data. Each client shall include flexibility to access graphics from server or local drive. Server shall support a minimum of 50 clients simultaneously. B. BACnet Conformance 1. Operator’s workstation shall as a minimum support Point-to-Point (PTP) and Ethernet BACnet LAN types. It shall communicate directly via these BACnet LANs as a native BACnet device. Operator’s terminal shall comply with the requirements of a BACnet conformance class 3 device and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Clock Functional Group b. Event Response Functional Group c. Time Master Functional Group d. Device Communications 2. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types accessed by the workstation shall include as a minimum: Analog Value, Analog Input, Analog Output, Binary Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Calendar, Device, Event Enrollment, File, Notification Class, Program and Schedule object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 4. The Operator Workstation shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. must support interoperability on wide area networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs). Workstation shall support Foreign Device Registration to allow temporary workstation connection to IP network. C.

Displays 1. Operator’s workstation shall display all data associated with project as called out on

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 14 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

drawings and/or object type list supplied. Graphic files shall be created using digital, full color photographs of system installation, AutoCAD or Visio drawing files of field installation drawings and wiring diagrams from as-built drawings. Operator’s workstation shall display all data using three-dimensional graphic representations of all mechanical equipment. System shall be capable of displaying graphic file, text, and dynamic object data together on each display and shall include animation. Information shall be labeled with descriptors and shall be shown with the appropriate engineering units. All information on any display shall be dynamically updated without any action by the user. Workstation shall allow user to change all fieldresident EMCS functions associated with the project, such as setpoints, weekly schedules, exception schedules, etc. from any screen no matter if that screen shows all text or a complete graphic display. This shall be done without any reference to object addresses or other numeric/mnemonic indications. 2. All displays and programming shall be generated and customized by the local EMCS supplier and installer. Systems requiring factory development of graphics or programming of DDC logic are specifically prohibited. 3. Binary objects shall be displayed as ACTIVE/INACTIVE/NULL or with customized text. Text shall be justified left, right or center as selected by the user. Also, allow binary objects to be displayed as individual change-of-state graphic objects on the display screen such that they overlay the system graphic. Each binary object displayed in this manner shall be assigned up to three graphic files for display when the point is ON, OFF or in alarm. For binary outputs, toggle the object’s commanded status when the graphic item is selected with the system mouse. Similarly, allow the workstation operator to toggle the binary object’s status by selecting with the mouse a graphic of a switch or light, for example, which then displays a different graphic (such as an “ON” switch or lighted lamp). Additionally, allow binary objects to be displayed as an animated graphic. Animated graphic objects shall be displayed as a sequence of multiple graphics to simulate motion. For example: when a pump is in the OFF condition, display a stationary graphic of the pump. When the operator selects the pump graphic with the mouse, the represented object’s status is toggled and the graphic of the pump’s impeller rotates in a time-based animation. The operator shall be able to click on an animated graphical object or switch it from the OFF position to ON, or ON to OFF. Allow operator to change graphic file assignment and also create new and original graphics online. System shall be supplied with a library of standard graphics, which may be used unaltered or modified by the operator. Systems that do not allow customization or creation of new graphic objects by the operator (or with third-party software) shall not be allowed. 4. Analog objects shall be displayed with operator modifiable units. Analog input objects may also be displayed as individual graphic items on the display screen as an overlay to the system graphic. Each analog input object may be assigned a minimum of five graphic files, each with high/low limits for automatic selection and display of these graphics. As an example, a graphic representation of a thermometer would rise and fall in response to either the room temperature or its deviation from the controlling setpoint. Analog output objects, when selected with the mouse, shall be displayed as a prompted dialog (text only) box. Selection for display type shall be individual for each object. Analog object values may be changed by selecting either the “increase” or “decrease” arrow in the analog object spinner box without using the keypad. Pressing the button on the right side of the analog object spinner box allows direct entry of an analog value and accesses various menus where the analog value may be used, such as trendlogs.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 15 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

5. Analog objects may also be assigned to an area of a system graphic, where the color of the defined area changes based on the analog object’s value. For example, an area of a floor-plan graphic served by a single control zone would change color with respect to the temperature of the zone or its deviation from setpoint. All editing and area assignment shall be created or modified online using simple icon tools. 6. A customized menu label (push-button) shall be used for display selection. Menu items on a display shall allow penetration to lower level displays or additional menus. Dynamic point information and menu label push buttons may be mixed on the same display to allow sub-displays to exist for each item. Each display may be protected from viewing unless operator has appropriate security level. A security level may be assigned to each display and system object. The menu label shall not appear on the graphic if the operator does not have the appropriate security level. 7. A mouse shall be used to move the pointer arrow to the desired item for selection of new display or to allow the operator to make changes to object data. D.

Password Protection 1. Provide security system that prevents unauthorized use unless operator is logged on. Access shall be limited to operator’s assigned functions when user is logged on. This includes displays as outlined above. 2. Each operator’s terminal shall provide security for 200 users minimum. Each user shall have an individual User ID, User Name and Password. Entries are alphanumeric characters only and are case sensitive (except for User ID). User ID shall be 0–8 characters, User Name shall be 0–29 characters, and Password shall be 4–8 characters long. Each system user shall be allowed individual assignment of only those control functions and menu items to which that user requires access. All passwords, user names, and access assignments shall be adjustable online at the operator’s terminal. Each user shall also have a set security level, which defines to displays and individual objects the user may control. System shall include 10 separate and distinct security levels for assignment to users. 3. System shall include an Auto Logout Feature that shall automatically logout user when there has been no keyboard or mouse activity for a set period of time. Time period shall be adjustable by system administrator. Auto Logout may be enabled and disabled by system administrator. Operator terminal shall display message on screen that user is logged out after Auto Logout occurs.

E.

Operator Activity Log 1. Operator Activity Log shall be included with system that tracks all operator changes and activities. System shall track what is changed in the system, who performed this change, date and time of system activity and value of the change before and after operator activity. Operator shall be able to display all activity, sort the changes by user and also by operation. 2. Log shall be gathered and archived to hard drive on operator workstation as needed. Operator shall be able to export data for display and sorting in a spreadsheet. 3. Any displayed data, that is changeable by the operator, may be selected using the right mouse button and the operator activity log shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the operator activity log using this method shall show all operator changes of just that displayed data.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 16 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

F.

Scheduling 1. Operator’s workstation shall show all information in easy-to-read daily format including calendar of this month and next. All schedules shall show actual ON/OFF times for day based on scheduling priority. Priority for scheduling shall be events, holidays and daily with events being the highest. 2. Holiday and special event schedules shall display data in calendar format. Operator shall be able to schedule holidays and special events directly from these calendars. 3. Operator shall be able to change all information for a given weekly or exception schedule if logged on with the appropriate security access. 4. System shall include a Schedule Wizard for set up of schedules. Wizard shall walk user through all steps necessary for schedule generation. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup or may be started by right clicking on value displayed on graphic and then selecting Schedule. 5. Scheduling shall include optimum start based on outside air temperature, current heating/cooling setpoints, indoor temperature and history of previous starts. Each and every individual zone shall have optimum start time independently calculated based on all parameters listed. User shall input schedules to set time that occupied setpoint is to be attained. Optimum start feature shall calculate the startup time needed to match zone temperature to setpoint. User shall be able to set a limit for the maximum startup time allowed.

G.

Alarm Indication and Handling. 1. Operator’s workstation shall provide audible, visual, and printed means of alarm indication. The alarm dialog box shall always become the top dialog box regardless of the application(s),currently running. Printout of alarms shall be sent to the assigned terminal and port. 2. System shall provide log of alarm messages. Alarm log shall be archived to the hard disk of the system operator’s terminal. Each entry shall include a description of the event-initiating object generating the alarm. Description shall be an alarm message of at least 256 characters in length. Entry shall include time and date of alarm occurrence, time and date of object state return to normal, time and date of alarm acknowledgment and identification of operator acknowledging alarm . 3. Alarm messages shall be in user-definable text (English or other specified language) and shall be entered either at the operator’s terminal or via remote communication. 4. System shall include an Alarm Wizard for set up of alarms. Wizard shall walk user through all steps necessary for alarm generation. Wizard shall have its own pulldown selection for startup or may be started by right clicking on value displayed on graphic and then selecting alarm setup.

H.

Trend log Information 1. System server shall periodically gather historically recorded data stored in the building controllers and archive the information Archived files shall be appended with new sample data, allowing samples to be accumulated. Systems that write over archived data shall not be allowed, unless limited file size is specified. Samples may be viewed at the operator’s workstation. Operator shall be able to scroll through all trended data. All trendlog information shall be displayed in standard engineering

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 17 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

units. 2. Software shall be included that is capable of graphing the trend logged object data. Software shall be capable of creating two-axis (x,y) graphs that display up to ten object types at the same time in different colors. Graphs shall show object values relative to time. 3. Operator shall be able to change trend log setup information. This includes the information to be logged as well as the interval at which it is to be logged. All input, output, and value object types in the system may be logged. All operations shall be password protected. Setup and viewing may be accessed directly from any and all graphics on which object is displayed. 4. System shall include a trend Wizard for setup of logs. Wizard shall walk user through all necessary steps. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup, or may be started by right clicking on value displayed on graphic, and then selecting Trendlogs from the displayed menu. I.

Energy Log Information 1. System server shall be capable of periodically gathering energy log data stored in the field equipment and archive the information. Archive files shall be appended with new data, allowing data to be accumulated. Systems that write over archived data shall not be allowed unless limited file size is specified. Display all energy log information in standard engineering units. 2. All data shall be stored in data base file format for direct use by third-party programs. Operation of system shall stay completely online during all graphing operations. 3. Operator shall be able to change the energy log setup information as well. This includes the meters to be logged, meter pulse value, and the type of energy units to be logged. All meters monitored by the system may be logged. System shall support using flow and temperature sensors for BTU monitoring. 4. System shall display archived data in tabular format form for both consumption and peak values. Data shall be shown in hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly formats. In each format the user shall be able to select a specific period of data to view.

J.

Demand Limiting 1. System shall include demand limiting program that includes two types of load shedding. One type of load shedding shall shed/restore equipment in binary fashion based on energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. The other type of shedding shall adjust operator selected control setpoints in an analog fashion based on energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. Shedding may be implemented independently on each and every zone or piece of equipment connected to system. 2. Binary shedding shall include minimum of 5 priority levels of equipment shedding. All loads in a given priority level shall be shed before any loads in a higher priority level are shed. Load shedding within a given priority level shall include two methods. In one the loads shall be shed/restored in a “first off-first on” mode and in the other the loads are just shed/restored in a linear fashion. 3. Analog shed program shall generate a ramp that is independently used by each

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 18 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

individual zone or individual control algorithm to raise the appropriate cooling setting and lower appropriate heating setting to reduce energy usage. 4. Status of each and every load shed program shall be capable of being displayed on every operator terminal connected to system. Status of each load assigned to an individual shed program shall be displayed along with English description of each load. K.

Tenant Activity 1. System shall include program that monitors after-hours overrides by tenants, logs that data and generates a bill based on usage and rate charged for each tenant space. Tenant Activity program shall be able to assign multiple zones, from a list of every zone connected to system, to a particular tenant. Every zone is monitored for afterhour override usage and that data logged in server. Operator may then generate a bill based on the usage for each tenant and the rate charged for any overtime use. 2. Configuration shall include entry of the following information for use in logging and billing. a. Tenants contact name and address b. One or multiple tenant zones that make up a total tenant space including a separate billing rate for each separate zone. c. Minimum and maximum values an event duration and event limit d. Property management information e. Overall billing rate f.

Seasonal adjustments or surcharge to billing rate

g. Billing notification type such including, but not limited to printer, file and email h. Billing form template 3. Logging shall include recording the following information for each and every tenant event. a. Zone description b. Time the event begins c. Total override time d. Limits shall be applied to override time. 4. A tenant bill shall be generated for a specific period using all the entered configuration data and the logged data. User with appropriate security level shall be able to view and override billing information. User shall be able to select a billing period to look to view and be able to delete events from billing and be able to edit a selected tenant activity event’s override time. L.

Configuration/Setup 1. Provide means for operator to display and change system configuration. This shall include, but not be limited to, system time, day of the week, date of daylight savings

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 19 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

set forward/set back, printer termination, port addresses, modem port and speed, etc. Items shall be modified using understandable terminology with simple mouse/cursor key movements. M.

Field Engineering Tools 1. Operator’s workstation software shall include field-engineering tools for programming all controllers supplied. All controllers shall be programmed using graphical tools that allow the user to connect function blocks on screen that provide sequencing of all control logic. Function blocks shall be represented by graphical displays that are easily identified and distinct from other types of blocks. Graphical programming that uses simple rectangles and squares is not acceptable. 2. User shall be able to pick graphical function block from menu and place on screen. Provide zoom in and zoom out capabilities. Function blocks shall be downloaded to controller without any reentry of data. 3. Programming tools shall include a real time operation mode. Function blocks shall display real time data and be animated to show status of data inputs and outputs when in real time operation. Animation shall show change of status on logic devices and countdown of timer devices in graphical format. 4. Field engineering tools shall also include a database manager of applications that include logic files for controllers and associated graphics. Operator shall be able to select unit type, input/output configuration and other items that define unit to be controlled. Supply minimum of 250 applications as part of workstation software. 5. Field engineering tool shall include Device Manager for automatic detection of devices connected anywhere on the BACnet network by scanning of the entire network. This function shall display device instance, network identification, model number and description of connected devices. It shall record and display software file loaded into each controller. A copy of each file shall be stored on the computer’s hard drive. If needed, this file shall be downloaded to the appropriate controller by selection using the mouse. 6. System shall include backup/restore function that will back up entire system to selected medium and then restore system from that media.

N.

Workstation Hardware 1. Provide operator’s workstation(s) at location(s) noted on the plans. 2. Workstation/Server Computer Minimum Requirements a. Core 2 Duo, 3 GHz b. 2 GB RAM or better c. 200 GB hard disk or better d. High-performance graphics adapter e. Ethernet 10/100 network interface card f.

Keyboard, monitor, mouse, and DVD read / writer

g. Windows 7, 8

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 20 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

h. Color Printer (Inkjet, & Laser) O.

Software 1. At the conclusion of project, contractor shall leave with owner a CD ROM that includes the complete software operation system and project graphics, setpoints, system parameters, etc. This backup shall allow the owner to completely restore the system in the case of a computer malfunction.

2.2 WEB INTERFACE A. General BAS supplier shall provide web-based access to the system as part of standard installation. User shall be able to access all displays of real-time data that are part of the BAS via a standard Web browser. Web browser shall tie into the network via ownersupplied Ethernet network connection. Web-page host shall be a separate device that resides on the BAS BACnet network, but is not the BAS server for the control system. BAS server must be a separate computer from the Web-page host device to ensure data and system integrity. The web-page software shall not require a per user licensing fee or annual fees. The web-page host must be able to support on average 50 simultaneous users with the ability to expand the system to accommodate an unlimited number of users. 2.3

BUILDING CONTROLLER A. General Requirements 1. Building Controller shall be of modular construction such that various modules may be selected to fit the specific requirements of a given project. Modules shall consist of a power supply module, a BACnet Ethernet-MS/TP module, a BACnet MS/TP only module and a modem module for telephone communication as a minimum. Those projects that require special interfaces may use Modbus modules as needed. However, all Ethernet communications and all controllers including central plant controllers, advanced application controllers and unitary controllers supplied by BMS manufacturer shall utilize the BACnet protocol standard. 2. Modules shall be selected to fit the particular project application. Up to 7 modules shall be powered by a single power supply module. All modules shall be panel mounted on DIN rail for ease of addition and shall be interconnected via simple plug in cable. A module in the middle shall be replaceable without removing any other modules. 3. All modules shall be capable of providing global control strategies for the system based on information from any objects in the system regardless if the object is directly monitored by the building controller module or by another controller. The software program implementing these strategies shall be completely flexible and user definable. All software tools necessary for programming shall be provided as part of project software. Any systems utilizing factory pre-programmed global strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on-site, via a wide area network or downloaded via remote communications are not acceptable. Changing global strategies via firmware changes is also unacceptable. 4. Programming shall be object-oriented using control function blocks, supporting DDC functions, 1000 Analog Values and 1000 Binary Values.. All flowcharts shall be generated and automatically downloaded to controller. Programming tool shall be

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 21 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

supplied and be resident on workstation. controllers.

The same tool shall be used for all

5. Provide means to graphically view inputs and outputs to each program block in realtime as program is executing. This function may be performed via the operator’s workstation or field computer. 6. Controller shall have a memory needed to ensure high performance and data reliability. Battery shall provide power for orderly shutdown of controller and storage of data in nonvolatile flash memory. Battery backup shall maintain real-time clock functions for a minimum of 20 days. 7. Global control algorithms and automated control functions shall execute via 32-bit processor. 8. Schedules a. Each building controller module shall support a minimum of 80 BACnet Schedule Objects and 80 BACnet Calendar Objects. b. Building controller modules shall provide normal 7 day scheduling, holiday scheduling and event scheduling. 9. Logging Capabilities a. Each building controller shall log as minimum 320 values. Any object in the system (real or calculated) may be logged. Sample time interval shall be adjustable at the operator’s workstation. b. Logs may be viewed both on-site or off-site via WAN or remote communication. c. Building controller shall periodically upload trended data to networked operator’s workstation for long term archiving if desired. d. Archived data stored in database format shall be available for use in third-party spreadsheet or database programs. 10. Alarm Generation a. Alarms may be generated within the system for any object change of value or state either real or calculated. This includes things such as analog object value changes, binary object state changes, and various controller communication failures. b. Each alarm may be dialed out as noted elsewhere. c. Alarm log shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at the operator’s terminal or off-site via remote communications. d. Controller must be able to handle up to 320 alarm setups stored as BACnet event enrollment objects – system destination and actions individually configurable. 11. Demand Limiting a. Demand limiting of energy shall be built a built in function that shall be user configurable. Each controller module shall support shedding of up to 200 loads using a minimum of two types of shed programs.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 22 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

b. Load shedding programs in Building Controller Modules shall operate as defined in section 2.1.J of this specification. 12. Tenant Activity Logging a. Tenant Activity logging shall be supported by Building Controller Module. Each independent module shall support a minimum of 80 zones. b. Tenant Activity logging shall functions as defined in section 2.1.K of this specification. B.

Ethernet – MS/TP Module 1. Ethernet – MS/TP Module shall support every function as listed under paragraph A, General Requirements, of this section and the following.

2. All communication with operator workstation and all application controllers shall be via BACnet. Building controller Ethernet – MS/TP module shall incorporate as a minimum, the functions of a PICV/2-way BACnet router. Controller shall route BACnet messages between the high-speed LAN (Ethernet 10/100MHz) and master slave token passing (MS/TP) LAN. Ethernet – MS/TP module shall also route messages from all other Building Controller modules onto the BACnet Ethernet network. a. MS/TP LAN must be software configurable from 9.6 to 76.8Kbps. b. The RJ-45 Ethernet connection must accept either 10Base-T or 100Base-TX BACnet over twisted pair cable (UTP). 3. BACnet Conformance a. Ethernet – MS/TP module shall as a minimum support MS/TP and Ethernet BACnet LAN types. It shall communicate directly via these BACnet LANs as a native BACnet device and shall support simultaneous routing functions between all supported LAN types. Global controller shall be a BACnet conformance class 3 device and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: i.

Clock Functional Group

ii.

Files Functional Group

iii.

Reinitialize Functional Group

iv.

Device Communications Functional Group

v.

Event Initiation Functional Group

b. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 23 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum: Analog Value, Binary Value, Calendar, Device, File, Group, Notification Class, Program and Schedule object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. d. The Building Controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Must support interoperability on wide area networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs) and function as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD). C. MS/TP Module 1. MS/TP Module shall support every function as listed under paragraph A, General Requirements, of this section and the following. 2. Building Controller MS/TP module communications shall be via BACnet master slave token passing (MS/TP) LAN to all advanced application and application specific controllers. MS/TP module shall also route messages to Ethernet-MS/TP module for communication over WAN. a. MS/TP LAN must be software configurable from 9.6 to 76.8Kbps b. Configuration shall be via RS-232 connection. 3. BACnet Conformance a. MS/TP module shall as a minimum support MS/TP BACnet LAN type. It shall communicate directly via this BACnet LAN as a native BACnet device and shall support simultaneous routing functions between all supported LAN types. Controller shall be a BACnet conformance class 3 device and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: i.

Clock Functional Group

ii.

Files Functional Group

iii.

Reinitialize Functional Group

iv.

Device Communications Functional Group

v.

Event Initiation Functional Group

b. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. c. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum: Analog Value, Binary Value, Calendar, Device, File, Group, Notification Class, Program and Schedule object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 24 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

F. Power Supply Module 1. Power supply module shall power up to 7 Building Controller Modules. Input for power shall accept between 17 and 30 VAC, 47 to 65 Hz. 2. Power supply module shall include rechargeable battery for orderly shutdown of controller modules including storage of all data in flash memory and for continuous operation of real time clocks for minimum of 20 days. G. Modem Module Note to Specify: If communication via telephone modem to remote site is desired, include this section. Otherwise, remove it. 1. Provide all functions that will allow remote communications via modem module to off-site locations. Modem module shall integrate directly into modular controller without any special software or hardware. Include one modem module along with all cabling necessary for installation for the system. 2. Provide latest Windows software for off-site computer that allows operator to view and change all information associated with system on color graphic displays. Operator shall be able to change all parameters in this section from off-site location including all programming of building controllers and all programmable application controllers including all terminal unit controllers. 3. Building controller shall have capability to call out alarm conditions automatically. If desired, controller may also send encoded message to digital pager. If an alphanumeric pager is in use by the operator, building controller shall be capable of sending a text or numeric string of alarm description. All building controllers connected to the local LAN shall be capable of calling out alarm messages through one or more shared modems connected to one or more of the building controllers on the local LAN. 4. Building controller shall have capability to call a minimum of 20 different phone numbers. Numbers called may be controlled by type of alarm or time schedule. 5. Owner shall provide standard voice-grade phone line for remote communication function. 6. Building controller and internal modem shall be capable of modem-to-modem baud rates of 33.6 Kbps minimum over standard voice-grade phone lines. Lower baud rates shall be selectable for areas where local phone company conditions require them. 2.4

EXPANDABLE CENTRAL PLANT APPLICATION CONTROLLERS A. General 1. Expandable application controller shall be capable of providing control strategies for the system based on information from any or all connected inputs. The program that implements these strategies shall be completely flexible and user definable. Any systems utilizing factory pre-programmed global strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on-site via simple download are not acceptable. Changing global strategies via firmware changes is also unacceptable. Program execution of controller shall be a minimum of once per second.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 25 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2. Programming shall be object-oriented using control program blocks. Controller shall support a minimum of 500 Analog Values and 500 Binary Values. Each and every analog and binary value shall support standard BACnet priority arrays. Programming tool shall be provided with system and shall be the same tool that is used to program the Building Controller. All flowcharts shall be generated and automatically downloaded to controller. No re-entry of database information shall be necessary. 3. Provide means to graphically view inputs and outputs to each program block in real-time as program is executing. This function may be performed via the operator’s terminal or field computer. 4. Controller shall have adequate data storage to ensure high performance and data reliability. Battery shall retain static RAM memory and real-time clock functions for a minimum of 1.5 years (cumulative). Battery shall be a field-replaceable (non-rechargeable) lithium type. Unused battery life shall be 10 years. 5. The onboard, battery-backed real time clock must support schedule operations and trend logs. 6. Global control algorithms and automated control functions should execute via 32bit processor. 7. Controller shall include both on-board 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet BACnet communication over twisted pair cable (UTP) and shall include BACnet IP communication. In addition, controller shall include BACnet PTP connection port. 8. The base unit of the controller shall host up to 8 expansion modules with various I/O combinations. These inputs and outputs shall include universal 12-bit inputs, binary triac outputs, and 8-bit switch selectable analog outputs (0-10V or 0-20 mA). Inputs shall support 3K and 10K thermistors, 0-5VDC, 0-10VDC, 4-20mA, dry contacts and pulse inputs directly. 9. All outputs must have onboard Hand-Off-Auto switches and a status indicator light. HOA switch position shall be monitored. Each analog output shall include a potentiometer for manually adjusting the output when the HOA switch is in the Hand position. 10. The position of each and every HOA switch shall be available system wide as a BACnet object. Expandable Central Plant Controller shall provide up to 176 discreet inputs/outputs per base unit. B. BACnet Conformance 1. Central Plant Controller shall as a minimum support Point-to-Point (PTP), MS/TP and Ethernet BACnet LAN types. It shall communicate directly via these BACnet LANs as a native BACnet device and shall support simultaneous routing functions between all supported LAN types. Building controller shall be a BACnet conformance class 3 device and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Clock Functional Group b. Files Functional Group

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 26 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c. Reinitialize Functional Group d. Device Communications Functional Group e. Event Initiation Functional Group 2. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum: Analog Input, Binary Input, Analog Output, Binary Output, Analog Value, Binary Value, Device, File, Group, Event Enrollment, Notification Class, Program and Schedule object types. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 4. The Controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Must support interoperability on wide area networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs) and function as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD). C. Schedules 1. Each Central Plant/AHU controller shall support a minimum of 50 BACnet Schedule Objects. D. Logging Capabilities 1. Each controller shall support a minimum of 200 trend logs. Any object in the system (real or calculated) may be logged. Sample time interval shall be adjustable at the operator’s workstation. 2. Controller shall periodically upload trended data to system server for long term archiving if desired. 3. Archived data stored in database format shall be available for use in third-party spreadsheet or database programs. E. Alarm Generation 1. Alarms may be generated within the system for any object change of value or state either real or calculated. This includes things such as analog object value changes, binary object state changes, and various controller communication failures. 2. Alarm log shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at the operator’s terminal or off-site via remote communications. 3. Controller must be able to handle up to 200 alarm setups stored as BACnet event enrollment objects – system destination and actions individually configurable. 2.5

TERMINAL UNIT APPLICATION CONTROLLERS (FAN COILS) A. Provide one native BACnet application controller for each piece of unitary

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 27 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

mechanical equipment that adequately covers all objects listed in object list for unit. All controllers shall interface to building controller via MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall include input, output and selfcontained logic program as needed for complete control of unit. B. BACnet Conformance 1. Application controllers shall as a minimum support MS/TP BACnet LAN types. They shall communicate directly via this BACnet LAN at 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 and 76.8 Kbps, as a native BACnet device. Application controllers shall be of BACnet conformance class 3 and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Files Functional Group b. Reinitialize Functional Group c. Device Communications Functional Group 2. Refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups in the BACnet standard for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum–Analog Input, Analog Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Device, File and Program Object Types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. C. Application controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that can accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–5 VDC, 4–20 mA, dry contact signals and a minimum of 3 pulse inputs. Any input on controller may be either analog or digital. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor. Controller shall include binary outputs on board with analog outputs as needed. D. All program sequences shall be stored on board controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and shall be capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. Programming of application controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely via modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Application controller shall be programmed using same programming tools as building controller and as described in operator workstation section. All programming tools shall be provided and installed as part of system. E. Application controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Section 2.9.B.) Display on room sensor shall be programmable at controller and include an operating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of operation for specific display

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 28 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

requirements at intelligent room sensor. 2.6

ALL TYPES OF CONTROLLERS

VAV,

CAV,

DUCT

ELECTRIC

HEATER

UNITS

A. Provide one native BACnet application controller for each unit that adequately covers all objects listed in object list for unit. All controllers shall interface to building controller via MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. No gateways shall be used. Controllers shall include on board CFM flow sensor, inputs, outputs and programmable, self-contained logic program as needed for control of units. B. BACnet Conformance 1. Application controllers shall as a minimum support MS/TP BACnet LAN types. They shall communicate directly via this BACnet LAN at 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 and 76.8 Kbps, as a native BACnet device. Application controllers shall be of BACnet conformance class 3 and support all BACnet services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups: a. Files Functional Group b. Reinitialize Functional Group c. Device Communications Functional Group 2. Refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard, for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. 3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum―Analog Input, Analog Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Device, File and Program Object Types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information. C. Application controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that can accept 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–5 VDC, and dry contact signals. Inputs on controller may be either analog or digital. Controller shall also include support and modifiable programming for interface to intelligent room sensor with digital display. Controller shall also include binary outputs on board. For applications using variable speed parallel fans, provide a single analog output selectable for 0-10 V or 0-20 mA control signals. Application controller shall include microprocessor driven flow sensor for use in pressure independent control logic. All boxes shall be controlled using pressure independent control algorithms and all flow readings shall be in CFM (LPS if metric). D. All program sequences shall be stored on board application controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and shall be capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. Programming of application controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely via modem interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and tying blocks together on screen. Application controller

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 29 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

shall be programmed using the same programming tool as Building Controller and as described in operator workstation section. All programming tools shall be provided as part of system. E. Application controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor Display on room sensor shall be programmable at application controller and include an operating mode and a field service mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence for specific display requirements for intelligent room sensor. F. On board flow sensor shall be microprocessor driven and precalibrated at the factory. Precalibration shall be at 16 flow points as a minimum. All factory calibration data shall be stored in EEPROM. Calibration data shall be field adjustable to compensate for variations in VAV box type and installation. All calibration parameters shall be adjustable through intelligent room sensor. Operator workstation, portable computers and special hand-held field tools shall not be needed for field calibration. G. Provide space humidity for each VAV box that is connected to controller for reporting back to operator workstation. 2.7

SENSORS AND MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES Sensors and miscellaneous devices shall be as follows, taking in to consideration that wall mounted sensors shall have touch screen display of minimum dimension (30 x 30 mm). Wall sensors size, shape, finishing material, color, display color, type of touch operation, etc shall be as required by the COMPANY. A. Temperature Sensors All temperature sensors to be solid state electronic, factory-calibrated to within 0.5°F, totally interchangeable with housing appropriate for application. Mount 48 inches about finished floor. Duct sensors to be installed such that the sensing element is in the main air stream. Immersion sensors to be installed in wells provided by control contractor, but installed by mechanical contractor. Immersion wells shall be filled with thermal compound before installation of immersion sensors. Outside air sensors shall be installed away from exhaust or relief vents, not in an outside air intake and in a location that is in the shade most of the day. 1. Temperature sensors shall be Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) or Thermistor. 2. Duct sensors shall be rigid or averaging as shown. Averaging sensors shall be a minimum of 1.5m [5 feet] in length. 3. Immersion sensors shall be provided with a separable stainless steel well. Pressure rating of well is to be consistent with the system pressure in which it is to be installed. 4. Space sensors shall be equipped with set-point adjustment, override switch, display, and/or communication port as shown on the drawings. 5. Provide matched temperature sensors for differential temperature measurement. Differential accuracy shall be within 0.1 C [0.2 F].

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 30 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

6. [Optional] The space temperature, setpoint, and override confirmation will be annunciated by a digital display for each zone sensor. The setpoint will be selectable utilizing buttons. B. HUMIDITY SENSORS 1. Duct and room sensors shall have a sensing range of 20% to 80% with accuracy of ±5% R.H. 2. Duct sensors shall be provided with a sampling chamber. 3. Outdoor air humidity sensors shall have a sensing range of 20% to 95% R.H. It shall be suitable for ambient conditions of -40 C to 75 C [-40 F to 170 F]. 4. Humidity sensor's drift shall not exceed 1% of full scale per year. C. STATIC PRESSURE SENSORS 1. Sensor shall have linear output signal. Zero and span shall be field-adjustable. 2. Sensor sensing elements shall withstand continuous operating conditions plus or minus 50% greater than calibrated span without damage. 3. Water pressure sensor shall have stainless steel diaphragm construction, proof pressure of 150 psi minimum. Sensor shall be complete with 4-20 ma output, required mounting brackets, and block and bleed valves. Mount in location accessible for service. 4. Water differential pressure sensor shall have stainless steel diaphragm construction, proof pressure of 150 psi minimum. Over-range limit (DP) and maximum static pressure shall be 3,000 psi. Transmitter shall be complete with 420 ma output, required mounting brackets, and five-valve manifold. Mount in a location accessible for service. D. LOW LIMIT THERMOSTATS 1. Safety low limit thermostats shall be vapor pressure type with an element 6m [20 ft] minimum length. Element shall respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any one foot section. 2. Low limit shall be manual reset only. E. INDOOR AIR QUALITY SENSORS/ CO2 sensor 1. Indoor air quality sensors shall measure both total percentage VOCs and CO2 in PPM. Sensors shall be duct or space mounted. F. Gas H2S sensor in the air of sensing range 1.0 to 5.0 ppb to be suitable for FAHU /AHU and air ducts installation. G. FLOW SWITCHES

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 31 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. Flow-proving switches shall be either paddle or differential pressure type, as shown. 2. Paddle type switches (water service only) shall be UL listed, SPDT snap-acting with pilot duty rating (125 VA minimum). Adjustable sensitivity with NEMA 1 Type enclosure unless otherwise specified: 3. Differential pressure type switches (air or water service) shall be UL listed, SPDT snap-acting, pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum), NEMA 1 Type enclosure, with scale range and differential suitable for intended application, or as specified. 4. Current sensing relays may be used for flow sensing or terminal devices. H. RELAYS 1. Control relays shall be UL listed plug-in type with dust cover. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage suitable for application. 2. Time delay relays shall be UL listed solid-state plug-in type with adjustable time delay. Delay shall be adjustable plus or minus 200% (minimum) from set-point shown on plans. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage suitable for application. Provide NEMA 1 Type enclosure when not installed in local control panel. I.

TRANSFORMERS and POWER SUPPLIES 1.

Control transformers shall be UL listed, Class 2 current-limiting type, or shall be furnished with over-current protection in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service.

2.

Unit output shall match the required output current and voltage requirements. Current output shall allow for a 50% safety factor. Output ripple shall be 3.0 mV maximum Peak-to-Peak. Regulation shall be 0.10% line and load combined, with 50 microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in overvoltage protection.

3.

Unit shall operate between 0 C and 50 C.

4.

Unit shall be UL recognized.

J. CURRENT SWITCHES 1. Current-operated switches shall be self-powered, solid state with adjustable trip current. The switches shall be selected to match the current of the application and output requirements of the DDC system. K. Intelligent Room Sensor with LCD Readout 1. Sensor shall contain a backlit LCD digital display and user function keys along with temperature sensor. Controller shall function as room control unit, and shall allow occupant to raise and lower setpoint, and activate terminal unit for override use―all within limits as programmed by building operator. Sensor shall also allow service technician access to hidden functions as described in sequence of operation.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 32 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2. The Intelligent Room Sensor shall simultaneously display room setpoint, room temperature & humidity, outside temperature, and fan status. Fan of FCU status at each controller. This unit shall be programmable, allowing site developers the flexibility to configure the display to match their application. The site developer should be able to program the unit to display time-of-day, room humidity and outdoor humidity. Unit must have the capability to show temperatures in Fahrenheit or Centigrade. 3. Override time may be set and viewed in half-hour increments. Override time count down shall be automatic, but may be reset to zero by occupant from the sensor. Time remaining shall be displayed. Display shall show the word “OFF” in unoccupied mode unless a function button is pressed. 4. See sequence of operation for specific operation of LCD displays and function keys in field service mode and in normal occupant mode. Provide intelligent room sensors as specified in point list. 5. Field service mode shall be customizable to fit different applications. If intelligent room sensor is connected to VAV controller, VAV box shall be balanced and all air flow parameters shall be viewed and set from the intelligent room sensor with no computer or other field service tool needed. L. Wall Sensor 1. Wall sensor shall use solid-state sensor identical to intelligent room sensor and shall be packaged in aesthetically pleasing enclosure. Sensor shall provide override function, warmer/cooler lever for setpoint adjustment and port for plugin of Field Service Tool for field adjustments. Override time shall be stored in controller and be adjustable on a zone-by-zone basis. Adjustment range for warmer/cooler lever shall also be stored in EEPROM on controller. All programmable variables shall be available to Field Service Tool through wall sensor port. Wall sensors for public areas, privet areas, office, living room and bedroom. Wall sensors size, shape, finishing material, color, display color, type of touch operation, etc shall be as required by the COMPANY. M. LCD Operator Terminal 1. The LCD operator terminal is a small wall- or panel-mounted operator terminal that connects directly to the BACnet LAN. The communication design and messaging structure shall comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001, BACnet. Each operator terminal shall be able to display any BACnet object from anywhere in the BACnet network. 2. Each of these operator’s terminals shall have a keypad and an adjustable backlit LCD, with a simple menu structure to give occupants and technicians intuitive access to system information. It shall have a minimum 4-line by 20-character display to allow an operator to query and adjust system values. 3. The system shall allow the connection of up to 16 LCD operator terminals to each Building Controller. The operator shall have the ability to connect to each of these operator terminals with a laptop computer via an RS-232 cable to gain system access, troubleshooting, and display programming. N. FCU controller unit (FCU Thermostat) Wall/ceiling mounted digital control unit for FCU, unit shall Include thermostat +

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 33 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

fan control ON/OFF and speed (three speed) + clear temperature and other status display unit size, shape, finishing material, color, display color, type of touch operation, etc shall be as required by the COMPANY. 2.8

ELECTRONIC ACTUATORS AND VALVES A. All automatically controlled devices, unless specified otherwise elsewhere, shall be provided with electronic actuators which shall be sized to operate their appropriate loads with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or (if indicated two-position action) and tight close off as specified. Where two or more actuators are to be operated in sequence with each other, sequencing shall be by digital sequencing with separate analogue outputs, as specified in the sequence of operation. B. Quality Assurance for Actuators and Valves 1. UL Listed Standard 873 and C.S.A. Class 4813 02 certified. 2. NEMA 2 rated enclosures for inside mounting, provide with weather shield for outside mounting. 3. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Two-year unconditional and three-year product defect from date of installation. C. Execution Details for Actuators and Valves 1. Furnish a Freeze-stat and install “Hard Wire” interlock to disconnect the mechanical spring return actuator power circuit for fail-safe operation. Use of the control signal to drive the actuators closed is not acceptable. 2. Each DDC analog output point shall have an actuator feedback signal, independent of control signal, wired and terminated in the control panel for true position information and troubleshooting. Or the actuator feedback signal may be wired to the DDC as an analog input for true actuator position status. 3. VAV box damper actuation shall be Floating type or Analog (2-10vdc, 4-20ma). 4. Primary valve control shall be Analog (2-10vdc, 4-20ma). D. Actuators for Damper and Control Valves shall be Electric unless otherwise specified, provide actuators as follows: 1. UL Listed/European standard and Canadian Standards association Class 481302 shall certify Actuators. 2. NEMA 2 rated actuator enclosures are. Use additional weather shield to protect actuator when mounted outside. 3. 5 year Manufacturers Warranty. Two-year unconditional + Three year product defect from date of installation. 4. Mechanical spring shall be provided when specified. Capacitors or other nonmechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. 5. Position indicator device shall be installed and made visible to the exposed side of the Actuator. For damper short shaft mounting, a separate indicator shall be

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 34 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

provided to the exposed side of the Actuator. 6. Overload Protection: Actuators shall provide protection against actuator burnout by using an internal current limiting circuit or digital motor rotation sensing circuit. Circuit shall insure that actuators cannot burn out due to stalled damper or mechanical and electrical paralleling. End switches to deactivate the actuator at the end of rotation are acceptable only for Butterfly Valve actuators. 7. A push button gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring actuators. 8. Modulating actuators shall be 24Vac and consume 10VA power or less. 9. Conduit connectors are required when specified and when code requires it. E. Damper Actuators: 1. Outside Air and Exhaust Air Damper Actuators shall be Mechanical Spring Return. Capacitors or other non-mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. The actuator mounting arrangement and spring return feature shall permit normally open or normally closed positions of the damper as required. 2. Economizer Actuators shall utilize Analog control 2-10 VDC, Floating control is not acceptable. 3. Electric damper actuators (including VAV box actuators) shall be direct shaft mounted and use a V-bolt and toothed V-clamp causing a cold weld effect for positive gripping. Single bolt or setscrew type fasteners are not acceptable. 4. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per damper section. No connecting rods or jackshafts shall be needed. Small outside air and return air economizer dampers may be mechanically linked together if one actuator has sufficient torque to drive both and damper drive shafts are both horizontal installed. 5. Multi-section dampers with electric actuators shall be arranged so that each damper section operates individually. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per damper section. (See below execution section for more installation details.) F. Valve Actuators 1. Mechanical spring shall be provided on all actuators for pre-heat coil and actuators for AHU heating or cooling coil when units are mounted outside. See plans for fail save flow function: Normal Open or Normal Closed. Capacitors or other non-mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. 2. All zone service actuators shall be non-spring return unless otherwise specified. 3. The valve actuator shall be capable of providing the minimum torque required for proper valve close off for the required application. 4. All control valves actuators shall have an attached 3-foot cable for easy installation to a junction box. 5. Override handle and gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring return valve actuators.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 35 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

G. Control Valves: The BAS contractor shall furnish all specified motorized control valves and actuators. BAS contractor shall furnish all control wiring to actuators. The Plumbing contractor shall install all valves. Equal Percentage control characteristic shall be provided for all water coil control valves. Linear valve characteristic is acceptable for 2-way valves 2½ inch and above. 1. Characterized Control Valves shall be used for hydronic heating or cooling applications and small to medium AHU water coil applications to 100GPM. Actuators are non-spring return for terminal unit coil control unless otherwise noted. If the coil is exposed to the Outside Air stream then see plans for Spring Return requirement. a. Leakage is Zero percent, Close-off is 200psi, Maximum differential is 30psi. Rangeablity is 500:1. b. Valves 1/2 inch through 2 inches shall be nickel-plated forged brass body, NPT screw type connections. c. Valves 1/2 inch through 1-1/4 inches shall be rated for ANSI Class 600 working pressure. Valves 1-1/2 inch and 2 inches shall be rated for ANSI Class 400 working pressure. d. The operating temperature range shall be 0° to 250° F. e. Stainless steel ball & stem shall be furnished on all modulating valves. f.

Seats shall be fiberglass reinforced Teflon.

g. If design include two-way and three-way valves shall have an equal percentage control port. Full stem rotation is required for maximum flow to insure stable BTU control of the coil. h. The characterizing disc is made of TEFZEL and shall be keyed and held secure by a retaining ring. i.

The valves shall have a blowout proof stem design.

j.

The stem packing shall consist of 2 lubricated O-rings designed for on-off or modulating service and require no maintenance.

k. The valves shall have an ISO type, 4-bolt flange, for mounting actuator in any orientation parallel or perpendicular to the pipe. l.

A non-metallic thermal isolation adapter shall separate valve flange from actuator.

m. One fastening screw shall secure the direct coupling of the hermal isolation adapter between the actuator and the valve. This will prevent all lateral or rotational forces from affecting the stem and it’s packing O-rings. 2. Globe valves ½" to 2" shall be used for steam control or water flow applications. a. Valves shall be bronze body, NPT screw type, and shall be rated for ANSI Class 250 working pressure. b. Valves 1/2 inch (DN15) through 2 inches (DN50) with spring return actuators shall close off against 50 psi pressure differential with Class III leakage

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 36 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

(.1%). c. The operating temperature range shall be 20° to 280° F. d. Spring loaded TFE packing shall protect against leakage at the stem. e. Two-way valves if used shall have an equal percentage control port. f.

Three-way valves ( if used ) shall a linear control and bypass port.

g. Mixing and diverting valves must be installed specific to the valve design. 3. Globe Valve a. Valves 2-1/2 inch (DN65) through 6 inches (DN50) shall be iron body, 125 lb. flanged with Class III (.1%) close-off leakage at 50 psi differential. b. Valves with spring return actuators shall close off against 50 psi pressure differential with Class III leakage (.1%). c. Flow type for two-way valves shall be equal percentage. Flow type for threeway valves shall be linear. d. Mixing and diverting valves must be installed specific to the valve design. H. Pressure Independent Balancing and Control Valve (PIBCV) refer to AC piping connection details. PIBCV shall be provided for the specified below: 1. The design shall consist of installation of Pressure Independent Balancing & Control Valves in the return pipeline of AHU/FCU for modulation of the chilled water flow in the circuit in accordance with the comfort requirement. The Pressure Independent balancing and control valve shall consist of but not limited to: i. Control valve with an integrated membrane based pressure controller. ii. Modulating Actuator. 2. The Pressure Independent Balancing & Control valve shall be an automatic flow limiter, resulting in optimum maintenance of delta T across the Chillers/ Heat Exchangers. 3. The Pressure Independent Balancing & Control Valve and the Modulating Actuator shall be from the same manufacturer in the range from DN 10- 250. 4. Minimum possible flow in combination with a modulating actuator should be 30 l/h. At this setting, modulation to 0 % of the flow should be possible. 5. The smaller valves for FCUs up to sizes 32mm shall be of brass body and more than 32mm should be a robust design Grey Iron body. 6. The control valves shall incorporate build-in test for pump optimization and flow verification should be available for DN 10-250.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 37 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

7. The minimum differential pressure required across the valve, shall not exceed 16kPa for sizes lesser than 32mm and 30kPa for sizes 40mm and higher. 8. The valve shall have a linear characteristic, which shall be converted to equal percentage by the actuator and linear improved controls between Input Signal vs. Heat Output. The control valves used for Terminal Units (FCUs, AHUs and FAHUs) should have a Logarithmic control characteristic. The control valves used for Heat Exchangers should have a linear control characteristic. 9. The leakage rate of the valves shall be less than 0.05% of the maximum flow. 10. The differential pressure controller shall be of EPDM diaphragm mechanism and not cartridge type constriction, to minimize blockage. 11. For ease of installation and compactness no straight pipe length shall be required before and after the valve. 12. With the valve it should be possible to set the maximum flow for balancing from 100% to 0% (infinite control). The setting, which can be locked, should be visible from the top for valves DN 32 and from the side for DN 40-250. 13. The valves shall be robust, rated for 16bar and 6bar operating differential pressure across the valve. The control valve stuffing box should be serviceable under pressure for valves up to DN 32. 14. In case the vertical height of water column is more than 100m then ideally Heat Exchangers shall be used to break the pressure. However in case the vertical height of more than 100m cannot be avoided then contractor shall supply PN 16 Valves up to 100m water column and PN25 beyond that. 15. Shut off service function should be possible with setting mechanism. The maximum flow balanced setting which can be locked, should be visible from top of the valve. The valves should have a shut-off function (positive), separated from the setting mechanism, for valves DN 40-250. 16. Supplier of the valve should provide lab test results reflecting verification by independent lab to compare control and flow limitation function of different PIBCVs at the same basis. Modulating Actuator for PIBCV 17. All control valve actuators shall be modulating type and must autocalibrate on power supply of 24VAC. 18. All actuators shall be motor driven type and shall operate in 1000 steps, with respect to available valve stroke length for applicable modulation. Electro-thermal actuators shall not be acceptable. 19. The actuator should work with 24 VAC supply voltage and control range shall be (0-10 Vdc)/ (4-20 mA). 20. The actuator shall be switched from linear to logarithmic by changing a dipswitch setting on the actuator.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 38 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

21. To ensure energy savings the contractor shall put controls ensuring that when AHU/FCU is off, the control signal to the Valve Actuator is discontinued and the Power supply of 24 VAC is maintained. 22. The actuator shall be sized to meet the shut-off requirements and closeoff against a maximum differential pressure of 600 kPa. 23. The actuator shall operate the valve from the fully closed to the fully open position and vice versa in less than two minutes. 24. Actuator and valve shall be mounted and installed tool less only in the location/orientation approved by the manufacturer. Installation drawings shall clearly indicate the valve location. 25. Actuators for fan-coil units shall have LED indicator on the top, which indicate actuator functioning, auto-calibration and error status. 26. Actuators for PIBCVs 40mm and larger must have 0-10 Vdc feedback signal facility. 27. All actuators shall incorporate a manual override facility for services purposes. I.

Butterfly valves 1. Butterfly Valves shall be sized for modulating service at 60-70 degree stem rotation. Isolation valves shall be line-size. Design velocity shall be less than 12 feet per second when used with standard EPDM seats. a. Body is Cast Iron. b. Disc is Aluminum Bronze standard. c. Seat is EPDM Standard. d. Body Pressure is 200 psi, -30F to 275F. e. Flange is ANSI 125/250. f.

Media Temperature Range is –22F to 240F.

g. Maximum Differential Pressure is 200 psi for 2” to 6” size. J. Butterfly Valve Industrial Actuators 1. Actuators shall be approved under Canadian Standards Association or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory to UL standards. CSA Class 4813 02 or equal. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4 (weatherproof) enclosure and will have an industrial quality coating. a. Actuator shall have a motor rated for continuous duty. The motor shall be fractional horsepower; permanent split capacitor type designed to operate on a 120 VAC, 1 pH, 60 Hz supply. Two adjustable cam actuated end travel limit switches shall be provided to control direction of travel. A self-resetting thermal switch shall be imbedded in the motor for overload protection. b. Reduction gearing shall be designed to withstand the actual motor stall torque. Gears shall be hardened alloy steel, permanently lubricated. A selflocking gear assembly or a brake shall be supplied.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 39 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c. Actuator shall have a 6 ft. wiring harness provided for ease in field wiring (above 1500 in-lbs.). Two adjustable SPDT cam-actuated auxiliary switches, rated at 250 VAC shall be provided for indication of open and closed position. Actuator shall have heater and thermostat to minimize condensation within the actuator housing. d. Actuator shall be equipped with a hand wheel for manual override to permit operation of the valve in the event of electrical power failure or system malfunction. Hand wheel must be permanently attached to the actuator and when in manual operation electrical power to the actuator will be permanently interrupted. The hand wheel will not rotate while the actuator is electrically driven. e. The actuator shall be Analog, floating, or two position as called out in the control sequence of operation. All Analog valves shall be positive positioning, and respond to a 2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA, or adjustable signal as required. Analog actuators shall have a digital control card allowing any voltage input for control and any DC voltage feedback signal for position indication. 2. Performance Verification Test a. Control loops shall cause productive actuation with each movement of the actuator and actuators shall modulate at a rate which is stable and responsive. Actuator movement shall not occur before the effects of previous movement have affected the sensor. b. Actuator shall have capability of signaling a trouble alarm when the actuator Stop-Go Ratio exceeds 30%. 3. Actuator Mounting for Damper and Valve arrangements shall comply to the following: a. Damper Actuators: Shall not be installed in the air stream b. A weather shield shall be used if actuators are located outside. For Damper Actuators use clear plastic enclosure. c. Damper or valve actuator ambient temperature shall not exceed 122 degrees F through any combination of medium temperature or surrounding air. Appropriate air gaps, thermal isolation washers or spacers, standoff legs, or insulation shall be provided as necessary d. Actuator cords or conduit shall incorporate a drip leg if condensation is possible. Water shall not be allowed to contact actuator or internal parts. Location of conduits in temperatures dropping below dew point shall be avoided to prevent water from condensing in conduit and running into actuator. e. Damper mounting arrangements shall comply to the following: 1. The ventilation subcontractor shall furnish and install damper channel supports and sheet metal collars. 2. No jack shafting of damper sections shall be allowed.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 40 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3. Multi-section dampers shall be arranged so that each damper section operates individually. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per section. f.

Size damper sections based on actuator manufacturers specific recommendations for face velocity, differential pressure and damper type. In general: 1. Damper section shall not exceed 24 ft.-sq. with face velocity ￡ 1500 FPM. 2. Damper section shall not exceed 18 ft.-sq. with face velocity ￡ 2500 FPM. 3. Damper section shall not exceed 13 ft.-sq. with face velocity ￡ 3000 FPM.

g. Multiple section dampers of two or more shall be arranged to allow actuators to be direct shaft mounted on the outside of the duct. h. Multiple section dampers of three or more sections wide shall be arranged with a 3-sided vertical channel (8’’ wide by 6” deep) within the duct or fan housing and between adjacent damper sections. Vertical channel shall be anchored at the top and bottom to the fan housing or building structure for support. The sides of each damper frame shall be connected to the channels. Holes in the channel shall allow damper drive blade shafts to pass through channel for direct shaft mounting of actuators. Open side of channel shall be faced down stream of the airflow, except for exhaust air dampers. i.

Multiple section dampers to be mounted flush within a wall or housing opening shall receive either vertical channel supports as descried above or sheet metal standout collars. Sheet metal collars (12” minimum) shall bring each damper section out of the wall to allow direct shaft mounting of the actuator on the side of the collar.

4. Valve Sizing for Water Coil a. On/Off Control Valves shall be line size. b. Modulating Control Valve Body Size may be reduced at most two pipe sizes from the line size or not less than ½ the pipe size. The BAS contractor shall size all water coil control valves for the application as follows: i.

Booster-heat valves shall be sized not to exceed 4-9psi differential pressure. Size valve for 50% Valve Authority. Valve design pressure drop is equal to the sum of coil drop plus the balance valve drop.

ii. Primary valves shall be sized not to exceed 5-15psi differential pressure. Size valve for 30% to 50% Valve Authority. Valve design pressure drop is equal to the sum of coil drop plus the balance valve drop. iii. Butterfly valves shall be sized for modulating service at 6070 degree rotation. Design velocity shall be 12 feet per second or less when used with standard EPDM seats.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 41 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

5. Chilled Water control valves two-way type ( If applicable)

2.9

5.1

Chilled Water Automatic control valves 2" and smaller shall be screwed type, of red brass material and valves 2½" and larger shall be cast iron type and flanged. Valves shall be ANSI-rated to withstand the pressures and temperatures encountered. Valves shall have stainlesssteel stems and spring loaded Teflon packaging with replaceable discs. All valves shall have the manufacturers name/logo embossed on the valve.

5.2

Chilled Water Valves shall be sized for a pressure drop greater than or equal to the coil they serve.

5.3

Chilled Water valves shall be two-way type as specified in the sequence of operation. Shall be PN16, bronze body. Stems shall be polished stainless-steel suitable temperature range of 2 to 110°C.

5.4

All automatically controlled devices shall be provided with electric / electronic actuators 24 volt sized to operate their appropriate loads with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or two-position action and tight close-off.

5.5

Actuators shall be provided with suitable corrosion resistant linkages for valves or dampers. Except as specified herein, all actuators shall be sized for the load/close off encountered in strict accordance with manufacturers recommendations. All actuators on outside air dampers, relief air dampers, and convertor steam valves shall be heavy duty type with oil immersed gear train. All actuators shall drive to their "normal" position anytime their associated AHU (etc.) is shut down.

5.6

Direct coupled modulating actuators shall be 24 volt type with 2 to 10 VDC control signal. Direct coupled on/off actuators shall be 24 VAC. The torque and the close off ratings shall match the application used.

5.7

Firestats shall be 135 degrees manual reset type.

5.8

Duct Smoke Detectors shall contain an air sampling chamber with sampling tubes extending through the width of the air duct. Alarm status indicating lights shall be visible on the front of the detector.

BTU METER Supply and install complete energy monitoring system Btu meter for chilled water application. Including all mechanical, electrical, electronic parts, shield cables…etc. And as below: Flow sensor shall be of wear free Static type (no moving parts) of fluidic oscillating or other measuring principle in combination with microprocessor controlled

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 42 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

integrator and a pair of temperature sensor to ensure reliable, long term and extremely precise chilled water metering. a) Application Individual BTU meter shall be installed for each building supplied with chilled water as shown on drawings and as below:  Flow sensor on main chilled water return line to building  One temperature sensor in main supply and other in main return pipe line to each building measurement.  Integrator to be installed on the wall beside the supervisory controllers of the building for random physical reading checkups. b) Design Each meter should be equipped with M-Bus module and networked via M-Bus and gateway if required to the BMS supervisory controller. In measuring mode, the mean flow rate, temp difference and heat coefficient shall be taken to compute the captured medium and should be shown on the 8 digit LCD display. Calculated values shall be transmitted to the BMS via Supervisory controller. c) Main Features Each BTU meter shall consist of  Static Flow Sensor  Smart Integrator fully programmable  Pair of Pt 500 temperature sensor Static Flow Sensor shall have the following features:  Suitable for pipe size ø25mm up to ø800mm  Corrosion Resistant material  IP68 for the flow meter to overcome any condensation effects. and IP 65 for the integrator housing.  Approved to class 3 EN1434  No moving parts, therefore no wear & tear.  Unaffected by dirt  Horizontal & vertical installation  Straight run up/down = 5/3 pipe diameter.  PN16 working pressure.  Shall be insensitive to particles and entrapped air.  Threaded with union connection for size ø50mm and smaller and flanged connections for size ø65mm and larger.  Direct pick up of voltage pulses without reflectors.  Resistant to contamination. Smart Integrator shall have the following features:  Higher accuracy to EN 1434  Storage of 12 previous month and maximum values  Exchangeable, the housing base with the connection remains in the mains unit.  Equipped with EEPROM non volatile  Self-cleaning effect.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 43 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

 Error indication including type and duration  Communication options and functions shall be added without damaging the calibration and the relevant measuring parts.  IP65 housing protection  Consumption values shall be read on both the display and interface back-net BMS  Minimum temperature measurement from 0ºC  Energy shall be displayed KWh, MWh, MJ, GJ or BTU  Permissible ambient operation temp shall be up to 50ºC  Shall be provided with necessary seals, so the device is protected against unauthorized access. Temperature Sensors shall have the following features:  Pt500 version  Shall matched to one another  Always supplied in pair and must not be separated, extended or shortened. The commissioning of the system shall be done by contractor under supervision of system provider to ensure satisfactorily operation of the system. In case the Btu meter install outdoor special board shall be provided to protect the meter from with ventilation fan and air filters and the meter with the accessories shall be suitable for outdoor installation condition. 2.10

ENCLOSURES A. All controllers, power supplies and relays shall be mounted in enclosures. B. Enclosures may be NEMA 1 when located in a clean, dry, indoor environment. Indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12 when installed in other than a clean environment. C. Enclosures shall have hinged, locking doors. D. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for all enclosures in any mechanical room or electrical room. Include location and unit served on nameplate. Laminated plastic shall be 1/8” thick sized appropriately to make label easy to read.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Notify the owners' representative in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. C. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved.

3.2

INSTALLATION (GENERAL) A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 44 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections installation and programming required to ensure a complete operating system in accordance with the sequences of operation and point schedules. 3.3

LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS A. Locate and install components for easy accessibility; in general, mount 48 inches above floor with minimum 3'-0" clear access space in front of units. Obtain approval on locations from owner’s representative prior to installation. B. All instruments, switches, transmitters, etc., shall be suitably wired and mounted to protect them from vibration, moisture and high or low temperatures. C. Identify all equipment and panels. Provide permanently mounted tags for all panels. D. Provide stainless steel or brass thermowells suitable for respective application and for installation under other sections―sized to suit pipe diameter without restricting flow.

3.4

INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING A. Provide all interlock and control wiring. All wiring shall be installed neatly and professionally, in accordance with Specification Division 16 and all national, state and local electrical codes. B. Provide wiring as required by functions as specified and as recommended by equipment manufacturers, to serve specified control functions. Provide shielded low capacitance wire for all communications trunks. C. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and disconnect switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the owner's representative prior to rough-in. D. Provide auxiliary pilot duty relays on motor starters as required for control function. E. Provide power for all control components from nearest electrical control panel or as indicated on the electrical drawings―coordinate with electrical contractor. F. All control wiring in the mechanical, electrical, telephone and boiler rooms to be installed in raceways. All other wiring to be installed neatly and inconspicuously per local code requirements. If local code allows, control wiring above accessible ceiling spaces may be run with plenum rated cable (without conduit).

3.5

DDC OBJECT TYPE SUMMARY A. Provide all database generation. B. Displays System displays shall show all analog and binary object types within the system. They shall be logically laid out for easy use by the owner. Provide outside air temperature indication on all system displays associated with economizer cycles. C. Run Time Totalization At a minimum, run time totalization shall be incorporated for each monitored supply fan, return fan, exhaust fan, hot water and chilled water pumps. Warning limits for

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 45 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

each point shall be entered for alarm and or maintenance purposes. D. Trendlog All binary and analog object types (including zones) shall have the capability to be automatically trended. E. Alarm All analog inputs (High/Low Limits) and selected binary input alarm points shall be prioritized and routed (locally or remotely) with alarm message per owner's requirements. F. Database Save Provide back-up database for all stand-alone application controllers on disk. 3.6

ENERGY MANAGEMENT

3.6.1

General The energy management software shall provide as a minimum the following functions:

3.6.2

Time Control Modes There shall be no limit to the number of time schedules each of which can have any point or number of points assigned. Each time program shall operate over a seven day week and allow for up to 35 on/off periods per time program. There shall be a facility to cross reference to a core time schedule via a relative schedule allowing an offset of +/ time in minutes based on the core time schedule on/off periods. Relative schedules will track modification of the core schedule. A calendar schedule shall allow advance programming based on up to 16 start and end dates defining which time or relative schedules are to be utilized for the advance dates to provide a variable switching pattern over a calendar period. It shall be possible via the System Manager to temporarily set a time or relative schedule to a temporary on or off condition, which shall remain active until the next switch occurs. There shall be no limit to the number of holiday schedules. Any time schedule or number of time schedules may be assigned to any holiday schedule. The system shall program holidays 365 days in advance.

3.6.3

Optimum Start/Stop Control There shall be no limit to the number of optimum start schedules. Any points can be assigned to any optimizer. The system shall, by monitoring outdoor air and space temperatures utilizing a linear algorithm or by the use of logarithmic algorithms relating to inside temperature only start the plant at the latest possible time to achieve the desired internal temperature by target time. Similarly the system shall stop the plant at the earliest possible time before the end of the occupancy without ambient conditions deteriorating below preset acceptable limits.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 46 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

This shall operate in a Heating or Cooling Mode or a combination of both. The Optimizer Program shall be self-adjusting, the amount of adjustment being user defined between 0% and 100%. The user shall have the option of defining the termination of plant run up or boost on target temperature being achieved, target time being reached, or whichever occurs first. Each of the Optimum Start schedules shall have the ability to assign Optimum Stop parameters. As with the optimum start, the system shall be self-adjusting on optimum stop. The following reports shall be available for selection by the system user as required for each schedule:

3.6.4



Report at commencement of run up.



Report at termination of run up.



Report at commencement of run down.



Report at leaving time



Report at premature run down



Report of Low Temperature Stop/Start



Report at start of occupancy.

Anti condensation/Frost Protection Control During plant off times the space and outdoor temperature shall be monitored continuously. When the temperature falls to a preset low limit, the plant shall start to prevent formation of condensation or water freezing. The system shall set the differential between plant on and plant off temperature under these conditions to minimize plant cycling.

3.6.5

Enthalpy Control Mode For air conditioned plant the system shall monitor both fresh air enthalpy and extract air enthalpy. It shall be possible for the comparison of fresh air and return air enthalpy to be used to set damper control mode for minimum energy usage.

3.6.6

Night Purge When plant is operating in a cooling mode the system shall monitor both the external and internal temperatures. Providing the external temperature is less than the desired and actual internal temperatures at a preset time the plant shall operate in a full fresh air mode for a fixed time duration to “flush” the building with cooler fresh air, thus reducing chiller load at occupancy start and providing fresh air into the building.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 47 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.6.7

Degree Days The system shall calculate the total number of degree days based on a standard datum of 15.5’C (configurable for other values). The system shall calculate both heating and cooling degree days. Reports shall be generated either weekly, BI weekly or monthly detailing totaled readings. The system shall reset these values following their report being generated.

3.6.8

Electrical Maximum Demand Control The system shall be capable of monitoring the rate of power consumption and shall take corrective action to avoid high penalty charges by shedding electrical loads when the preset demand level projected would be exceeded. There shall be a minimum of 8 levels of priority for loads available to be shed, and six groups of loads within each level. Controlled points (commands / set points) may be assigned to any load group. The order of priority in each level shall be rotated to prevent any single load in a priority level from always being shed first. A log shall be available to monitor the consumption profile over each demand period. The system shall employ a floating demand setpoint, which will adjust by a set percentage until the optimum setpoint is determined. The system shall have a variable demand limit set value modified per time of day and day of week.

3.6.9

Load Cycling The system shall be capable of cycling loads to reduce electrical consumption. The program shall have a user-defined cycle period and maximum off time. A temperature detector shall be assigned to each plant on the load cycling program. Should the space temperature exceed preset limits the load cycling shall be overridden and the plant returned to the time control program until the space temperature has returned to an acceptable level.

3.6.10

User Programmable Software The system shall have a flexible software package to allow a user with minimal knowledge of software programming to construct unique programs for plant control and management information. The package shall provide, but not be limited to, the following functions: 

Auto C/O of pumps, fans etc. on time program, hours run or event (pump trip etc.)



Damper enthalpy override



Degree day calculations



Time delays and sequenced interlocks

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 48 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS



Cost savings calculations

All programming shall be done in clear language. The system shall hold a complete set of instructions in the software, which can be viewed by the user whilst in this operating mode. The system shall provide run simulation of the programs to allow user verification before the program is transmitted to the controller. The system shall assign alarm functions to any programs created as required. Full arithmetic operators shall be available for use in the programs as required e.g.* ،/ ،،+ :. Programmers shall permit the use of comparison statements such as،> ،< ،= : >=etc. Programmers shall permit logical operators to be used such as: NOT, AND, OR, XOR AND MASK. Direct reference to any point shall be available to obtain its current value. Such references shall be using standard language such as, ON, OFF, OPEN, CLOSE, MANUAL, SETPOINT، EXPIRED TIME, PRIORITY, ALARM e.g.: the program shall support conditional statements (IF...THEN...ELSE) and branches (GOTO.) The system shall refer to secondary values of point such as in optimizers to determine which mode they are currently operating e.g.: runup, occupancy, frost, rundown etc. The system shall refer to time and calendar functions directly such that DATE, TIME, HOUR, MINUTE functions may be used. The system shall use such syntax as ABS (absolute value), SQRT (square root), INT(integer), FRAC (fraction), Nearing (nearest integer), MAX (maximum), AVG (average), ENTHALPY (temperature, humidity points), LOG (logarithm) etc. The system shall set timers for example so that a timed delay may be produced before an action is carried out. 3.6.11

Integrated Control The system shall be capable of performing proportional control, integral control, derivative control or any combination of the three utilizing direct digital control techniques. The primary input to a control loop shall be wither a measured value (°C, %RH, etc.) or a calculated value. The secondary or reset input shall be either a measured value (°C, or %RH etc.) or a calculated value. The secondary reset input characteristic may be a 3 step segment function. The system shall view this in a graphical format and modify characteristics by mouse control. Additional Sun or Wind influence may be input. The setpoint of any control loop shall be capable of being adjusted by time, event or as a result of a calculation.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 49 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The system shall reference a number of control loops to the same primary input point to achieve multi stage control. Where a step-controlled output is utilized, the system shall rotate the order in which the steps are switched by time, or as the result of a calculation. Valve and damper control shall be via 010Vdc. Binary outputs are not acceptable. Control loop set up shall be via a graphical tool to enable sampling test and trend display. 3.6.12

Auto Power Up The system shall sequence the reinstatement of plant after a power failure. When a standby generator is in operation, the system shall limit the number of plants in operation according to the load on the generator. A minimum of 15 levels shall be made available and the system shall allocate any electrical load to any of these levels. When reinstating loads, level one shall be the highest priority followed by level two and so on. Subsequent levels shall not be achieved until all loads of the preceding level have been reinstated. The system shall allocate any of the intermediate levels to be enabled by the standby generator. Subsequent levels shall not be enabled until full grid mains has been reestablished. Thereafter subsequent levels will be enabled in the same way as before. The system shall configure a fixed limit in addition to the floating limit determined by generator capacity. The system shall monitor any overload condition of the standby generator so that if an overload is detected reinstatement of the loads shall be prevented and loads switched off until the condition is cleared

3.6.13

Integration Controllers The system shall provide the facility for Integration Controllers (IC’s) to other systems following the Open System Interconnect (OSI) model (ISO7498). Integration Controlle (IC) shall provide the facility to integrate other systems such as fire, security, lifts, lights, etc. with the BMS at the field level while still maintaining the integrity of the individual systems. Thus the failure of one system will not adversely effect the operation of the others. The IC shall provide a means of a consistent user interface for presentation of third party information at each of the BMS terminals. Cross referencing points of third party systems shall be required such that the points created may have similar attributes as the points in main system and used in the same way as other BMS points to create intelligent control strategies. Thus it shall be possible for the IC points to be used by the system as a whole for control and monitoring purposes as well as for the annunciation of alarms, logging, display, maintenance etc. The router shall incorporate dual Flash Memory for the storage of the O/S. The system shall download a new O/S into the dormant area of memory and to switch over to the new O/S either at a specific time or on request. This switch process shall take no more than 3

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 50 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

seconds to occur and provide seamless operation. The Use of EPROM’s within a router to store the controller O/S (Operating System) are not acceptable due to the high cost of upgrading and the associated downtime. All software required to perform the operational functions of the system under normal operation shall be resident in the router Flash memory. Due to the importance of the IC’s on the network, a UPS support shall be included for a minimum of 4 hours at each location. The IC’s shall have a self-analysis feature with inbuilt diagnostics and shall transmit any malfunction messages to the designated terminal. Each IC shall have a minimum of 8 LED’s to indicate correct operation. As a minimum each IC shall provide one optically isolated RS 485 port for connection to the LAN, two RS 232 and one RS232/485 ports for the connection of Third party devices. Each IC shall have the ability to plug in media cards to achieve the network topology capability requested. The BMS shall not be the primary enunciator of alarms from the third party system. This function shall still be the responsibility of the tird party system. Implementation of a IC shall be carried out in software and hardware. Hardware that is dedicated to this function is preferred and shall be capable of being connected directly to the main BMS LAN. Integration may equally be incorporated direct into a DDC if required. Connection of the third party system to the IC shall be by an RS232 or RS485 port. Alternatively the use of an industrial PC which is running IC software shall be used. This shall utilize standard developers tools for mapping of parameters from systems providing OPC (OLE for process control) and DDE / NETDDE). 3.7

FIELD SERVICES A. Prepare and start logic control system under provisions of this section. B. Start-up and commission systems. Allow sufficient time for start-up and commissioning prior to placing control systems in permanent operation. C. Provide the capability for off-site monitoring at control contractor's local or main office. At a minimum, off-site facility shall be capable of system diagnostics and software download. Owner shall provide phone line for this service for 1 year or as specified. D. Provide Owner's Representative with spare parts list. Identify equipment critical to maintaining the integrity of the operating system.

3.8

AS BUILT DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED

3.9

TRAINING A. Provide application engineer to instruct owner in operation of systems and equipment. B. Provide system operator’s training to include (but not limited to) such items as the

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 51 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

following: modification of data displays, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data, execution of commands and request of logs. Provide this training to a minimum of 3 persons. C. Provide on-site training above as required, up to 16 hours as part of this contract. D. Provide tuition for at least one individual for a one-week factory training class. If applicable, costs for travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the Owner. 3.10

DEMONSTRATION A. Provide systems demonstration under provisions of the electrical Section. Demonstrate complete operating system to owner's representative. C. Provide certificate stating that control system has been tested and adjusted for proper operation.

PART 4- SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS (AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS) 4.1

GENERAL A. Provide a complete and operational control system and building automation system based on the sequence of operations shown on drawings (if sequence of operation are not shown on drawings the contractor/supplier shall submit sequence of operation of high standard similar project) The system shall be complete as to sequences and standard control practices. The points shown on drawings are the minimum amount of points that are to be provided, any additional points and connection shall be provided with no extra cost to meet the sequence of operations. B. BACnet Object List 1. The following points as defined for each piece of equipment are designated as follows: a. Binary Out (BO/DO) - Defined as any two-state output (start/stop) (enable/disable), etc. b. Binary In (BI/DI) - Defined as any two-state input (alarm, status), etc. c. Analog In (AI) - Defined as any variable input (temperature) (position), etc. d. Analog Out (AO) - Defined as any electrical variable output. 0–20mA, 4– 20mA and 0–10VDC are the only acceptable analog outputs. The driver for analog outputs must come from both hardware and software resident in the controllers. Transducers will not be acceptable under any circumstance. General for all AHU The system shall provide the possibility to modify the conditions (DB temp. and the WB temp.) of the air leaving the AHU according to the outdoor conditions, proposed relation and conditions for that shall be submitted for each AHU for the COMPANY approval. Occupancy Control The AHU is feeding to Lobby, VIP, Multipurpose hall, office, classroom,...Occupied Mode is activated when the Occupied Command is turned ON (typically this command is sent from schedules and during operation or occupancy which is activated by changing

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 52 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

temperature or pressing the occupied switch). The DDC controller defaults to Occupied Mode if communication is not detected within 30 seconds after power-up, or if communication is lost for more than 5 minutes. Occupied Mode also activated by initiating an after-hours override by sending a positive value to the After-hours Timer from workstation. Supply Fan Activation and Alarm If the input used to monitor supply fan status is OFF for more than 3 seconds the supply air flow status goes OFF. If the supply fan has been activated for at least 20 seconds and the supply air flow status is OFF, a Supply Fan Alarm is triggered. The Supply Fan Alarm must be manually reset from a display, by using the Operator work station or through Viewport. The supply fan is activated and always remains in running status when the unit is in Occupied Mode. An alarm from Fire Alarm system in the zone which fed by the FA System will shut down the supply fan & The cooling Coil along with heaters, Damper Actuators, Return Fan, UV Lights. Resettable runtime are recorded for the Supply Fan, Filter, RAHU. If the Filter Runtime exceeds the Filter Alarm Setpoint, a Filter Alarm is triggered. The initialization automatically makes the Supply fan on. The Air flow status of supply fan will allow the cooling coil & all the other dampers to open if there is need of cooling in the zone. Operator can manually start/stop the supply fan and can reset the fan through View port. Controller will take the reference of supply air temperature & Humidity sensor along with Return air temp & Humidity sensor for the sequencing of cooling Valves & Heaters. Filter alarms, Supply Fan alarm, Temp & Humidity high & low alarms also can be monitored through Work station as well as View port. Supply Pressure Setpoint Reset Two modes are provided for the supply duct pressure setpoint. A manual mode allows the user to specify a supply duct pressure setpoint directly that remains constant, regardless of system needs. Auto-reset mode varies the supply pressure setpoint between specified limits in response to the needs of the VAV boxes. Every 60 seconds, a correction is applied to the supply pressure setpoint according to the high need more air signal. The supply duct pressure is thus maintained at the minimum level required to meet the zone needs, often resulting in substantial energy savings. For the first 10 minutes of fan operation, the supply pressure setpoint is set to the Manual/Startup Pressure Setpoint, regardless of which mode is selected. When the Warm-up Command is ON, the supply pressure setpoint is set to the userspecified Warm-up Pressure Setpoint. Supply Fan Control A PI control loop is used to modulate the fan speed to maintain the supply duct pressure at the Current Supply Pressure Setpoint. The integral component of the PI loop is reset each time the fan starts. The fan speed is limited by the user specified Minimum Fan Speed. The fan speed command is set to zero when the fan is OFF. The speed of fan is controlled through VFD.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 53 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Return Fan Control A PI control loop is used to modulate the fan speed to maintain the return duct pressure at the Current return Pressure Setpoint. The integral component of the PI loop is reset each time the fan starts. The fan speed is limited by the user specified Minimum Fan Speed. The fan speed command is set to zero when the fan is OFF. The speed of fan is controlled through VFD. Temperature & Humidity Set point Reset Two modes are provided for the supply temperature & Humidity setpoint. A manual mode allows the user to specify a supply temperature setpoint directly that remains constant, regardless of system needs. Auto-reset mode varies the supply temperature & Humidity setpoint between specified limits. Every 60 seconds, a correction is applied to the supply temperature & Humidity setpoint according to the high cooling signal. The supply temperature is thus maintained at the maximum level required to meet the zone cooling needs, often resulting in substantial energy savings. For the first 20 minutes of fan operation, the supply temperature setpoint is set to the Manual/Startup Temperature Setpoint, regardless of which mode is selected. Temperature & Humidity Control Signal A PI control loop is used to generate a Temperature Control Signal which is then used to modulate the cooling valve as required to maintain the Supply Air Temperature at the Current Temperature Setpoint. The PI control loop can be tuned by adjusting the proportional and integral tuning constants. Larger values will increase responsiveness, but decrease stability. Humidity also need to be controlled by using PI control signal. The heater should command through Humidity setpoint. To Decrease the humidity heater should be used. The Control Signal is initialized based on Return air temperature. A colder return Air Temperature causes the control loop to start in the heating range which will close the cooling Valve, while a warmer temperature will cause the loop to start in the cooling range. The unit will run at the initialized value for the first 180 seconds of fan operation. The Supply Temperature Control Signal is fixed at 25 deg. C. Cooling Valve Operation Cooling valve operation is locked on unless the supply fan is locked out. When cooling valve operation is allowed, the cooling valve signal will be on in response to the Temperature Control Signal. As the Temperature Control Signal varies between 0 and 100, the cooling valve also tuned to 0-100% with the proper time delay to stop hunting. If the desired temperature reached with comparison of setpoint, cooling signal goes down. Cooling Valve will be closed after getting the cooling signal less than 20%. The Controller will restart the HVAC System after any Emergency Shut down or Power

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 54 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

loss. If there is any fan fail alarm operator must manually reset it. PART 5 – DATA POINT Note: the contractor shall consider the following notes as part of his submitted tender and works without extra cost. 1.

The points (DI, DO, AI, AO) shown on drawings, the data point indicated/required by the specifications and shown on the sequence of operation drawings are indicative, any additional control and data points required to provide a complete and functional control and monitoring system and to provide the sequence of operations, scope of work, as well as to provide full measurements and records of the parameters and meters (mechanical and electrical) shall be supplied and installed, according to the COMPANY approval

2.

Any equipment shown on the drawings but no points (DI, DO, AI, AO) indicated, the contractor shall provide and submit the required and functional points to the COMPANY for approvals and shall be supplied / installed accordingly.

PART 6 – WARRANTY A. Warranty shall be for the BMS & control system and its components for a period of five years from completion of system acceptance and first handed over. Warranty shall cover all costs for parts, labor, associated travel, and expenses. B. Hardware and software personnel supporting this warranty agreement shall provide onsite or off-site service in a timely manner after failure notification to the vendor. The maximum acceptable response time to provide this service at the site shall be 24 hours Monday through Friday, 48 hours on Saturday and Sunday. C. This warranty shall apply equally to both hardware and software.

-

Div. 23 - HVAC

End of Section -

Section 23 08 40 BMS and Control Field Devices Specifications

Page 55 of 55

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 21 23 HYDRONIC PUMPS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 1 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 21 23 HYDRONIC PUMPS Contents 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8

GENERAL....................................................................................................................................... 2 RELATED DOCUMENTS.................................................................................................................. 2 SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................... 2 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 2 SUBMITTALS .................................................................................................................................. 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ................................................................................................................... 4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING ............................................................................................. 5 COORDINATION ............................................................................................................................. 5 WARRANTY .................................................................................................................................... 5 PRODUCTS ..................................................................................................................................... 5 CHILLED WATER PUMPS (CONSTANT SPEED)..…………………………………..…….5 SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS (VARIABLE SPEED).………………………..6 VARIABLE SPEED FOR SECONDARY PUMPING SYSTEM ………………………...….7 EXECUTION ............................................................................................................................... 9 EXAMINATION .......................................................................................................................... 9 CONCRETE BASES ................................................................................................................... 9 PUMP INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 10 ALIGNMENT ............................................................................................................................ 11 CONNECTIONS........................................................................................................................ 11 FACTORY PERFORMANCE TESTS .................................................................................... 12 START UP .................................................................................................................................. 13 DEMONSTRATION ................................................................................................................. 13

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 2 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

A.

GENERAL

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 23 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2

SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Separately coupled, base-mounted, end-suction centrifugal pumps. 2. Separately coupled, base-mounted, double-suction centrifugal pumps.

1.3

DEFINITIONS A Buna-N: Nitrile rubber. B EPT: Ethylene propylene terpolymer.

1.4

SUBMITTALS A

Product submittal documents 1.

Compliance statement with specifications: a. b. c.

2.

Deliverable list: a. b.

3.

Provide a list of documents that will be submitted All documents from the sections 1.4 A, B, C shall be listed for each pump type

Pump data sheet: a. b.

B

For each item in specification, dearly indicate compliance, or noncompliance to the requirements Justify any non-compliance or deviation from the specification Provide supporting documents such as product data, catalogs, etc.

Fill and submit pump data sheet attached Attach to the pump data sheet, a motor data sheet, prepared by the motor manufacturer

Product Data 1.

Pump curves: a. b. c.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Curve shall be certified by the factory. Following points shown: minimum flow, operating point, best efficiency point, and maximum flow. For variable speed pumps, provide curves at 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of maximum speed. Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 3 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.

Pump general arrangement drawing: a. b.

3.

Manufacturer tolerances: a. b. c.

4. 5.

Pump assembly Safety guard

Manuals and Technical Literature 1. 2.

Installation, Operating, and Maintenance manuals (IOM) Pump construction manual: a. b. c. d. e.

3. D

Hydrostatic test report Performance test report NPSH test report

Color samples: a. b.

C

General arrangement drawing Terminal box for power wiring Terminal box for thermistor connection

Certified factory test reports: a. b. c.

7.

Alignment Maximum permissible loads on the suction and discharge nozzles Vibration

Motor data sheet, prepared by the motor manufacturer Motor drawing: a. b. c.

6.

Indicate the weight of each components and the total weight of the pump assembly Indicate the anchoring points and anchor requirements

Manufacturer's specifications and technical data including performance, construction and fabrication Fabrication methods and tolerances Surface Protection Factory Test Procedures Start-up report

Provide a startup report, including the report of field activities, measurements for alignment, and vibration data.

Final documents

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 4 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.

At contract close-out, provide a clean copy of the following technical documents, for insertion in Owner's manual: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i.

1.5

Index or table of contents Pump and motor datasheet Performance curve (factory performance test report, when applicable) General arrangement drawings Pump Installation, Operating, and Maintenance manual (10M) Motor Installation, Operating, and Maintenance manual (IOM) Bill of material with part numbers Include complete exploded views, cutaways or other views of the pump for ease of maintenance Provide all manufacturer's part numbers or Bill of Materials for alternate suppliers with respective model numbers and part numbers.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A

Source Limitations: Obtain hydronic pumps through one source from a single manufacturer.

B

Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of hydronic pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements."

C

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

D

UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 or equivalent certification authority, for motor-operated water pumps.

E 1.

2. 3.

F

Div. 23 - HVAC

Design Criteria: Head-capacity curves shall slope up to maximum head at shut-off. Curves shall be relatively flat for closed systems. Select pumps near the midrange of the curve, so the design capacity falls to the left of the best efficiency point, to allow a cushion for the usual drift to the right in operation, without approaching the pump curve end point and possible cavitation and unstable operation. The head for pumps submitted for pumping through chilled water coils and evaporators shall be verified by the contractor and increased, if necessary at no additional cost, to match the equipment approved for the project. Pump Driver: Furnish with pump. Size to be non-overloading at any point on the head-capacity curve including one pump operation in a parallel or series pumping installation. If the Contractor believes there are conflicts or missing information in the project documents, the Contractor shall promptly request clarification and instruction from the design team before the bids opening, otherwise the Contactor shall furnish and handover the works at no additional cost to the Contract and according to Engineer instructions.

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 5 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

G H

1.6

Minimum pump efficiency shall be no less than 85 % for 250 KW and above pumps, no less than 80 % for all other pumps. Pump and motor bearing shall be selected for minimum (L10-50,000 hours) at the maximum load for which the pump is designed. Motor shall be provided with built-in thermal overload protection.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.7

A

Handle pumps and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Do not install damaged pumps or components, replace with new.

B

Store pumps and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage.

C

All the pumps shall be installed on 50mm deflection spring isolators with Inertia Base.

COORDINATION A

1.8

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03.

WARRANTY The Contractor / manufacturer shall provide Full Warranty "Parts and Labor" for a period of two (2) years operation started after first acceptance including pumps, motor, VFD etc. complete in all respects from the date of FAC. The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the replacement of defects in material or workmanship (repair of the defective part is not allowed) .

1.

PRODUCTS 2.1

Chilled Water Pumps (Constant Speed) - Primary Pumps

Div. 23 - HVAC

2.1.1

Furnish and install pumps with capacities as shown on the drawings. Pumps shall be of End section case design for installation in horizontal position , and capable of being serviced without disturbing piping connections. Pump shall be long coupling flexblie type. For pumps installed in vertical position, a support ring on the underside of pump volute shall be provided for fixing on ground foundation.

2.1.2

Pumps casing shall be of Class 30 cast iron. The impeller shall be of cast bronze, closed type, dynamically balanced, keyed to the shaft and secured by locking capscrew. The pump casing shall be fitted with a case wear ring to minimize abrasive and corrosive wear to the casing. The case wear ring shall be of the radial type, press fitted into the casing. Impeller wearing rings shall be bronze.

2.1.3

The liquid cavity shall be sealed off at the motor shaft by an internally - flushed mechanical seal with ceramic seal seat and carbon seal ring, suitable for continuous operation at 225 deg. F. A bronze shaft sleeve shall completely cover the wetted area under the seal. Shaft material shall be stainless steel.

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 6 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.2

2.1.4

Pumps shall be rated for minimum of 250 psi working pressure. The pump case shall have gauge tappings at the suction and discharge nozzles and will include vent and drain ports.

2.1.5

Motor shall be non overloading over full range of pump performance curve. TEFC Class ‘F’ insulation, suitable for operation at 50oC ambient temperature. It shall meet NEMA specifications and shall be the size, voltage and enclosure called for on the drawings. It shall have heavy duty, grease lubricated ball bearings, selected for minimum (L10-50,000 hours) life at the maximum load for which the pump is designed. Motor shall be provided with built-in thermal overload protection.

2.1.6

Each pump shall be factory assembled and tested per Hydraulic Institute standards & shall be complete with suction diffuser. It shall then be thoroughly cleaned and painted with high grade epoxy paint to withstand extreme weather conditions.

Secondary Chilled Water Pumps (Variable Speed) 2.2.1

General The pumping package shall be assembled by the pump manufacturer. An assembler of pumping systems not actively engaged in the design and construction of centrifugal pumps shall not be considered a pump manufacturer. The manufacturer shall assume "Unit Responsibility" for the complete pumping package. Unit responsibility shall be defined as responsibility for interface and successful operation of all system components supplied by the pumping system manufacturer. The manufacturer shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the design and construction of variable speed pumping systems. All functions of the variable speed pump control system shall be tested at the factory prior to shipment. This test shall be conducted with motors connected to AFD output and it shall test all inputs, outputs and program execution specific to this application. The manufacturer shall be fully certified by the International Standards Organization per ISO 9001. Proof of this certification shall be furnished at time of submittal. Manufacturer shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories as a manufacturer of packaged pumping systems.

2.2.2

Pumps The Contractor shall furnish and install pumps with capacities as scheduled. Pumps shall be of a double suction horizontal split case design to facilitate servicing all internal components without disturbing pump, volute or motor. The pump volute shall be supplied with plugged vent, drain, and gage tappings. The pump casing shall be of Class 30 cast iron, suitable for 300 PSI working pressure. The pump casing shall be fitted with a case wear ring to minimize abrasive and corrosive wear to the casing. The case wear ring shall be of the radial type, press fitted in to the casing. Impeller wearing rings shall be bronze. The impeller shall be of the enclosed double suction type in bronze construction and shall be dynamically balanced for quiet operation. The impeller shall be keyed to the shaft and secured with a slightly press and suitable lock nut arrangement.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 7 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Internally flushed seals shall be mechanical type with ceramic seal and carbon seal ring, suitable for continuous operation at 225 deg. F. The seals shall be capable of being serviced without disconnecting the pump from piping. The pump bearings shall be selected for minimum (L10-50,000 hours) life at the maximum load and shall be regreasable camlock ball bearing type with provision for purging or flushing through the bearing surface, and capable of being inspected by removing the bearing covers. The shaft shall be of 18-8 stainless steel with bronze sleeve. A flexible, Centre Drop out, spacer type coupler, capable of absorbing torsional vibration, shall be employed between the pump and motor. Coupler shall be shielded by a Coupler Guard securely fastened to the base. The pump, base and coupling shall be ISO 9001 certified by the manufacturer. The motor shall be non overloading over full range of pump performance curve. TEFC Class ‘F’ insulation, suitable for operation at 50oC ambient temperature. It shall meet NEMA specifications and shall be the size, voltage and enclosure called for on the drawings. Pump and motor shall be factory aligned, and shall be realigned by Contractor after installation prior to start up. Motor shall be provided with built-in thermal overload protection. The pump and motor shall be mounted on a common base plate of heavy structural steel design and securely welded cross members and open grouting area , each pump shall complete with suction diffuser. The pump shall be factory tested before shipment. 2.3

Variable Speed For Secondary Pumping System 2.3.1

Pump Logic Controller The Technologic pump logic controller assembly shall be listed by and bear the label of Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc. (UL). The controller shall meet Part 15 of Federal Communication Commission (FCC) regulations pertaining to class A computing devices. The controller shall be specifically designed for variable speed pumping applications. The controller shall function to a proven program that safeguards against damaging hydraulic conditions including: 1. 2. 3. 4.

motor overload pump flow surges hunting end of curve

The pump logic controller shall be capable of accepting 4 analog inputs from zone sensor/transmitters installed at locations to be agreed. The controller shall scan each analog input minimum once every 500 milliseconds. It will then select the analog signal that has deviated the greatest amount from its setpoint. This selected signal will be used as the command feedback input for a hydraulic stabilization function to minimize hunting. Each input signal shall be capable of maintaining a different set point value.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 8 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The pump controller shall be capable of controlling minimum 3 pumps in parallel. The controller shall be field expandable to control multiple pumps in parallel and accept up to 16 analog inputs. This modification shall consist of nothing more than the addition of analog input modules and shall not require the use of special tools or factory reprogramming. Controllers not capable of being expanded to this level will not be acceptable. The hydraulic stabilization program shall utilize a proportional-integral-derivative control function. The proportional, integral and derivative values shall be user adjustable over an infinite range. The pump logic controller shall be self prompting. All messages shall be displayed in plain English. The operator interface shall have the following features: a) b) c) d)

Multi-fault memory and recall On-screen help functions LED pilot lights and switches Soft-touch membrane keypad switches. The readout shall be two lines of forty 0.50" brightly lit fluorescent characters capable of displaying the following values:

a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h)

Differential pressure in PSIG Pressure in PSIG Flow in GPM Temperature in degrees F or C Differential temperature in degrees F or C Kilowatt consumption Wire to water efficiency calculation Run hours calculation and duty notation The pump controller shall communicate to the Building Management System (BMS) by both hard-wired and serial communications. The following communication features shall be provided to the Building Management System (BMS) in “hardwired” form via 4-20ma analogue signals and digital outputs:

a) b) c) d) e)

Remote system start/stop. Failure of any system component (qty. 1, relay output from pump controller) Process variable (qty. 1 4-20ma analogue output supplied by pump controller) VFD speed (qty. 1, 0-10VDC analogue output supplied by pump controller Optional: Pump on/off status (qty. 3 relay output supplied by pump controller) The following communication features shall be provided to the Building Management System via an RS-485 port utilizing suitable communication protocol:

a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h)

Div. 23 - HVAC

All sensor process variables Individual zone set points Individual pump failure Individual pump on/off status Individual VFD on/off status VFD speed Individual VFD Failure VFD bypass status (if automatic)

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 9 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

i) j)

Individual sensor failure Enclosure shall be NEMA 1.

2.3.2

Adjustable Frequency Drive (AFD) The adjustable frequency drive (s) shall be pulse width modulation (PWM) type, microprocessor controlled design. The AFD, including all factory installed options, shall have approval of Canadian Standards Association (CSA) or other equal International standards. Enclosure shall be NEMA 1 ventilated for installation as a wall mounted or freestanding unit, depending on the amp rating. A hand-off-automatic switch and speed potentiometer shall be mounted on the front of the enclosure. AFD shall utilize a diode bridge rectifier to convert three phase AC to a fixed DC voltage. Power factor shall remain above 0.95 regardless of speed or load. AFDs employing power factor correction capacitors shall not be acceptable. Insulated gate bipolar transistors shall be used in the inverter section to convert the fixed DC voltage to a three phase, adjustable frequency, AC output. A DC line reactor shall be provided to minimize harmonic and current distortion of the input power line. The following customer modifiable adjustments shall be provided: a) b) c) d) e) f) g)

Accel time: 0.1 to 1800 seconds Decel time: 0.1 to 1800 seconds Minimum frequency: 0 HZ Maximum frequency: 120 HZ Analog input filter: 0.1 to 10 seconds Analog outputs: 10 to 1 gain Volts / Hertz ratio

Speed reference signal shall be customer selectable for 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA. The AFD shall be suitable for elevations to 3300 feet above sea level without derating. Maximum operating ambient temperature shall not be less than 50 oC. AFD shall be suitable for operation in environments up to 95% non-condensing humidity. The AFD shall be capable of displaying the following information in plain English via a 40 character alphanumeric display: a) b) c) e) f) g) h)

Frequency Voltage Current Fault identification Percent torque Percent power RPM

All AFDs shall be warranted for a period of 2 years after PAC. This warranty shall cover parts and labor.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 10 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.3.3

Adjustable Frequency Drive Bypass

a)

The variable speed pumping system shall be equipped with bypass for each adjustable frequency drive.

b)

Bypass shall consist of a main power disconnect with ground fault protection, a pair of interlocked contactors and a motor overload relay. All are to be mounted in the AFD enclosure.

c)

Bypass contactors shall be equipped with thermal motor overload protection.

d)

A drive-off-bypass switch shall be provided on the front of the AFD enclosure.

e)

The bypass shall function as described in the sequence of operation.

2.3.4

Sensor /Transmitters Provide field mounted differential pressure sensor transmitter (s) in locations to be agreed. Unit shall transmit an isolated 4-20mA dc signal indicative of process variable to the pump logic controller via standard two wire 24 DC system. Unit shall have stainless steel wetted parts with two 0.25" male NPT process connections. It shall be protected against radio frequency interference and shall have a watertight, NEMA 4 electrical enclosure capable of withstanding 2000 PSI static pressure with a 0.5" NPT conduit connection. Accuracy shall be within 0.25% of full span.

2.3.5

Sequence of Operation The system shall consist of a pump logic controller, multiple pump/AFD sets, manual across-the-line bypass, with manual and automatic alternation and pump staging. The pumping system shall start upon the closure of customer's contact when the pump logic controller Mode of Operation selector switch is in the REMOTE position. When the pump logic controller selector switch is in the LOCAL position, the pumping system shall operate automatically. Each sensor/transmitter shall send a 4-20mA signal to the pump logic controller, indicative of process variable condition. The pump logic controller shall compare each signal to the independent, determined set points. When all set points are satisfied by the process variable, the pump speed shall remain constant at the optimum energy consumption level. The pump logic controller shall continuously scan and compare each process variable to its individual set point and control to the least satisfied zone. If the set point cannot be satisfied by the designated lead pump, the pump logic controller shall initiate a timed sequence of events to stage a lag pump.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 11 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The lag pump shall accelerate resulting in the lead pump(s) decelerating until they equalize in speed. Further change in process variable shall cause the pumps to change speed together. When the set point (and end of curve criteria) can be safely satisfied with fewer pumps, the pump logic controller shall initiate a timed destage sequence and continue variable speed operation. As the worst case zone deviates from set point, the pump logic controller shall send the appropriate analog signal to the AFD to speed up or slow down the pump/motor. The redundant variable speed system shall be started through the pump logic controller. In the event of a system differential pressure failure due to a pump or AFD fault, the pump logic controller automatically initiates a timed sequence of events to start the redundant pump/AFD set in the variable speed mode. Upon multiple pump or AFD faults, the pump controller shall display an alarm condition through a plain English message and a flashing red indicator. The AFDs shall be locked out of service and the pump/motors may be manually started across-the-line with motor overload protection. In the event of the failure of a zone sensor/transmitter, its process variable signal shall be removed from the scan/compare program. Alternative zone sensor/transmitters, shall remain in the scan/compare program for control. The zone number corresponding to the failed sensor/transmitter shall be displayed on the operator interface of the pump logic controller. In the event of failure to receive all zone process variable signals, the AFD shall maintain 100% speed, reset shall be automatic upon correction of the zone failure. PUMP or AFD fault shall be continuously scrolled through the display on the operator interface of the pump logic controller until the fault has been corrected and the controller has been manually reset. 2.4

Chilled Water Pressurization Unit 2.4.1

The unit shall comprise break tank with lid, water connections with isolating valve and float valve, centrifugal pumps (duty/standby) with continuously rated single phase motor, pressure switch, pressure reducing valve with gauges and interconnecting pipework and valves, all mounted on to a mild steel base plate. A water meter shall be provided to monitor the quantity of water being added to the system during operation.

2.4.2

Expansion Tank The expansion tank shall be sized to suit the system water quantity as required for proper functioning of the system The tank shall be fabricated from mild steel and shall be painted both inside and out after completion of welding. The tank shall be rated for operation at 16 Bar NP in accordance with the pressure test requirements of ASME or approved equal.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 12 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The tank shall have a neoprene rubber diaphragm rated for continuous operation at 16 Bar NP. The tank shall be complete with all tappings for inlet (which may also be the (drain,) air recharge, and pressure relief. A spare diaphragm shall be maintained by the Contractor at site during the warranty period and shall be handed over to the COMPANY in “as new” condition at the end of the warranty period. 2.5

CHILLED WATER AIR & DIRT SEPARATOR : Furnish and install, a centrifugal type in-line air & dirt separators before entry to pump set with by-pass line complete in all respects as per manufacture recommendations for same pump set flow rate. The unit shall have (NPT/FLANGED) inlet and outlet connections tangential to the vessel shell. The unit shall have an internal stainless steel air collector tube with 4mm dia meter perforations and 63% open area designed to direct accumulated air to the compression tank on an air control system or an air vent on an air elimination system via an NPT vent connection at top of unit. The unit shall have a removable galvanized system strainer with 4.8mm dia meter perforations and free area of not less than five times the cross sectional area of the connecting pipe. The strainger shall be located at the bottom of the vessel. A blow down connection shall be provided to facilitate routine cleaning of the strainer and the separator. Vessel shell dia meter is to be three times the nominal inlet/outlet pipe dia meter, with min vessel volume for sufficient velocity reduction. The air separator must be designed, constructed and stamped for 235 PSIG @ 350 ºF in accordance with section VIII, Division I of ASME boiler and pressure vessel code or equilavalant and registered with the national board of boiler and pressure vessel inspectors. The air separator shall be painted with one shop way of light gray air dry enamel.

2.6

PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS A

Suction Diffuser: Angle pattern, 2060-kPa pressure rating, cast-iron body and end cap, pump-inlet fitting; with bronze startup and bronze or stainless-steel permanent strainers; bronze or stainless-steel straightening vanes; drain plug; and factory- fabricated support. Suction Diffuser shall suitable for direct connection to pump suction.

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

EXAMINATION A

Examine equipment foundations and anchor-bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.

B

Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 13 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

connections before pump installation. C

Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be installed.

D

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

CONCRETE BASES A

Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC." 1. 2. 3. 4.

B

3.3

Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 450-mm centers around full perimeter of base. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 03. PUMP INSTALLATION A

Comply with HI 1.4 and HI 2.4.

B

Install pumps with access for periodic maintenance including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories.

C

Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping.

D

Install continuous-thread hanger rods and spring hangers with vertical-limit stop of sufficient size to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Fabricate brackets or supports as required. Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

E

Suspend vertically mounted, in-line centrifugal pumps independent of piping. Install pumps with motor and pump shafts vertical. Use continuous-thread hanger rods and spring hangers with vertical-limit stop of sufficient size to support pump weight. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 21 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment." Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment/Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

F

Set base-mounted pumps on inertia base concrete foundation. Disconnect

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 14 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

coupling before setting. Do not reconnect couplings until alignment procedure is complete.

3.4

3.5

1.

Support pump baseplate on rectangular metal blocks and shims, or on metal wedges with small taper, at points near foundation bolts to provide a gap of 19 to 38 mm between pump base and foundation for grouting.

2.

Adjust metal supports or wedges until pump and driver shafts are level. Check coupling faces and suction and discharge flanges of pump to verify that they are level and plumb.

G

Automatic Condensate Pump Units: Install units for collecting condensate and extend to open drain.

ALIGNMENT A

Align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting on foundation, grout has been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and piping connections have been made.

B

Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions.

C

Adjust pump and motor shafts for angular and offset alignment by methods specified in HI 1.1-1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation and HI 2.1-2.5, " Vertical Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation."

D

After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts.

CONNECTIONS A

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B

Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.

C

Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to pumps.

D

Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles.

E

Install check valve and throttling valve on discharge side of pumps. F

Install suction diffuser and shutoff valve on

suction side of pumps. G

Div. 23 - HVAC

Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base-mounted

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 15 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

pumps between pump casing and valves. H

Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge, at integral pressure-gage tapping, or install single gage with multiple input selector valve.

I

Install check valve and gate or ball valve on each condensate pump unit discharge. J

3.6

Install electrical connections for power, controls, and devices.

K

Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

L

Connect wiring according to D i v i s i o n 26 S e c t i o n “ Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

FACTORY PERFORMANCE TESTS A 1. 2. 3. 4.

Pump shall be factory tested according to latest Hydraulic Institute standards The test reports shall be certified by an engineer from the factory Tests will be witnessed, as per COMPANY requirement Factory test procedure shall be submitted for approval prior to the test Hydrostatic test shall be performed on each pump. Performance, vibration, and NPSH tests shall be performed.

B

Hydrostatic test

1.

Each pump shall be tested for cracks or leaks at a pressure at 1.5 times the rated pressure, but not less than the design working pressure.

C

Performance test

1. 2.

Perform test to Hydraulic Institute, minimum acceptance is level B. Not less than six points shall be taken including:

a. b. c. d. e. f.

Shut-off Minimum flow Best efficiency point Specified operation point Half-way between the specified operation point and run-out Run-out

3.

Test results shall include flow, head, horsepower, efficiency, and vibration data.

D

Vibration test

1.

For each point during performance test, measure the vibration in the three axes.

E

NPSH test

1.

Div. 23 - HVAC

NPSH test is required when the specified NPSHa is less than 5 ft WC above the

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 16 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.

theoretic NPSHr. Maximum NPSHr at design point shall be guaranteed.

F

Test report

1.

G 1. 2.

Provide a report for each pump tested including the results for hydrostatic, performance, vibration, and NPSH tests (no exception). Acceptance criteria: The head at the specified duty point shall be between 97% and 105% of the specified head; The efficiency at the design flow point shall be higher than: a.

3.

Pump will also be rejected if: a. b.

3.7

No measurement is taken at run-out Motor kW is not provided for all six points, including run out.

START UP A

Prior to grouting, inspect the pump installation. Provide recommendations

B

Perform the final alignment and check all tolerances to be in compliance with the manufacturer's requirements

C

Perform the start up the pump and check the proper rotation and operation, the proper lubrication of components and verify the performance curve

D

Take vibration measurements. Vibration level shall be within Hydraulic Institute tolerances Provide a startup report

1. 3.8

100 ÷ [(120 4- Rated efficiency as per pump data sheet) — 0.2]

Satisfaction of an authorized factory service representative

DEMONSTRATION A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training."

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 21 23 Hydronic Pumps

Page 17 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 31 13 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES METAL AND PRE INSULATED

Contents PART 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

GENERAL WORK RELATED DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUALITY ASSURANCE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 3.0

EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL 3.2 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 3.3 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK INSTALLATION 3.4 DUCTWORK LEAKAGE CRITERIA 3.5 CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 1 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL 1.1

1.2

WORK INCLUDED A.

Conform to sections 23 05 00 (General Requirements), and 23 05 48 (Mechanical Sound…) and other related sections of HVAC Services Division 23, and documents referred to therein.

B.

All the Sheet Metal Ductwork and accessories shall be fabricated in Certified Factory approved by the COMPANY. Contractor shall be responsible to submit the prequalification documents for COMPANY approval. The proposed COMPANY shall have min 5 years in UAE market.

C.

Fan Coil Units (FCU’s) ducting and ducted split indoor unit ducting shall be preinsulated type

DESCRIPTION OF WORK A.

Extent of metal ductwork and accessories is indicated on drawings and by requirements of this section.

B.

Particularly related sections:

1.

Mechanical sound, vibration & seismic control.

2.

Mechanical identification.

3.

Mechanical insulation

4.

Testing, Adjusting and Balancing

C.

System Description The Ductwork & duct accessories shall meet commissioning requirements of this specification. A certified written report from the duct manufacturer, executed by an officer of the duct manufacturer, showing that substantially identical equipment of comparable quality has been successfully installed and operated under similar operating conditions must be submitted.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of metal ductwork/accessories (as applicable) of types, materials and sizes required whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

B.

Installer’s Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience of projects with metal ductwork systems similar to that required for project.

C.

Codes and Standards:

1. D.

Div. 23 - HVAC

SMACNA standards: Comply with SMACNA’s “HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and flexible” for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical product data and installation instructions for metal ductwork materials and products.

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 2 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.4

E.

Shop Drawings: Submit scaled layout drawings of metal duct work and fittings including, but not limited to, duct sizes, locations, elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations and connections. Show interface and spatial relationship between ductwork and proximate equipment. Show modifications of indicated requirements, made to conform to local shop practice and how those modifications ensure that free area, materials and rigidity are not reduced.

F.

Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed metal ductwork and ductwork products.

G.

Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for metal ductwork materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings and record drawings in maintenance manual.

H.

Provide mock up installation for approval by COMPANY before progressing with work.

DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A.

Protection: Protect shop- fabricated and factory-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent damage and prevent dirt and moisture from entering ducts and fittings.

B.

Storage: Where possible, store ductwork inside and protect from weather. Where necessary to store outside, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping.

C.

Store and handle sealant and fire stopping materials according to manufacturer’s written recommendations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS A.

Metal Ductwork;

1.

Make all ductwork, unless specifically noted otherwise, of galvanized sheet steel conforming to BS 2989 or ASTM A653A, 653M, lock forming quality, and A924/A924M, G90. Sheet shall be mill phosphatized where exposed to outdoor weather. The sheet having a nominal galvanized coating of 0.9 oz./sq. ft. The galvanizing shall be carefully done and the sheets shall be of such quality that they may be bent flat on themselves with no fracture to the coating or the base metal.

2.

All supports, stiffeners, flanges etc. used in ductwork construction and installation shall be hot dip galvanized.

3.

Extract ductwork handling corrosive gases (battery rooms, fume cupboard & UPS room) shall be stainless steel 316-L construction.

4.

Smoke extract, smoke supply, stairwell pressurization, lift well pressurization and corridor pressurization ductwork construction shall confirm relevant applicable NFPA standards, UL certified with 18 Gauge GI, 30mm flange connection with Fire rated gaskets. Entire assembly shall be for two hour fire rating.

5.

All the duct work shall be painted from inside at louver/grilles side with matte black up to 1.0 meter.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 3 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

6.

Kitchen extract ductwork for (Commercial Application) shall be fire rated conform to NFPA 96 and shall be air and water tight welded construction manufactured from 16 gauge black steel sheets in accordance with BS 1449, Part 1 Grade CR4 GP. Ductwork shall be painted on the outside with two coats of heat resistant galvanic paint after manufacture. Provide access panels for cleaning of ducts at 10M spacing on horizontal runs and every two floors on vertical risers. Extract duct from hood of wash basin / pot shall be 304 (1.2 mm thick) stainless steel fire rated.

7.

Extract duct from laundry equipment’s ducting shall be gauge (1.2 mm thick) 304 stainless steel fire rated.

8.

Provide water based duct sealants with a maximum 25 flame spread and maximum 50 smoke in the dry state, conforming to ASTM E 84, and fire resistive and nonflammable in accordance with ASTM D 93, when wet. Sealer shall be UL 723 listed and meet NFPA requirements for Class 1 ductwork. Duct tape shall not be used to seal duct air leaks.

9.

Plenum shall be constructed of zinc coated 20 gauge steel. The plenum assembly shall have sloped shoulders for enhanced spread characteristics. Plenum assemblies shall have side inlet configuration with sizes to fit and also it shall be complete with ½” insulation lined internally

10.

Duct work for exposed area or non false ceiling area or roof area or plant roof shall be claded with 0.9 mm Aluminum sheet metal. All cladding work shall be water tight construction.

11.

All duct transverse joints shall be made with "DUCTMATE 35/25 Slide-On Systems" or "WDCI Systems" for rectangular ductwork and DUCTMATE "Spiralmate" or WDCI approved equal for round ductwork. Gasket shall be of the neoprene type with adhesive on one side only. Gasket shall not protrude inside ductwork when installed, therefore, caulk corners of rectangular ducts after installed.

12.

Use Pittsburgh lock for longitudinal seams and seal them with mastic sealant. Snap lock is not acceptable. Permitted fastenings that penetrate air stream side of duct are Blind Rivets or Spot Welds. Screws that protrude inside the ductwork will not be accepted.

B.

Flexible Ductwork Flexible ductwork shall be light weight aluminum laminated duct suitable for low and medium pressure systems. The aluminum laminated construction shall encapsulate a high tensile steel wire helix between two layers of 0.9 micron thick aluminum plus 12 micron thick polyester. Flexible ducts shall be with factory applied thermal insulation and vapor barrier. Insulation shall be 25mm thick, 16 kg/m3 density. Flexible ductwork may only be used at connections to ceiling supply diffusers and exhaust registers. Maximum length shall not exceed 1200 mm (extended length). Flexible ductwork shall be equal to Flex master "Triple-Lock" type TL-M insulated aluminum duct with reinforced metalized Mylar jacket on insulation. Duct characteristics shall be as follows: Classification: C-Factor: Permeability: Temperature Range: Max. Oper. Press:

UL 181 Class 1 0.033 W/m-K 0.05 Grams/Ft2 - HR-/INCH Hg -40 to +121C 3000 Pa

Fire Hazard Classification:

Coated Side

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Film Exposed

Page 4 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Flame Spread Fuel Contributed Smoke Developed

15 0 10

20 0 25

Individual sections of flexible ductwork shall be one-piece construction. Splicing of short sections is not allowed. Penetration of any partition, wall, or floor with flexible duct is not allowed. C.

PHENOLIC FOAM PRE-INSULATED DUCTING (Limited to Fan Coiled Units) Phenolic Pre Insulated Panels shall comprise a 65-70 kg/m3 nominal density CFC/HCFC free rigid Phenolic insulation core with zero Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP), autohesively bonded on both sides to a 80 micron low vapor permeability aluminum foil facing Phenolic Pre Insulated Panels are available in the below mentioned thickness to suit different performance specification:     

20mm / 80/80 micron – Internal Usage 30mm / 80/80 micron – External / Non Conditioned Usage Available in 20mm/30mm thickness. Facing on both sides 80 Microns Aluminum. Compliance & Listed with UL 181 Technical Specifications: Specifications Density Thermal Conductivity

Value 65-70 Kg/m3 0.033 to 0.028 w/m.K Or 0.040 w/mK @35ºC, 60% RH 300 Kpa – 350Kpa Non Combustible Class “0” ≤15

Compressing Strength Combustibility Property Maximum Smoke Density Dimension Stability

0.3%

Working Temperature

-20 ºC to 80 ºC

Standards ASTM D1622:03/ BS EN 1602 : 1997 ASTM C518:2004 ASTM 165 : 2007 BS 476 Part 6&8 ASTM E84/UL723 ASTM D 2126 D 2126 -09

Heat Resistance: Phenolic Pre Insulated panels as suitable for use in peak temperature as high as 80C and continuous operating temperatures up to 70C. Fire and Smoke Performance: Phenolic Pre Insulated panels have a resistance to burning and spread of flame far superior to that of any other cellular plastic insulation. In addition, there is an almost complete absence of smoke when subjected to a flame source. Panel Accessories & Fabrication; Phenolic Pre Insulated panels shall utilize Aluminum accessories for Jointing and Complete Fabrication shall be carried out by Qualified Fabrication Factory / Fabrication Workshop, to ensure Quality of Fabrication and free from dust free environment site fabrication is not allowed. The Ducting System shall be complies with the following tests to British, European and American standards as required by the Building Regulations certificates to be submitted:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 5 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Fire BS 476 Part 6 Fire Propagation BS 476 Part 7 Surface Spread of Flame Performance results in the above tests achieve a Class O rating, as required by the Building Regulations. Smoke BS 6401 Smoke Opacity The Mean Optical Density (flaming mode) = 7 The Mean Optical Density (non-flaming mode) = 1 Reaction to Fire Classification EN 13501 : C – S2, Do Fire and Smoke Developed Index UL 723 Performance results in the above tests achieve a Class A rating according to NFPA 101 Life and Safety Code CFC Free The Phenolic panel shall be CFC free. The Phenolic foam ducting system shall be fully complied with NFPA 90A, USA Standard for the Installation of Air-conditioning and Ventilation System. Ductworks shall be installed, using supports, as described in DW144 & according to manufacturer’s requirements. Maximum distance between supports not exceeds: - 3000mm for ducts with section not exceeding 1200 x 1000mm. - 2000mm for ducts with section exceeding 1200 x 1000mm. D.

Access Panels 1.

Duct access panels shall be minimum 450 x 300 mm. unless restricted by duct dimensions. All access panels shall be constructed from galvanized steel sheets, 25 mm apart with necessary reinforcing inside for rigidity, with space filled with glass fibre insulation. Panels shall be made airtight with a continuous neoprene rubber gasket.

2.

Openings in ductwork shall be provided with continuous galvanized reinforcing bars, which on insulated ductwork, shall be extended to the face of the insulation. 'Small' panels shall be provided with at least two self tightening camlocks. All panels shall have drawer type handle.

3.

Apparatus access doors shall be minimum 600 x 1500 mm with angle or channel frame. Provide two 75 mm strap hinges with brass pins; and two handles minimum, operable from inside and outside. All access panels shall be hinged type constructed from double thickness 18 gauge (1.3 mm) galvanized steel, with 25 mm insulation between sides with necessary reinforcing for rigidity. Doors shall be made airtight with "tadpole" gaskets.

4.

Provide access panels where shown, required and directed and in the following locations:

Div. 23 - HVAC

a.

Bottom of all duct risers.

b.

Next to outside air intakes and outlets.

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 6 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

E.

c.

At each fire damper.

d.

Into apparatus casings to facilitate maintenance and cleaning of all components.

Balancing Dampers.

1.

Install volume control dampers in accessible locations at all branch connections and wherever necessary to adjust the flow of air to secure correct distribution. Casing and blades shall be made of galvanized sheet metal, and shall be equipped with an approved device for fastening in any desired position. This device shall be such that the damper cannot move or rattle and pointer shall indicate the position of the damper from the outside of the finished duct insulation.

2.

Dampers shall be aerofoil multileaf opposed blade with blade height not more than 180 mm.

3.

All blades shall be operated by a single operating quadrant with gears and links as necessary.

4.

Spindles shall be non-corrodible, passing through bearings made of special plastic temperature resistant to 100 deg. C. Capped bearings shall be provided on non drive side.

5.

The whole damper assembly shall be mounted in a galvanized frame with flanges. Round duct Balancing damper Damper for Balance airflow in Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning systems, shroud of 1.00 mm thick galvanized steel G90, blade of 2.0 mm thick up to ø 600 and 2.5 thick up to ø1000 mm, of G90 galvanized easily installed in round ducts with a factory-installed manual locking quadrant, shaft 12mm diameter galvanized steel, Bracket and quadrant Galvanized steel.

F.

Motorized shut off Dampers.

1.

The Contractor shall furnish and install, control dampers as required for the proper functioning of the system.

2.

All control dampers shall be opposed blade.

3.

Casing shall be in galvanized sheet steel to BS 2989 Z2 G275 M.

4.

Blades shall be of natural anodized extruded aluminum to BS 1474.

5.

Blade tip seals silicon rubber, temperature resistant up to 200 deg. C.

6.

Side seals shall be stainless steel to BS 1449 Grade 302-525.

7.

External blade linkage shall be stainless steel to BS 970 304-S 15.

8.

Blade spindles shall be in stainless steel to BS 970 304 S11 supported in plain brass bearings.

9.

Shut off dampers shall have a leakage rate not exceeding 200 M3/hr/M2 at 1000Pa.

G.

Backdraft Dampers.

1.

Backdraft dampers shall be low leakage with parallel blades and neoprene edge seals.

2.

Dampers frames shall be constructed from galvanized sheet steel with Aluminum blades. Blade stub shafts shall be brass with PVC bearings. Sealing strips on blades shall be polyester foam.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 7 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.

H.

Pressure relief dampers shall be multi-parallel blade with weighted arm closing assist. The frame shall be anodized Aluminum channel sections with formed Aluminum blades. Maximum blade length shall be 100 mm, and polyester foam seating strips shall be incorporated on blade edges. Bearings shall be in PVC with non-corrodible shafts. Splitter Dampers.

1.

In each low pressure system take off where opposed blade duct dampers are not specified, splitter dampers shall be provided.

2.

Splitters shall consist of hollow blades in a vane rail assembly, made from galvanized steel by a recognized manufacturer.

3.

A lockable quadrant adjustment lever shall be located outside the insulation, and marked clearly to show vane position.

I.

Fire Dampers. 1.

Provide, where required by ordinances or codes, fire dampers made to British standard B.S. 476 or North American Standards or N.F.P.A. 90A, and complete with angle iron frame, 72 deg. C fusible link, pivot rods, and spring catches. Enlarge duct sections around fire dampers, to allow 100% unrestricted duct area while in open position. Provide approved type access doors, with airtight gaskets, for inspection and servicing of fire dampers. Fire dampers shall be 1 and 1.5 hour rated and shall be labelled by manufacturer.

2.

Provide fire dampers in all ducts over 125 sq.cm. in area, in the following locations, whether or not specifically required by ordinances and codes:-

3.

Duct entering and leaving fire shafts (duct shafts).

4.

Ducts passing through designated fire walls.

5.

Ducts through floors, and not encased in fire shaft.

6.

Ducts leaving and entering plant area.

7.

Ducts entering and leaving storage areas.

8.

Where fire dampers are located remote from fire partition, duct between fire damper and partition shall be encased in double metal lathe and plaster or other fireproofing acceptable to Authorities having jurisdiction.

9.

Fire damper construction shall be of galvanized steel casing, galvanized steel blades, and fitted with catch plates, stainless steel closure springs and stainless steel seals. Blades shall be out of the air stream. Fusible links shall be rated for a fusing temperature of 72 deg. C unless otherwise specified.

10.

Damper installation frame shall be supplied by the fire damper manufacturer.

11.

Dampers shall be UL listed or approved by an equal certification authority.

J.

Smoke Dampers 1.

Smoke dampers shall be the low leakage type, rated under UL 555 S as leakage Class I.

2.

Frame shall be of formed channel of not less than 16 gauge galvanised steel. Blades shall be 14 gauge, airfoil shaped, double skin construction, opposed blade type.

3.

Blade edge seals shall be silicon rubber and jamb seal shall be flexible metal compression type.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 8 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

4.

Bearings shall be stainless steel sleeve type pressed into frame.

5.

Damper actuators shall be factory furnished suitable for either 240 volt or 24 volt application. Complete unit shall be factory tested in compliance with UL 555S. The damper shall at all times be connected to the actuator for controlled closure in not less than 7 seconds and no more than 15 second.

6.

Damper and actuator shall be qualified under UL 555 S to an elevated temperature of 250 deg. F.

7.

The damper unit shall be supplied with a two position indicator switch linked directly to the damper to provide the capability of remotely indicating damper blade position.

8.

Dampers shall be UL listed or approved by an equal certification authority.

K.

Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers

1.

Provide combination fire/smoke dampers as shown on the Drawings in ducts piercing fire rated walls and floors, and where shown on the Drawings.

2.

Provide normally closed dampers that are fusible link electrically operated. Provide factory-mounted U.L. approved actuators, relays and damper position switches.

3.

Dampers to be of opposed multi-blade construction and classified in accordance with U.L. Standard 555 and 555S in all respects including size limitations. Use Class 1 dampers, with maximum leakage of 204 s/m2, in ducts with velocities at or over 10 m/s dampers, with maximum leakage of 504 s/m2, in ducts with velocities under 10 m/s, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Minimum size Class 1 damper, 300 x 300. Minimum size Class 2 damper, 225 x 225.

4.

Damper construction to be minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel frame and blades. Side seal to be Type 304 flexible stainless steel with bronze or stainless steel shaft bearings in end plate. Damper linkage to be outside air stream.

5.

Provide dampers designated as "FSD" with an electrically resettable link which will close and lock damper on increased air temperature over 74ºC. The link to be manually resettable at the damper linkage without need of link replacement. Provide damper position indicator external of damper.

6.

Dampers shall be UL listed or approved by an equal certification authority.

L.

Flexible Joints

1.

Flexible joints shall be provided on the inlet and outlet connection to each fan, on ducts crossing building expansion joints and elsewhere in the ductwork if so indicated on the drawings or where necessary to meet the requirements of the noise and vibration control. Flexible joints shall consist of, or be protected by, a material having a fire protection period of at least 15 minutes when tested in accordance with BS. 476 Part 8: 1972. The material shall be of glass fiber cloth type; canvas will not be accepted, and the length of the joints from metal to metal edge shall not be greater than 250 mm or less than 150 mm. In cases where excessive noise breakout through flexible connections may cause the noise design criteria to be exceeded, a heavy duty acoustic material shall be used to wrap the joint.

2.

The ductwork shall not impose any load on the flexible joint.

3.

Conventional Indoor System: Glass fabric double coated with polychloroneoprene: Minimum weight: 880 g/m2 Tensile strength: 84N/mm in the warp and 63 N/mm in the filling

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 9 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

4.

Conventional Outdoor System: Glass fabric double coated with a synthetic rubber, weather proof coating resistant to the sun’s ultraviolet rays and ozone environment. Minimum weight: 880 g/m2 Tensile strength: 93N/mm in the warp and 77 N/mm in the filling

5.

Duct thermometers: a.

Duct thermometers shall be as follows: 1)

90 mm diameter metal case of dust-tight construction

2)

Black pointer

3)

White face with black lettering

4)

Range normally 0 to 115o C for heated supply air, 0 to 80o C for cooled supply, mixed and return air and 0 to 90o C for outside air but range shall suit maximum and minimum temperature of location and shall be shown on shop drawings.

5)

Temperature marking in 1oC increments

6)

Liquid filled

7)

m minimum length copper averaging bulb with bronze braided armour.

8)

Accuracy ±1% of range span.

9)

Thermometers for remote reading shall be similar to duct thermometers specified above but with armoured extension capillary and bulb with separable well for pipelines or flanged duct connection for averaging bulb, as required.

M.

Duct openings for return air, extract air (bell mouth), and makeup air shall be complete with 304 stainless steel wire mesh and GI frame securely fixed by stainless steel screws to the duct opening

N.

Duct thermometers: Duct thermometers shall be as follows: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h)

Div. 23 - HVAC

90 mm diameter metal case of dust-tight construction Black pointer White face with black lettering Range normally 0 to 115o C for heated supply air, 0 to 80o C for cooled supply, mixed and return air and 0 to 90o C for outside air but range shall suit maximum and minimum temperature of location and shall be shown on shop drawings. Temperature marking in 1oC increments Liquid filled 1.5 m minimum length copper averaging bulb with bronze braided armour. Accuracy ±1% of range span. Thermometers for remote reading shall be similar to duct thermometers specified above but with armoured extension capillary and bulb with separable well for pipelines or flanged duct connection for averaging as bulb, required.

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 10 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

O.

Duct Silencers (Sound Attenuators) General: Provide factory-fabricated and -tested rectangular silencer with performance characteristics and physical requirements to keep the noise level in the spaces lower than the tabulated noise level N.C. for the spaces shown on drawings. The contractor shall employ a specialist acoustic, vibration and noise control consultant as specified in the Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control section to make all the necessary acoustic, vibration and noise calculations, and to develop the recommendations accordingly (details of the silencers, vibration isolators, etc) to achieve comfortable spaces regarding the noise level as specified and unfelt vibration, The degree of silencing for any fan and ductwork system is determined by the amount of silencing required to obtain the specified noise levels lower than the tabulated maximum noise level N.C. for the spaces given. Silencers installed on the supply ductwork system side of fans shall include for the effects of regenerated noise, duct breakout noise, noise emanating from diffusers and noise from any other ventilation systems serving the area Silencers installed on the return ductwork system side of fans shall include for the effects of regenerated noise, duct breakout noise, noise emanating from diffusers and noise from any other ventilation systems serving the area. Silencers installed on the atmosphere connection side of fans and air handling equipment shall include for the effects of regenerated noise in the silencer and noise from other fans drawing or exhausting air to or from the atmosphere. Fire Performance: Adhesives, sealers, packing material, and accessory materials shall have fire ratings not exceeding 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed when tested according to ASTM E 84, "Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". Rectangular Units: Shall be of the splitter type fabricate casings with a minimum of 22-gage solid galvanized steel sheet metal for outer casing and 0.8 mm perforated sheet metal for inner casing. The sound absorbing material shall be covered by special fabric material and 0.6mm perforated aluminum sheet to prevent carryover or migration of the material into the air conditioning distribution system Sheet Metal Perforations: 1/8-inch diameter for inner casing and baffle sheet metal. Fibrous Acoustic Fill Material: Inert and vermin-proof fibrous material with high density to obtain specified acoustic performance. Pack under not less than 5 percent compression to eliminate voids due to vibration and settling. Fabricate silencers to form rigid units that will not pulsate, vibrate, rattle, or otherwise react to system pressure variations. 1. Do not use sheet metal screws for unit assemblies. 2. Lock form and seal or continuously weld joints. 3. Suspended Units: Provide factory-installed suspension hooks or lugs attached to the frame in quantities and spaced to prevent deflection or distortion. 4. Reinforcement: Provide cross angles or trapeze angles for rigid suspension. Source Quality Control: Perform the following factory tests:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 11 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PART 3 - Acoustic Performance: Test silencers with airflow in both directions through silencer, according to ASTM E 477، "Methods of Testing Duct Liner Materials and Prefabricated Silencers for Acoustical and Airflow Performance". PART 4 - Record acoustic ratings, including dynamic insertion loss and self-noise power levels for both forward flow (air and noise in same direction) and reverse flow (air and noise in opposite directions) with an airflow of at least 2,000 FPM face velocity. PART 5 - Leak Test: Test units for airtightness at 200 percent of the associated fan static pressure or 6-inch W.G. static pressure, whichever is greater. P.

Flexible Circular Silencer Shall be manufactured for ventilation systems to with stand air velocity up to 3500 ft/min and pressure of 1500 Pa, and shall be suitable for attenuation of noise and reduction of sound transmission to adjacent rooms. Insertion loss shall be according to DIN EN ISO 7235. Constriction shall be aluminum external case and perforated internal aluminum duct, absorption material non-combustible comply to DIN 4102 A2, mineral wool faced with fiberglass as protection against erosion suitable for air velocity of 3000 ft/min. Absorption material non-combustible mineral wool with RAL quality mark RAL-GZ 388, to DIN 4102, fire rating class A1 Silencer shall be complete with plug type inlet and outlet with spigots lip seals to provide no air leakage duct connections. Size Length, Insulation thickness, Volume flow, Insertion loss in dB at 250 Hz octave center frequency shall be as shown on drawings

Q.

Flexible Ducts General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. AND to NFPA 90A, (maximum flame spread 25, maximum smoke developed 50). Flexible Ducts - Uninsulated: Spiral-wound steel spring with flameproof vinyl sheathing. Flexible ductwork shall be where required in the drawings and specifications Flexible ductwork shall be triple laminated aluminum with polyester layer duct suitable for low and medium pressure systems. The aluminum laminated construction shall encapsulate a corrosion resistant high tensile steel wire helix between three layers of 0.9 micron thick aluminum plus 12 micron thick polyester. Flexible ducts shall be with factory applied thermal insulation and vapor barrier of Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation 25 mm thick.

PART 6 - EXECUTION 6.1 A.

GENERAL Installation must conform to NFPA (National Fire Protection Agency) 90A and SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. Provide cleaning, mounting and supporting of ductwork and accessories including, but not limited to, structural supports, hangers, vibration isolators, stands, clamps and brackets, access doors, and dampers. Use electrical isolation between dissimilar metals. Electrical isolation may be fluorinated elastomers or sponge rubber gaskets. Install ductwork accessories as indicated in accordance with Manufacturer's printed instructions. Allow clearance for inspection, repair, replacement, and service.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 12 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B.

6.2 A.

6.3

6.4

6.5

Rectangular duct deflection limits shall conform to the Uniform Mechanical Code Standard 61-Standard for Metal Ducts, 1997 Edition. Maximum allowable deflection for transverse joints and intermediate reinforcements will not exceed 6.3 mm (0.250 inch) for duct widths up to 2540 mm (100 inches) and will not exceed 0.3 percent of the span for widths greater than 2540 mm (100 inches). DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS For all applications, hangers and supports shall conform to SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, Section IV - "Hangers and Supports" except that all hangers shall be of the trapeze type (wire and strap hangers will not be accepted) and fasteners shall be welds, bolts or blind rivets (sheet metal screws will not be accepted) FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK INSTALLATION A.

Bends shall be made with not less than 1 1/2 duct diameter centerline radius.

B.

Installation Detail:

a.

Peel back outer jacket and insulation approx. 100 mm (4") to expose duct.

b.

Apply sealer to inside of duct and to outside of collar.

c.

Slide duct over collar.

d.

Secure duct to collar with four blind rivets equally spaced around the duct's circumference.

e.

Fit insulation and vapor barrier over the core connection and secure with stainless steel draw band.

DUCTWORK LEAKAGE CRITERIA A.

All transverse joints and longitudinal seams and penetrations shall be sealed to Conform to SMACNA’s Class A (All transverse joints, longitudinal seams, and duct wall penetrations) sealing requirements as defined on page 1-9 of the 1995 SMACNA Manual, Second Edition.

B.

Fresh air, Supply, and Exhaust Ductwork: Allowable Leakage 1% of design liters/second flow rate.

CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION A.

All ductwork shall be constructed, reinforced, supported and installed in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible', and the specification herein.

B.

All supply and return ductwork within 4.5 m of the air conditioning unit, measured from the unit along the duct, shall be 20 ga. sheet metal or heavier, but shall otherwise meet the aforementioned pressure and seal classes.

C.

Make all laps in the direction of air flow. Hammer down all edges and slips so as to leave smooth finished surface inside the ducts.

D.

All ducts shall be braced and stiffened and shall be tight so that they will not breathe, rattle, vibrate or sag. Cross-break or transverse bead all rectangular ducts with heights or widths of 300 mm or larger.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 13 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

E.

Duct sealant shall be fast curing to a firm rubbery seal and gap filling properties with smooth easy caulking characteristics. Brush joints with the compound before and again after assembly. Exposed ducts shall be sealed on the inner surfaces only. Sealant to be gray in color.

F.

The Nexus or Ductmate 4-bolt duct connection maybe used to connect lengths of square or rectangular Duct. Intermediate reinforcing and longitudinal joints shall be as specified above. These proprietary connections shall be installed as shown in the manufacturer's literature.

G.

Seal the bottom and side joints of fresh air ducts or plenums to be watertight.

H.

Flexible duct connections shall be of Class 1, corrugated aluminum flexible duct suitable for 1200C and 1.5 kPa and shall bear the 'building unit' label of Underwriters' Laboratories. Flexible duct connections shall be insulated with 25 mm fibre glass insulation with density of 24 kg/m3 complete with vapour barrier.

I.

Bends in flexible ducts shall have centreline radius of not less than 1 1/2 x diameter. Collars to which flexible ducts are attached shall be a minimum of 50 mm in depth. Metal flexible ducts shall be attached using a minimum of three #8 sheet screws equally spaced around duct. Ducts larger than 300 mm diameter shall have a minimum of five #8 screws. Screws shall be located at least 12 mm from duct end. Insulation and vapour barriers on factory-fabricated ducts shall be fitted over cone connection and supplementally secured with a drawband.

J.

Generally more durable and noise-resistant sheet metal ducts are preferable to flexible ducts in connecting ducts to diffusers or boxes. However, flexible ducts may be used under the following conditions:

1.

Shown on drawings to allow easy location of diffusers does not pass through floors or fire walls and does not exceed 2.4 m in length. Flexible ducts shall not be installed in inaccessible locations, such as above gypsum board ceilings unless specific approval from the COMPANY is obtained.

K.

Where ductwork passes through a wall or floor, other than when a fire damper is required, pack around the duct using a fire resistant material to ensure a sound and airtight joint. Cover the opening with sheet metal flange of the same metal thickness of duct, overlap opening on four sides by at least 38mm.

L.

Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

M.

Install ducts with a clearance of 25mm, plus allowance for insulation thickness.

N.

Locate all sheet metal ducts where shown and size as shown. If changes of size or location of ducts are found necessary because of building construction, make a specific proposal for review by the COMPANY prior to proceeding with the change.

O.

Make changes of direction of horizontal ducts with elbows having an inside radius not less than the width of the duct. Make change of direction from horizontal to vertical duct with elbows having an inside radius equal to the depth of the duct. Where this is not possible due to the building construction, use turning vanes.

P.

Provide access ports at convenient locations in all main ducts and main branch takeoffs with airtight covers and extension sleeves through insulation to allow air meter readings. Access ports shall be 32 mm round openings.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 14 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Q.

Provide flexible connections as specified at each building expansion joint, air handling unit and fan duct connection.

R.

Paint visible internal surface behind each grille or register flat black.

S.

Where duct is acoustically lined, duct dimensions shown are net, inside of lining.

Duct supports Hang all ductwork securely and in a rigid manner. Provide hangers as follows: Horizontal Rectangular Duct: Maximum duct dimension in mm

Hanger construction dimensions in mm

up to 500

Two 25 x 16 U.S. ga. straps on 2400 mm centres with two screws on side of duct, one on bottom

501 to 1500

25 x 25 x 6 trapeze hanger with two 9 mm rods on 2400 mm centers

1501 to 3000

50 x 50 x 6 trapeze hanger with two 9 mm rods on 2400 mm centers

3001 to 6000

63 x 63 x 5 trapeze hanger with two 9 mm rods on 1200 mm centers.

T.

Horizontal Round Duct:

Duct dia. in mm

Hanger construction dimensions in mm

Up to 150

One 25 x 16 U.S. ga. hanger ring supported from one 25 x 16 U.S. ga hanger strap on 2400 mm centres.

151 to 450

One 25 x 14 U.S. ga. Hanger ring supported from one 25 x 14 ga. Hanger strap on 2400 mm centres.

451 to 900

One 25 x 12 U.S. ga. hanger ring supported from one 25 x 12 U.S. ga hanger strap on 2400 mm centres.

901 to 1200

One 38 x 12 U.S. ga. hanger ring supported from one 38 x 12 U.S. ga. hanger strap on 2400 mm centres.

1201 to 2100

Two 38 x 12 U.S. ga. hanger connected to the 32 x 32 x 3 mm angle girth reinforcing of duct, hangers on 2400 mm centres.

Support all vertical ducts at each floor with angles, rivetted to the ducts.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 15 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

U.

Duct Construction

Construct low pressure rectangular duct as follows: Low pressure ducts:

duct velocities less than 10 m/s and static pressures in duct 500 Pa or less

Dimension

Sheet metal

Reinforcing

Joints and

Height

of longest

U.S. ga.

Between Joints

Reinforcing

side, mm

(all 4 sides)

(angle)

at joints

of standing leg. mm

Thru 300

24

None

Drive slip

25

(sides only) Plain “S” slip 301-450

24

None

as above

25

451-760

24

25 x 25 x 3

Hemmed "S”

25

At 1500 centers

Slip bar slip 3040 centres

761-1060

22

25 x 25 x 3 at 1500 centers

Alternate or reinforced 25x3 Bar slip 3040 centres

25

1061-1370

22

38 x 38 x 3

Alternate or

38

At 1200 centers

Reinforced 38 x 3 Bar Slip 2400 centres

1371-1520

20

38 x 38 x 3

Reinforced

At 1200 centers

38 x 3

38

Bar Slip 2400 centres 1521-2130

20

38 x 38 x 3

Reinforced

At 600 centers

38 x 3

38

Bar Slip 1200 centres 2131-2430

18

38 x 38 x 3

Companion

At 600 centers

Angles

38

38 x 38 x 3 at 1200 centres

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 16 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Dimension

Sheet metal

Reinforcing

Joints and

Height

of longest

U.S. ga.

Between Joints

Reinforcing

side, mm

(all 4 sides)

(angle)

at joints

of standing leg. mm

2431-3040

18

50 x 50 x4

Companion

At 600 centers

Angles

50

50 x 50 x 4 at 1200 centers Bracing spacing shown above shall be maximum spacing between two bracings or between bracing and joint. Locate bracings mid-way between joints. Longitudinal joints shall be Pittsburgh lock seam at edge of duct and grooved seam on face of duct. V.

Construct medium pressure (over 500 Pa) rectangular ducts as follows:

Max. duct

Sheet metal

Transverse joint connection and bracing

Dimension in mm

U.S. ga.

dimensions in mm

up to 300

24

25 standing seam, 16 welded flange, 1 pocket lock, no bracing

301 to 450

24

25 standing seam, 22 welded flange, 1 pocket lock, bracing 25 x 25 x 16 U.S. ga. at 1200

451 to 600

22

38 standing seam, 35 welded flange, 28 pocket lock, bracing 25 x 25 x 3 at 1200

601 to 900

22

38 standing seam, 38 pocket lock, bracing 25 x 25 x 3 at 800

901 to 1200

22

50 standing seam or 50 flanged joint, bracing 12 x 3 at 760

1201 to 1500

20

38 standing seam or 38 flanged joint with tie rod in centre, bracing and 50 x 50 x 3 at 600

1501 to 1800

20

50 standing seam or 38 flanged joint with tie rod in centre, bracing 63 x 63 x 5 at 600

1801 to21 00

18

50 standing seam or 38 flanged joint with tie rod in centre, bracing 63 x 63 x 5 at 600

2101 to 2400

18

50 standing seam or 38 flanged joint with tie rod in centre, bracing 38 x 38 x 3 at 600, with tie rod in centre

Over 2400

18

50 standing seam or 50 flanged joint with tie rod at 1200, bracing 50 x 50 x 3 at 600 with rod in centre

Bracing spacing shown above shall be maximum spacing between two bracings or between bracing and joint. Bracings shall be located mid-way between joints.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 17 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Longitudinal joints shall be Pittsburgh lock seam at edge of duct and grooved seam on face of duct. Cleaning 1.

Protect ductwork against entry of foreign matter during construction.

2.

Remove all dirt and foreign matter from the entire duct system and clean diffusers, registers and grilles before operating fans.

3.

Provide temporary capping of ductwork to prevent entry of foreign matter during construction.

4.

Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Provide adequate access into ductwork for cleaning purposes

W.

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning

1.

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning shall be as detailed in standards listed in this Section as well as per Section Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. All medium and high pressure ductwork systems shall be tested for air leakage. The COMPANY reserves the right to require up to 25% of the ductwork systems of its selection to be tested for air leakage. Should any one of the system tests indicate an air leakage above the prescribed limit the COMPANY will call for all low pressure systems to be so tested and no claim in respect of such further tests will be allowed.

2.

If a first test produces leakage in excess of the permitted maximum, the section shall be resealed and retested until a satisfactory result is achieved. If at the time of witnessing the test it is apparent that excessive additional sealing of seams or joints has been done in order to meet the required leakage level, the section of ductwork under test shall not be counted as part of the tested ductwork except where the whole of the ductwork is required to be tested.

3.

Provide notice of testing to the COMPANY in accordance with Contract requirements so that, where he deems necessary, the COMPANY or its representative shall witness the test. The test rig and all necessary blanks for the purpose of sealing the ductwork under test shall be provided, and blanks shall be removed after the test has been approved for each section of the ductwork.

4.

A test certificate shall be issue for each section of the ductwork satisfactorily tested. Standard test certificates shall be issued by the COMPANY and each certificate submitted shall clearly state the information required on the certificate. Constant and variable air volume boxes or any other ancillary items of equipment which may be liable to damage by the test pressure shall be isolated during the test and all necessary precautions shall be taken. Any damaged equipment shall be replaced.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 31 13 Metal Ductwork And Accessories

Page 18 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 34 00 FANS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 1 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 34 00 FANS CONTENTS 1.

GENERAL

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS MAINTENANCE DATA PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

2.

PRODUCT

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10

ROOF MOUNTED FANS; TOILET EXTRACT FAN ( FOR EXTERNAL ROOF APPLICATION) KITCHEN EXTRACT FAN MAKE UP AIR FANS DUCTED INLINE EXTRACT FANS PRESSURIZATION FANS – UL LISTED AND CIVIL DEFENCE APPROVED GENERAL EXTRACT - CENTRIFUGAL FANS CHEMICAL EXTRACT CENTRIFUGAL FANS SMOKE EXTRACT FANS - UL LISTED AND CIVIL DEFENCE APPROVED 7 WALL/WINDOW MOUNTED EXTRACT FANS

3.

EXECUTION

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5

INSTALLATION PRE-OPERATION MAINTENANCE START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING WARRANTY

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 2 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to sections 23 05 00 (General Requirements), and 23 05 48 (Mechanical Sound…) and other related sections of HVAC Services Division 23.

1.2

Description of Work 1.2.1

Carry out design, engineering and furnish and install fans as indicated on drawings

1.2.2

Types of fans required for project include the following:

Axial flow fans Centrifugal Fans Ducted Inline Centrifugal Fans 1.2.3 fans.

Refer to other division 15 sections for vibration control units used in conjunction with

1.2.4 Refer to other division 15 sections for testing, adjusting, and balancing work required in conjunction with fans. 1.2.5

Refer to Division 16 sections for the following work:

Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on unit. Include starters, disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory installed by manufacturer. Interlock wiring between electrically operated equipment units and between equipment and field installed control devices. All the Fans inlet and outlet shall be provided with Stainless Steel 304 insect screen. Louvers and Damper to be provided wherever necessary as shown on the drawings. Bearing shall be selected for minimum (L10-50,000 hours) at the maximum load and shall not be less than the indicated/required for each type. All steel fans shall be epoxy pinted. 1.3

Quality Assurance 1.3.1 Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture’s of fans of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. 1.3.2

Codes and Standards:

Fans shall be performance tested in accordance with BS 848. Motors shall comply with BS 5000. Impellers shall be dynamically balanced to ISO 1940 Grade 6.3.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 3 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Air and Sound Certified Ratings Seal. Fan air performance ratings shall be bear on test conducted in an AMCA registered laboratory for AMCA 210 air performance testing. The test standard used shall be ANSI/AMCA Standard 210-85, ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 51-1985 "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating". AMCA Compliance: Provide all the fans bearing the AMCA Certified ratings seal and the same shall be varified from AMCA authenticity. Sound rating for fans in accordance with AMCA 300 “Test Code for Sound rating air moving devices”. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate fans in accordance with ASHRAE 51 (AMCA 210) “Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating”. UL Compliance: Provide fan electrical components which have been listed and labeled by UL, equivalent. All Fans shall be air tested in accordance with BS 848 Part 1, 1980 or fans performance shall be AMCA certified and labelled. All the Fans , as mentioned within this section shall be from one single source /manufactrurer and locally assembled fans wihout certifications is not allowed. Each fan shall bear a permanently affixed manufacturer's nameplate containing the model number and individual serial number for future identification. 1.4

Submittals

1.4.1 Product Data : Submit manufacturer’s technical product data for fans including specifications, capacity ratings, fan performance, curves with operating point clearly indicated, gages and finishes of materials, and installation instruction. 1.4.2 Shop Drawings : Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, construction details, and field connection details. 1.4.3 Wiring Diagrams : Submit manufacturer’s electrical requirements for power supply wiring to fans. Submit manufacturer’s ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory – installed and portions to be field- installed. 1.4.4 Submittal shall include spare parts list required for 3 years operation 1.4.5 Pressure Calculations Submit pressure drop calculations based on shop drawings for approval by the before final selection of the unit. 1.5

Maintenance Data Submit maintenance data parts list for each type of fan accessory, and control. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual.

1.6

Product Delivery, Storage and Handling 1.61 Deliver fans with factory installed shipping skids and lifting lugs, pack components in factory fabricated protective containers.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 4 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.6.2 Handle fans carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. Do not install damaged components; replace and return damaged components to air handling unit manufacturer. 1.6.3

Store fans in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic.

1.6.4 Comply with manufacturer’s rigging and installation instructions for unloading fans and moving them to final location. 1.6.5 Warranty; The Contractor shall provide full warranty complete unit (for all fans) for a period of Two years in all respects including motor, bearing, belts, blowers etc from the date of FAC. The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the replacement of defects in material or workmanship ( repair of the defective part is not allowed) . 2.

PRODUCT Fan type shall be as shon on drawings: 2.1

Roof Mounted Fans 2.1.1

The weather cap and base shall be moulded in ultra violet stabilised polyester resin, glass reinforced, rendered fire retardant to BS476: Part 7, Class 2 or to equivalent North American Standards (as applicable)

2.1.2

The material shall be strong, light in weight, shall give excellent resistance to atmospheric corrosion as per site conditions and shall be suitable for operational use in a wide range of climatic conditions.

2.1.3

The unit shall be load tested to ensure a generous structural factor of safety enabling the units to withstand all normally encountered weather conditions. The cowl shall be secured to the mounting brackets by stainless steel screws.

2.1.4

Aluminium anti backdraught shutters shall be fitted as standard, being opened by air movement and closed

2.1.5

Synthetic rubber buffers shall be provided to ensure quiet operation.

2.1.6

Impellers shall be high efficiency, designed specifically for applications in this range of roof extract units.

2.1.7

Fan support arms shall be of mild steel, reliantly mounted to the base.

2.1.8

The unit shall be designed to operate efficiently when mounted horizontally or on a pitched roof up to an angle of 30 deg. from the horizontal .

2.1.9

Motors shall be metric sized, ball bearing, squirrel cage induction type, for direct on line starting. All motors shall have Class F insulation with degree of protection IP55/ IP65 as applicable.

2.1.10

Motor bearings shall be prelubricated with high quality grease. In ambient temperatures up to 50 deg. C (122deg.F). Bearing shall be prelubricated after 30,000 hours running or five years intermittent use. Where lubricators are fitted the motors shall be prelubricated after two years.

2.1.11

Accessories shall include lid guards, silencers and unit mounted isolators.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 5 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.12

All fans shall be manufactured to strict quality controls as regulated by BS 5750 Part1, ISO 9001, EN29001, Underwriter's Laboratory.

2.1.13 All external fans cabinets in ambient conditions shall be protected with anti corrosion marine environmental baked polyester powder coating with 5-years warranty ( suitable for site conditions). 2.1.14 The fume cupboard extract fans shall be centrifugal of galvanised steel or aluminium alloy construction. The fans shall be as per the requirements of the relevant parts of BS 5588. Where installed outdoors, the fans shall be of weather proof construction. 2.1.15 Roof mounted smoke extract fan shall be capable of working at an operating temperature of 400 deg. C. 2.2

Toilet Extract Fan ( For external roof application) 2.2.1

Unit casing shall be manufactured with aluminium alloy protected with anti corrosion coastal/marine environmental baked polyester powder coating (5-years warranty) and shall house fan assemblies, comprising double inlet forward curved centrifugal impellers running in an individual scroll. Impeller may be either direct driven or belt driven depending upon the fan duty. Motors shall be TEFV type with sealed for life bearings. Motor insulation shall be Class 'F'. Motor shall be of High Efficiency type with IP65

2.2.2

Fans shall be fitted with air flow sensors linked shutter system. Motors and flow sensors shall be prewired to fitted isolator accessible from outside.

2.2.3

Units shall be supplied for either roof mounting or plant room use as indicated on the drawings. Units shall be supplied with auto changeover panels with duty/stand-by selector switch to formulate a twin fan. Motorized dampers, run/fail indication lamps, cyclic relay for duty sharing. Starter/Auto changeover panels shall be incorporated within electrical power supply panels, with emergency weather proof isolator switch.

2.3

Ducted Inline Extract Fans Housing shall be of pressed galvanized steel, protected with anti corrosion coastal/marine environmental baked polyester powder coating (5-years warranty). Impellers shall be backward curved centrifugal design driven by speed controllable motors with integral thermal protection. Motors shall be squirrel cage induction type suitable for 240V/1PH/50Hz electric supply. Bearings shall be ball type, sealed for life. Speed controllers shall be supplied by fan manufacturer. Extract fans shall be provided with spartk arrestors as noted within the equipment schedules.

2.4

General extract - Centrifugal fans The General Extract Fan shall be heavy duty Centrifugal – DIDW cabinet, roof mounted fan for General Mixed Air Flow. A. Housing shall be of the square design constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel, cabinet protected with anti corrosion coastal/marine environmental baked polyester powder coating (5-years warranty) and shall include square duct mounting collars.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 6 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B. Construction shall be include two removable access panels located perpendicular to motor mounting panel. The access panels must be of sufficient size to permit easy access to all interior components. C. Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of aluminum and shall include a wheel cone carefully matched to the inlet cone for precise running tolerances. Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. D. Motors shall be heavy-duty ball bearing type, carefully matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Motors and drives shall be mounted out of the airstreams. Motors shall be readily accessible for maintenance. Motors shall be totally enclosed with class 'F' insulation, High Eff with IP65 E. Precision ground and polished shaft shall be mounted in permanently sealed, lubricated pillow block ball bearings. Bearings shall be selected for minimum life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. F. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. G. Pulleys shall be of the fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. H. Motor pulleys shall be adjustable for final system balancing. A disconnect switch shall be provided as standard, except with explosion resistant motors, where disconnects are optional. Factory wiring shall be provided from motor to the handy box. I. 2.8

Extract fans shall be provided with spartk arrestors as noted within the equipment schedules.

Chemical Extract Centrifugal fans for Laborotaries, Process Areas and Chemical Containing Rooms The Extract Fan shall be designed/manufactured for conveying corrosive vapours, smokes and high humidity and up to 60°C temperature and shall be complete with corrosive vapours resistance cabinet 100 % weather proof sutiable for outdoor installation under direct sun rays, fan shall be centrifugal backward curved with high efficiency. Volute shall be polyethylene. Single inlet impeller in polypropylene with backward curved blades and aluminum hub. Motor support in epoxy painted heavy steel sheet, motor IP 55, class F B5 shape suitable to S1 service – continuos working to constant load. Fan shall be complete with anti vibration joints in PVC for inlet and outlet sides. Manual setting shutter.

2.9

SMOKE EXTRACT FANS - UL Listed and Civil Defence approved A. Description: Units are designed to permit operation at extreme elevated temperatures for a known time period under smoke operation. Fans to be capable of withstanding temperatures of upto 400oC generally for up to 2 hour duration. Roof units shall include a cowl of fiberglass or aluminium. B. Construction: Casings shall be heavy gauge, mild sheet steel, roll formed and welded, then hot dipped galvanized to BS 729. Hubs shall be die cast aluminium alloy. Fan

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 7 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

shall be complete with adjustable pitch aerofoil impellers with blades pressure die cast aluminium alloy or polyester powder coated steel. C. Motor: Motors shall be foot mounted totally enclosed metric type to IP55, with sealed for life bearings, standard industrial paint finish and Class H insulation to BS 4999 Part 20, IEC 34/1, suitable for operating at high temperatures, motors are to be wired using high temperature rated weatherproofed cable to an IP55 protected terminal box mounted on the outside of the unit casing. Units are to be designed and manufactured with procedures as defined in BSEN ISO 9001 : 1994. EEC Directives shall be met. Motor shall be tested for high temperature operation in accordance with BS 7346 (Part 2) and PR EN 12101-3. D. Performance : Fan unit is tested to either National or European draft standards. Smoke extract axial fans shall be tested to ISO 5801 (1997) – Airside Performance, and BS 848 Part 2 (1985) – Sound level performance. E. Accessories: Fans shall be complete with the following accessories: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 3.

Mounting feet Anti Vibration mounts Matching Flanges Inlet Cones Non Return Dampers and Wire Guards

EXECUTION 3.1

Installation 3.1.1 Install as shown on the drawings, as detailed, and according to manufacturer's installation instructions. On units provided with a drain connection, reduce drain connection down to ½inch fitting and leave open. 3.1.2 Align fan and motor sheaves to allow belts to run true and straight. 3.1.3 Bolt equipment to curbs with galvanized lag bolts. 3.1.4 Install thrust restraints in accordance with the requirements of related Sections:

3.2

Pre-Operation Maintenance 3.2.1

Grease bearings.

3.2.2 Rotate impeller by hand and check for shifting during shipment and check all bolts, collars, and other parts for tightness. 3.3

Start-Up and Instructions 3.3.1

Check vibration and correct as necessary for air balance work.

After air balancing is complete and permanent sheaves are in place perform necessary field mechanical balancing to meet vibration tolerance in Section SOUND, VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROL

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 8 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.4

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning 3.4.1 Testing, Balancing and Commissioning shall be as detailed in manufacturers commissioning literature and in standards listed in this Section as well as per Section 15950 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing . 3.4.2 Coincidentally with the above test, all medium and high pressure ductwork systems as defined by SMACNA shall be tested for air leakage. 3.4.3 Provide notice of any test to the in writing in accordance with Contract requirements so that, where he deems necessary, the or his representative shall witness the test. The test rig and all necessary blanks for the purpose of sealing the ductwork under test shall be provided, and blanks shall be removed after the test has been approved for each section of the ductwork.

3.5

WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide full warranty complete unit (for all fan, shutter and accesories) for a period of five year in all respects including motor, bearing, belts, blowers etc from the date of provisional acceptance certificate. The warranty shall include parts and labour costs for the repair and replacement of defects in material or workmanship

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 34 00 Fans

Page 9 of 9

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 37 00 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 1 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 37 00 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS CONTENTS 1.

GENERAL

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:

2.

PRODUCTS

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 3.0

GENERAL LINEAR BAR GRILLES FOUR-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS PERFORATED FACE CEILING DIFFUSERS WALL REGISTERS EGGCRATE GRILLES CIRCULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSERS EXHAUST DISC VALVES EXTRACT AIR LOUVRES SAND TRAP LOUVRE FOR AIR INTAKE FUME CUPBOARD (NOT APPLICABLE)

4.

VENTURI AIR VALVE (NOT APPLICABLE)

4.1 4.2

AIRFLOW AIR VALVE EXHAUST AND SUPPLY AIRFLOW DEVICE CONTROLLER

5.

EXECUTION

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5

EXAMINATION INSTALLATION CLEANING IDENTIFICATION TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 2 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to sections 23 05 00 (General Requirements), and 23 05 48 (Mechanical Sound…) and other related sections of HVAC Services Division 23.

1.2

Description of Work 1.2.1

Carry out design, engineering and furnish and install air outlets as indicated on drawings.

1.2.2

Types of air outlets and inlets required for project include the following: Ceiling air diffusers Wall registers and grilles Louvres

1.2.3

Refer to section 15810 for ductwork and duct accessories required in conjunction with air outlets and inlets.

1.2.4

Refer to section 15950 for balancing of air outlets and inlets.

1.3

Quality Assurance 1.3.1

Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Local firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air outlets and inlets of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

1.3.2

Codes and Standard:

1.3.3

ARI Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with ARI650 “Standard for air outlets and inlets”

1.3.4

ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlet in accordance with ASHRAE 70 “Method of Testing for Rating the Air flow Performance of outlets and Inlet”.

1.3.5

AMCA compliance : Test and rate louvers in accordance with AMCA 500 “Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters”.

1.4

Submittals 1.4.1

Product Data : Submit manufacturer’s technical product data for air outlets and inlets including the following: Schedule of air outlets and inlets indicating drawings designation, room location, number furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished. Data sheet for each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished, indicating construction, finish, and mounting details.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 3 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Performance data for each type of air outlet and inlet furnished, including aspiration ability, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings. Indicate selections on data. 1.4.2

Shop Drawings : Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, construction details, and field connection details.

1.4.3

Submit mock-up installation for COMPANY approval before final selection.

1.5

2.

Product Delivery, Storage and Handling: 1.5.1

Deliver air outlets and inlets wrapped in factory fabricated fiber board type containers. Identify on outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices.

1.5.2

Store air outlets and inlets in original cartons and protect from weather and construction work traffic. Where possible, store indoors; when necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping.

PRODUCTS

2.1

General 2.1.1

Select all diffusers to provide uniform air coverage without overlap. Air velocity up to a height of 6’ (1.8m) above the floor shall be 25 to 50 fpm (0.13 to 0.25 m/s).

2.1.2

Noise generated by outlet or inlet at peak volume shall be such that room sound pressure level does not exceed noise criterion 26 with an 8 Db. Room attenuation; the sound power level reference to 10-12 power watts.

2.1.3

All volume and air pattern devices shall be fully adjustable from the face of the diffuser, register or grille.

2.1.4

Size of all round flexible or rigid duct connections to diffusers shall be the same size as diffuser inlet diameter.

2.1.5

Diffusers, registers and grilles shall be arranged for flush mounting in lay-in type ceilings and over lap mounting in plaster, mineral tile and similar ceilings, with concealed fixings unless otherwise directed.

2.1.6

Grilles, register and diffuser locations shall be adjusted to suit reflected ceiling drawings, or site instructions. It is recommended that all grilles, registers, diffusers, louvres be from one manufacturer.

2.1.7

All diffusers, grilles and registers shall be supplied completely factory powder coated. Finish colour shall be to the approval of the COMPANY. The interior of all grilles and diffusers is to be factory painted matt black.

2.1.8

All supply grilles and diffusers will have opposed blade balancing dampers. All will have foam rubber sealing band around the edge to seal to the structure. All pivots will be round section, not of formed sheet, and not relying on a spring steel locking wire.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 4 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.9

Unless otherwise specified basic grilles and diffuser materials shall be Aluminium extruded sections. Sections in the airstream shall be carefully selected to minimize turbulence.

2.1.10

All grilles and diffusers supplied on this project shall be tested and rated in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 70-72, ADC Test Code 1062-GRD and ISO 3741.

2.2

Linear Bar Grilles Linear bar grilles shall be fabricated from aluminium, with 6.4mm wide bars on 12.5mm centres pressed into a notched steel retaining bar. The core can be either welded into the cuter frame, or, where the grille is used in a sill application, held in the outer frame by spring clips fixed to the core retaining bar. The outer frame shall be 35mm deep and shall have a visible flange 25.4 mm wide. Mitred end caps shall be welded to give a near invisible joint. The grill shall be complete with an opposed blade damper painted matt black, and shall be fixed with universal mounting brackets. Both the damper and the fixing brackets shall be accessible through the face of the grille. Continuous grilles shall be provided with positive alignment strips, which fit into special keyways extruded into the frame of the grille to ensure clean unbroken lines.

2.3

Four-way Ceiling Diffusers Ceiling Diffusers shall be multicone giving 4 way horizontal discharge. The three centre cones of the diffuser shall be manufactured from pressed aluminium, with the remaining cones and the outer frame fabricated from extruded aluminium welded at the corners to give near invisible joints. The core shall be removable without the use of special tools, but for safety, shall be fixed to the outer frame by a small length of chain. The diffuser shall be complete with an opposed blade damper painted matt black. All supply air diffusers shall be provided with an equalizing grid.

2.4

Perforated Face Ceiling Diffusers Perforated ceiling diffusers shall be (Powder coated galvinized steel, flush face), for supply and return. The return models shall have the same face and border construction as the supply models for harmonious appearance in the room. Diffusers shall have a perforated face with 3/16" diameter holes on ¼" staggered centers and no less than 51% free area. Perforated face shall be Powder coated galvinized steel, color finish shall be subject to COMPANY approval. The back pan shall be one piece stamped heavy gauge steel of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. The diffuser neck shall have 25-30mm depth for easy duct connection. Diffusers must discharge a uniform horizontal blanket of air into the room and protect ceiling against smudging. Pattern controllers in the supply models shall be mounted on the back of the perforated face and must be field adjustable to allow the discharged air to enter the room in either vertical or 1,2,3 or 4-way horizontal jets. The perforated face must be

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 5 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

easily unlatchable from the back pan to facilitate removal of the face for pattern controller adjustment or to access damper. Damper shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel. Damper must be operable from the face of the diffuser by unlatching the diffuser face. The diffuser must be designed such that complete removal of the face is not required during damper adjustment. The contractor shall provide published performance data for the perforated diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE standard 70-1991. 2.5

Wall Registers Wall registers shall be double deflection fabricated from aluminium, the front vanes being horizontal, the rear vanes vertical. This grille shall be complete with an opposed blade damper painted matt black and adjustable from the face of the diffuser. Both sets of vanes shall be fully adjustable without the use of special tools.

2.6

Eggcrate Grilles Eggcrate return or extract grille shall be provided with a steel lattice core of 12.7mm x 12.7mm openings, giving a free area of 90%. The core shall be fixed into an extruded aluminium frame, with welded corners and a 25mm face flange. The grille shall be complete with wire mesh and an opposed blade damper painted matt black and adjustable through the face of the diffuser.

2.7

Circular Ceiling Diffusers Circular ceiling diffuser shall be of aluminium construction with two concentric inner spinnings. The diffuser core shall be fully adjustable for vertical or horizontal air discharge, and shall be removable without the use of special tools. A flap damper shall be provided in the neck of the diffuser which is adjustable from the diffuser face.

2.8

Linear Slot Diffusers Linear Slot diffusers shall provide an unobtrusive continuous air diffusion with a pleasing aesthetic appearance. Hairline butt joints shall ensure clean unbroken linear runs for active and dummy sections. The diffusers shall be complete with pattern control blades, fully adjustable from face of diffuser through 180 degrees and shall be fitted with end caps at each end. The diffuser members shall be constructed from high quality aluminium extrusions to BS 1474 while the pattern control blades shall be of black rigid PVC.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 6 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.9

Circular Swirl Diffusers Circular swirl diffusers shall be duct mounted and generally installed in areas requiring high design air volumes, or areas with high ceilings. These shall be provided with an outer ring incorporating either fixed or adjustable blades depending upon the application, and as detailed on the drawings and within the equipment schedules. For high zone installation the diffusers shall be fixed for vertical discharge air pattern. Adjustable blades shall be adjustable manually or via an electric actuator as detailed on the drawings and within the equipment schedules. The diffusers shall be suitable for use in systems with variations in supply temperature differentials between -10 K and +15 K. The outer ring incorporating a discharge nozzle and the central cover cap shall be made of aluminum. The blades, casing, spigots shall be made of galvanized sheet steel.

2.9

Exhaust Disc Valves Exhaust valves shall be manufactured from high quality sheet steel spinnings protected by a stove enameled or powder coated paint finish. Flanges shall be fitted with sealing gaskets. The valves shall be installed with the aid of a mounting ring and air flow adjusted by rotating the central disc. Finish of valves shall be to the COMPANY’s approval.

2.10

Extract Air Louvres Louvres shall be extruded Aluminium frame with Aluminium blades of not less than 2 mm thickness, and shall be firmly fixed so as not to vibrate. Unsupported blade width shall not exceed 1800 mm. Behind each louvre shall be an insect mesh screen 76 x 6 mm made from 2 mm diameter stainless steel wire. The screen will be clamped by a 20 mm frame and will be firmly fixed to the outer edges of the louvre. The frame shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication. The connection to the louvre shall be flexible and shall ensure no duct load is transmitted to the louvre. All the louvers shall be provided with heavy guage Stainless Steel insect mesh as per COMPANY instructiuons. Louvres shall be provided with powder coated finish to the approval of the COMPANY.

2.11

Sand Trap Louvre For Air Intake Sand trap louvres shall have a double deflection inlet passage to separate sand from incoming air by means of centrifugal forces. Separation efficiency particle size 350-700 shall not be less than 90% at a face velocity of 1M/Sec and not less than 70% at a face velocity of 2M/sec.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 7 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Sand trap louvre shall be of aluminium construction, self cleaning and maintenance free. The base of the louvre shall have self-emptying sand holes. Pressure drop at 2 M/Sec average face velocity shall not exceed 120 pascals. All the louvers shall be provided with heavy guage Stainless Steel insect mesh as per COMPANY instructiuons Sand louvres shall be provided with powder coated finish to COMPANY. 2.12

the approval of THE

Intake Louver with Chemical Filter. Where chemical filter indicated on drawings in the fresh air connection to mixed air AHU, reffer to AHU specification section for chemical filter specification.

3.0

Fume Cupboard 3.1 Working in laboratory involves hazardous fume, harmful gases، airborne particles and even disturbing odours. Fume cupboards system ensures a safer work place and better health. 3.2 Material Specifications of Fume Cupboard: The Fume cupboards shall install and commissioned as per ASHRAE 110-1995. All fume cupboards shall be in 5 parts-Frame work, under bench cabinet, worktop, extraction chamber and blower. 3.3 FC-Frame Work: Heavy duty frame work with the sections of 80*40*3mm thick cold rolled mild steel, degreased and galvanized with epoxy powder coated for smooth finish and protection. Adjustable leveling jacks of tough plastic/ nylon will be provided for supporting cupboard. 3.4 FC-Under bench cabinets: Under bench cabinets with adjustable shelves made of 18mm thick BWP plywood with 0.7 mm thick melamine on both sides. The lamination is done with hot press to prevent de-lamination under any circumstance All exposed edges are lipped with PVC edging With hot melt glue at 205 degree Celsius. For maintenance and access to the services the under bench cabinet is easily removable. 3.5 FC-Worktop: Worktop shall be made of 19 mm/25mm thick dished Epoxy resin top. Material shall be monolithic, modified epoxy resin product and material formulated to provide a work surface with high chemical resistance characteristics. Surfaces shall have a uniform low sheen surface. The color of the worktop shall be black. 3.6 FC-Extraction Chamber: Exterior of extraction chamber is made of melamine laminated body. Inside baffles is made with thick chemical &dry heat resistant trespa virtuon. Inside body is laminated with 30mm thick compact laminate. The front sash is vertical smoothly sliding and made of 6 mm thick toughened glass with counter weight A fluorescent light is provided at the top in a separate sealed chamber covered with wired glass for safety purposes

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 8 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.7 Services: A drip-cup (cup Sink) is provided at the corner to drain any liquid spillage. The drip cup is chemical resistant and molded as single piece in polypropylene LPG and cold water outlets shall be provided within the chamber with remote control valve to operate from outside. Ac drip cup is provided and connected to drain 1 no’s 13/15 Amp socket shall be provided of the fume cupboard. Additional services can be provided as per the requirement. 3.8 Blower Blower housing is of strong high density UV treated polypropylene for maximum corrosion resistance the impeller is completely made of polypropylene with noise level less than 62 dB. The performance shall be tested in accordance with AMCA 210-85 and ISO 5801. The motor shall be minimum of 0.18 KW. Three phase. 380/440V. 4.

VENTURI AIR VALVE 4.1

Div. 23 - HVAC

AIRFLOW AIR VALVE 4.1.1

Airflow control valve shall be of venture control type utilizing a venture section Into which a cone shaped element slides to create a smoothly varying, ring shaped Orifice. Valve shall be constructed such that the venture body’s shape logarithmically necks down to the orifice area and then logarithmically reexpands to full valve inlet Butterfly, opposed blade, bladder type dampers, or VAV boxes are not acceptable.

4.1.2

The valve assembly manufacturer’s Quality Management System shall be Registered to ISO 900:2008.

4.1.3

Each airflow control valve shall be factory calibrated to the job specific airflows As detailed on the plans and specification. Valve shall be electronically Calibrated/characterized at the factory by certified NIST traceable air stations The valves characterization shall be determined at eight unique airflows Including a test of valve’s pressure independence at three different statics Pressures. A total of nineteen airflow checks shall be performed and recorded for each valve.

4.1.4

Field adjustments shall not be required other than minor changes as required for balancing. Accuracies and performance shall be guaranteed as specified irrespective of field conditions.

4.1.5

Valve shall achieve 90% of its commanded volume within one second of being Commanded to its new volume set point (irrespective of system stability) with Less than a 5% undershoot or overshoot.

4.1.6

A reduction in airflow of approximately 20% below the set point shall be sensed and alarmed by a static pressure switch pre-mounted to a fume hood exhaust valve. The switch shall operate by measuring the pressure drop across the valve variable orifice venture.

4.1.7

The airflow control device shall be pressure independent over its specified differential static pressure operating range. An integral pressure independent assembly shall respond and maintain specific airflow within one second of a change in duct static pressure irrespective of the magnitude of pressure and/or

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 9 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

flow change or quantity of airflow controllers on a manifold system. 4.1.8

The airflow control device shall maintain accuracy within ±5% of signal over an Airflow turndown range of no less than 12.5 to 1 and regardless of inlet or exit Duct configuration.

4.1.9

No minimum entrance or exit duct diameters shall be required to ensure accuracy and/or pressure independence.

4.1.10 No rotational/axial orientation requirements shall be required to ensure accuracy and/or pressure independence. 4.1.11 The airflow control device shall maintain pressure independence regardless of Loss of power. 4.1.12 Supply and Fume exhaust air valve bodies shall be of minimum 16 gauge Aluminum. 4.1.13 The airflow control device shall be suitable for corrosive airstreams from fume hoods and other chemical processes related to Petroleum industry. Bodies and cones shall have a baked-on, Corrosion-resistant phenolic coating. (Heresite P403 or Phenoflex 957). The device’s shaft shall be made of 316 stainless steel With a Teflon coating. The shaft support brackets shall be made of 316 stainless steel. The pivot arm and internal “S” link shall be made of 316 or 303 stainless steel. The pressure independent springs shall be a spring-grade stainless steel. The internal nuts, bolts and rivets shall be stainless steel. All shaft bearing surfaces shall be made of PP (polypropylene) or PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) composite. 4.1.14 Actuation. The valves shall be electrically actuated for VAV operation with a factory mounted CE certified electronic actuator. Loss of electronic signal shall cause exhaust valve to fail open and supply valves to fail closed. Loss of main power shall cause the valve to position itself in an appropriate failsafe state. Options for these failsafe states include: normally open-maximum position, normally closed-minimum position and last position. This position shall be This position shall be maintained constantly without external influence, Regardless of external conditions on the valve (within product specifications). 4.1.15 The controller for the airflow control devices shall be microprocessor based and operate using peer-to-peer control architecture. The room-level airflow \ control devices shall function as a standalone network. 4.1.16 The room-level control network shall utilize a BACnet communications protocol. 4.1.17 There shall be no reliance on external or building-level control devices to Perform room-level control functions. Each laboratory control system shall have The capability of performing fume hood control, pressurization control, Temperature control, humidity control, and implement occupancy and emergency mode control schemes. 4.1.18 The LACS shall have the option of digital integration with the BMS. 4.1.19 Certification

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 10 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

a)

Each airflow control device shall be factory characterized to the job specific airflows as detailed on the plans and specifications using NIST traceable air stations and instrumentation having a combined accuracy of no more than ±1% of signal (5,000 to 250cfm), ±2% of signal (249 to 100cfm) and ±3% of signal (199 to 35cm). Electronic airflow control devices shall be further characterized and their accuracy verified to ±5% of signal at a minimum of 48 different airflows across the full operating range of the device.

b) Each airflow control device shall be marked with device-specific factory characterization data. At a minimum, it should include the room number, tag number, serial number, model number, eight-point characterization information (for electronic devices), date of manufacturer and quality control inspection numbers. All information shall be stored by the manufacturer for use with as-built documentation. Characterization data shall be stored indefinitely by the manufacturer and backed up off site for catastrophic event recovery. 4.2 EXHAUST AND SUPPLY AIRFLOW DEVICE CONTROLLER

5. 5.1

4.2.1

A make-up air control unit equal to the MAC shall be supplied to control the airflow balance of the laboratory room. The make-up air control unit shall be panel or valve mounted. Provide one Make-up Control Unit per laboratory. A tracking controller equal to the MAC option shall be supplied to provide proper room pressurization and airflow balance where only one exhaust or return air source is used in conjunction with one make-up/supply air source.

4.2.2

The control unit shall maintain a constant adjustable offset between the sum of The room’s total exhaust and the make-up/supply air volumes. This offset shall Be independent of the exhaust volume magnitude and represent the volume to Air that will enter the room from the corridor or other room.

4.2.3

the airflow control device shall be a microprocessor-based design and shall use Closed loop control to linearly regulate airflow based on a digital control signal. The device shall generate a digital feedback signal that represents its airflow.

EXECUTION Examination

Div. 23 - HVAC

5.1.1

Verify inlet/outlet locations.

5.1.2

Verify the size of air terminals to achieve proper air pattern.

5.1.3

Verify ceiling and wall systems are ready for installation.

5.1.4

Ensure the noise generated by air terminals is within the permissible range.

5.1.5

Coordinate beginning and completion of installation with other works.

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 11 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

5.2

Installation 5.2.1

Install all Air Inlets and Air Outlets as indicated on project drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Perforated face diffusers shall be provided in corridors and offices. The face size of diffusers shall match with the panel size of suspended ceiling whereas the net size shall be as per the requirements of the air flow.

5.2.2

Where electrical reheat coils are provided with air terminal boxes, provide duct access doors in ductwork upstream and downstream of reheat coil. Duct access doors shall be of the necessary dimensions to access and replace reheat coils.

5.2.3

Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Or as per architectural specifications.

5.2.4

Interface with other products Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.

5.3

5.4

Cleaning 5.3.1

Protect all Air Inlets and Air Outlets against entry of foreign matter during construction works.

5.3.2

Remove all dirt and foreign matter from the entire duct system and clean diffusers, registers and grilles before operating fans.

5.3.3

Provide temporary capping to prevent entry of foreign matter during construction.

5.3.4

Clean duct systems, Air Inlets and Air Outlets with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. Provide adequate access into ductwork for cleaning purposes.

Identification The identification shall be as detailed in standards listed in this Section as well as per Section 15075 Mechanical Identification.

5.5

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning: Coordinate adjustment of Air Inlets and Air Outlets with procedures of Testing, Balancing and Commissioning as detailed in standards listed in this Section as well as per Section 15950 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing.

6.

Warranty: Contractor / Manufacturer shall be provide Warranty the air outlets and accsisories for Quality of material and Workmanship complete in all respects for “Five years. The Warranty shall include material cost and labor cost for the replacement of defected part or workmanship. END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 37 00 Air Outlets And Inlets

Page 12 of 12

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 41 00 AIR FILTRATION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 41 00 Air Filtration

Page 1 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 41 00 AIR FILTRATION Contents

1.

GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

2.

PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6

3.

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS MAINTENANCE DATA FILTERS GENERAL ALUMINUM WASHABLE FILTER BAG FILTERS PRE FILTERS – PANEL FILTERS CHEMICAL FILTERS FILTER GAUGES

EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4

INSTALLATION GENERAL FILTER GAUGES START-UP AND TEMPORARY USE TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 41 00 Air Filtration

Page 2 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.

GENERAL 1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements & Air Handling unit for HVAC Services of Division 23.

1.2

Description of Work This Section includes providing all materials as hereinafter specified or shown on the Drawings for the cleaning and filtering of the air system. Particularly related sections: Spilt Type Air Conditioning Units Package Air Conditioning Unit. AHUs/ FAHUs System. Ducted Split units System. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing.

1.3

Quality Control All Aluminium and Bag air filters shall be tested and rated in accordance with the ASHRAE Test Method (Standard 52-76) or EUROVENT 4/5.

1.4

Submittals 1.4.1 All materials submittals shall include a detailed, clause-wise, compliance statement. 1.4.2 All materials submittals shall include detailed catalogues, product literature and descriptions of all equipment and fittings with selection charts, capacities etc. 1.4.3 All material submittals shall include copies of relevant standards. 1.4.4 Provide detailed shop drawings of the items of equipment being provided, indicating the dimensions, materials and characteristics. 1.4.5 Materials selection data to be submitted.

1.5

Maintenance Data Contractor to provide maintenance data for each type for incorporation into maintenance manual.

2.

PRODUCTS 2.1

Filters general 2.1.1 The pressure drop across filters (in a ‘dirty’ filter condition) shall be considered as an internal pressure drop of the AHU (not included in the ESP).

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 41 00 Air Filtration

Page 3 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.2 All filters shall fit properly in the frames to provide an air tight assembly and prevent bypassing of air. The filter holding frames shall be of galvanized steel construction. 2.1.3 One set of thrown away filter for each type shall be provided from the manufacturer at the time of delivery of equipments for testing & commissioning stage. The Permanent filters supplied with units shall be installed at the time of Final Hand to the End User. 2.2

Aluminum Washable Filter Permanent washable filters shall be 25mm thick. The frame shall be a single piece extruded aluminum of heavy gang “U” channel with special compression, to hold the filter and lock it to the frame. The media is made from multiple layers of aluminum sheets that are corrugated, and expanded into a serious of buffers. Buffer pattern is open and fire pattern at the inlet and outlet respectively to collect dirt throughout the entire depth of the media. The filter shall have expanded aluminum grid on soft side to the media. The average dust is as per ASHRAE 52-76 shall be not less than 55-60%. Speed filter adhere shall also be provided to further increase the filter dust holding capacity.

2.3

Bag Filters Minimum 550 mm deep, high efficiency bag filters having an average atmospheric dust spot efficiency of 80% minimum on ASHRAE test Standard 52.2 (MERV13) and as measured to EUROVENT 4/5 (i.e. Grade EU7) for FAHU and (MERV 15) for AHU, The filter media shall be synthetic fiber protected against erosion of fiber particles.

2.4

Pre Filters – Panel Filters The filter media shall be natural synthetic covered with a final scrim backing. They shall be replaceable filter elements in either mat or pad form, suitable for attachment to the upstream face of the bag filter banks. Filter shall be fixed in permanent holding frames, and clips to ensure quick and easy removal. Panel filter assemblies shall be 200mm thick minimum, for AHU shall be (MERV 9) of atmospheric dust spot efficiency 40-45 % on ASHRAE test Standard 52.2, and for FAHU shall be (MERV 8) of atmospheric dust spot efficiency 30-35 % on ASHRAE test Standard 52.2.

2.5

Chemical Filter Filter shall be of high quality chemical adsorbent based on a combination of activated alumina and activated carbon powders, treated with an impregnation system, including potassium hydroxide and other proprietary chemicals. Target gases include: 

Hydrogen sulphide and sulphur dioxide



Nitrogen dioxide



Chlorine

Filter shall capable to treat the H2S gas of 5.0ppb to be less the 1.0ppb. Filter shall not support combustion and is recommended for fire sensitive applications. Filters shall be goes through the vacuum packing process before shipment.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 41 00 Air Filtration

Page 4 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Conditions Temperature: -21℃ to 60℃ Humidity: 30-95% Leak Free Plastic Canister Molecular Filter Filters shall be cartridges plastic disposable or refillable, constructed of injection molded body made of ABS HDPE plastic with loose-fill media and matching holding frames in a side access housings. 600 x 600 filter frames shall have 16 cartridges to maintain a face velocity of 2.5m/s. The molecular filtration media shall be deployed in an annular pattern with uninterrupted 360 degree geometry along the entire length of the filter. This arrangement ensures even air distribution over the entire filter area and maximizes filter lifetime. Each canister shall include a mounting assembly with three integral bayonents for mounting to matching cylindrical mounting flange. Mounting pins shall be made of stainless steel to ensure durability. A perfect seal must be ensured between the cartridge and frames to eliminate leaks through the use of a double co moulded TPE gasket positioned inside and outside of the 3 bayonet pins. The cylinder shall have radial air inlet to reduce the pressure drop and smooth air entry supported by a CFD analysis. Each canister shall contain at least 1.5 pounds (in kgs) of media per 6” (mm) of canister length filled with “Broad Spectrum” or “Targeted” (chemically impregnated) molecular filtration medias depending on the manufactures recommendation based on the application. The cartridge shall be with an inner and outer scrim to ensure cleanliness of the product. The system pressure drop shall not exceed 160Pa at a velocity of 500 fpm when mounted to matching canister holding frame(s). Filter shall be complete with stainless steel 304 mounting fames/ baseplates bolting assembled. The frame shall be rigid and manufactured to ensure leak-free installation in AHU and duct. The filter supplier / manufacturer shall provide 2 years free on-site support services including:  Supply and fit of filters if required  Supply and fill of new media on site and in site performance validation The two years started within 18 months after AHU delivered on site. The company will inform the supplier the starting date to start the service on site. Filter performance after operation The contractor / supplier shall provide in operation filter performance test kit including installation of test coupon to validate the ongoing performance coupon to be installed 15-30 days and then it shall be sent by the supplier to the laboratory where the coupon surface determined to identify. The filter performance test coupons and the safe boxes for transportation required for 3 years operation shall be delivered to the site. ISO 10121-1:2014 performance tested

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 41 00 Air Filtration

Page 5 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Certification for performance test in accordance to the test method listed in the ISO 101211:2014 document shall be submitted. The test conditions depicted in the standards are closely reflective to actual operating conditions. With the performance data obtained from these tests, the media selection process will be significantly improved based on expected efficiencies at various operating conditions. 2.6

Filter gauges 2.5.1 Direct reading, 3-1/2 inch dial type, diaphragm actuated, in a metal case. Lettering shall be black figures on white background. Provide front recalibration adjustment. 2.5.2

Provide gauges with the following ranges: Filter Type

Scale Range (Pa.)

25-60% efficient filters 80% efficient filters 90% efficient filters

0.0 to 250 0.0 to 500 0.0 to 500

Activated carbon filters

0.0 to 500

2.5.3 Provide one gauge for each filter bank, suitable for flush or surface mounting. Include an air filter gauge accessory package consisting of mounting bracket, aluminum tubing, two static pressure tips, and vent valves for each gauge. 3.

EXECUTION 3.1

Installation General 3.1.1 Install all air cleaning devices in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.1.2

Reinforce filter holding frames per manufacturer's instructions.

3.1.3 Access doors shall be provided for maintenance and renewal of filter elements and related items. Maintain necessary clearance for changing filters. 3.1.4 Where air handling equipment is to be used for temporary heating or ventilation of a facility, do not operate the equipment until specified filter media has been installed. Subcontractor shall be responsible for maintaining the cleanliness of air handling apparatus and air distribution systems during construction through regular inspection and changing of filter media throughout the construction period. 3.1.5 Where air handling apparatus is used during the construction period, install new filter media prior to start of air balancing. Additionally, deliver one new set of media to the COMPANY prior to substantial completion.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 41 00 Air Filtration

Page 6 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.2

Filter Gauges Install filter gauge static pressure tips upstream and downstream of filters. Mount gauge on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible position; install tubing and gauge valves between gauge and sensor tips. Adjust and level each gauge. 3.3

Start-up and Temporary Use

3.3.1

Clean and vacuum filter inserts, air handling units and plenums and sections of the air distribution system to the satisfaction of the Design Consultant prior to starting air handling systems.

3.3.2

Install or deliver replacement filter units as directed by the Design Consultant. 3.4

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning Testing, Balancing and Commissioning shall be as detailed in standards listed in this Section as well as per Section 15950 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing . END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 41 00 Air Filtration

Page 7 of 7

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 63 00 CLOSE CONTROL UNIT CCU (PRECISE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT) FOR SERVER ROOM

23 63 00 CLOSE CONTROL UNIT CCU (PRECISE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT) FOR SERVER ROOM

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 1 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENT 1.

GENERAL

1.1

REFERENCE

1.2

SUBMITTALS

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

2.

PRODUCTS

2.1

AIR CONDITIONERS

2.2

PUMPS

2.3

TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECORDER

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION

3.2

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

4.0

MAINTENANCE

5.

DIRECT EXPANSION

5.1

GENERAL

5.2

REFERENCE

5.3

SUBMITTALS

5.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE

5.5

PRODUCTS

5.6

EXECUTION

5.7

MAINTENANCE

6.

WARRANTY

Close control (Precise air conditioning) unit for server room shall be DX type or chilled water type or dual of chilled water and DX type as shown on drawing

1.

GENERAL

1.1

REFERENCE Conform to General Requirements for Mechanical Services Mechanical vibration & seismic control and other related section

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 2 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.2

SUBMITTALS Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, performance charts, test data, performance certificate, standard schematic drawings, specifications and installation instructions for each type unit. Contract Closeout Submittals: Operation and Maintenance Data: Deliver 2 copies, covering the installed products.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: 1. Units shall be factory tested and the design, construction and installation shall be in accordance with the following: DIN ISO 9001 / EN 29001, ARI, ANSI/Ashrae Standards 127, UL and NFPA and all State and Local codes or regulations having jurisdiction. 2. Rate cooling capacities in accordance with the ARI. 3. Electrical components shall be UL listed and factory wiring shall conform to the UL/DIN Specifications.

2.

PRODUCTS

2.1

AIR CONDITIONERS A. Type: Simple network management protocol, specifically designed for installation in data center and computer rooms. Furnish equipment totally piped and wired, including all controls. Upon placement in their permanent location in the building, only remote equipment piping and electrical power connections shall be required to make the unit(s) operable. B. Unit Casing and Frame: Fabricate from heavy gauge corrosion resistant steel, properly reinforced for maximum strength and rigidity with an all welded tubular steel or structural steel angle and channel iron framework. Casing shall be of sectional construction, with easily removable or hinged gasketed access panels with fastening devices for ease in servicing all components. Thermally and acoustically line internal surfaces of casing sections in contact with room or conditioned air, with insulation having a non-eroding surface finish Temperature-resistent from - 40°C to + 90°C, UV-resistent, non-ageing and water-proof. Fire classification of the insulation is B1 according to DIN 4102, hardly inflammable, selfextinguishing. Factory finish all exposed surfaces of unit cabinet and frame with a minimum three coat corrosion resistant baked enamel finish, color as selected by the Director from the manufacturer's standard color charts. C. CW - type: 

One chilled water heat exchanger



One chilled water cooling circuit



Dehumidification by reducing the fan speed



Chilled water piping ends outside the unit sideways



Screw fittings for chilled water connections to site piping



PICV for chilled water coil

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 3 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

D. Chilled water coil: 

High capacity chilled water coil



Copper core tubes



Pressed-on aluminium fins



Self-supporting aluminium frame



High efficiency



No dehumidification at normal cooling operation



Suction side position for optimized flow conditions and lowest pressure losses



Aluminium condensate tray and cover plates for 100% condensate collection

E. Chilled water unit CW: 

External chilled water production



PICV



Filling and drain valve



Piping of the control valve and the cw coil



Entire functionality of the cw-circuit at dispatch



Several schrader valves for air evacuation

F. PICV-control valve: 

PICV-control valve to control the chilled water circuit



Proportional control of the valve drive

G. Tube insulation: 

Highly flexible until - 40°C



FCHC-free



Resistant against most of the chemicals (with application in chemical environment please indicate type of chemicals)



Test comparable to DIN 53 428



Hardly inflammable according to DIN 4102-B1 ; PA-III 2, 768



Self-extinguishing, non-dropping, non-fire-conducting



Resistance classification R 90



Noise protection according to DIN 4109



Thermal conductivity at 0°C 0,036 W / m² x K



High water vapour transfer coefficient ; µ = 7.000



UV-proof, non-ageing and water-proof

For dual of chilled water type and DX type refer to DX clause H. Fan Section:

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 4 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

High performance EC radial fan with twofold backward curved blades, direct driven, with single suction, electronically commutated motor with integrated electronic for connection to a microprocessor system, electronically controlled fan speed, softstart, with control from the microprocessor, anti-corrosive aluminium impeller, low vibration, low noise, wear-resistant, and maintenance-free J. Filter Chamber: Integral part of unit provided with access from both sides of unit. Provide filters (EUS) have an average arrestance efficiency of not less than 90 %, self-extinguishing according to DIN 53438 (fire class F1). Small pressure loss filter monitor installed in the unit. K. Heating Section: Electric reheat coils of heavy duty, low watt density, fin tube construction with heating bars made of X2CrNi19-11 / material 1.4306, and fins made of material 1.4301 (chrome nickel steel). Provide coils with 2 stages of control (6KW+6KW). L. Humidifier Section: Electrical Steam humidifier of the steam separator type with full separation ahead of control valve. Provide unit complete with an internal drying chamber and a steam jacketed stainless steel distribution manifold. In addition, humidifier section shall include a solenoid control valve, a float and thermostatic trap and a cleanable Y-type strainer, factory prepiped for ease in making field connections. M. Accessories: Provide each air conditioner with the following: 1. floor stand with Vibration isolation, as recommended and furnished by the air conditioner manufacturer. 2. Removable rear panels (for center of room installations). 3. Automatic flush cycle on humidifiers. 4. Hot gas by-pass. 5. Disconnect switch (non-locking or locking). 6. Shutdown by external firealarm with reset at controller 7. Adjustable low/high pressure switches N. Control Center: Integral part of the units, located on the front side with a hinged door. Provide solid state electronic circuitry, factory wired, with each circuit individually fused and provided with contractors, relays and starters controlled by a 24 volt control circuit. Isolate center from conditioned air stream so as to allow for servicing with the system in operation. O. Electronic Control System: 1. Total solid state system including start button, stop button, silencing button, temporary loss of power indicator, manual reset circuit breakers، plug-in solid state temperature control with sensitivity adjustment, plug-in solid state humidity control and a back lighted monitoring panel. No visible indicating light shall appear on the panel, unless the actual operating system function requires. When required by system demand the following visual indicators shall appear: Cooling Stage 1, Heating Stage 1, 2 ;Humidification, Dehumidification, Change Filters. 2. Provide each temperature and humidity controller with an adjusting sensing point for room conditions. In addition, provide the temperature and humidity controls with a "push-to-test" calibration check button and built-in visual indicators to indicate control mode of operation. Provide all controls and control sensors of the easily accessible, plugin module type.

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 5 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

P. Control System Warning Panel: 1.

Provide control system with a back-lighted warning panel. Furnish panel complete with a solid-state plug-in module, silencing switch, individual red indicators for functions required to be monitored and an audible alarm. No visible indicating light shall appear on the panel until an alarm condition exists. When an alarm condition arises, the panel shall indicate each individual alarm situation by sounding an audible alarm and displaying the proper red indicator light on the panel. Furnish a red indicating light for each of the following alarm conditions: Loss of Airflow, Change Filters, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Humidity, Low Humidity, High Head Pressure (Compressor No. 1), High Head Pressure (Compressor No. 2) and low pressure alarms.

2.

Include on the panel a test button circuit for checking all individual red indicators and the audible alarm, and a set of non-powered normally open contacts for use as a purchaser specified remote alarm circuit.

3. Control "High Head Pressure" alarm condition by means of a separate pressure switch, set a minimum of 20 psi below the high pressure safety cut-out, thereby causing the "High Head Pressure" alarm condition to act as an early warning device. 4. Temperature and humidity controls, for use in the control system warning panel shall be individually adjustable to suit the operational requirements of the computer room, as outlined by the computer manufacturer. 5. Filter change switch shall be of the heavy duty bellows type, with an adjustable range of from 0 to 2 inches water gage. 6. Control shall include full Control /monitoring for the chilled water coil PICV control, humidifier and heater related to room temperature & humidity. The PICV shall be selected by the CCU manufacturer and provided by the contractor. 7. All unit controls shall be complete with all accessories required to provide full monitoring and alarm by the BMS including but not limited to power ON/OFF space temperature and humidity, filters status, fan status, fan trip, air differential pressure across fan, supply air temp./Humid, etc. Q. Winter Control System: Provide a control system utilizing condenser fan speed control complete with pressure transducers, thermostats and control circuit factory wired and packaged to form a fan speed control box, designed for field installation. Pressure transducer shall automatically sense the highest pressure of operating compressors and control the variable speed condenser fan so as to maintain proper head pressure. Design of system shall allow for positive start-up in an ambient temperature of 5 degrees C. R. Unit cabinet panels interior shall be provide with 25 millimeters of 24 kilogram per cubic meter (one inch of 1 1/2 pound per cubic foot) neoprene-coated fiberglass insulation on interior of cabinet panels. Insulation shall be applied to the cabinet panels with 100 percent adhesive coverage and both the insulation and the adhesive shall conform to NFPA 90A and to DIN 4102. S. Smoke Detector: Smoke detector shall be located in the return air stream and shall shut down the air-handling unit and activate the alarm when smoke is detected. Alarm shall be connected to building alarm system. T. Exterior surfaces of cabinets shall be finished by the manufacturers' standard enamel finish in the required color as directed by the Company. 2.2

PUMPS

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 6 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Condensate Pump: Provide a steam condensate pumping unit, designed for installation inside the room air conditioner enclosure. Furnish unit complete with sump, pump, motor assembly and automatic control by float switch. 2.3

TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECORDER Provide one surface mounted, electric motor drive, temperature and humidity recorder. Furnish seven day, 8 inch diameter chart type with two pens; one pen for recording the relative humidity and the other the dry bulb temperature. Furnish recorder complete with 100 recording charts, one bottle of red and one bottle of blue recording ink.

3.0

EXECUTION A. Unless otherwise shown or specified. Install the Work of this Section in accordance with the manufacturer's printed installation instructions and under his supervision. B. Provide all piping and electrical connections to units through knock-out openings in bottom of units.

3.2

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Preliminary Requirements: following:

Provide the services of a Company Field Advisor for the

1. Inspect air conditioning system installations prior to start-up. 2. Supervise initial start-up of equipment. 3. Instruction of State Personnel. 4. Service. B. Air Conditioning System Pre-Start-Up and Start-Up: 1. Upon completion of air conditioner installations, the Company Field Advisor shall visit the site, inspect the installations and notify the Director's Representative of any Work which must be done or modified prior to start-up. 2. Upon completion of required Work, or modifications to installed Work and miscellaneous testing, all as required by the particular air conditioning system or apparatus, the Company Field Advisor shall supervise the conditioner start-up. 3. Start-up the system and conduct a preliminary test, for the purpose of checking the general operation of the air conditioner, proving mechanical and electrical controls and making necessary adjustments. 4. Provide pre-start-up check list, start-up list and operating instructions for air conditioner, framed under rigid plastic and place where directed in the Computer Room. C. Training of Company Staff: The manufacturer shall provide training for 2 Company Personnel in the operation and maintenance of the air conditioning equipment and all accessories. This training shall be exclusive of all pre-start-up, start-up and service call time. 4.0

MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Service: A full equipped authorized service organization capable of guaranteeing response within 8 hours to service calls shall be available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week to service the completed Work.

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 7 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B. The front panels of the in door unit shall be opened without the need for special tools and all normal maintenance operations can be carried out from the front of the unit. C. Extra Materials: Furnish with each unit, one spare set of air filters in addition to the installed operating set. Suitably box and label spare filters as to their usage. 5.

DIRECT EXPANSION TYPE 5.1

GENERAL

5.2

REFERENCE Conform to General Requirements for Mechanical Services Mechanical vibration & seismic control and other related section

5.3

SUBMITTALS Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, performance charts, test data, performance certificate, standard schematic drawings, specifications and installation instructions for each type unit. Contract Closeout Submittals: Operation and Maintenance Data: Deliver 2 copies, covering the installed products.

5.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: 1. Units shall be factory tested and the design, construction and installation shall be in accordance with the following: DIN ISO 9001 / EN 29001, ARI, UL and NFPA and all State and Local codes or regulations having jurisdiction. 2. Rate cooling capacities in accordance with the ARI. 3. Electrical components shall be UL listed and factory wiring shall conform to the UL/DIN Specifications.

5.5

PRODUCTS

5.5.1

AIR CONDITIONERS A. Type: Specifically designed for installation in computer rooms. Furnish equipment totally piped and wired, including all controls. Upon placement in their permanent location in the building, only remote equipment piping and electrical power connections shall be required to make the unit(s) operable. B. Unit Casing and Frame: Fabricate from heavy gauge corrosion resistant steel, properly reinforced for maximum strength and rigidity with an all welded tubular steel or structural steel angle and channel iron framework. Casing shall be of sectional construction, with easily removable or hinged gasketed access panels with fastening devices for ease in servicing all components. Thermally and acoustically line internal surfaces of casing sections in contact with room or conditioned air, with insulation having a non-eroding surface finish Temperature-resistent from - 40°C to + 90°C, UV-resistent, non-ageing and water-proof. Fire classification of the insulation is B1 according to DIN 4102, hardly inflammable, selfextinguishing. Factory finish all exposed surfaces of unit cabinet and frame with a minimum

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 8 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

three coat corrosion resistant baked enamel finish, color as selected by the Director from the manufacturer's standard color charts. C. Cooling Section: Factory sealed refrigerant system consisting of compressors and evaporator section designed for use with Refrigerant R407C. 1. Compressors: Accessible, hermetic, reciprocating or scroll. Mount compressors on vibration isolators and provide with built-in overloads, oil sight glass, adjustable high pressure switch with manual reset and adjustable low pressure switch for pump down. 2. Evaporator Coil: 4 row, DX coil, with self supporting AL frame. Coils shall be fabricated from seamless copper tubing with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubing. Arrange the refrigerant coil faces, so that each compressor will be utilizing the complete coil face area of each refrigerant circuit. Provide refrigerant circuit with liquid receiver, liquid line filter drier, refrigerant sight glass and moisture indicator, electronic expansion valve and liquid line solenoid valve. Provide a stainless steel or aluminium condensate drain pan under the evaporator coil, with threaded drain piping connection in bottom. D. Fan Section: High performance EC radial fan with twofold backward curved blades, direct driven, with single suction, electronically commutated motor with integrated electronic for connection to a microprocessor system, electronically controlled fan speed, softstart, with control from the microprocessor, anti-corrosive aluminium impeller, low vibration, low noise, wear-resistant, and maintenance-free. E. Filter Chamber: Integral part of unit provided with access from both sides of unit. Provide filters (EU4) have an average arrestance efficiency of not less than 90 %, self-extinguishing according to DIN 53438 (fire class F1) F. Heating Section: Electric reheat coils of heavy duty, low watt density, fin tube construction with heating bars made of X2CrNi19-11 / material 1.4306, and fins made of material 1.4301 (chrome nickel steel). Provide coils with 2 stages of control (6KW+6KW). G. Humidifier Section: Electrical Steam humidifier of the steam separator type with full separation ahead of control valve. Provide unit complete with an internal drying chamber and a steam jacketed stainless steel distribution manifold. In addition, humidifier section shall include a solenoid control valve, a float and thermostatic trap and a cleanable Y-type strainer, factory prepiped for ease in making field connections. H. Accessories: Provide each air conditioner with the following: 1. floor stand with Vibration isolation, as recommended and furnished by the air conditioner manufacturer. 2. Removable rear panels (for center of room installations). 3. Automatic flush cycle on humidifiers. 4. Hot gas by-pass. 5. Disconnect switch (non-locking or locking). 6. Shutdown by external firealarm with reset at controller 7. Adjustable low/high pressure switches J. Control Center: Integral part of the units, located on the front side with a hinged door. Provide solid state electronic circuitry, factory wired, with each circuit individually fused and provided with contractors, relays and starters controlled by a 24 volt control circuit. Isolate center from conditioned air stream so as to allow for servicing with the system in operation.

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 9 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

K. Electronic Control System: 1. Total solid state system including start button, stop button, silencing button, temporary loss of power indicator, manual reset circuit breakers، plug-in solid state temperature control with sensitivity adjustment, plug-in solid state humidity control and a back lighted monitoring panel. No visible indicating light shall appear on the panel, unless the actual operating system function requires. When required by system demand the following visual indicators shall appear: Cooling Stage 1, Heating Stage 1, 2; Humidification, Dehumidification, Change Filters. 2. Provide each temperature and humidity controller with an adjusting sensing point for room conditions. In addition, provide the temperature and humidity controls with a "push-to-test" calibration check button and built-in visual indicators to indicate control mode of operation. Provide all controls and control sensors of the easily accessible, plugin module type. L. Control System Warning Panel: 1.

Provide control system with a back-lighted warning panel. Furnish panel complete with a solid state plug-in module, silencing switch, individual red indicators for functions required to be monitored and an audible alarm. No visible indicating light shall appear on the panel until an alarm condition exists. When an alarm condition arises, the panel shall indicate each individual alarm situation by sounding an audible alarm and displaying the proper red indicator light on the panel. Furnish a red indicating light for each of the following alarm conditions: Loss of Airflow, Change Filters, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Humidity, Low Humidity, High Head Pressure (Compressor No. 1), High Head Pressure (Compressor No. 2) and low pressure alarms.

2.

Include on the panel a test button circuit for checking all individual red indicators and the audible alarm, and a set of non-powered normally open contacts for use as a purchaser specified remote alarm circuit.

3. Control "High Head Pressure" alarm condition by means of a separate pressure switch, set a minimum of 20 psi below the high pressure safety cut-out, thereby causing the "High Head Pressure" alarm condition to act as an early warning device. 4. Temperature and humidity controls, for use in the control system warning panel shall be individually adjustable to suit the operational requirements of the computer room, as outlined by the computer manufacturer. 5. Filter change switch shall be of the heavy duty bellows type, with an adjustable range of from 0 to 2 inches water gage. 6.

Control shall include full Control /monitoring for the cooling coil / compressors, condensing unit, humidifier and heater related to room temperature & humidity.

7. All unit controls shall be complete with all accessories required to provide full monitoring by the BMS including but not limited to space temperature and humidity with alarms, filters status, fan status, etc. M. Winter Control System: Provide a control system utilizing condenser fan speed control complete with pressure transducers, thermostats and control circuit factory wired and packaged to form a fan speed control box, designed for field installation. Pressure transducer shall automatically sense the highest pressure of operating compressors and control the variable speed condenser fan so as to maintain proper head pressure. Design of system shall allow for positive start-up in an ambient temperature of 5 degrees C.

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 10 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

N. Unit cabinet panels interior shall be provide with 25 millimeters of 24 kilogram per cubic meter (one inch of 1 1/2 pound per cubic foot) neoprene-coated fiberglass insulation on interior of cabinet panels. Insulation shall be applied to the cabinet panels with 100 percent adheisve coverage and both the insulation and the adhesive shall conform to NFPA 90A and to DIN 4102. O. Smoke Detector: Smoke detector shall be located in the return air stream and shall shut down the air-handling unit and activate the alarm when smoke is detected. Alarm shall be connected to building alarm system. P. Exterior surfaces of cabinets shall be finished by the manufacturers' standard enamel finish in the required color as directed by the Company. Q. Fan and motor bearings shall be L10- 100000 Hours. 5.5.2

REMOTE AIR COOLED CONDENSER A. General: Provide an air cooled refrigerant condenser of the draw-through vertical discharge type. Furnish unit complete with single / multiple circuit coil; direct driven electric motor operated propeller fans, all totally protected by a heavy duty sheet metal casing, complete with a structural metal stand and wire fan guards. Furnish unit completely factory assembled and provided with all the necessary control and accessories, for operation in ambient air temperatures down to 5 degrees C and up to 53 degrees C. B. Fabrication: 1. Casing: Heavy gage aluminum sheet metal, reinforced and bolted or welded to assure rigidity. Provide gasketed access panels as required for servicing the motors and all components. 2. Fan Assembly: Propeller type fans (4 Nos.) arranged for vertical discharge, with aluminum blades and center hubs of zinc coated steel with a corrosion resistant coating. Coat fan shafts with a weather resistant coating. Furnish drip-proof fan motors, resiliently mounted and designed for year-round operation, with permanently lubricated ball bearings. motors shall be Class F insulation TEFC weather proof. The motor shall have overload protection and winding high temperature protection and controlled by a pressostat in the hotgas line (1 pressostat/fan). 3. Coil: Multiple circuit high capacity type, fabricated of seamless copper tubing with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubing. . 4. Finish: Provide all exposed surfaces of condenser with a factory applied corrosion-resistant baked enamel finish. Fan motors shall be Class F insulation TEFC weather proof. The motor shall have permanently lubricated ball bearings and inherent motor overload protection and winding high temperature protection and controlled by a pressostat in the hotgas line (1 pressostat/fan). Fan and motor bearings shall be L10- 100000 Hours.

5.5.3

PUMPS Condensate Pump: Provide a steam condensate-pumping unit, designed for installation inside the room air conditioner enclosure. Furnish unit complete with sump, pump, motor assembly and automatic control by float switch.

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 11 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

5.5.4

TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECORDER Provide one surface mounted, electric motor drive, temperature and humidity recorder. Furnish seven day, 8 inch diameter chart type with two pens; one pen for recording the relative humidity and the other the dry bulb temperature. Furnish recorder complete with 100 recording charts, one bottle of red and one bottle of blue recording ink.

5.6

EXECUTION

5.6.1

INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise shown or specified. Install the Work of this Section in accordance with the manufacturer's printed installation instructions and under his supervision. B. Provide all piping and electrical connections to units through knock-out openings in bottom of units.

5.6.2

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Preliminary Requirements: following:

Provide the services of a Company Field Advisor for the

1. Inspect air conditioning system installations prior to start-up. 2. Supervise initial start-up of equipment. 3. Instruction of State Personnel. 4. Service. B. Air Conditioning System Pre-Start-Up and Start-Up: 1. Upon completion of air conditioner installations, the Company Field Advisor shall visit the site, inspect the installations and notify the Director's Representative of any Work which must be done or modified prior to start-up. 2. Upon completion of required Work, or modifications to installed Work and miscellaneous testing, all as required by the particular air conditioning system or apparatus, the Company Field Advisor shall supervise the conditioner start-up. 3. Start-up the system and conduct a preliminary test, for the purpose of checking the general operation of the air conditioner, proving mechanical and electrical controls and making necessary adjustments. 4. Provide pre-start-up check list, start-up list and operating instructions for air conditioner, framed under rigid plastic and place where directed in the Computer Room. C. Training of Company Staff: The manufacturer shall provide training for 2 Company Personnel in the operation and maintenance of the air conditioning equipment and all accessories. This training shall be exclusive of all pre-start-up, start-up and service call time. 5.7

MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Service: A full equipped authorized service organization capable of guaranteeing response within 8 hours to service calls shall be available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week to service the completed Work. B. The front panels of the in door unit shall be opened without the need for special tools and all normal maintenance operations can be carried out from the front of the unit. C. Extra Materials: Furnish with each unit, one spare set of air filters in addition to the installed operating set. Suitably box and label spare filters as to their usage.

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 12 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

6. WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide full warranty complete unit including all components for a period of two year, five for the compressor and seven years for the condenser from the date of provisional acceptance certificate. The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the repair and replacement of defects in material or workmanship - End of Section -

Div.23 - HVAC

Section 23 63 00- CCU - Precise Air Conditioning Unit For Server Rooms

Page 13 of 13

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 74 13 AIR HANDLING UNITS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 1 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 74 13 AIR HANDLING UNITS Contents 1.0 GENERAL................................................................................................................................................... 3 1.1 REFERENCE ....................................................................................................................................................3 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK .................................................................................................................................3 1.3 PARTICULAR RELATED SECTIONS ..................................................................................................................4 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ....................................................................................................................................4 1.5 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................................................................6 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING............................................................................................7 2.0 PRODUCTS ................................................................................................................................................ 7 2.1 MATERIALS - PACKAGE AIR HANDLING UNITS ..............................................................................................7 TEST HOLES .......................................................................................................................................................... 9 2.1.18 ELECTRIC HEATING COILS (WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWING) ..................................... 12 2.1.20 VARIABLE SPEED FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS ........................................................................ 13 3.0 EXECUTION ............................................................................................................................................ 17 3.1 INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................................17 3.2 PRE-OPERATION MAINTENANCE ..................................................................................................................17 3.3 START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS .....................................................................................................................17 3.4 TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING ...............................................................................................17

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 2 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC of Division 23.

1.2

Description of Work A. Provide factory assembled air handling unit in configuration as indicated and as shown on drawings. Unit shall include all specified components installed at the factory, Field fabrication of units and their components shall not be acceptable. The complete unit shall be manufactured to meet the requirements of the schedules, drawings/ details drawings so as to make a complete unit to meet the performance requirements. B.

Supply and Extract/Return air Fan sections -as specified

C.

Cooling coil section with drawable type condensate drain pan.

D. Moisture Eliminators arrangement to be with drawable type. E.

Filter sections with filters.

F.

Mixing box section with low leakage dampers, where shown or specified.

G. Access doors into fan section, access section/door for coil section and mixed air sections and also where is required in other sections as heat recovery section. H. Heat recovery section. I.

Run around coil for pre-cool and reheat of cooled air.

J.

The space available for the units shall be confirmed with civil and architectural proposals of the main contract and size of units shall be selected to fit into the space available.

K. Types of packaged air handling units specified in this section include Indoor draw through type unless otherwise indicated. L.

Provide the following electrical work in accordance with the requirements of division 16 sections: 

Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on unit. Include starters, disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory installed by manufacturer.



Interlock wiring between electrically operated equipment units and between equipment and field installed control devices.



Control wiring between fields installed controls, indicating devices, and unit control panels.

M. AHUs shall be subject to the test required as indicated in clause 1.4.3., and other clauses.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 3 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

d) In case AHU provided with twin coil (chilled water and DX/ refrigerant coil), both the supplier/manufacturer of the DX Condensing unit/ VRF unit and the AHU shall be same in order to have single source of responsibility. The supplier/manufacturer shall provide detailed installation, testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance brochure and instructions to the COMPANY and to the contractor. The supplier shall supervise the installation, and commissioning until the completion of the operation and achieve the required performance. The automated switch over controls chilled water / refrigrant are required and shall be considered as part of the unit installation. 1.3

Particular Related Sections

1.3.1

Section 23 05 48 - Sound, Vibration and Seismic Control

1.3.2

Section 23 31 13 - Sheet Metal Ductwork and Accessories.

1.3.3

Section 23 41 00 - Air Filters

1.4

Quality Assurance

1.4.1

Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air handling units with characteristics, sizes and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. Manufacturers shall have a valid ISO quality Management system certification for their manufacturing facility. Manufacturers shall have a valid ISO quality Management system certification for their manufacturing facility. 

ISO 9001:2015 certification for Quality Management Systems of the manufacturing facility required.



ISO 14001:2015 certification for Environmental Management Systems



OHSAS 18001:2007 certification for Occupational Health and Safety

Manufacturer / manufacturer’s representative should carry enough stock of spares including fans, motors, drives, filters, hardwares (locks, hinges etc.,) locally to minimise breakdown response time. The stock of spares shall be witnessed by Client / Consultant for necessary approval AHU’s shall be Eurovent certified and labeled. Eurovent certification shall be provided/checked on the website as confirmation that such certification is applicable on the date of submission. Airtight seal material meets NFPA 90A requirements for flame spread and smoke generation Casing sheet metal to withstand 1000-hours salt spray exceeding ASTM B117 Air filters performance according to ASHRAE Standard 52-76 or EUROVENT Standard 5/6 Fan performance tested and certified to DIN or AMCA Standard

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 4 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Standard EFF2 fan motor manufactured to confirm IEC Standard Manufacturer should verify the Equipment Performance in their psychrometric laboratory and test performed as per the project conditions if required 1.4.2

Codes and Standard: It shall be the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to comply with the requirements of all Codes and Standards which are applicable to meet the Specification. The following Codes and Standards form a part of the Specification: Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: a. ARI 210 - Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment b. ARI 260 - Standard for Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equipment c. ARI 360 - Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment d. ARI 410 - Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. a. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook b. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Method for Sound Testing of Fans c. AMCA 301- Certified Ratings Program – Product Rating Manual for Fan Sound Performance d. AMCA/ANSI 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating American Society for Testing and Materials: a. ASTM A 53/A 53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black, and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless b. ASTM A 90/A 90 M - Standard Test Method for Weight (Mass) of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings c. ASTM A 653/A 653 M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. e. ASTM A 666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat Bar f. ASTM B 62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings g. ASTM B 88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube h. ASTM B 280 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service i. ASTM C 552 - Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation j. ASTM D 579 - Standard Specification for Greige Woven Glass Fabrics American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers: a. ASHRAE Technical Guides for HVAC Systems b. ASHRAE 52.1 - Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter c. ASHRAE 52.2 - Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 5 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems Rubber Manufacturers Association: a. RMA IP-20 - Specifications for Drives Using Classical Multiple V- Belts and Sheaves – Cross Sections A, B, C, and D Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.: a. SMACNA-06 - HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: a. UL 181- Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. b. UL 900 - Test Performance of Air Filter Units. c. UL 1995 - Heating and Cooling Equipment. Eurovent.: a. EN 1886- Mechanical Performance of Air Handling Units b. EN 13053 – Real Unit Performance of Air Handling Units. 1.4.3

According to the COMPANY selection one of the AHU shall be subject to performance test with certificate at international accrediated/certified labratory. Tests shall be for maximum design flow of supply/return/extract/fresh air, pressure loss for each section, total pressure loos, available external static pressure, and motor kW consumption, coil performance with offcoil and oncoil temerature, space gained temerature etc. COMPANY representative shall eye witness the tests. Approved Certificates shall be submitted to the COMPANY.

1.5

Submittals

1.5.1

No Equipment shall be Fabricated or Delivered or Ordered without the recepit of Approved Shop Drawings, Material Submittals and relevent calculations from the ENGINEER IN CHARGE.

1.5.2

Product Data : Submit manufacturer’s technical product data for air handling units showing dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings fan performance with operating point clearly indicated, motor electrical characteristics, gages and finishes of materials, and installation instruction.

1.5.3

Shop Drawings : Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, construction details, and field connection details.

1.5.4

Wiring Diagrams : Submit manufacturer’s electrical requirements for power supply wiring to fan coil units. Submit manufacturer’s ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory – installed and portions to be field- installed.

1.5.5

Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions, including instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 6 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manuals. 1.5.6

Submit external static pressure calculations based on actual shop drawings for approval by ENGINEER before final selection of units.

1.5.7

Product data for each AHU including the following: a) b) c) d) e) f) g)

Certified fan performance curve with system operating conditions. Certified fan sound power rating. Certified coil performance rating with system operating conditions. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and fan accessories. Filters with performance characteristics. Related dampers, including housing, linkages and operators. Calculation of static pressure upon the actual routing of ductwork.

Field tests reports indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with specified requirements. 1.5.8

Coordination drawing with maintenance access for each AHU / FAHU in 1:25 Scale for ENGINEER IN CHARGE approval along with submittals.

1.6

Product Delivery, Storage and Handling

1.6.1

Deliver air handling units with factory installed shipping skids and lifting lugs; pack components in factory fabricated protective containers.

1.6.2

Handle air handling units carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. Do not install damaged components; replace and return damaged components to air handling unit manufacturer.

1.6.3

Store air handling units in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic.

1.6.4

Comply with manufacturer’s rigging and installation instructions for unloading air handling units and moving them to final location.

1.6.5

Warranty / Spare parts; The Contractor shall provide full warranty of complete AHU including (but not limited to) Energy Recovery System, Air Monitoring and Treatment Systems for a period of two year in all respects including motor, VFD, bearing, belts, coils, blowers etc from the date of FAC and factory applied anti corrosive protective coating and anti fungal paint for all coils with 5 –years operational warranty from the date of FAC. The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the replacement of defects in material or workmanship ( repair of the defective part is not allowed) .

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

Materials - Package Air Handling Units

2.1.1

The units shall be draw-through type.

2.1.3

The unit casings shall be of double skinned panels. Casing shall be assembled with self supporting modular panel elements with an integrated base frame made of zincated steel

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 7 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

and sections along upper sides of the units. The frame work shall be made out of extruded aluminium profiles using pentapost.Sheet metal thickness shall be not less than 1.2mm for the outer skin polyester coated and 1.2 mm for the inner skin epoxy coated and made from zincated steel sheets or aluminium. The outside of the outer skin shall be plastic coated to a thickness of 0.2 MM for additional protection. Alternatively finish shall be corrosion resistant Polyster baked type. Inside and outside of panel walls shall be completely smooth. The overall heat thermal transmittance (Heat Transfer Coefficient) shall not exceed k=0.59 W/m2k. All casing panels shall be insulated by glass fibre layer of 50mm thickness, incombustible with Class of inflammability: A1 in accordance to DIN 4102 0 in accordance to ISO 1181.2 Alternatively panels shall comprise of 1.0 mm thick inner epoxy coated and outer skins with infill of polyurethane foam of 40 Kg/M3 density. The outside of the outer skin shall be plastic coated to a thickness of 0.2 mm and Alternatively finish shall be corrosion resistant Polyster baked type the total panel thickness shall not be less than 50mm. Casing sheet metal to withstand 1000-hours salt spray exceeding ASTM B117 Fasterners shall be able to withstand 1000 hours of salt spray test. Test reports to be submitted. All the Blank off material between the casing shall be epoxy coated. Manufacturers of air handling units strictly to have active Eurovent Certification ( proof of certification must be submitted from the respective website on the date of submission) to meet the mechanical performance as per prEN1886 as per below minimum standards: 

Casing strength to

Class (D1)



Casing air leakage

Class L1



Thermal transmittance

Class T2



Thermal Bridge factor

Class TB2



Filter frame leakage

Class F9

The acoustic performance of the panels shall be certified and acoustic casing insulation for sound index reduction in accordance with Eurovent must be achieved as per table below: Insulation

Acoustic casing insulation (dB) 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1 kHz Attenuation (dB) Attenuation (dB)

Div. 23 - HVAC

16.7 20.2

13.3 28.4

15.5 30.8

13.9 28.6

2 kHz 31.3 33.1

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

4 kHz

8 kHz

33.2

40.2

PUF

33.8

39.5

RW / FG

Page 8 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Panels shall be assembled with special rivets. The inspection side of the coil section panels shall be assembled with bolts and nuts for easy removal of coils. Panel air tightness and sections upto 2500 Pa as required in EUROVENT 2/2 OR The unit air leakage shall not exceed 1% of Design Flow rate at max opearting presuure or +/- 6” w.g. which ever is greater. Leakage shall be calculated by totaling all leakge either in to or out of the unit. The Casing deflection shall not exceed L/200 at max operating pressure pressure of +/- 6” w.g. which ever is greater, where L is defined as the panel span. ( which ever is stringent ) The base frame of the units shall be made from sendzimir galvanized sheet metal for size with largest dimensions upto 2500 MM, and hot dip galvanized U-profile for larger units. Service doors shall be provided with special gasket and locking device. Access doors 400MM and larger shall be provided with hinges and handles for external and internal opening. Access doors with width smaller than 400 MM shall be removable type fitted with quick release flap turn lock with spring pressure arrangement. Sealant between panels shall be a anti fungicide sealant material. TEST HOLES A.

Tapped holes for testing purposes and for permanent instrumentation shall be provided as indicated on the drawings and Schedule. Suitably sized holes shall be formed in the inner and outer panel skins and aluminium hank bushes welded onto the inner faces.

B.

Recesses hexagon brass plugs, threaded 15 mm. male shall be supplied and fitted into the female thread of the instrument ferrule.

C.

The panel insulation shall be suitably cut to give a clear way for the instrument ferrule.

2.1.4

All roof AHUs are to be fitted weather hoods and with sand trap louvres and stianless steel insect screen for fresh air intake.

2.1.5

Drain pans shall be stainless steel 304 either integrated in the insulated base or placed under the coil within the coil section. Drain pans shall have drain connection to the service side. Bottom of drain pan should be insulated with 50mm thick polystyrene to avoid condensation. Whole drain pan assembly should placed on double wall casing construction The AHU manufacturer shall guarantee that no condensation shall take place on the exterior of panels. In the event that any condensation problems appear after installation, the Contractor shall undertake all remedial measures to rectify and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Any stacked or double height coils shall have separate drain pans to reduce carry over, such pans will be piped to the main drain, not into the lower pan.

2.1.6

Fans and shafts shall operate well below their critical speeds. Each shaft assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced before shipment from the manufacturer. If any out-of-balance is apparent on site the ENGINEER reserves the right to require new factory supplied units to be provided until satisfactory balance is demonstrated.

2.1.6

The air handling unit shall have internal vibration isolation system by mounting fan, motor and drive assembly on spring isolators. The fan discharge shall be connected to the air handling unit casing through canvas connection to prevent vibration transfer.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 9 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.7

Dampers, including face and bypass dampers, shall be of 16 gauge galvanized steel construction of the opposed blade aerofoil blade profile suitable for vertical or horizontal installation. Frame shall be drilled flange type with same material as the damper blades. Blades shall rotate on corrosion and temperature resistant plastic gears acting as low friction bearing. Plastic gear shall be made from Polypropylene for temperatures upto 110 deg.C. Damper drive shall be square shaft and linkage suitable for manual fixing or mounting of damper actuator. Dampers shall be sectionalised to limit the length of blade not more than 1.2 meters in order to prevent excess blade warping and assure tightness.

2.1.8

Fans shall be double inlet double width centrifugal fan with casing made of galvanized sheet metal with epoxy coated statically and dynamically balanced. Fans shall be with bcakward curved or aerofoil shaped metal blades. Motor and fan assembly shall be mounted on a common galvanized steel base frame with easily adjustable motor slide rail. All fans shall be selected for maximum efficiency and in no case less than 70 percent. The complete shall be mounted on heavy duty Closed Spring anti-vibration mounts. Fan blower shall have metal body. All fans shall be tested in accordance with AMCA 300 & 301 standard and all components shall be factory approved by AMCA or other competent authority and shall be currently catalogued product Fan shall be tested AMCA 300-85. Fans shall not exceed a maximum outlet velocity of 10 m/sec. The Extract Fans in air handling units for labratories, process areas and chemical containing rooms shall be designed/manufactured for conveying corrosive vapours, smokes and high humidity and up to 60°C temperature and shall be complete with corrosive vapours resistance cabinet 100 % weather proof sutiable for outdoor installation under direct sun rays, fan shall be centrifugal backward curved with high efficiency. Volute shall be polyethylene. Single inlet impeller in polypropylene with backward curved blades and aluminum hub. Motor support in epoxy painted heavy steel sheet, motor IP 55, class F B5 shape suitable to S1 service – continuos working to constant load. Fan shall be complete with anti vibration joints in PVC for inlet and outlet sides. Manual setting shutter.

2.1.9

Motors shall be totally encased, foot mounted, fan cooled, IP55 with Class 'F' insulation. And sutiable for varible speed drive or two speed operation (where ever applicable). The motor shall be high efficiency class EFF.1 motors, thermistor protection and for contious operyion type S1.

2.1.10

Fan bearing shall be re-lubricated type with extended lube lines to terminate outside the fan section. The bearing shall be selected for life of (L10-200,000 Hours) operation (fan manufacturer shall certify that the bearing selected for the particular duty shall be theoretically suitable for this duration of operation). Fan drive shall be rated at 150% of

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 10 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

the maximum motor power of the units and shall be fitted with adjustable belt tension arrangement. 2.1.11

Filters: Filter cells shall be of standard sizes and shall be easily obtainable from standard suppliers. The filters shall be sealed against the filter frame using a permanently elastic gasket to a standard compatible with the filter efficiency. All the Filter frames shall be epoxy coated. Pressure drop tapings shall be integrated into the frame to allow a manometer or filter monitor to be fitted. Filter materials shall be flame-retardant, incombustible, non-odorous and offer no sustenance to vermin. The filter section has to be provided with manometer. The Filter material shall be pleated to provide a large effective area and shall be supported by a wire mesh and frame. The filter cells shall be suitable for side withdrawal on the inspection side. Refer to Specification Section – 23 41 00 ( Air Filtration ) a. b. c.

The Prefilter material shall be synthetic and shall be supported by a wire mesh and frame. The filter cells shall be suitable for side withdrawal on the inspection side. The filter class should be EU-3 as per EN 779. Main Filters, shall be Bag Filters of standard readily available sizes. The filters shall be clamped against the frame using a cam locking bar. The filter class should be EU-7 as per EN 779. The Prefilter and Main Filters shall be provided for both side of AHU.

2.1.12

Provide one extra set of throw away filters (both Pre-Filter & Main Fillter) for initial operation of AHU along with each unit complete in all respects

2.1.13

The cooling coils shall be design as per AHRI 410 standards as per capacities as indicated on schedules shall be fabricated from heavy gauge copper tubing expanded into die formed corrugated aluminum fins to give a mechanical bond. Return bends shall be die formed. Headers shall be heavy section seamless copper tubing with connections made in steel pipe with anti corrosion protection paint and with external screw thread. All joints shall be silver brazed. Fittings shall include plugged vent and drain taps for each section. Coils shall be provided with factory applied anti corrosive and anti fungal Herasite dipped coating with 5 –years operational warranty from the date of FAC. Coils shall be installed such that headers and return bends are enclosed by the unit casing, and protruding connections are sealed to prevent air leakage The coil shall be proof and leak tested under water. Proof test shall be at 2070 kPa and Leak test shall be 1380 kPa. Manufacturer shall provide factory coil test certification card. The coil shall be designed to operate at 16 bar NP. The pressure drop across the coil should not exceed 35 kPa and coils shall be ARI or Eurovent certification. The copper tubes shall be min 0.4 mm thickness with min 0.177mm fin thickness.

2.1.14

The maximum air face velocity across cooling coil shall not exceed 2.3 m/s

2.1.15

The Coil performace shall be provided as indicated on the schedule, coil capacities, pressure drop across the coil, selection procedure shall be certified to ARI Standard 410.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 11 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.16

The coil shall be assembled in a galvanized steel housing which is drilled to meet the adjacent sections of the AHU and/or fan. The coil shall be mounted on guide rails for side withdrawal. Header connection through the unit casing shall be sealed with plastic grommet.

2.1.17

Number rows shall be as follows: 

For the Air Handling Units six rows minimum.

2.1.18

Each cooling coil shall be selected for at least 10% extra capacity in sensible load and in total load than the loads indicated in the AHU's schedule.

2.1.17

AHU’s fans shall be provided with adjustable drive pulleys to give plus or minus 10% from the rated design speeds. Belt guards shall be provided as standard fitting.

2.1.18

ELECTRIC HEATING COILS (where indicated on drawing) Electric heating coils of capacities as indicated on schedules shall be heavy construction of ` 304 stainless steel with absolute safety finned tubes. Maximum specific power shall be 4 watts/Cm2. Air heating batteries shall be manufactured in compliance with National Electrical Code (NEC) all controls, and ancillary electrical equipment shall be constructed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard or equivalent European standard All electric heating coils ancillary electrical components shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) . Or equivalent European standard The contractor shall submit ladder-type wiring diagrams for power and control wiring required for final installation of electric heating coils and controls. Clearly differentiating between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed. The heater elements shall be suitable for the power supply. The elements shall be low temperature type with temperature limit set at 90 deg C. The heaters shall be controlled by Thyristor. The heaters shall be IP 43 Sheathed Heating Elements: Coiled resistance wire of 80 percent nickel and 20 percent chromium surrounded by compacted magnesium-oxide powder in tubular-steel sheath; with spiral-wound, copper-plated, steel fins continuously brazed to sheath. Open Heating Elements: Resistance wire of 80 percent nickel and 20 percent chromium supported and insulated by floating ceramic bushings recessed into casing openings, fastened to supporting brackets, and mounted in galvanized-steel frame. Each electric heater shall be provided with built-in components, which shall include the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Safety interlocking disconnect switch. Disconnecting break magnetic contactors. Transformer with primary fusing per UL. or equivalent European standard Toggle switches, one per step. Pressure - type airflow switch set at 17.5 N/m2. Supplementary circuit fuses. Separate load and control terminal blocks to accept conductors.

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 12 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Testing: Upon completion of installation of heating terminals test heating terminals to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements 2.1.19

Marine Lights; A Factory mounted, weather resistant (enclosed and gasketed) vapour tight incandescent light fixture shall be provided for access fan module. Bulkhead lights and switches will be water resistant to IP65 with all connection wiring houses in metal conduit. Terminal blocks / switches will be either internal or external.

2.1.18

Air handling units shall match the duties as scheduled on the drawings.

2.1.19

AHU control shall be as detailed in the drawings.

2.1.20

VARIABLE SPEED FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS

2.13.1

General: Provide as indicated in the schedules/drawings pulse width modulating frequency controllers having capacities compatible with the motor horse powers listed.

2.13.2

Application: The load characteristics of the application is:

2.13.3

a)

Variable torque

b)

Operating speed range from 150 to 1480 RPM

Operating Conditions a)

The drive to accept power nominal AC voltage of 415 AC + 10%, 3 phase, frequency 50 Hertz + 5%.

b)

The operating ambient condition shall have a temperature range of 0 to 50 deg. C with a relative humidity of up to 95% (non condensing).

c)

Altitude 0 - 140m (0 - 460 ft) above sea level.

2.13.4

Adjustable frequency drives to convert 415 + 10%, 3 phase, 50 hertz utility power to adjustable frequency, adjustable voltage 3 phase AC power for motor speed control. The drive selected to have sufficient capacity to provide speed control of the motor throughout the continuous speed range specified.

2.13.5

Controller to include power conversion components, power control logic devices and regulator circuitry. The regulators to incorporate microprocessor or very large scale integration (VLSI) technology for control of power semi conductors.

2.13.6

Drive controller be rated for 100% continuous current.

2.13.7

Drive controller to provide 150% rated motor current for one minute when applied to constant or high starting torque loads, or 110% with frequency fold back reducing frequency to keep motor amps to within the normal running amps of motor.

2.13.8

The drive and controller shall form a part of the motor control centre for air handling equipment.

2.13.9

Drive Sections a)

Div. 23 - HVAC

Incoming AC disconnect with external operator handle.

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 13 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.13.10

b)

Input fusing by high speed semiconductor grade HRC fuses.

c)

Input bridge rectifier to supply the DC link.

d)

Smoothing reactor for DC bus.

e)

Invertor unit to convert DC voltage to 3 phase AC output.

f)

Micro processor or VLSI based control logic.

g)

Control transformers.

h)

Connection units

i)

RC protection.

j)

Control unit

k)

Current transducers

Operating Characteristics The adjustable frequency drive shall have the following features:

2.13.11

a)

+ 1% frequency regulation.

b)

+ 1% voltage regulation.

c)

0.5 to 100 Hertz operating frequency range.

d)

Active current limit of 50 to 150%.

e)

Minimum efficiency at full load and speed of 95%.

f)

Minimum incoming line power factor throughout the load speed range of 0.95.

g)

User friendly programmer keypad having LCD "Plain Language Text Display" with "Help" feature to enable easy drive diagnostics and setting up of various parameters without reference to an instruction manual. Complete configuration of the drive shall be possible through the key pad.

h)

All parameters shall be password protected to prevent tampering and un- authorized changes.

i)

The drive shall have the ability to capture a spinning load in forward or reverse direction.

j)

Shall be programmable to pass upto four critical speeds as quickly as possible by setting up to four frequency skip bands.

k)

Shall be fitted with a RS 485 serial port, 19.2 K Baud with Modbus ASCII/RTU, Gem 80 ESP to allow full drive control, programming, monitoring and diagnostics including access to history record.

Fault Detection

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 14 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The drive shall keep a record of the last ten trips, plus a 100 sample history record of upto ten pre defined parameters to enable fast diagnosis and minimum down time. Automatic printout of history record to a serial printer shall be an available feature. 2.13.12

2.13.13

Protective Functions a)

Active limiting of fundamental current by frequency acceleration loads and frequency hold on decelerating loads.

b)

Overcurrent protection.

c)

Short circuit protection

d)

Fast acting supply fuses.

e)

DC intermediate bus undervoltage.

f)

DC intermediate bus overvoltage.

g)

Power section over-temperature.

h)

Earth fault protection without damage

i)

Power section faults.

fold

back

on

Adjustments: Complete configuration of the drive and adjustment of parameters shall be possible through a user friendly alpha numeric keypad and LCD display in "Plain Language". Use of codes shall not be permitted. The parameter settings shall be protected by password to prevent unauthorized access.

2.13.14

Start-Up Service The supplier of the AC drive to have a factory trained service representative in domestic residence within 400 KM of the job site or maximum one day travel period. The factory representative to be trained in the maintenance and troubleshooting of the equipment specified. The qualified technician to assist the contractor to set up the variable speed motor drives and controls and variable volume flow controls on the job site. The technician shall have at least 5 years experience in pumping and air handling system and their controls. Include for a minimum of one man day per system.

2.13.15

Training The AC drive manufacturer to provide for an on site training program for building operating personnel. This program to provide operating and instruction manuals, training in equipment operation, and troubleshooting of the AC drive. The training program to include, but not be limited to: a)

Instruction on the basic theory of pulse width modulation control.

b)

Instruction on the layout of the variable frequency controller indicating the location and purpose of each component.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 15 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c)

Instruction on trouble shooting problems related to controller.

d)

Installation and removal of printed circuit boards.

e)

Actions to take under failure of controller.

f)

Necessary cleaning of component parts.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 16 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

Installation

3.1.1

Install as shown on the drawings, as detailed, and according to AHU manufacturer's installation instructions.

3.1.2

Mount units at appropriate height above floor to insure proper condensate trap depth and condensate drainage.

3.1.3

Install air handling unit to provide for adequate service access. Coordinate location to ensure air handling unit does not infringe upon access or service clearances of other equipment.

3.1.4

Lubricate fan bearings. Verify fan isolators have proper deflection. Check the cleanliness of equipment.

3.1.5

Upon completion of installation of air handling units, start-up and operate equipment to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Field correct malfunctioning components, then re-test to demonstrate compliance.

3.1.6

Furnish one spare set of fan drive belts per fan for each AHU.

3.2

Pre-Operation Maintenance

3.2.1

Grease bearings.

3.2.2

Rotate impeller by hand and check for shifting during shipment and check all bolts, collars, and other parts for tightness.

3.3

Start-Up and Instructions

3.3.1

Check vibration and correct as necessary for air balance work.

3.3.2

After air balancing is complete and permanent sheaves are in place, perform necessary field mechanical balancing to meet vibration tolerance in Section 230548, Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control.

3.4

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning

3.4.1

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning shall be as referred to throughout this Section, and in accordance with Section 230810 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing .

3.4.2

The test rig and all necessary blanks for the purpose of sealing the ductwork under test shall be provided, blanks shall be removed after the test has been approved for each section of the ductwork END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 13 Air Handling Units

Page 17 of 17

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 74 33 FRESH AIR HANDLING UNITS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 1 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 74 33 FRESH AIR HANDLING UNITS CONTENTS

1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.0 2.1 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4

GENERAL REFERENCE DESCRIPTION OF WORK PARTICULAR RELATED SECTIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING PRODUCTS MATERIALS - PACKAGE FRESH AIR HANDLING UNITS EXECUTION INSTALLATION PRE-OPERATION MAINTENANCE START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 2 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for HVAC of Division 23.

1.2

Description of Work A. Provide factory assembled air handling unit in configuration as indicated and as shown on drawings. Unit shall include all specified components installed at the factory, Field fabrication of units and their components shall not be acceptable. The complete unit shall be manufactured to meet the requirements of the schedules, drawings/ details drawings so as to make a complete unit to meet the performance requirements. B.

Supply and Extract/Return air Fan sections -as specified

C.

Cooling coil section with drawable type condensate drain pan.

D. Moisture Eliminators arrangement to be with drawable type. E.

Filter sections with filters.

F.

Mixing box section with low leakage dampers, where shown or specified.

G. Access doors into fan section, access section/door for coil section and mixed air sections and also where is required in other sections as heat recovery section. H. Heat recovery section. I.

Run around coil for pre-cool and reheat of cooled air.

J.

The space available for the units shall be confirmed with civil and architectural proposals of the main contract and size of units shall be selected to fit into the space available.

K. Types of packaged air handling units specified in this section include Indoor draw through type unless otherwise indicated. L.

M.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Provide the following electrical work in accordance with the requirements of division 16 sections: 

Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on unit. Include starters, disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory installed by manufacturer.



Interlock wiring between electrically operated equipment units and between equipment and field installed control devices.



Control wiring between fields installed controls, indicating devices, and unit control panels.

FAHU’s shall be subject to the test required as indicated in clause 1.4.3., and other clauses.

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 3 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

d) In case of FAHU provided with twin coil (chilled water and DX/ refrigerant coil), both the supplier/manufacturer of the DX Condensing unit/ VRF unit and the FAHU shall be same in order to have single source of responsibility. The supplier/manufacturer shall provide detailed installation, testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance brochure and instructions to the COMPANY and to the contractor. The supplier shall supervise the installation, and commissioning until the completion of the operation and achieve the required performance. The automated switch over controls chilled water / refrigrant are required and shall be considered as part of the unit installation. 1.3

Particular Related Sections

1.3.1

Section 23 05 48 - Sound, Vibration and Seismic Control

1.3.2

Section 23 31 13 - Sheet Metal Ductwork and Accessories.

1.3.3

Section 23 41 00 - Air Filters

1.4

Quality Assurance

1.4.1

Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air handling units with characteristics, sizes and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. Manufacturers shall have a valid ISO quality Management system certification for their manufacturing facility. 

ISO 9001:2015 certification for Quality Management Systems of the manufacturing facility required.



ISO 14001:2015 certification for Environmental Management Systems



OHSAS 18001:2007 certification for Occupational Health and Safety

Manufacturer / manufacturer’s representative should carry enough stock of spares including fans, motors, drives, filters, hardwares (locks, hinges etc.,) locally to minimise breakdown response time. The stock of spares shall be witnessed by Client / Consultant for necessary approval FAHU’s shall be Eurovent certified and labeled. Eurovent certification shall be provided/checked on the website as confirmation that such certification is applicable on the date of submission. Airtight seal material meets NFPA 90A requirements for flame spread and smoke generation Casing sheet metal to withstand 1000-hours salt spray exceeding ASTM B117 Air filters performance according to ASHRAE Standard 52-76 or EUROVENT Standard 5/6 Fan performance tested and certified to DIN or AMCA Standard

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 4 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Standard EFF2 fan motor manufactured to confirm IEC Standard1.4.2 Standard:

Codes and

It shall be the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to comply with the requirements of all Codes and Standards which are applicable to meet the Specification. The following Codes and Standards form a part of the Specification: Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute: a. ARI 210 - Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment b. ARI 260 - Standard for Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equipment c. ARI 360 - Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment d. ARI 410 - Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. a. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook b. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Method for Sound Testing of Fans c. AMCA 301- Certified Ratings Program – Product Rating Manual for Fan Sound Performance d. AMCA/ANSI 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating American Society for Testing and Materials: a. ASTM A 53/A 53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black, and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless b. ASTM A 90/A 90 M - Standard Test Method for Weight (Mass) of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings c. ASTM A 653/A 653 M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. e. ASTM A 666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat Bar f. ASTM B 62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings g. ASTM B 88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube h. ASTM B 280 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service i. ASTM C 552 - Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation j. ASTM D 579 - Standard Specification for Greige Woven Glass Fabrics American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers: a. ASHRAE Technical Guides for HVAC Systems b. ASHRAE 52.1 - Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter c. ASHRAE 52.2 - Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 5 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Rubber Manufacturers Association: a. RMA IP-20 - Specifications for Drives Using Classical Multiple V- Belts and Sheaves – Cross Sections A, B, C, and D Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.: a. SMACNA-06 - HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: a. UL 181- Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. b. UL 900 - Test Performance of Air Filter Units. c. UL 1995 - Heating and Cooling Equipment. Eurovent.: a. EN 1886- Mechanical Performance of Air Handling Units b. EN 13053 – Real Unit Performance of Air Handling Units. 1.4.3

According to the COMPANY selection one of the FFAHU shall be subject to performance test with certificate at international accrediated/certified labratory. Tests shall be for maximum design flow of supply/return/extract/fresh air, pressure loss for each section, total pressure loos, available external static pressure, and motor kW consumption, coil performance with offcoil and oncoil temerature, space gained temerature etc. COMPANY representative shall eye witness the tests. Approved Certificates shall be submitted to the COMPANY.

1.5

Submittals

1.5.1

No Equipment shall be Fabricated or Delivered or Ordered without the recepit of Approved Shop Drawings, Material Submittals and relevent calculations from the ENGINEER IN CHARGE.

1.5.2

Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical product data for air handling units showing dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings fan performance with operating point clearly indicated, motor electrical characteristics, gages and finishes of materials, and installation instruction.

1.5.3

Shop Drawings : Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, construction details, and field connection details.

1.5.4

Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer’s electrical requirements for power supply wiring to fan coil units. Submit manufacturer’s ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory – installed and portions to be field- installed.

1.5.5

Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions, including instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manuals.

1.5.6

Submit external static pressure calculations based on actual shop drawings for approval by ENGINEER before final selection of units.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 6 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.5.7

Product data for each FAHU including the following: a) b) c) d) e) f) g)

Certified fan performance curve with system operating conditions. Certified fan sound power rating. Certified coil performance rating with system operating conditions. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and fan accessories. Filters with performance characteristics. Related dampers, including housing, linkages and operators. Calculation of static pressure upon the actual routing of ductwork.

Field tests reports indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with specified requirements. 1.5.8

Coordination drawing with maintenance access for each FAHU / FFAHU in 1:25 Scale for ENGINEER IN CHARGE approval along with submittals.

1.6

Product Delivery, Storage and Handling

1.6.1

Deliver air handling units with factory installed shipping skids and lifting lugs; pack components in factory fabricated protective containers.

1.6.2

Handle air handling units carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. Do not install damaged components; replace and return damaged components to air handling unit manufacturer.

1.6.3

Store air handling units in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Comply with manufacturer’s rigging and installation instructions for unloading air handling units and moving them to final location.

1.6.4 1.6.5

Warranty / Spare parts; The Contractor shall provide full warranty of complete FFAHU including (but not limited to) Energy Recovery System, Air Monitoring and Treatment Systems for a period of two year in all respects including motor, VFD, bearing, belts, coils, blowers etc from the date of FAC and factory applied anti corrosive protective coating and anti fungal paint for all coils with 5 –years operational warranty from the date of FAC. The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the replacement of defects in material or workmanship ( repair of the defective part is not allowed) .

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

Materials - Package Fresh Air Handling Units

2.1.1

The units shall be draw-through heat recovery type with fresh air and extract fans, motors, filters, dampers. Ect as shown in the schedule and drawings.

2.1.2

The unit casings shall be of double skinned panels. Casing shall be assembled with self supporting modular panel elements with an integrated base frame made of zincated steel and sections along upper sides of the units. The frame work shall be made out of extruded aluminium profiles using pentapost. Sheet metal thickness shall be not less than 1.2mm for the outer skin polyester coated and 1.2mm for the inner skin epoxy coated and made from zincated steel sheets or aluminium. The outside of the outer skin shall be plastic coated to a

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 7 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

thickness of 0.2 MM for additional protection. Alternatively finish shall be corrosion resistant Polyster baked type. Inside and outside of panel walls shall be completely smooth. The overall heat thermal transmittance (Heat Transfer Coefficient) shall not exceed k=0.59 W/m2k. All casing panels shall be insulated by glass fibre layer of 50mm thickness, incombustible with Class of inflammability: A1 in accordance to DIN 4102 0 in accordance to ISO 1181.2 Alternatively panels shall comprise of 1.0 mm thick inner epoxy coated and outer skins with infill of polyurethane foam of 40 Kg/M3 density. The outside of the outer skin shall be plastic coated to a thickness of 0.2 mm and Alternatively finish shall be corrosion resistant Polyster baked type the total panel thickness shall not be less than 50mm. Casing sheet metal to withstand 1000-hours salt spray exceeding ASTM B117. Fasterners shall be able to withstand 1000 hours of salt spray test. Test reports to be submitted. All the Blank off material between the casing shall be epoxy coated. Manufacturers of air handling units strictly to have active Eurovent Certification ( proof of certification must be submitted from the respective website on the date of submission) to meet the mechanical performance as per prEN1886 as per below minimum standards: 

Casing strength to

Class (D1)



Casing air leakage

Class L1



Thermal transmittance

Class T2



Thermal Bridge factor

Class TB2



Filter frame leakage

Class F9

The acoustic performance of the panels shall be certified and acoustic casing insulation for sound index reduction in accordance with Eurovent must be achieved as per table below: Insulation

Acoustic casing insulation (dB) 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1 kHz Attenuation (dB) Attenuation (dB)

16.7 20.2

13.3 28.4

15.5 30.8

2 kHz

13.9 28.6

31.3 33.1

4 kHz

8 kHz

33.2

40.2

PUF

33.8

39.5

RW / FG

Panels shall be assembled with special rivets. The inspection side of the coil section panels shall be assembled with bolts and nuts for easy removal of coils. Panel air tightness and sections upto 2500 Pa as required in EUROVENT 2/2 OR The unit air leakage shall not exceed 1% of Design Flow rate at max opearting presuure or +/- 6” w.g. which ever is greater. Leakage shall be calculated by totaling all leakge either in to or out of the unit. The Casing deflection shall not exceed L/200 at max

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 8 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

operating pressure pressure of +/- 6” w.g. which ever is greater, where L is defined as the panel span. ( which ever is stringent ) The base frame of the units shall be made from sendzimir galvanized sheet metal for size with largest dimensions upto 2500 MM, and hot dip galvanized U-profile for larger units. Service doors shall be provided with special gasket and locking device. Access doors 400MM and larger shall be provided with hinges and handles for external and internal opening. Access doors with width smaller than 400 MM shall be removable type fitted with quick release flap turn lock with spring pressure arrangement. Sealant between panels shall be a anti fungicide sealant material. TEST HOLES A.

Tapped holes for testing purposes and for permanent instrumentation shall be provided as indicated on the drawings and Schedule. Suitably sized holes shall be formed in the inner and outer panel skins and aluminium hank bushes welded onto the inner faces.

B.

Recesses hexagon brass plugs, threaded 15 mm. male shall be supplied and fitted into the female thread of the instrument ferrule.

C.

The panel insulation shall be suitably cut to give a clear way for the instrument ferrule.

2.1.4

All roof FAHUs are to be fitted weather hoods and with sand trap louvres and stianless steel insect screen for fresh air intake.

2.1.5

Drain pans shall be stainless steel 304 either integrated in the insulated base or placed under the coil within the coil section. Drain pans shall have drain connection to the service side. Bottom of drain pan should be insulated with 50 mm thick polystyrene to avoid condensation. Whole drain pan assembly should placed on double wall casing construction The FAHU manufacturer shall guarantee that no condensation shall take place on the exterior of panels. In the event that any condensation problems appear after installation, the Contractor shall undertake all remedial measures to rectify and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Any stacked or double height coils shall have separate drain pans to reduce carry over, such pans will be piped to the main drain, not into the lower pan.

2.1.6

Fans and shafts shall operate well below their critical speeds. Each shaft assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced before shipment from the manufacturer. If any out-of-balance is apparent on site the ENGINEER reserves the right to require new factory supplied units to be provided until satisfactory balance is demonstrated.

2.1.6

The air handling unit shall have internal vibration isolation system by mounting fan, motor and drive assembly on spring isolators. The fan discharge shall be connected to the air handling unit casing through canvas connection to prevent vibration transfer.

2.1.7

Dampers, including face and bypass dampers, shall be of 16 gauge galvanized steel construction of the opposed blade aerofoil blade profile suitable for vertical or horizontal installation. Frame shall be drilled flange type with same material as the damper blades. Blades shall rotate on corrosion and temperature resistant plastic gears acting as low friction bearing. Plastic gear shall be made from Polypropylene for temperatures upto 110 deg.C.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 9 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Damper drive shall be square shaft and linkage suitable for manual fixing or mounting of damper actuator. Dampers shall be sectionalised to limit the length of blade not more than 1.2 meters in order to prevent excess blade warping and assure tightness. 2.1.8

Fans shall be double inlet double width centrifugal fan with casing made of galvanized sheet metal and epoxy coated statically and dynamically balanced. Fans shall be with bcakward curved or aerofoil shaped metal blades. Motor and fan assembly shall be mounted on a common galvanized steel base frame with easily adjustable motor slide rail. All fans shall be selected for maximum efficiency and in no case less than 70 percent. The complete shall be mounted on heavy duty closed Spring anti-vibration mounts. Fan blower shall have metal body. All fans shall be tested in accordance with AMCA 300 & 301 standard and all components shall be factory approved by AMCA or other competent authority and shall be currently catalogued product Fan shall be tested AMCA 300-85. Fans shall not exceed a maximum outlet velocity of 10 m/sec. The Extract Fans in air handling units for labratories, process areas and chemical containing rooms shall be designed/manufactured for conveying corrosive vapours, smokes and high humidity and up to 60°C temperature and shall be complete with corrosive vapours resistance cabinet 100 % weather proof sutiable for outdoor installation under direct sun rays, fan shall be centrifugal backward curved with high efficiency. Volute shall be polyethylene. Single inlet impeller in polypropylene with backward curved blades and aluminum hub. Motor support in epoxy painted heavy steel sheet, motor IP 55, class F B5 shape suitable to S1 service – continuos working to constant load. Fan shall be complete with anti vibration joints in PVC for inlet and outlet sides. Manual setting shutter.

2.1.9

Motors shall be totally encased, foot mounted, fan cooled, IP55 with Class 'F' insulation. And sutiable for varible speed drive or two speed operation (where ever applicable). The motor shall be high efficiency class EFF.1 motors, thermistor protection and for contious operyion type S1.

2.1.10

Fan bearing shall be re-lubricated type with extended lube lines to terminate outside the fan section. The bearing shall be selected for life of (L10-200,000 Hours) operation (fan manufacturer shall certify that the bearing selected for the particular duty shall be theoretically suitable for this duration of operation). Fan drive shall be rated at 150% of the maximum motor power of the units and shall be fitted with adjustable belt tension arrangement.

2.1.11

Filters: Filter cells shall be of standard sizes and shall be easily obtainable from standard suppliers. The filters shall be sealed against the filter frame using a permanently elastic gasket to a standard compatible with the filter efficiency. All the Filter frames shall be

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 10 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

epoxy coated. Pressure drop tapings shall be integrated into the frame to allow a manometer or filter monitor to be fitted. Filter materials shall be flame-retardant, incombustible, non-odorous and offer no sustenance to vermin. The filter section has to be provided with manometer. The Filter material shall be pleated to provide a large effective area and shall be supported by a wire mesh and frame. The filter cells shall be suitable for side withdrawal on the inspection side. All the FAHU’s shall be provided with industrial type odor control filters suitable for site conditions. Refer to Specification Section – 23 41 00 ( Air Filtration ) a. b. c.

The Prefilter material shall be synthetic and shall be supported by a wire mesh and frame. The filter cells shall be suitable for side withdrawal on the inspection side. The filter class should be EU-3 as per EN 779. Main Filters, shall be Bag Filters of standard readily available sizes. The filters shall be clamped against the frame using a cam locking bar. The filter class should be EU-7 as per EN 779. The Prefilter and Main Filters shall be provided for both side of FAHU and GEF unit

2.1.12

Provide one extra set of throw away filters (both Pre-Filter & Main Fillter) for initial operation of FAHU along with each unit complete in all respects

2.1.13

The cooling coils shall be design as per AHRI 410 standards as per capacities as indicated on schedules shall be fabricated from heavy gauge copper tubing expanded into die formed corrugated aluminum fins to give a mechanical bond. Return bends shall be die formed. Headers shall be heavy section seamless copper tubing with connections made in steel pipe with anti corrosion protection paint and with external screw thread. All joints shall be silver brazed. Fittings shall include plugged vent and drain taps for each section. Coils shall be provided with factory applied anti corrosive and anti fungal Herasite dipped coating with 5 –years operational warranty from the date of FAC. Coils shall be installed such that headers and return bends are enclosed by the unit casing, and protruding connections are sealed to prevent air leakage The coil shall ne proof and leak tested under water. Proof test shall be at 2070 kPa and Leak test shall be 1380 kPa. Manufacturer shall provide factory coil test certification card. The coil shall be designed to operate at 16 bar NP. The pressure drop across the coil should not exceed 35 kPa and coils shall be ARI or Eurovent certification. The copper tubes shall be min 0.4mm thickness with min 0.177mm fin thickness.

2.1.14

The maximum air face velocity across cooling coil shall not exceed 2.3 m/s

2.1.15

The Coil performace shall be provided as indicated on the schedule, coil capacities, pressure drop across the coil, selection procedure shall be certified to ARI Standard 410.

2.1.16

The coil shall be assembled in a galvanized steel housing which is drilled to meet the adjacent sections of the FAHU. The coil shall be mounted on guide rails for side withdrawal. Header connection through the unit casing shall be sealed with plastic grommet.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 11 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.17

Number rows shall be as follows: 

For the Fresh Air Handling Units eight rows minimum.

2.1.18

Each cooling coil shall be selected for at least 10% extra capacity in sensible load and in total load than the loads indicated in the FAHU's schedule.

2.1.17

FAHU’s fans shall be provided with adjustable drive pulleys to give plus or minus 10% from the rated design speeds. Belt guards shall be provided as standard fitting.

2.1.18

ELECTRIC HEATING COILS (where indicated on drawing) Electric heating coils of capacities as indicated on schedules shall be heavy construction of ` 304 stainless steel with absolute safety finned tubes. Maximum specific power shall be 4 watts/Cm2. Air heating batteries shall be manufactured in compliance with National Electrical Code (NEC) all controls, and ancillary electrical equipment shall be constructed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard or equivalent European standard All electric heating coils ancillary electrical components shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) . Or equivalent European standard The contractor shall submit ladder-type wiring diagrams for power and control wiring required for final installation of electric heating coils and controls. Clearly differentiating between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed. The heater elements shall be suitable for the power supply. The elements shall be low temperature type with temperature limit set at 90 deg C. The heaters shall be controlled by Thyristor. The heaters shall be IP 43 Sheathed Heating Elements: Coiled resistance wire of 80 percent nickel and 20 percent chromium surrounded by compacted magnesium-oxide powder in tubular-steel sheath; with spiral-wound, copper-plated, steel fins continuously brazed to sheath. Open Heating Elements: Resistance wire of 80 percent nickel and 20 percent chromium supported and insulated by floating ceramic bushings recessed into casing openings, fastened to supporting brackets, and mounted in galvanized-steel frame. Each electric heater shall be provided with built-in components, which shall include the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

Safety interlocking disconnect switch. Disconnecting break magnetic contactors. Transformer with primary fusing per UL. or equivalent European standard Toggle switches, one per step. Pressure - type airflow switch set at 17.5 N/m2. Supplementary circuit fuses. Separate load and control terminal blocks to accept conductors.

Testing: Upon completion of installation of heating terminals test heating terminals to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 12 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.19

Marine Lights; A Factory mounted, weather resistant (enclosed and gasketed) vapour tight incandescent light fixture shall be provided for access fan module. Bulkhead lights and switches will be water resistant to IP65 with all connection wiring houses in metal conduit. Terminal blocks / switches will be either internal or external.

2.1.18

Air handling units shall match the duties as scheduled on the drawings.

2.1.19 2.1.20

FAHU control shall be as detailed in the drawings. VARIABLE SPEED FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS

2.13.1

General: Provide as indicated in the schedules/drawings pulse width modulating frequency controllers having capacities compatible with the motor horse powers listed.

2.13.2

Application: The load characteristics of the application is:

2.13.3

a)

Variable torque

b)

Operating speed range from 150 to 1480 RPM

Operating Conditions a)

The drive to accept power nominal AC voltage of 415 AC + 10%, 3 phase, frequency 50 Hertz + 5%.

b)

The operating ambient condition shall have a temperature range of 0 to 50 deg. C with a relative humidity of up to 95% (non condensing).

c)

Altitude 0 - 140m (0 - 460 ft) above sea level.

2.13.4

Adjustable frequency drives to convert 415 + 10%, 3 phase, 50 hertz utility power to adjustable frequency, adjustable voltage 3 phase AC power for motor speed control. The drive selected to have sufficient capacity to provide speed control of the motor throughout the continuous speed range specified.

2.13.5

Controller to include power conversion components, power control logic devices and regulator circuitry. The regulators to incorporate microprocessor or very large scale integration (VLSI) technology for control of power semi conductors.

2.13.6

Drive controller be rated for 100% continuous current.

2.13.7

Drive controller to provide 150% rated motor current for one minute when applied to constant or high starting torque loads, or 110% with frequency fold back reducing frequency to keep motor amps to within the normal running amps of motor.

2.13.8

The drive and controller shall form a part of the motor control centre for air handling equipment.

2.13.9

Drive Sections a)

Incoming AC disconnect with external operator handle.

b)

Input fusing by high speed semiconductor grade HRC fuses.

c)

Input bridge rectifier to supply the DC link.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 13 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.13.10

d)

Smoothing reactor for DC bus.

e)

Invertor unit to convert DC voltage to 3 phase AC output.

f)

Micro processor or VLSI based control logic.

g)

Control transformers.

h)

Connection units

i)

RC protection.

j)

Control unit

k)

Current transducers

Operating Characteristics The adjustable frequency drive shall have the following features:

2.13.11

a)

+ 1% frequency regulation.

b)

+ 1% voltage regulation.

c)

0.5 to 100 Hertz operating frequency range.

d)

Active current limit of 50 to 150%.

e)

Minimum efficiency at full load and speed of 95%.

f)

Minimum incoming line power factor throughout the load speed range of 0.95.

g)

User friendly programmer keypad having LCD "Plain Language Text Display" with "Help" feature to enable easy drive diagnostics and setting up of various parameters without reference to an instruction manual. Complete configuration of the drive shall be possible through the key pad.

h)

All parameters shall be password protected to prevent tampering and un- authorized changes.

i)

The drive shall have the ability to capture a spinning load in forward or reverse direction.

j)

Shall be programmable to pass upto four critical speeds as quickly as possible by setting up to four frequency skip bands.

k)

Shall be fitted with a RS 485 serial port, 19.2 K Baud with Modbus ASCII/RTU, Gem 80 ESP to allow full drive control, programming, monitoring and diagnostics including access to history record.

Fault Detection The drive shall keep a record of the last ten trips, plus a 100 sample history record of upto ten pre defined parameters to enable fast diagnosis and minimum down time. Automatic printout of history record to a serial printer shall be an available feature.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 14 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.13.12

2.13.13

Protective Functions a)

Active limiting of fundamental current by frequency fold back on acceleration loads and frequency hold on decelerating loads.

b)

Overcurrent protection.

c)

Short circuit protection

d)

Fast acting supply fuses.

e)

DC intermediate bus undervoltage.

f)

DC intermediate bus overvoltage.

g)

Power section over-temperature.

h)

Earth fault protection without damage

i)

Power section faults.

Adjustments: Complete configuration of the drive and adjustment of parameters shall be possible through a user friendly alpha numeric keypad and LCD display in "Plain Language". Use of codes shall not be permitted. The parameter settings shall be protected by password to prevent unauthorized access.

2.13.14

Start-Up Service The supplier of the AC drive to have a factory trained service representative in domestic residence within 400 KM of the job site or maximum one day travel period. The factory representative to be trained in the maintenance and troubleshooting of the equipment specified. The qualified technician to assist the contractor to set up the variable speed motor drives and controls and variable volume flow controls on the job site. The technician shall have at least 5 years experience in pumping and air handling system and their controls. Include for a minimum of one man day per system.

2.13.15

Training The AC drive manufacturer to provide for an on site training program for building operating personnel. This program to provide operating and instruction manuals, training in equipment operation, and troubleshooting of the AC drive. The training program to include, but not be limited to: a)

Instruction on the basic theory of pulse width modulation control.

b)

Instruction on the layout of the variable frequency controller indicating the location and purpose of each component.

c)

Instruction on trouble shooting problems related to controller.

d)

Installation and removal of printed circuit boards.

e)

Actions to take under failure of controller.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 15 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

f) 2.1.21

Necessary cleaning of component parts.

AIR TO AIR PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER (IF APPLICABLE-REFER TO SCHEDULE / DRAWINGS) UL listed plate heat exchanger shall be of the sensible type counter air flow as shown on drawings. Heat exchanger shall be stainless steel plate constructed 100% sealed to outside the exchanger and between the two counter air flows. Heat exchanger shall be constructed for air flow pressure of 3.5 inch of water gage. Heat exchanger shall be selected for at least 10% extra capacity than the loads indicated in the schedule. Type and materials of the Heat exchange shall be selected for Hospital Application and should be clearly indicated in the manufacturer submittal and in the manufacturer catalogue.

2.1.22

HEAT PIPES FOR ENERGY RECOVERY a.

Energy recovery heat pipes shall be included within the FAHU. The heat pipe shall be a single section and will straddle the airways in the supply and extract decks of the FAHU or the supply and extract ductwork.

b.

The heat pipe shall be suitable for either side by side mounting between the two adjacent ducts (horizontal heat pipe) or top and bottom mounting with the warmer air flowing through the bottom section (vertical heat pipe). The length of the heat pipes in the supply and extract section shall be selected so as to match the respective air volumes.

c.

The external fins shall be of aluminum with a minimum thickness of 0.15mm and heresite coated. Fins shall be of the continuous plate type and louvered type to optimize the airside heat transfer.

d.

Tubes shall be of refrigeration standard seamless copper C106 for heat exchanger use. Tube diameter shall be 12mm with a grooved inner surface to enhance the internal surface area and minimum root thickness of the tube shall be 0.35mm.

e.

Casings shall be from galvanized sheet steel with a minimum thickness of 1.6mm. The casing shall incorporate tube plates, continuous side plates and a centre dividing plate to prevent cross-contamination between the two airstreams.

f.

The working fluid shall be refrigerant type classified as ASHRAE safety group A1. The refrigerant shall be R134a. or approved equant.

g.

There shall be a multitude of loops in the height/width of the heat pipe and each loop shall be individually charged. Heat pipes with header assemblies containing a single circuit are not suitable as a single leak will render the entire heat pipe inoperative.

h.

Heat pipe performance shall be independently type tested and certified in line with the requirements of British Standards BS 5141 pt1 / European Standards EN 305 & 306 / American Standards ARI 410 for testing and rating of heat exchangers.

i.

The heat pipe should have a third party independent test report conducted by a certified certified laboratory.

j.

The number of rows and fins spacing shall be selected at the ambient conditions to achieve the most optimum performance of heat pipe throughout the year.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 16 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.23

k.

Coils in contact with outside air (either mixed or full) shall be provided with factory applied anti corrosive protective coating and anti fungal paint both with 5 –years operational warranty

l.

The heat pipe manufacturer shall have minimum 10 years experience in manufacturing of heat pipes and must have heat pipes commissioned for a minimum period of 5 years in the Middle East market. HORSE SHOE HEAT PIPES Heat pipes shall be included within the FAHU and wrapped around the main cooling coil. The external fins shall be of aluminium with a minimum thickness of 0.15mm and heresite coated. Fins shall be of the continuous plate type. Tubes shall be of refrigeration standard seamless copper C106 for heat exchanger use. Tube diameter shall be 12mm with a grooved inner surface and minimum root thickness of the tube shall be 0.35mm. Casings shall be from galvanized sheet steel with a minimum thickness of 1.6mm. The casing shall incorporate tube plates and top and bottom plates around both the precool and reheat heat pipe blocks. The working fluid shall be refrigerant type classified as ASHRAE safety group A1. The refrigerant shall be R134A. The heat pipe circuits shall be factory charged and hermetically sealed with the calculated weight of refrigerant. There shall be a multitude of loops in the height of the heat pipe and each loop shall be individually charged. Heat pipes with header assemblies containing a single circuit are not suitable as a single leak will render the entire heat pipe inoperative. Heat pipe performance shall be independently type tested and certified in line with the requirements of British Standards BS 5141 pt1 / European Standards EN 305 & 306 / American Standards ARI 410 for testing and rating of heat exchangers. All software used to predict the performance of heat pipes shall be based upon the results of these independent tests. The heat pipe should have a third party independent test report conducted by a certified laboratory. Coils shall be provided with factory applied anti corrosive and anti fungal Herasite dipped coating with 5 –years operational warranty. The coil selection shall consider less 5% in capacity in total load and sensible load. The heat pipe manufacturer shall have minimum 10 years’ experience in manufacturing of heat pipes and must have heat pipes commissioned for a minimum period of 5 years in the Middle East market.

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

Installation

3.1.1

Install as shown on the drawings, as detailed, and according to FAHU manufacturer's installation instructions.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 17 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.1.2

Mount units at appropriate height above floor to insure proper condensate trap depth and condensate drainage.

3.1.3

Install air handling unit to provide for adequate service access. Coordinate location to ensure air handling unit does not infringe upon access or service clearances of other equipment.

3.1.4

Lubricate fan bearings. Verify fan isolators have proper deflection. Check the cleanliness of equipment.

3.1.5

Upon completion of installation of air handling units, start-up and operate equipment to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Field correct malfunctioning components, then re-test to demonstrate compliance.

3.1.6

Furnish one spare set of fan drive belts per fan for each FAHU.

3.2

Pre-Operation Maintenance

3.2.1

Grease bearings.

3.2.2

Rotate impeller by hand and check for shifting during shipment and check all bolts, collars, and other parts for tightness.

3.3

Start-Up and Instructions

3.3.1

Check vibration and correct as necessary for air balance work.

3.3.2

After air balancing is complete and permanent sheaves are in place, perform necessary field mechanical balancing to meet vibration tolerance in Section 230548, Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control.

3.4

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning

3.4.1

Testing, Balancing and Commissioning shall be as referred to throughout this Section, and in accordance with Section 230810 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing .

3.4.2

The test rig and all necessary blanks for the purpose of sealing the ductwork under test shall be provided, blanks shall be removed after the test has been approved for each section of the ductwork

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 74 33 Fresh Air Handling Units

Page 18 of 18

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 8100 DIRECT EXPANSION AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

23 8100 DIRECT EXPANSION AIR CONDITIONING UNITS Contents

PART 1 - GENERAL A.

RELATED DOCUMENTS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 1 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I.

SUMMARY DESIGN REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS QUALITY ASSURANCE ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS COORDINATION WARRANTY PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING

PART 2 – PRODUCTS A. B. C.

INDOOR UNIT AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT VARIABLE REFRIGERENT FLOW (VOLUME) (VRF). OR VRV EQUIPMENT.

PART 3 - EXECUTION A. B. C. D. E.

INSTALLATION CONNECTIONS FIELD QUALITY CONTROL START-UP DEMONSTRATION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 2 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL – FOR ALL DX NUITS INCLUDING VRF SYSTEM A.

RELATED DOCUMENTS 1)

B.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and all volumes of the CONTRACT Documents and Specifications shall apply to this section. SUMMARY

1)

These specifications describe requirements for air cooled split-DX air conditioning systems consisting of indoor air handling units and grade or roof mounted condensing units.

2)

The manufacturer shall design and furnish all equipment to be fully compatible with heat dissipation requirements as scheduled.

3)

Related Sections include the following: a) Section 230500 - General Mechanical Requirements. b) Section 230501 - Basic Materials and Methods. c) Section 230548 – Mechanical Sound and Vibration Isolation. d) Section 230593 - Testing, Balancing and Adjusting. e) Section 230700 – Mechanical Insulation. f) All other applicable sections of the CONTRACT documents and specifications

C.

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1)

The DX system shall be factory assembled units as scheduled. The direct expansion model's refrigeration system shall be split, with the compressor located in a remote condensing unit.

2)

The evaporator section shall be specifically designed for above dropped ceiling installation and shall be serviceable from one side of the system. Condensing units shall be designed for outdoor installation.

3)

The Units capacity and piping design shall be suitable for any long line application as it is applicable.

4)

The units shall be designed to work with R407C refrigerant or any other Eco-Friendly Refrigerant. (R-22 units will not be accepted).

5)

All condensing unit shall be discharging air upward type unless other type is indicated in the equipment schedule.

D.

SUBMITTALS 1)

Submit product data including rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories for each type of product indicated. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressure, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. All certificates indicated in the section shall be submitted.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 3 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2) 3)

Submit shop drawings including power, signal, and control wiring diagrams differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Submit maintenance data to include in maintenance manuals.

4)

Submit warranties specified in this Section.

E.

QUALITY ASSURANCE 1)

Units shall be rated in accordance with : a) AHRI 210/240- - Performance Rating of Unitary Air-conditioning and air Source Heat Pump b) AHRI 340/360- Performance Rating of commercial and Industrial Unitary Airconditioning Equipment and Heat pumps c) AHRI 270- Sound Performance Rating of outdoor Unitary Equipment

2)

Units shall be designed to conform to latest ASHRAE 15 and relevant NEC standards.

3)

Unit will be constructed in accordance with UL standards and will carry the UL label of approval.

4)

Units shall be ETL tested and Labelled.

5)

Insulation shall meet NFPA 90A requirement for Flame spread Rating and Smoke developed index.

6)

Unit casing shall be capable of 1000 hours salt spray test as per ASTM B117. Certificate to be submitted.

7)

Units shall be manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9001 standard, manufacturing Quality standard and ISO 14001 for HSE.

8)

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labelled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

F.

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 1)

Product and material manufactured by manufacturers of international repute complying with the following requirements shall be accepted subject to COMPANY pre-qualification process and approval: a) The proposed product or material shall be in full and exact compliance with the Project Specifications and Contract Documents. b) The Products have proven performance and are in use for satisfactory operation for at least Five (5) years in local as well in international market. c) Products are manufactured in accordance with industry standards including BS, EN, ISO, ASTM, ASHRAE and UL etc. for such Equipment including Mechanical Stability, electrical and safety requirements etc. Compliance certificate are required to be provided from international Third Party Testing and certifying Agencies like ETL. d) Products shall be rated in accordance with international standards like AHRI or be

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 4 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

EUROVENT performance certified for thermodynamic performance. e)

G.

The manufacturing Facility shall be ISO certified for Quality Management as well as for HSE system.

COORDINATION 1)

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for units. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 03.

2)

Coordinate layout and location of evaporator sections hung from structure above. Coordinate associated suspension system components. Coordinate exact location with other systems including, but not limited to, ceilings, light fixtures, fire-suppression system components and partition assemblies. Assure appropriate access clearance has been provided.

H.

WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide full warranty for complete unit for a period of two years from the date of provisional acceptance certificate. However the warranty period for compressors and condensor coils (including coating) shall be extended to five years after PAC from manufacturer. The warranty shall include parts and labour costs for the repair and replacement of defects in material or workmanship.

I.

PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1)

J.

Units shall be shipped as a single Package and stored and handled as per manufacturer’s recommendations. The supplier/manufacturer shall provide the copper piping sizes connected the condensing unit to the DX coil

PART 2 – PRODUCTS A.

INDOOR UNIT 1)

Evaporator Cabinet and Frame Construction a) Indoor blower coil unit shall be a completely factory assembled unit including a refrigerant coil, condensate drain pan, fan, motor, filters and controls in an insulated casing. Model shall be an "air-tight" unit with minimum 5.0 R-value insulation and additional sealing systems. b) Units casing shall be made of Zinc coated galvanized steel sheets conforming to JISG3302 and ASTMA653 that shall be phosphatized and then elctrostatically dry powder coated of approx 60 microns to provide an extremely tough, scratch resistance, excellent anti corrosive protection that can pass 1000 hours in 5% salt spray testing at 95°F relative humidity as per ASTM B117-85, certificate ti be submmited. Casing Screws shall be suitable to withstand a 750 hours salt spray exposure as per ASTM B117.Casing shall be provided with access panels for easy service and maintenance & insulated with ½” (13.0mm) thick fibreglass insulation as per NFPA 90A and 90B for fire resistance. c) The coil shall be provided with polyester powder coated insulated drain pan. d) A factory supplied transparent Condensate drain trap shall be provided which includes an overflow shutoff switch that can be wired to turn off the unit if the trap becomes plugged. e) The cabinet shall be designed for easy installation and service access from one side only.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 5 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2)

DECORATIVE Evaporator UNIT Evaporator units shall be of the type as scheduled. Ceiling suspended units shall be of the slim design with a decorative cabinet suitable for flush to ceiling installation. Units shall include auto swing louvres for uniform air distribution. Unit components shall be fully accessible for maintenance through the bottom panel. Evaporator coils shall be of 9.5mm OD and 0.35 mm thick seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to 0.12 mm thick aluminium fins and shall be factory leak tested at a pressure of 28 Kg/cm2. A drain pan made out of galvanized sheet steel shall extend throughout the length of the unit. The drain pan shall be coated with epoxy resin enamel and insulated with 10mm thick polyurethane foam. The drain pan shall be provided with a male drain connection on the service side. Evaporator fans shall be three speed direct driven, forward curved, centrifugal type made of galvanized steel to deliver an accurate air flow at a low noise level. Fan driving components shall be mounted on rubber pad isolators to reduce noise and vibration.

3)

Fan and Motor. Quiet, direct-drive assembly equipped with double width double inlet (DWDI) low noise Forward Curve centrifugal Fan with self-aligning sleeve bearings and life time lubrication. Fan Motor shall be permanent-split capacitor, high efficiency type, with integral thermal overload protection equipped with three speeds for air flow modulation. Motor shall be Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC), 4 poles, class-F insulated, minimum IP55 protection & wired to unit control panel. System shall be suitable for plenum or ducted air distribution.

4)

Filter Cooling unit shall be provided with minimum 1” thick washable Aluminium Filter having minimum MERV value of 8.0 as per ASHRAE standards or any other equivalent standard. Filter shall be easily accessible.

5)

COIL Evaporator coil shall be constructed of seamless copper tubes 3/8” OD mechanically bonded to aluminum fins with maximum 12 fpi (2.1mm) spacing. Coil consists of headers of seamless copper tubing, & multi-circuited distributor(s). These coils shall be burst and leak tested at 30 bars. The coils shall be cleaned & dehydrated at the factory. Coil shall conform to AHRI 210/240 and have a maximum face velocity of 400 FPM at scheduled air quantity. Refrigerant flow shall be controlled by an externally equalized thermostatic expansion valve. Unit shall have flare connections.

6)

CONTROL SYSTEM Unit shall have a wired control board with a built-in thermostat to be installed in the airconditioned area and it shall have the following Features:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 6 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

B.

a)

Control Modes – Cool, Dry, Fan, Heat, Auto Cool-Heat and Sleep mode.

b)

Compressor protections – Comp 3 minutes restart protection.

c)

Indoor coil anti freeze.

d)

Failure monitoring for room sensor and indoor coil sensor.

e)

Non volatile memory – keep system settings.

f)

Programmable On/Off timer.

g)

Random Restart Time Delay – to minimize voltage dip during compressor first cut in cycle upon power up.

h)

Unit control board shall be 220 V.E.

i)

Unit shall have a wireless remote control to control all the functions of the control board. Units without this Remote Control features are not acceptable.

Direct Expansion Coil:

AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT 1)

GENERAL Condensing units shall be composed of compressor(s), condenser coil(s) with fan(s), refrigerant piping, electrical components & enclosing cabinet in one piece. These units shall be factory assembled, internally wired, fully refrigerant charged with R407C, tested under strict quality standards & are suitable for use in systems with indoor units connected to remote condensing units located out doors, or suitable for use in system with FAHU / AHU of DX cooling coil and shall be of multi commpressors type. Units should be selected at 48°C and shall be capable to operate from 12.8°C to 52°C ambient temperature, and shall be selected in accordance with project requirements and installed as per Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual. This unit shall be fully charged from the factory for up to 20 meter of piping. a)

Cooling capacities matched with the indoor air handlers shall be AHRI certified.

b)

Unit shall be UL listed.

c)

2)

All units having capacities between 10 and 20 Tons shall have two (2) independent Refrigeration circuits.

CASING: Machine casing shall be made of heavy gauge G90 zinc coated galvanized steel sheets conforming to ASTM standards to provide an extremely tough , scratch resistance , excellent anticorrosive protection, fabricated steel shall be thoroughly degreased and then phosphatized before application of an average 60 micron backed electrostatic polyester dry powder coating. This finish shall pass minimum 1000 hours, 5% salt spray test at 35 °C and 95% relative humidity (ASTM B 117/95). Cetrificate to be submmited. Machine casing shall be provided with access doors for easy service and maintenance of all its parts. The machine shall be fully assembled on heavy gauge zinc coated galvanized steel frame.

3)

REFRIGERANT CONTROLS a) Refrigeration system controls shall include condenser fan and compressor contactor.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 7 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

4)

b)

High and low pressure protection shall be inherent to the compressor.

c)

Provide factory installed liquid line drier and low pressure switch.

d)

Field braze connections shall be externally accessible. Multi-use liquid and gas line valves with service pressure gauge ports shall be provided .

e)

Compressor lockout shall be provided on auto-reset safety until reset from thermostat.

f)

Minimum safety devices shall include Automatic reset (after resetting first at thermostat), High discharge pressure cutout and Loss-of-charge cutout.

g)

Manual reset at the unit shall be provided by Electrical overload protection through the use of define-purpose contactors and calibrated, ambient compensated, magnetic trip circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall open all three phases in the event of an overload in any one of the phases or a single phase condition.

h)

Provide dual, independent refrigeration circuits for units 10 tons and larger.

COMPRESSOR (10 TONS OR LESS CAPACITY): Compressor(s) shall be high efficiency refrigerant gas cooled hermetic reciprocating or Scroll type. These compressors conform to internationally recognized standards like NF, VDE, CSA & UL. The compressor incorporating built-in muffler shall be mounted on springs within a heavy gauge steel housing to give an extra low noise level and a very quiet unit, overall. The compressor as a unit is mounted on resilient isolators within the condensing unit to reduce annoying vibrations.

5)

6)

PROVIDE INTERNAL OVER TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE PROTECTION, TOTAL EPOXY DIPPED HERMETIC MOTOR WINDINGS, AND THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED SUMP HEATER, AND THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL FEATURES. 1

Rotor lock suction and discharge refrigerant connections.

2

Centrifugal oil pump.

3

"Special steel alloy" valves in valve plate assembly.

4

Internal spring mounts to reduce vibration and noise.

CONDENSER COIL: Condenser coil shall be a R407C refrigerant air cooled condenser coil and shall be circuited for integral sub-cooler. It shall be constructed of seamless copper tubes, maximum 4 rows deep, 3/8" (9.52 mm) O.D. and mechanically bonded to the wavy type aluminum fins. Fins spacing shall be maximum 12 FPI (2.1 mm). The complete coil shall be - provided with factory applied baked heresite (dipping) factory applied, or factory applied dipping of Aluminum impregnated polyester corrosion resistance coating for saline and corrosive environment. The COMPANY shall have the right to select any type of the indicated dipping protection and the manufacture/ supplier shall follow. Coating shall be capable of withstanding 1000 Hours salt spray exposure as per ASTMB117 test and certificate shall be submmited. Coating shall be done at the factory. Integral sub cooling circuit in each coil shall be provided to increase system capacity. Each coil shall be leak tested for 200 psig and pressure tested at 428 psig.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 8 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Coil shall conform to AHRI 410/91. The coil shall be provided with factory applied baked heresite (dipping) factory applied. Unit shall be selected for 5% extra capacity in total load than the loads indicated in the schedule due to the corrosion protection applied on the coil. All coils shall be protected externally with a metallic wire guard having weather resistant powder coated paint. 7)

CONDENSER FAN AND MOTOR: The machine shall be furnished with direct driven propeller type discharging air upward condenser fans. Fans shall be constructed of corrosion resistant blades such as heavy gauge aluminum. The fan and drive shall be held in proper alignment. Fan assemblies shall be provided with heavy gauge, rust resistant steel. The fan assembly shall be protected with an acrylic coated steel wire fan guard. All condenser fans shall be individually statically and dynamically balanced for vibration free operation. Condenser fan motor shall be Totally Enclosed Air Over (TEAO), 3-phase type, 6 poles with Class F insulation, Class B temperature rise and IP55 protection. Condenser fan motors to be protected against current and Thermal overload condition by internal overloads. Also, Motor shall be with permanently lubricated ball bearings and inherent corrosion resistance shaft. Motors shall be internally wired to the Unit Control Panel.

8)

REFRIGERANT PIPING: Refrigerant circuit piping shall be fabricated from ACR grade copper pipes including liquid and suction line shutoff valves with sweat connections, filter drier & thermostatic expansion valve. The Unit shall be complete with Refrigerant and oil charge.

9)

CONTROL PANEL Condensing unit shall be provided with a weatherproof control panel enclosure including all electrical control devices. The panel shall be factory wired in accordance with NEC 430 & 440, and conforms to IP55 requirements. Control Panel shall contain individual electrical components’ contactors, overload relays, transformer, anti recycling time delay relay, control circuit disconnect switch, power & control circuit terminal blocks & high / low pressure switch. Split system should be supplied with factory sized liquid line controls (Shut off valve, filter drier and sight glass.

C.

VARIABLE REFRIGERENT FLOW (VRF) EQUIPMENT. 1)

SCOPE OF THE WORK: The Ultra-Low noise - Variable Refrigerant Flow type Air Conditioning System, complete in all respects including supply, installation, testing and commissioning of complete system as per manufacturer recommendation and COMPANY instructions. Putting into operation, testing and commissioning all DX Variable refrigerant flow AC equipment necessary for the complete installation including the following services.

Div. 23 - HVAC

a)

Air-conditioning with Cooling and Heating (Heat Pump), Variable Refrigerant Flow System.

b)

Air-Conditioning distribution equipment and acoustic treatment.

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 9 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

c)

Electrical services associated with Air-conditioning works.

Unit shall be air-cooled, multi split type heat pump air-conditioner consisting of one outdoor and multiple indoor units, each having capability of working independently with remote controller. The units shall be factory assembled and charged with eco friendly R-410a refrigerant. Both Indoor and Outdoor units to be manufactured in the same factory and tested under stringent quality control to ensure compatibility of indoor with outdoor unit, reliability of operation and performance as stated in the manufacturer’s catalogue. Mentioned capacities for all types of A/c units are the minimum required and the contractor should submit the higher standard to Consultant’s approval. The Contractor should upgrade duct size and outlets size if necessary according to selected equipment. All the corrosion protection, extra size selection and test certifacates indicated in clause B air cooled condensing unit shall be applicable. The Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordination of all services.The Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordinating all indoor units locations with ID / false ceiling drawings, providing all required access doors, drain points, pipes sleeves, etc… Coefficient of Performance (COP) of the VRF system shall be no less than 4.2 at AHRI conditions. Contractor to submit third party underpinning documentation to support the COP. The supplier shall submitt detail design showing indoor units, outdoor unit, copper piping with sizing and indicating all the accsissories required and recomended ( Filter drier, expansion valves, siteglass, isolating valves for indoor and oudoor units…etc). One Brand of VRF system shall be supply all the VRF system in the project including the VRF unit for the FAHU. IF DX cooling coil in used in AHU and FAHU, The supplier shall submitt detail design showing DX cooling coil, VRF unit, copper piping with sizing and indicating all the accsissories required and recomended ( Filter drier, expansion valves, siteglass, isolating valves for DX coil and VRF units…etc). 2)

INDOOR UNITS GENERAL The unit shall be manufactured with Heavy – Duty (sutiable for coastal conditions) Galvanised steel plate partially insulated with closed cell expanded urethane foam. The units shall be of ceiling cassette, ceiling concealed (ducted split), wall mounted as design drawings. Units shall be designed for refrigerant R- 410 A for COOLING/HEATING application with self-contained direct expansion types evaporating coil gas distributor in fan coil unit with linear expansion valves. Evaporation coils shall be aluminum fins mechanically bonded copper tubes Factory leak tested . Fan shall be centrifugal direct driven types,

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 10 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

statically and dynamically balanced and shall on permanently lubricated bearing. Fan motor shall be low noise with multi-speed motor with internal thermostat. Fan Coil units shall be supplied with self-diagnostic functional thermostats and washable filter or as manufacturer’s recommendations. These units must be connected to a single out door unit. Refrigeration system must be only two pipes network either cooling or heating one time the entire system connected in their respective group. Each outdoor shall be able to group with minimum 2 to 50 indoor units of different capacities and types with in the total capacity of the connected out door unit. The flow of regrigerant to be controlled by two pipe thermistors and a return air thermistor, capable of controlling variable capacity of the indoor unit between 15% and 100%. Each indoor unit to be suitable for fuzzy logic signal 30vdc from the outdoor unit via a 2 core non polar screened cable. a)

CEILING CASSETTE TYPE

The Ceiling Cassette shall be factory assembled, wired and run tested. The unit shall have a self diagnostic function, 3 minute time delay relay, auto restart function, and test run switch. Should have adjustable air outlets such as 1, 2 or 4 ways as per site requirement with swing louvers and adjustable blades from sides. An airflow control mechanism must be factory built-in to distribute the air evenly over the vane’s upper and lower surfaces to prevent the air from hitting the ceilings. Air intake must be from center bottom of the unit through fixed decorative blade grill and factory supplied washable air-filter. The evaporator fan shall be an assembly with a turbo fan direct driven by a single motor. The fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced and run on a motor with permanently lubricated bearings. The indoor fan shall have three speeds; High, medium and Low Cassette unit should be equipped with drain water lift up mechanism. Refrigerant pipe and condensate drain connection to be in separate corners for easy installation and maintenance. The units shall be equipped with Auto Restart function, which allows the unit to start in the same mode prior to the power failure b)

CEILING CONCEALED (DUCTED SPLIT)

Air Fan coil unit shall be of horizontal concealed type, ultra slim type with high static with ultra low noise operation The basic unit shall consist of cooling coil, one or more centrifugal fans, electric motor condensate drain pan, and galvanized steel casing and electric junction box. Air will be discharged by the centrifugal fans which shall be of the forward curved nonoverloading type to the front of the unit to allow for field supply ductwork and air outlets to distribute the air into the room.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 11 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Return air will be brought to the rear of the unit to allow for the return air to be either ducted from room or taken from the ceiling void. The fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced and specially designed for quiet operation. The motor shall be built-in and resiliently mounted with adjustable mounting, direct driven as recommended by the manufacturer. Coils shall be made of staggered seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to 0.12 mm aluminum fins. The evaporator coil shall be minimum two rows deep. The condensate drain pan shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel adequately treated against corrosion, insulated and pitched for positive drainage with the unit-installed level. The basic unit casing shall be constructed from galvanized steel plate partially insulated with closed cell expanded urethane foam. The unit shall be provided with washable filter or as recommended by the manufacturer, mounted on the box enclosure of the unit in a sealed way to prevent air by passing. Face velocity through filter/ coil not to exceed 2.5 m/s The units shall be equipped with Auto Restart function, which allows the unit to start in the same mode prior to the power failure. The unit shall be provide with factory built-in return air plenum with double skin construction. c)

WALL MOUNTED UNITS

Shall be of decorative slim dimension suitable indoor wall mounting. The unit base shall be fabricated from galvanized steel sheet and shall be internally insulated to prevent condensation. The external decorative cabinet shall be of plastic material with necessary provision for air intake in the center through fixed blade air grill and washable factory supplied airfilter. Air discharge should be through auto flap shutter for uniform airflow. This flap should act as a shutter when the unit is turned off. The evaporator fan should be centrifugal line flow type directly driven by multi speed low noise motor. Provision for five ways refrigerant piping and four ways condensate drain should be feasible in order to connect the unit as per the site condition. All screws securing the unit should be accessible from the front of unit for easy installation and maintenance. 3)

CONDENSING UNITS (OUTDOOR UNITS) The casing shall be fully weatherproofed for outdoor installation and treated against severe saline weather condition. The condenser coil and fins shall be pre coated with special coating to avoid corrosion, for coastal industrial conditions with 5 years warranty. It shall be provided with removable panels for easy access to all internal components. A access door shall be provided on the control panel. The condensing units shall operate continuously at the ambient temperature of –5 deg C ~ 54 deg C in cooling and -20 deg C ~ 16 deg C in heating mode. The noise level shall not be more than 50 dB(A) at normal operation measured horizontally 1m away & 1m above the ground. Further the out door unit shall have night

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 12 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

quite operation to reduce the noise level by 6 db(A). The selected unit shall be ultra-quite operation type. The outdoor unit shall be equipped with interface to the control system and perform all functions necessary for operation. The outdoor unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped, wired and run tested in factory. The condensing units shall be of the air-cooled type, designed for use with refrigerant R410 A for cooling and heating of capacity as shown in the drawings and schedule. System shall be suitable for a two pipe system with either branch pipe or header pipe arrangement. The refrigeration process of the outdoor unit to be maintained by pressure and temperature sensors controlling solenoid valves, check valves and bypass valves. The heating or cooling mode of the outdoor unit to be controlled by two 4 way valves which should reverse the cycle of the refrigerant to change the mode of the outdoor unit. Control shoulld be via a 30vdc signal generated by the outdoor unit. This signal to be sent to the indoor units via a 2 core non polar screened cable. The condensing unit shall comprise of propeller fan, fan motor, heat exchanger (condenser coil) accumulator, sub cooling coil , oil separator, four way valve, for heat cool model, compressor control box and heat inter change circuit to allow for better refrigerant distribution and control with Electronic expansion valves. The refrigeration accessories and safety control should be assembled in a common casing, wired and tested in the factory. The unit should be supplied from the factory with an operating charge of refrigerant and dehydrated compressor oil. The outdoor unit shall have one or more DC inverter control scroll compressor capable of changing speed as per load requirements & rest other constant speed (scroll) and the system be able to operate even in case one of compressors is out of order using back up settings. Compressor shall be to work up to an ambient of 55 deg C. The hot gas bypass system shall be incorporated as a safeguard to the compressor in case of condenser blockage, adverse condition and capacity control. The system shall be able to change between cooling and heating from the selection at the thermostat The compressors shall be Equipped with Internal pressure relief valve, over current relay and time delay relay. All the control options shall be factory installed and tested for reliability. Compressor to be covered in an acoustic lining jacket to maintain low noise level as per manufacturer standards. Each module of outdoor unit shall have reverse phase and phase failure protection. Each compressor shall have non return valve to isolate the compressor and to avoid transfer of refrigerant and carbon entering in another compressor in case of motor burn out. The compressors shall be mounted on external spring isolators, provided with crankcase heater and accumulator located in a separate section isolated from the condenser coil and fans. Each accumulator shall act as a equalizer. There shall be an oil balancing line in every outdoor unit connecting both compressors to balance the oil.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 13 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The condenser fans shall be of the propeller type, arranged for top air discharge. The fan shall be weather proofed, statically and dynamically balanced, direct driven by a totally enclosed and permanently lubricated resiliently mounted electric motor. Fans shall have safety guards. The fans shall be equipped with DC inverter motor, capable of changing speed as per load requirements. The condenser coils shall be constructed of heavy gauge seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum plate fins, weather proof treated against corrossion and saline condition such as Herasite, blue guard or factory applied protective coatings. The coils will be capable of being divided into smaller sectiions to enable the outdoor unit capacity to match the capacity required by the indoor unit. The coils shall be circuited for subcooling and shall have guard protection for the condenser fins. Coils to be leak tested at the factory. 4)

CONTROLS Necessary safety devices shall be a part of the Outdoor units such as (but not limited to): Discharge temperature sensor, Overload protector, Hot gas bypass cycle, Evaporator inlet piping sensor for anti freeze protection, Evaporator outlet piping sensor, Return air temperature sensor, Time delay relay, reverse phase protection and phase failure protection. The safety devises shall also contain high pressure sensor and low pressure sensor. Inverter: Inverters should be protected by built in factory supplied DC bus current for applicable models in order to control the frequency. Fan Controller: Should include inverter board, choke coil thyristor and transistor module with necessary smoothing capacitors and diode stack. Main Board: Should include cooling heating auto changeover relay centralized control transmission board, power supply terminals for main and controls. Inverter Board: Applicable models to have necessary power supply terminals, choke coils, serial transmission point to main board and DC power generating source upto 560 V –DC. The outdoor unit shall have Black Box Function which can record the full operation history of the units every 3 minutes which can help in precise analysis, decision and fast trouble shooting. Each outdoor unit should have alternate cycling of the compressors in order to equalize the run time and increase the life time of the compressor. A serial connection port shall be available in the outdoor unit to display the cycle view, operating parameters like suction pressure, discharge pressure, voltage, current, ambient temperature, indoor unit refrigerant in/out temperature, room temperature, percentage loading of the invertors compressor, percentage opening of the EEV, and easy start up and Easy trouble shooting. and fault alarm. Control at Start-up: The upper limit of frequency during the first 3 minutes of the operation is 50Hz. When the power is turned on, normal operation will start after the initial start-up mode has been completed (with a restriction on the frequency).

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 14 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

By Pass Capacity Control: Solenoid valve factory built-in to by pass high and low pressure side to facilitate when compressor is started, compressor stops in cool or heating mode, after operation stops, during oil recovery operations, during low “Hz” operation, when the high pressure increased or discharge temperature rises. Frequency control: To keep constant evaporation temperature in cooling and heating mode, rate of performance 2 ‘Hz’ second across 15 ~ 97 range or as recommended by the manufacturer. Sub cool Coil control: Must be fully open at defrosting and according to superheat detected from the by pass out let temperature of sub cool coil and discharge temperature. Defrost Control: Operation should start if –2 Deg C or less is detected in piping temperature for a continuous period of 3 minutes during an hour operation. Control for Liquid level: In the accumulator to heat the refrigerant judging the refrigerant amount depending on our door air temperature and frequency. Refrigerant Recovery Control: To prevent refrigerant accumulating in the stopped indoor unit by opening the (LEV) Liner Expansion Valve of the respective unit and the compressor running till control is satisfied. Condensing Unit (Heat Exchanger) and Fan Capacity Control: As per the indoor unit load demand either in cooling or heating mode the above factory built control should control the out door unit fan air flow rate with phase control in order to maintain evaporator temperature on both modes. Oil Recovery System Unit shall be equipped with 3 types of oil recovery procedures.

5)

a)

Oil Separator for every compressor

b)

Oil balancing line (between 2 compressors in a unit).

c)

Oil recovery logic control that will make compressor operation is controlled to recover the oil back to compressor at an interval of every 6 hours of partial compressor working to ensure stable operation with long refrigerant piping.

MICROCOMPUTER From the same A/C manufacturer factory built- in, in the out door unit control panel weather protected, with self –diagnostic function for easy reading and maintenance. A four – digit LCD display should give all service information, fault history and must constantly monitor all operation of respective out door and connected indoor units, rooms thermostats either in cooling or heating mode.

6)

ROOM THERMOSTAT Should be located 1.4 Meter from the finished floor level location as shown in the drawings and as per site condition. Should be with LCD display, easy to read, operate with icon display. The display should include, Operational setting:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 15 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

a) b) c) d) e)

Start /Stop Operation Mode Temperature Setting Air speed switching Air flow direction

To monitor the following: a) b) c) d) e) f) g)

Status Error and error content Filter sign Operating mode Temperature setting Indoor intake air temperature Air speed and flow switching

Scheduling the following: a) Start and stop per day b) Temperature setting 7)

CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER a) Should be with an interactive menu driven screen LCD display easy to read and operate with icon display b) Allowing operators to perform the ON/OFF of 50 individual or 50 groups, where each group should be feasible to control minimum 13 indoor unit. c) In addition to the functions from individual room thermostats the centralized controller should be schedule for a Weekly designated day setting. d) Start/Stop should be minimum 3 times per day and 21 times per week. e) Error history and error flashing, filter sign, operation mode.

8)

CONTROL WIRES A two non-polarized transmission line should allow for simple and foolproof connection of each indoor and remote controller. The cable should be either factory supplied or as recommended by the local supplier/ dealer. Empty conduit for the same with pull wire shall be fixed/made available by the main contractor.

9)

REFRIGERANT PIPING Refrigerant pipe network should be restricted to the following table : For Refrigerent pipes refer section Pipes and tubes and for Refrigerent pipe insulation refer HVAC piping insulation.. Wherever possible straight copper length should be used. Contractor/Installer should close both end of copper pipe at the end of every working day till installation period to ensure no foreign particles could be penetrated inside the system.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 16 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Installer should allow a small amount of nitrogen gas to be passed through the pipes during all joints/ brazing work is in process till completion. Prior to the final connection the system should be thoroughly flushed with nitrogen and pressure tested and this test should be seen and approved by the COMPANY. All indoor and exposed pipes work should run in Refrigerent Pipe tray without lagging as recommended by the manufacture/local supplier. Roof exposed pipe work should run in Refrigerent Pipe tray with aluminum cladding. Seamless copper pipe Wall Thickness: Comply with the relevant national regulations for the designed pressure 3.8MPa.(551psi) and with the following table as the minimum wall thickness.

Pipe work sizing, layout, fittings, etc shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturers design and installation requirements The pipe work shall be of refrigerant quality copper to half hard temper. Soft tempered pipe work may be used where the pipe diameter is ¼”or 3/8”. Long radius bends shall be formed using pipe bender. The use of short radius pre formed bends and elbows should be avoided to minimize pressure drop and possibility of leaks. Pipe work shall be carried out with refrence to the manufacturer’s design and installation instructions. Dry Nitrogen must be in the system brazing (no cold brazing will be allowed) 10)

POWER SUPPLY TO ALL A/C UNITS Power supply with necessary cables shall be provided by the main contractor till to the Weatherproof Isolator for all roof-exposed units, powers disconnect switch or isolator for all indoor units. A/c contractor shall connect from these isolators to their respective units.

11)

NOISE, VIBRATIONS & SILENCERS All air-conditioning equipment shall be mounted on vibration isolators suitably designed to eliminate any vibrations, which may be transferred to the building structure. The contractor shall be fully responsible for preventing noise and vibration throughout each system and in the environment surrounding the buildings. CONTRCATOR shall provide all lining materials, silencers, flexible connections and hot gas mufflers for this purpose, where specified or not.

12)

FLEXIBLE CONNECTION Fire rated Flexible neoprene connection shall be used in all connections between ducts and all A/c units for preventing the transmission of vibration through the ducts to the occupied spaces.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 17 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Flexible connection - shall be factory fabricated from chemically impregnated canvas. The fabric shall be rated for use upto 200 degrees F working temp. Connections to fit closely and to be secured in an air tight fashion connection to duct work fans and apparatus. The unclamped section of the flexible connection between apparatus and duct work shall not be less than 10 cm in length. Flexible connections are not to be painted. 13)

SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR VRF UNIT The CONTRACTOR shall provide Warranty (material and labor) for Complete VRF System including Workmanship, Material and Equipment etc (complete in all respects for all parts) for 5 years from PAC. CONTRCATOR / SUPPLIER shall provide maintenance for all VRF units for one year operation after PAC, till FAC.

PART 3 - EXECUTION A.

INSTALLATION 1)

INSTALL units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.

2)

Install ground-mounted condensing units on minimum 6-inch thick, reinforced concrete base; minimum 4 inches larger on each side than unit. Concrete reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Division 03. Coordinate anchor installation with concrete base.

3)

Install roof-mounted components on equipment supports as per civil/structural specifications. Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium-plated fasteners.

4)

Install and connect electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer’s electrical connection diagram submittal to electrical contractor.

5)

INSTALL and connect piping devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturers piping connection diagram submittal to piping contractor.

6)

The unit shall be monitored from Building Management System.

B.

CONNECTIONS 1)

PIPING installation shall be as per manufacturer’s recommendations. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

2)

INSTALL piping adjacent to unit to allow service and maintenance.

3)

Drain Water Piping: Connect condensate drains to evaporator units. Provide pitch and trap as manufacturer's instructions and local codes require.

4)

Unless otherwise indicated, connect piping with unions and shutoff valves to allow units to be disconnected without draining piping. Refer to piping system Sections for specific valve and specialty arrangements.

5)

Ground equipment and tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer’s published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer’s torque values are

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 18 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. C.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1)

Installation Inspection: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections, and to prepare a written report of inspection.

2)

Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.

3)

Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new components, and retest.

4)

Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D.

START-UP 1)

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

2)

Verify that units are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents.

3)

Lubricate bearings, adjust belt tension, and change filters.

4)

Perform startup checks according to manufacturer’s written instructions and do the following a) Fill out manufacturer’s checklists. b) Check for unobstructed airflow over coils. c) Check operation of condenser capacity-control device. d) Verify that vibration isolation devices and flexible connectors dampen vibration transmission to structure.

E.

DEMONSTRATION 1)

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner’s maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. a) Train Owner’s maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining units. b) Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01 Sections for contract closeout and operation and maintenance data requirements. c) Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least fourteen (14) days advance notice.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 8100 Direct Expansion Air Conditioning Units

Page 19 of 19

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 81 26 AIR COOLED SPLIT DX AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 1 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 81 26 AIR COOLED SPLIT DX AIR CONDITIONING UNITS CONTENTS

1.0

GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 3

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.7

REFERENCE ................................................................................................................................... 3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ................................................................................................................ 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................................................. 3 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................................. 4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ......................................................................................... 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................ 5 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ........................................................................................ 5 WARRANTY ............................................................................................................................... 5

2.0

PRODUCTS ................................................................................................................................. 5

2.1 2.2 2.3

MINI SPLIT UNITS .......................................................................................................................... 5 DUCTED SPLIT UNITS ................................................................................................................... 7 AIR HANDLING UNIT (EVAPORATOR SECTION)……………………………………… 7

3.0 3.1 3.2

EXECUTION ............................................................................................................................ 13 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................................................ 13 STARTUP AND INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................................................... 14

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 2 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL

1.1

Reference Conform to General Requirements for Mechanical Services of Division 23.

1.2

Description of Work a)

This section describes the requirements of split and package ac equipments part of AC system.

b)

The Contractor shall engineer, supply, install, test and commission all items to comply with the design.

c)

The Contractor shall ensure that the proposed locations of AC units are adequate and enough space is available for removal of elements for servicing and replacement. The final locations are to be coordinated with architecture and interior design consultant.

d)

1.3

e)

All AC equipments shall be factory assembled and electrically prewired.

f)

Capacity shall be as per the schedule in the drawings. Units shall be controlled to maintain the desired room parameters. Performance of each type of the units shall be certified by an international tesing authority approved by the Engineer.

g)

For other related plumbing connections like drain pipes, pipe specialities refer relevant sections of Division 22.

h)

For other related electrical connections like starters, wires and cables refer to relevant sections of Division 26. Electrical specifications.

Quality Assurance Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of AC Equipments of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. The system should have ARI 210/24089, Unitary airconditioning air source heat pump equipment certification or equalent authorized third party approval to confirm the performance and safety.   

Units shall be rated in accordance with : AHRI 210/240- - Performance Rating of Unitary Air-conditioning and air Source Heat Pump AHRI 340/360- Performance Rating of commercial and Industrial Unitary Airconditioning Equipment and Heat pumps AHRI 270- Sound Performance Rating of outdoor Unitary Equipment Units shall be designed to conform to latest ASHRAE 15 and relevant NEC standards. Unit will be constructed in accordance with UL standards and will carry the UL label of approval. Units shall be ETL tested and Labelled.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 3 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation shall meet NFPA 90A requirement for Flame spread Rating and Smoke developed index. Unit casing shall be capable of 1000 hours salt spray test as per ASTM B117 Units shall be manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9001 standard, manufacturing Quality standard and ISO 14001 for HSE. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labelled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.4

Submittals

1.4.1

Product Data : Submit manufacturer’s technical product data, detailed compliance statement, catalogues, including rated capacities and efficiencies of selected model clearly indicated; operating weights; furnished specialties and accessories; and installation and start up instructions.

1.4.2

Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturers assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components.

1.4.3

Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer’s electrical requirements for power supply wiring to water heaters. Submit manufacturer’s ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring required for final installation of dehumidifier and controls. Differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions that are to be field installed.

1.4.4

Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type and size of water coolers, control, and accessory; including troubleshooting” maintenance guide. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual.

1.4.5

Certificates: Submit appropriate certificate of shop inspection and data report as required by provisions of ASHRAE.

1.4.6

Details of vibration isolators required.

1.4.7

Refrigerant pipe sizing calculations and schedule.

1.5

Delivery, Storage and Handling

1.5.1

Handle equipments and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Do not install equipments or components; remove from site and replace with new.

1.5.2

Store equipments and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage.

1.5.3

Comply with manufacturer’s rigging and installation instructions for unloading and moving units to final location for installation.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 4 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.6

QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.6

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A.

Product and material manufactured by manufacturers of international repute complying with the following requirements shall be accepted subject to ENGINEER IN CHARGE pre-qualification process and approval: 1. The proposed product or material shall be in full and exact compliance with the Project Specifications and Contract Documents. 2. The Products have proven performance and are in use for satisfactory operation for at least Five (5) years in local as well in international market. 3. Products are manufactured in accordance with industry standards including BS, EN, ISO, ASTM, ASHRAE and UL etc. for such Equipment including Mechanical Stability, electrical and safety requirements etc. Compliance certificate are required to be provided from international Third Party Testing and certifying Agencies like ETL. 4. Products shall be rated in accordance with international standards like AHRI or be EUROVENT performance certified for thermodynamic performance. 5.

1.7

The manufacturing Facility shall be ISO certified for Quality Management as well as for HSE system.

WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide full warranty for complete unit for a period of two years from the date of FAC. However the warranty period for compressors and condensor coils (including coating) shall be extended to five years after FAC from manufacturer. The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the replacement of defects in material or workmanship ( repair of the defective part is not allowed) .

2.0

PRODUCTS

2.1

Mini split units

2.1.1

General The mini split system shall consist of a ceiling suspended/wall mounted decorative cabinet indoor unit (evaporator unit) an outdoor unit (condensing unit) and a wall mounted remote control digital thermostat, all factory assembled and fully charged with refrigerant R134a/ 410a/ 407c approved equal ozone friendly refrigerant. All units shall be start tested and checked at the factory. Units shall be designed for continuous operation at outdoor ambient temperature of 52 deg. C.

2.1.2

Evaporator Unit Evaporator units shall be of the type as scheduled Wall mounted Units Wall mounted decorative units shall be of the slim design with a decorative hard plasitc cabinet suitable for flush to wall installation. Units shall include auto swing louvers for

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 5 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

uniform air distribution. Unit components shall be fully accessible for maintenance through the front cover. Evaporator coils shall be of 9mm OD and 0.30 mm thick seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to 0.10 mm thick aluminium fins and shall be factory leak tested at a pressure of 28 Kg/cm2. A drain pan made out of galvanized sheet steel / heavy duty platic shall extend throughout the length of the unit. The GI drain pan shall be coated with epoxy resin enamel. Drain pan insulated with 10mm thick polyurethane foam. The drain pan shall be provided with a male drain connection on the service side. Evaporator fans shall be three speed direct driven, forward curved, centrifugal type made of galvanized steel/plastic to deliver an accurate air flow at a low noise level. Fan driving components shall be mounted on rubber pad isolators to reduce noise and vibration. Ceiling Cassette Type Should have adjustable air outlets such as 2, 3 or 4 ways as per site requirement with swing louvers and adjustable blades from sides. An airflow control mechanism must be factory built-in to distribute the air evenly over the vane’s upper and lower surfaces to prevent the air from hitting the ceilings. Air intake must be from center bottom of the unit through fixed decorative blade grill and factory supplied washable air-filter. Cassette unit should be equipped with drain water lift up mechanism ( pump). Evaporator fan should be centrifugal sirocco fan multi-speed low noise motor. Refrigerant pipe and condensate drain connection to be in separate corners for easy installation and maintenance. FAN AND MOTOR Quiet, direct-drive assembly equipped with double width double inlet (DWDI) low noise Forward Curve centrifugal Fan with self-aligning sleeve bearings and life time lubrication. Fan Motor shall be permanent-split capacitor, high efficiency type, with integral thermal overload protection equipped with three speeds for air flow modulation. Motor shall be Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC), 4 poles, class-F insulated, minimum IP55 protection & wired to unit control panel. System shall be suitable for plenum or ducted air distribution. FILTER Cooling unit shall be provided with washable synthetic Filter having minimum MERV value of 8.0 as per ASHRAE standards or any other equivalent standard. Filter shall be easily accessible. DX COIL Evaporator coil shall be constructed of seamless copper tubes 3/8” OD mechanically bonded to aluminum fins with maximum 12 fpi (2.1mm) spacing. Coil consists of headers of seamless copper tubing, & multi-circuited distributor(s). These coils shall be burst and leak tested at 30 bars. The coils shall be cleaned & dehydrated at the factory. Coil shall conform to AHRI 210/240 and have a maximum face velocity of 400 FPM at scheduled air quantity. Refrigerant flow shall be controlled by an externally equalized thermostatic expansion valve. Unit shall have flare connections. CONTROL SYSTEM

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 6 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Unit shall have a remote control thermostat to be installed in the air-conditioned area in a lockable pvc guard box and it shall have the following Features: 1 Control Modes – Cool, Dry, Fan, Auto Cool and Sleep mode. 2 Compressor protections – Comp 3 minutes restart protection. 3 Indoor coil anti freeze. 4 Failure monitoring for room sensor and indoor coil sensor. 5 Programmable On/Off timer. 6 Random Restart Time Delay – to minimize voltage dip during compressor first cut in cycle upon power up. 7 Unit control board shall be 220 V.E. Direct Expansion Coil: 8 Unit shall have a wireless remote control to control all the functions of the control board. Units without this Remote Control features are not acceptable. F. All electric parts shall be easy accessible for service. 2.2

Ducted Split Units 2.2.1 General The ducted split system shall consist of a concealed ceiling suspended ducted indoor unit FCU (evaporator unit) an outdoor unit (condensing unit) and a wall mounted remote digital thermostat, all factory assembled and fully charged with refrigerant R134a/ 410a/ 470c or approved equal ozone friendly refrigerant . All units shall be start tested and checked at the factory. Units shall be designed for continuous operation at outdoor ambient temperature of 52 deg. C. 2.2.2 Evaporator Unit (FCUs) Evaporator units shall be of the type as scheduled Ducted Concealed Installation: – ultra low noise operation unit has a factory installed, galvanized steel plenum section and one-inch permanent filter. The plenum shall be rear return, lined with 12.7mm PU insulation with 20kg/m³ density. Unit components shall be fully accessible for maintenance through the bottom panel/ backside. Evaporator coils shall be of heavy wall thick seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to 0.10 mm thick aluminium fins and shall be factory leak tested at a pressure of 28 Kg/cm2. A drain pan made out of galvanized sheet steel shall extend throughout the length of the unit. The drain pan shall be coated with epoxy resin enamel and insulated with 10mm thick polyurethane foam. The drain pan shall be provided with a male drain connection on the service side. The units shall include cooling coil and filter . Evaporator fans shall be three speed direct driven, forward curved, centrifugal type made of galvanized steel to deliver an accurate air flow at a low noise level. Fan driving components shall be mounted on rubber pad isolators to reduce noise and vibration.

2.3

AIR HANDLING UNIT (EVAPORATOR SECTION)

2.1.1

The units shall be draw-through type.

2.3.1

The unit casings shall be of double skinned panels. Casing shall be assembled with self supporting modular panel elements with an integrated base frame made of zincated steel and sections along upper sides of the units. Sheet metal thickness shall be not less than 1.0mm for the outer skin and 1.0mm for the inner skin and made from zincated steel sheets or

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 7 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

aluminium. The outside of the outer skin shall be plastic coated to a thickness of 0.2 MM for additional protection. Alternatively finish shall be corrosion resistant Polyster baked type. Inside and outside of panel walls shall be completely smooth. The overall heat thermal transmittance (Heat Transfer Coefficient) shall not exceed k=0.59 W/m2k. All casing panels shall be insulated by glass fibre layer of 50mm thickness, incombustible with Class of inflammability: A1 in accordance to DIN 4102 0 in accordance to ISO 1181.2 Alternatively panels shall comprise of 1.0 mm thick inner and outer skins with infill of polyurethane foam of 40 Kg/M3 density. The outside of the outer skin shall be plastic coated to a thickness of 0.2 mm and Alternatively finish shall be corrosion resistant Polyster baked type the total panel thickness shall not be less than 50mm. Casing sheet metal to withstand 1000-hours salt spray exceeding ASTM B117 Manufacturers of air handling units strictly to have active Eurovent Certification ( proof of certification must be submitted from the respective website on the date of submission) to meet the mechanical performance as per prEN1886 as per below minimum standards: 

Casing strength to

Class 1A (D1)



Casing air leakage

Class L1 (B)



Thermal transmittance

Class T2



Thermal Bridge factor

Class TB2



Filter frame leakage

Class F9

The acoustic performance of the panels shall be certified and acoustic casing insulation for sound index reduction in accordance with Eurovent must be achieved as per table below: Acoustic casing insulation (dB) 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz Attenuation 9.4 11.4 12.4 (dB)

1 kHz

2 kHz

4 kHz

8 kHz

11.8

16.4

31.1

32.5

Panels shall be assembled with special rivets. The inspection side of the coil section panels shall be assembled with bolts and nuts for easy removal of coils. Panel air tightness and sections upto 2500 Pa as required in EUROVENT 2/2 OR The unit air leakage shall not exceed 1% of Design Flow rate at max opearting presuure or +/- 6” w.g. which ever is greater. Leakage shall be calculated by totaling all leakge either in to or out of the unit. The Casing deflection shall not exceed L/200 at max operating pressure pressure of +/- 6” w.g. which ever is greater, where L is defined as the panel span. ( which ever is stringent )

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 8 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The base frame of the units shall be made from sendzimir galvanized sheet metal for size with largest dimensions upto 2500 MM, and hot dip galvanized U-profile for larger units. Service doors shall be provided with special gasket and locking device. Access doors 400MM and larger shall be provided with hinges and handles for external and internal opening. Access doors with width smaller than 400 MM shall be removable type fitted with quick release flap turn lock with spring pressure arrangement. Sealant between panels shall be a anti fungicide sealant material. TEST HOLES A.

Tapped holes for testing purposes and for permanent instrumentation shall be provided as indicated on the drawings and Schedule. Suitably sized holes shall be formed in the inner and outer panel skins and aluminium hank bushes welded onto the inner faces.

B.

Recesses hexagon brass plugs, threaded 15 mm. male shall be supplied and fitted into the female thread of the instrument ferrule.

C.

The panel insulation shall be suitably cut to give a clear way for the instrument ferrule.

2.1.4

All roof AHUs are to be fitted weather hoods and with sand trap louvres and stianless steel insect screen for fresh air intake.

2.1.5

Drain pans shall be stainless steel 304 either integrated in the insulated base or placed under the coil within the coil section. Drain pans shall have drain connection to the service side. Bottom of drain pan should be insulated with 60 mm thick polystyrene to avoid condensation. Whole drain pan assembly should placed on double wall casing construction The AHU manufacturer shall guarantee that no condensation shall take place on the exterior of panels. In the event that any condensation problems appear after installation, the Contractor shall undertake all remedial measures to rectify and to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Any stacked or double height coils shall have separate drain pans to reduce carry over, such pans will be piped to the main drain, not into the lower pan.

2.1.6

Fans and shafts shall operate well below their critical speeds. Each shaft assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced before shipment from the manufacturer. If any out-of-balance is apparent on site the ENGINEER reserves the right to require new factory supplied units to be provided until satisfactory balance is demonstrated.

2.1.6

The air handling unit shall have internal vibration isolation system by mounting fan, motor and drive assembly on spring isolators. The fan discharge shall be connected to the air handling unit casing through canvas connection to prevent vibration transfer.

2.1.7

Dampers, including face and bypass dampers, shall be of 16 gauge galvanized steel construction of the opposed blade aerofoil blade profile suitable for vertical or horizontal installation. Frame shall be drilled flange type with same material as the damper blades. Blades shall rotate on corrosion and temperature resistant plastic gears acting as low friction bearing. Plastic gear shall be made from Polypropylene for temperatures upto 110 deg.C. Damper drive shall be square shaft and linkage suitable for manual fixing or mounting of damper actuator. Dampers shall be sectionalised to limit the length of blade not more than 1.2 meters in order to prevent excess blade warping and assure tightness.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 9 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.8

Fans shall be double inlet double width centrifugal fan with casing made of galvanized sheet metal, statically and dynamically balanced. Fans shall be with bcakward curved or aerofoil shaped metal blades. Motor and fan assembly shall be mounted on a common galvanized steel base frame with easily adjustable motor slide rail. All fans shall be selected for maximum efficiency and in no case less than 70 percent. The complete shall be mounted on heavy duty Closed Spring anti-vibration mounts. Fan blower shall have metal body. All fans shall be tested in accordance with AMCA 300 & 301 standard and all components shall be factory approved by AMCA or other competent authority and shall be currently catalogued product Fan shall be tested AMCA 300-85.

2.1.9

Motors shall be totally encased, foot mounted, fan cooled, IP55 with Class 'F' insulation. And sutiable for varible speed drive or two speed operation (where ever applicable). The motor shall be high efficiency class EFF.1 motors, thermistor protection and for contious operyion type S1.

2.1.10

Fan bearing shall be re-lubricated type with extended lube lines to terminate outside the fan section. The bearing shall be selected for life of (L10-200,000 Hours) operation (fan manufacturer shall certify that the bearing selected for the particular duty shall be theoretically suitable for this duration of operation). Fan drive shall be rated at 150% of the maximum motor power of the units and shall be fitted with adjustable belt tension arrangement.

2.1.11

Filters: Filter cells shall be of standard sizes and shall be easily obtainable from standard suppliers. The filters shall be sealed against the filter frame using a permanently elastic gasket to a standard compatible with the filter efficiency. Pressure drop tapings shall be integrated into the frame to allow a manometer or filter monitor to be fitted. Filter materials shall be flame-retardant, incombustible, non-odorous and offer no sustenance to vermin. The filter section has to be provided with manometer. The Filter material shall be pleated to provide a large effective area and shall be supported by a wire mesh and frame. The filter cells shall be suitable for side withdrawal on the inspection side. All the AHU’s shall be provided with industrial type odor control filters suitable for site conditions. Refer to Specification Section – 23 41 00 ( Air Filtration ) a. The Prefilter material shall be synthetic and shall be supported by a wire mesh and frame. The filter cells shall be suitable for side withdrawal on the inspection side. The filter class should be EU-3 as per EN 779. b. Main Filters, shall be Bag Filters of standard readily available sizes. The filters shall be clamped against the frame using a cam locking bar. The filter class should be EU-7 as per EN 779. c. The Prefilter and Main Filters shall be provided for both side of AHU.

2.1.12

Provide one extra set of throw away filters (both Pre-Filter & Main Fillter) for initial operation of AHU along with each unit complete in all respects.

2.1.13

The cooling coils shall be design as per ANSI or DIN standards as per capacities as indicated on schedules shall be fabricated from heavy gauge copper tubing expanded into die formed

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 10 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

corrugated aluminum fins to give a mechanical bond. Return bends shall be die formed. Headers shall be heavy section seamless copper tubing with connections made in steel pipe with anti corrosion protection paint and with external screw thread. All joints shall be silver brazed. Coils shall be provided with factory applied anti corrosive and anti fungal Herasite dipped coating with 5 –years operational warranty from the date of FAC. Coils shall be installed such that headers and return bends are enclosed by the unit casing, and protruding connections are sealed to prevent air leakage. The coil shall be factory leak tested at a pressure of 28 Kg/cm2. The pressure drop across the coil should not exceed 35 kPa and coils shall be ARI or Eurovent certification. The copper tubes shall be min 0.5mm thickness with min 0.177mm fin thickness. 2.1.15

The Coil performace shall be provided as indicated on the schedule, coil capacities, pressure drop across the coil, selection procedure shall be certified to ARI Standard 410.

2.1.16

The coil shall be assembled in a galvanized steel housing which is drilled to meet the adjacent sections of the AHU and/or fan. The coil shall be mounted on guide rails for side withdrawal. Header connection through the unit casing shall be sealed with plastic grommet.

2.1.17

AHU’s fans shall be provided with adjustable drive pulleys to give plus or minus 10% from the rated design speeds. Belt guards shall be provided as standard fitting.

2.4.1 A.

Condensing Unit GENERAL Condensing units shall be composed of compressor(s), condenser coil(s) with fan(s), refrigerant piping, electrical components & enclosing cabinet in one piece. These units shall be factory assembled, internally wired, fully refrigerant charged with R134a/ 410a/ 407c, tested under strict quality standards & are suitable for use in systems with indoor units connected to remote condensing units located out doors. Units should be capable to operate 52 deg. C.ambient temperature, and shall be selected in accordance with project requirements and installed as per Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual. This unit shall be fully charged from the factory for up to 50 feet of piping.

B.

1

Cooling capacities matched with the indoor air handlers shall be AHRI certified.

2

All units having capacities between 10 and 20 Tons shall have two (2) independent Refrigeration circuits.

CASING: Machine casing shall be made of heavy gauge G90 zinc coated galvanized steel sheets conforming to ASTM standards to provide an extremely tough , scratch resistance , excellent anticorrosive protection, fabricated steel shall be thoroughly degreased and then phosphatized before application of an average 60 micron backed electrostatic polyester dry powder coating. This finish shall pass minimum 1000 hours, 5% salt spray test at 95 F (35 °C) and 95% relative humidity (ASTM B 117/95). Machine casing shall be provided with access doors for easy service and maintenance of all its parts. The machine shall be fully assembled on heavy gauge zinc coated galvanized steel frame.

C.

REFRIGERANT CONTROLS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 11 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

D.

1

Refrigeration system controls shall include condenser fan and compressor contactor.

2

High and low pressure protection shall be inherent to the compressor.

3

Provide factory installed liquid line drier and low pressure switch.

4

Field braze connections shall be externally accessible. Multi-use liquid and gas line valves with service pressure gauge ports shall be provided.

5

Compressor lockout shall be provided on auto-reset safety until reset from thermostat.

6

Minimum safety devices shall include Automatic reset (after resetting first at thermostat), High discharge pressure cutout and Loss-of-charge cutout.

7

Manual reset at the unit shall be provided by Electrical overload protection through the use of define-purpose contactors and calibrated, ambient compensated, magnetic trip circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall open all three phases in the event of an overload in any one of the phases or a single phase condition.

8

Provide dual, independent refrigeration circuits for units 10 tons and larger.

COMPRESSOR (10 TONS OR LESS CAPACITY): Compressor(s) shall be high efficiency refrigerant gas cooled hermetic reciprocating or Scroll type. These compressors conform to internationally recognized standards like NF, VDE, CSA & UL. The compressor incorporating built-in muffler shall be mounted on springs within a heavy gauge steel housing to give an extra low noise level and a very quiet unit, overall. The compressor as a unit is mounted on resilient isolators within the condensing unit to reduce annoying vibrations.

E.

Provide internal over temperature and pressure protection, total epoxy dipped hermetic motor windings, and thermostatically controlled sump heater, and the following additional features.

F.

1

Rotor lock suction and discharge refrigerant connections.

2

Centrifugal oil pump.

3

"Special steel alloy" valves in valve plate assembly.

4

Internal spring mounts to reduce vibration and noise.

COMPRESSOR (MORE THEN 10 TONS CAPACITY) Compressor(s) shall be of high energy efficiency ratio, fully accessible, semi hermetic reciprocating or Scroll type with valves, equipped with crankcase heater, oil pump, refrigerant gas cooled electric motor, preset internal relief valve, inherent thermistor motor protection, suction and discharge service valves, oil sight glass and shall be mounted on spring anti vibration mounts to minimize vibration transmissions. These compressors conform to international standards. Crankcase heaters shall be field replaceable without removal of the charge.

G.

CONDENSER COIL: Condenser coil shall be R134a/ 410a/ 407c refrigerant air cooled condenser coil and shall be circuited for integral sub-cooler. It shall be constructed of seamless copper tubes, maximum 4 rows deep, 3/8" (9.52 mm) O.D. and mechanically bonded to the wavy type aluminum fins. Fins spacing shall be maximum 12 FPI (2.1 mm). Coils shall be provided with factory applied anti corrosive and anti fungal Herasite dipped coating with 5 –years operational warranty from the dated of FAC. Integral sub cooling circuit in each coil shall

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 12 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

be provided to increase system capacity. Each coil shall be leak tested for 200 psig and pressure tested at 428 psig. Coil shall conform to AHRI 410/91 All coils shall be protected externally with a metallic wire guard having weather resistant powder coated paint. G.

CONDENSER FAN AND MOTOR: The machine shall be furnished with direct driven propeller type discharging air upward condenser fans. Fans shall be constructed of corrosion resistant blades such as heavy gauge aluminum. The fan and drive shall be held in proper alignment. Fan assemblies shall be provided with heavy gauge, rust resistant steel. The fan assembly shall be protected with an acrylic coated steel wire fan guard. All condenser fans shall be individually statically and dynamically balanced for vibration free operation. Condenser fan motor shall be Totally Enclosed Air Over (TEAO), 3-phase type, 6 poles with Class F insulation, Class B temperature rise and IP55 protection. Condenser fan motors to be protected against current and Thermal overload condition by internal overloads. Also, Motor shall be with permanently lubricated ball bearings and inherent corrosion resistance shaft. Motors shall be internally wired to the Unit Control Panel.

H.

REFRIGERANT PIPING: Refrigerant circuit piping shall be fabricated from ACR grade copper pipes including liquid and suction line shutoff valves with sweat connections, filter drier & thermostatic expansion valve as applicable. The Unit shall be complete with Refrigerant and oil charge.

I.

CONTROL PANEL: Condensing unit shall be provided with a weatherproof control panel enclosure including all electrical control devices. The panel shall be factory wired in accordance with NEC 430 & 440, and conforms to IP55 requirements. Control Panel shall contain individual electrical components’ contactors, overload relays, transformer, anti recycling time delay relay, control circuit disconnect switch, power & control circuit terminal blocks & high / low pressure switch. Split system should be supplied with factory sized liquid line controls (Shut off valve, filter drier and sight glass.

J.

All PIPING and control wiring on the roof shall be run in a heavy duty GI cable tray and covered medium duty solid cover and refrigerant pipe running within the cable tray does not required Aluminum cladding.

3.0

EXECUTION

3.1

Installation

3.1.1

Electric wiring between outdoor, indoor units, fan motor, fan switch, and automatic control valve, shall be carried out to comply with the requirements of Division 16 (Electrical). The Contractor shall provide suitable terminals for field connections of power and control thermostat wiring.

3.1.2

At the time of “Testing and Commissioning” all the “throw away” filters shall be replaced

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 13 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

by permanent washable filters for each fan coil unit. The filters shall be constructed from nylon fiber cleanable type for mini split units and aluminium washable filters for ducted and package units. 3.1.3

The Contractor shall ensure that indoor units are installed level to ensure that condensate from the drain pan flows freely. Provide drain lines of UPVC Class E to BS 3505, 25 mm diameter minimum laid to falls of 1:100, and insulated in accordance with Specification requirements. Extend condensate to drain to the nearest waste line.

3.1.4

Provide ductwork distribution and terminal air distribution device to adequately condition the spaces served by the indoor fan coil units. Final distribution shall suit the actual room details and shall in each case be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

3.2

Startup and Instructions Check vibration for both outdoor and indoor units and correct as necessary for air balance work. After air balancing is complete perform necessary field mechanical balancing to meet vibration tolerance specified, Mechanical Sound, vibration and Seismic control. The manufacturer shall furnish a factory trained service engineer to supervise installation, field testing, and initial start-up of each units.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 81 26 Air Cooled Split DX Air Conditioning Units

Page 14 of 14

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 82 19 FAN COIL UNITS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 19 Fan Coil Unit

Page 1 of 8

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

23 82 19 FAN COIL UNITS

CONTENTS

1. 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8

GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 3 SECTION INCLUDES ............................................................................................................. 3 DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................................................... 3 RELATED WORK.................................................................................................................... 3 REFERENCES .......................................................................................................................... 3 SUBMITTALS .......................................................................................................................... 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ........................................................................................................ 4 COORDINATION .................................................................................................................... 4 WARRANTY ............................................................................................................................ 5

2. 2.1

PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................................. 5 MANUFACTURERS ................................................................................................................ 4

3. 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7

EXECUTION ........................................................................................................................... 7 SELECTION ............................................................................................................................. 7 EXAMINATION....................................................................................................................... 7 INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................................... 7 CONNECTIONS ....................................................................................................................... 8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ................................................................................................. 8 ADJUSTING ............................................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined. DEMONSTRATION................................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 19 Fan Coil Unit

Page 2 of 8

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0

GENERAL Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.1

SECTION INCLUDES 1.1.1

1.2

DEFINITIONS 1.2.1

1.3

1.4

1.5

This Section includes fan-coil units and accessories.

BAS: Building automation system.

RELATED WORK 1.3.1

Section 232113 - Hydronic Piping

1.3.2

Section 230523 - General Duty Valves For HVAC Piping

1.3.3

Section 234100 - Air Filtration

REFERENCES 1.4.1

ARI Standard 410 - Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils.

1.4.2

ARI Standard 440 - Room Fan Coil Air Conditioners.

SUBMITTALS 1.5.1

Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories.

1.5.2

Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. a) Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

1.5.3

Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: a) Structural members to which fan-coil units will be attached. b) Method of attaching hangers to building structure. c) Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile.

1.5.4

Div. 23 - HVAC

Operation and Maintenance Data: For fan-coil units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:

Section 23 82 19 Fan Coil Unit

Page 3 of 8

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

a) Maintenance schedules and repair part lists for motors, coils, integral controls, and filters. 1.6

QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1

Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of fan coil units with characteristics, sizes and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. Manufacturers shall have ISO 9001 certification.

1.6.2

ASHRAE Compliance: Construct and install cooling coils in accordance with ASHRAE 15 “Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration” and ASHRAE 33-for testing air coils.

1.6.3

Insulation and adhesive shall meet NFPA-90A requirements for flame spread and smoke generation. All equipment wiring shall comply with NEC requirements.

1.6.4

Fan Coil Units: Products of manufacturer regularly engaged in production of such units and issuing complete catalog data on such product.

1.6.5

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

1.6.6

Unit shall be tested in accordance with ARI Standard 440. Each coil shall be factory tested for leakage at 400 psig air pressure with coil submerged in water.

1.6.7

FCU’s shall be Eurovent certified and labeled. Eurovent certification shall be provided/checked on the website as confirmation that such certification is applicable on the date of submission.

1.6.8

Factory shall be ISO-9001 certified.

1.6.9

Alternatively FCUS shall be AHRI 440 performance rating certified or test performed for AHRI 440 standards at reputed laboratory like Intertek, UL and TUV. Copy of the certification / test reports to be submitted.

1.6.10 AHRI 350 sound performance certified or test performed for AHRI 350 standards at reputed laboratory like Intertek, UL and TUV. Copy of the certification / test reports to be submitted. 1.7

PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.7.1

Deliver fan coil units with factory installed shipping skids and lifting lugs, pack components in factory fabricated protective containers.

1.7.2

Handle fan coil units carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. Do not install damaged components; replace and return damaged components to air handling unit manufacturer.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 19 Fan Coil Unit

Page 4 of 8

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.8

1.9

1.7.3

Store fan coil units in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic.

1.7.4

Comply with manufacturer’s rigging and installation instructions for unloading fan coil units, and moving them to final location.

1.7.5

Manufacturer / manufacturer’s representative should carry enough stock of spares including fans, motors, etc., locally to minimize breakdown response time. The stock of spares shall be witnessed by Client / Consultant for necessary approval.

1.7.6

Manufacturer should have their own psychometric laboratory and test performed as per the project conditions if required.

COORDINATION 1.8.1

Coordinate layout and installation of fan-coil units and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates or is supported by ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression-system components, and partition assemblies.

1.8.2

Coordinate size and location of wall sleeves for outdoor-air intake.

WARRANTY 1.9.1 Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of units that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. The Contractor shall provide full warranty for a period of two year from the date of FAC. The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the replacement of defects in material or workmanship (repair of the defective part is not allowed)

PART 2

PRODUCTS 2.1.1

Description: Factory assembled, horizontal, blow-thru type fan coil for furred-in, exposed ceiling or ducted installations. Unit shall be complete with water coil(s), fan(s), motor(s), drain pan, filters, Cabinet with plenum box, UV Filters (as required) and all required wiring, collars for ducted units. Unit insulation shall be UL94 compliance, whereas drain pan insulation shall be UL94 & NFPA-90A compliance. Thickness of the casing must be 0.8mm and above

2.1.2

Ducted Concealed Installation: – ultra low noise operation Unit has a factor`1y installed, galvanized steel plenum section and one-inch permanent filter. The plenum shall be rear return, lined with 12mm fire rated cross-link (XLPE) polyethylene insulation and 12mm fire rated cross-link (XLPE) polyethylene insulation on the drain pan, and include a removable panel to provide access to the fan/motor assembly.

2.1.3

Decorative Ceiling Fan Coil Unit (Ceiling suspended , Wall mounted , Cassette – as per application and as shown on the drawings ): Unit shall be constructed of hard plastic with finishing as per Architects requirement .Unit with stamped discharge

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 19 Fan Coil Unit

Page 5 of 8

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

grille, removable bottom access panel with stamped return air grille, filter track and filter. The panel shall be fastened with slotted head, positive-locking quarter-turn fasteners. Units have 12.7mm PU insulation with 20kg/m³, and 6.0mm PE insulation 28.6kg/m³ density on the drain pan. Factor fitted Valve package shall be provide for all the decorative units along with remote thermostats. The Cassette type units shall be provided with factory fitted drain pumps. 2.1.4

Fans: Direct driven, double width fan wheels with forward curved blades shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Scrolls shall be constructed of galvanized steel. Fan wheels shall be constructed of galvanized steel/ Aluminum

2.1.5

Drain pan covers entire length & width of coil till the headers including the FCU valve package. Drain pan inside powder coated. Drain pan shall be insulated with not less than lined with 12mm fire rated cross-link (XLPE) polyethylene insulation from outside and epoxy painted from inside to avoid rusting.

2.1.6

Coils: Coil shall be equipped with a 3 row coil (minimum) for installation in a 2 pipe system. Coils shall have 12mm copper tubes, aluminum fins bonded to the tubes by mechanical expansion and have a working pressure of 16 bar. Each coil shall have a manual air vent and sweat connections for copper tubes. All coils shall be leak tested and proven tight. Coil shall be AHRI 410 certified

2.1.6

Electrical Requirements: Standard unit shall operate on 220/240v, single phase, 50Hz electric power. All internal wiring shall be in flexible conduit, wiring meets NEC requirements.

2.1.7

Motor(s): Fan motors shall be 5 speed, 220/240v, and single phase, 50Hz, permanent split capacitor type, with ball type bearings and oversized oil reservoirs to ensure lubrication. The fan motor(s) shall be equipped with integral automatic temperature reset for motor protection. Motor components shall be UL recognized.

2.1.8

Filter: Permanently washable aluminum filters with 25mm thick and 70% gravimetric efficiency as per European Union EN779 class.

2.1.9

Fan Coil Units Control: Fan coil units shall be controlled via a PICV’s.

2.1.10 Fan coil unit in contact with untreated outdoor air, in other words any FCU installed in a space not supplied by fresh air through FAHU the coils of that FCU shall be provided with factory applied anti corrosive and anti-fungal Herasite dipped coating with 5 – years operational warranty from the date of FAC. 2.1.11 The thermostat of the Fan coil unit installed in public space shall be complete with locking thermostat guard to prevent tampering with inner installation/fixing accessories (thermostat guard cannot be removed only if the lock opened and cover removed), locking guard shall be of UV, corrosion and scratches resistant with front cover that offers a clear view of the thermostat temperature, fan ON/OFF & speed

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 19 Fan Coil Unit

Page 6 of 8

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PART 3 3.1

3.2

3.3

EXECUTIONS SELECTION 3.1.1

Fan coil units shall be selected for scheduled capacities matching with operation of the fan at medium speed.

3.1.2

All fans shall have their static-pressures calculated by the Contractor and the calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval, before ordering the fans and the required fan and motor HP. shall be provided without additional costs

EXAMINATION 3.2.1

Examine areas to receive fan-coil units for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

3.2.2

Examine roughing-in for piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations before fan-coil-unit installation.

3.2.3

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

INSTALLATION 3.3.1

Units shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; plumb and level; firmly anchored in locations indicated and maintaining minimum recommended clearances

3.3.2

Install fan-coil units to comply with NFPA 90A.

3.3.3

Suspend fan-coil units from structure with elastomeric hangers. Vibration isolators are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

3.3.4

Verify locations of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation.

3.3.5

Install new filters in each fan-coil unit within two weeks after Substantial Completion.

3.3.6

Provide each unit with accessories as required.

3.3.7

Provide each unit at high points with easily accessible float operated automatic air vents with stop valve. If not easily accessible, extend vent to exterior surface of cabinet for easy servicing.

3.3.8

Cover complete Fan Coil Unit with protective P.V.C. sheets during installation.

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 19 Fan Coil Unit

Page 7 of 8

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.4

CONNECTIONS 3.4.1

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Specific connection requirements are as follows: a) Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. b) Connect piping to fan-coil-unit factory hydronic piping package. Install piping package if shipped loose. c) Connect condensate drain to appropriate waste drain.  Install condensate trap of adequate depth to seal against the pressure of fan. Install cleanouts in piping at changes of direction.

3.5

3.4.2

Connect supply and return ducts to fan-coil units with flexible duct connectors specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." Comply with safety requirements in UL 1995 for duct connections.

3.4.3

Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

3.4.4

Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.5.1

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect [test, and adjust] field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections [, and to assist in field testing]. Report results in writing.

3.5.2

Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: a) Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. b) Operate electric heating elements through each stage to verify proper operation and electrical connections. c) Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

3.5.3

Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 19 Fan Coil Unit

Page 8 of 8

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 82 33 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 33 Electric Duct Heaters

Page 1 of 5

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 23 82 33 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS CONTENTS 1.

GENERAL

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS MAINTENANCE DATA PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

2.

PRODUCT

2.1 ROOF MOUNTED FANS; 2.2 TOILET EXTRACT FAN ( FOR EXTERNAL ROOF APPLICATION) 2.3 KITCHEN EXTRACT FAN 2.4 MAKE UP AIR FANS 2.5 DUCTED INLINE EXTRACT FANS 2.6 PRESSURIZATION FANS – UL LISTED AND CIVIL DEFENCE APPROVED 2.7 GENERAL EXTRACT - CENTRIFUGAL FANS 2.8 CHEMICAL EXTRACT CENTRIFUGAL FANS 2.9 SMOKE EXTRACT FANS - UL LISTED AND CIVIL DEFENCE APPROVED ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED. 2.10 WALL/WINDOW MOUNTED EXTRACT FANS

3.

EXECUTION

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5

INSTALLATION PRE-OPERATION MAINTENANCE START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING WARRANTY

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 33 Electric Duct Heaters

Page 2 of 5

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1

GENERAL

1.1

Work Included

1.1.1

This section contains Duct Heaters , IDHB and IDHE

1.2

Related Work

1.2.1

Section 238233 – Duct Heaters

1.3

References

1.3.1

The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

1.3.2

All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

1.4 1.4.1

Submittals Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data for duct heaters showing an electrical connection diagram, dimensions, capacities, ratings, performance characteristics, control type, and accessories

1.4.2

Record Documents: Manufacturers wiring diagrams detailing electrical connections to duct heater for power, signal, and control systems wiring, differentiating clearly between manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring.

1.5

Quality Assurance

1.5.1

Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electric duct heaters, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than three (3) years.

1.6

Codes And Standards

1.6.1

All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, National Electrical Code 2. UL 1996 3. Provide only UL listed electrical components.

1.7

Delivery, Storage, And Handling

1.7.1

Delivery: Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to the project site under provisions of Division 01 and 20.

1.7.2

Storage: Store materials in a clean dry area indoor, protected from damage.

1.7.3

Handling: Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish.

2

PRODUCTS

2.1 2.1.1

Description Mounting:

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 33 Electric Duct Heaters

Page 3 of 5

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. IDHB: Heaters installed in vertical ducts are tested and approved for up airflow only. 2. IDHE: Heaters installed in vertical ducts are tested and approved for up and down airflow. 3. IDHB and IDHE: Heaters installed in the vertical sides of horizontal or vertical ducts are tested and approved. 4. Heaters are approved for airflow in both directions when installed in horizontal duct. 2.1.2

Element housing: Element housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge G60, minimum, galvanized steel and configured for [Slip-in] or [Flanged] mounting.

2.1.3

Testing Agency Listing and Labeling: Assembly shall be listed to UL standard 1996 and approved for installation with zero clearance to combustibles. Heater shall bear UL and CSA labels.

2.1.4

Heating elements: All heating elements shall be made of [N60] [80/20] nickel/chromium resistance wire with ends terminated by means of staking and Heliarc welding to machine screws. Heating element support structure shall consist of galvanized steel wire formed around ceramic insulators that fully encircle and support the heating element.

2.1.5

Control Panel: Unit mounted control panel and cover shall be constructed of heavy gauge minimum G60 galvanized steel with multiple knockouts for field wiring. Control cabinet cover shall be held in place with hinges and tool-release latches or door-interlocking type disconnect switch handle when provided. Two latches shall be employed when cover is 48 inches wide or greater. Control panel shall provide means of safety disconnect and overcurrent protection. Include the following controls: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Door interlocking disconnect switch [Fan interlock] circuit or an [(adjustable), (non-adjustable) airflow proving switch] [Staged (1, 2, 3 or 4 stages)] or [SCR] [Vernier SCR] control [Transformer]. [(fused), (unfused)], [24VAC, 120VAC] [Thermostat], [(room) or (duct)]

2.1.6

Over-temperature protection: Duct heater shall be supplied with primary automatically resetting and secondary manually reset thermal cut-out devices. These devices must function independently to prohibit the heater’s operation if either one is activated. A disconnecting magnetic contactor circuit is required. All safety components must be serviceable through the control cabinet access panel without the need to remove the heater from the duct.

2.1.7

Over-current protection: Duct heaters rated at more than 48 amps shall be supplied with factoryinstalled fusing. Heating elements shall be subdivided and fused accordingly.

2.1.8

All wiring component sizing, component spacing and protective devices within the control cabinet shall be factory installed and comply with NEC and UL standards. All heaters shall function properly with a 50 or 60 Hz power supply.

2.1.9

Power and control conductors shall be terminated in factory installed and labeled terminal blocks.

2.1.10 A wiring diagram depicting the layout and connection points of all electrical components shall be affixed to the inside of the control cabinet cover. 2.1.11 A rating label stating model number, serial number, volts, amps, phase, frequency, control volts, volt-amps and minimum airflow requirements shall be affixed to the exterior of the control cabinet cover. 3

EXECUTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 33 Electric Duct Heaters

Page 4 of 5

ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY (ADNOC) GROUP SERVICES HUB CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITY AT AL SHAWAMEKH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.1

Installation

3.1.1

Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

3.1.2

All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

3.1.3

Inspect areas and conditions under which terminal units are to be installed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer.

3.1.4

Do not operate electric heaters for any purpose until ductwork is clean of any possible debris.

3.1.5

Maintain minimum working clearances around the heater electrical panel in accordance with NEC Article 110.

3.1.6

Install duct heaters in metal ducts and casings constructed according to SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards.”

3.1.7

If applicable, anchor duct heaters in position using suitable supports.

3.1.8

Connect duct heaters and components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated by manufacturer wiring diagram and NEC. Tighten connectors and terminals to torques specified in UL 486A.

3.1.9

After construction is completed, including painting, clean unit’s exposed surfaces and vacuum clean electric duct heaters and inside of cabinets.

END OF SECTION

Div. 23 - HVAC

Section 23 82 33 Electric Duct Heaters

Page 5 of 5

GHD P.O. Box 45921, Abu Dhabi United Arab Emirates T: 971 2 696 8700 F: 971 2 447 2915 E: [email protected]

© GHD 2019 This document is and shall remain the property of GHD. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the Terms of Engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any form whatsoever is prohibited. G:\76\12505137\WP\49197.docx Document Status Revision

Author

Reviewer Name

Signature

Approved for Issue Name Signature

Date

www.ghd.com